Kia, THE COMPANY Thank you for becoming the owner of a new Kia vehicle. As a global car manufacturer focused on building high-quality, value for money prices, Kia Motors is dedicated to providing you with a customer service experience that exceeds your expectations. At all of our Kia dealerships you will be treated with warmth, hospi‐ tality and professionalism by people who care based on our “Family- like Care” promise. All information contained in this Owner’s Manual was accurate at the time of publication. However, Kia reserves the right to make changes at any time so that our policy of continual product improvement can be carried out. This manual applies to all trims of this vehicle and includes images, descriptions, and explanations of optional as well as standard equip‐ ment. As a result, some material in this manual may not be applica‐ ble to your specific Kia vehicle. Some images are shown for illustra‐ tion only and may show features that differ from those on your ve‐ hicle.
Enjoy your vehicle and Kia’s “Family-like Care” experience! Foreword
Thank you for choosing a Kia vehicle. This manual will familiarize you with operational, maintenance and safety information about your new vehicle. It is supplemented by a Warranty and Maintenance book that provides important information on all warranties re‐ garding your vehicle. Kia urges you to read these publications carefully and follow the recommendations to help assure enjoyable and safe operation of your new vehicle. Kia offers a great variety of options, components and features for its various models. Therefore, some of the equipment described in this manual, along with the various illustrations, may not be applicable to your particular vehicle. The information and specifications provided in this manual were accurate at the time of printing. Kia reserves the right to discontinue or change specifications or design at any time without notice and without incurring any obli‐ gation. If you have questions, Kia recommends to check with an authorised Kia dealer/service partner. Kia assures you of our continuing interest in your motoring pleasure and satisfaction in your Kia vehicle.
© 2020 Kia MOTORS Corp. All rights reserved. Reproduction by any means, elec‐ tronic or mechanical, including photocopying, record‐ ing, or by any information storage and retrieval sys‐ tem or translation in whole or part is not permitted without written authorization from Kia MOTORS Cor‐ poration. Printed in Korea
ii Electric vehicle guide 1
Introduction 2
Your vehicle at a glance 3
Safety features of your vehicle 4
Features of your vehicle 5
Driving your vehicle 6
Table of contents What to do in an emergency 7
Maintenance 8
Specifications & Consumer information 9
Appendix 10
Alphabetical index I
iii iv Electric vehicle guide
Review of electric vehicle...... 1-02 How to start the vehicle...... 1-47 1 Characteristics of electric vehicles...... 1-02 How to stop the vehicle...... 1-47 Battery information...... 1-02 Virtual Engine Sound System (VESS)...... 1-48 Main components of electric vehicle...... 1-03 Distance to empty...... 1-48 High voltage battery (lithium-ion polymer)...... 1-04 Tips for improving distance to empty...... 1-49 EV mode...... 1-06 Power/Charge Gauge...... 1-50 Available range...... 1-06 State of charge (SOC) gauge for high voltage battery.... 1-50 Energy information...... 1-07 Warning message on LCD display (related to Charge Management...... 1-08 electric vehicle)...... 1-51 ECO driving...... 1-10 Warning and Indicator Lights (related to electric EV setting...... 1-11 vehicle)...... 1-57 Charge types for electric vehicle...... 1-13 Safety precautions for electric vehicle...... 1-59 Charging information...... 1-13 If an accident occurs...... 1-59 Charging time information...... 1-14 Other Precautions for Electric Vehicle...... 1-60 Charge indicator lamp for electric vehicle...... 1-16 Service Interlock Connector...... 1-61 Charging status information...... 1-16 Service plug...... 1-61 Charging connector lock...... 1-17 Charging connector AUTO/LOCK mode...... 1-17 Reserved charging...... 1-18 Precautions for charging electric vehicle...... 1-19 Charging precautions...... 1-19 Charging electric vehicle (AC charge)...... 1-21 AC Charge...... 1-21 Charging electric vehicle (DC charge)...... 1-28 DC Charge ...... 1-28 Charging electric vehicle (trickle charge)...... 1-32 How to Use Trickle Charge...... 1-32 Trickle charge...... 1-33 Actions to be taken for electric vehicle charging issues.... 1-46 Driving electric vehicle...... 1-47
Electric vehicle guide
REVIEW OF ELECTRIC VEHICLE
An electric vehicle is driven using a bat‐ 4. When the battery charge is not tery and an electric motor. While gen‐ sufficient, AC Charge, DC Charge eral vehicles use an internal combustion and trickle charge are available. engine and gasoline as fuel, electric ve‐ (Refer to “Charge Types for Electric hicles use electrical energy that is Vehicle” on page 1-13 for details.) charged inside the high voltage battery. As a result, electric vehicles are eco- friendly in that they do not require fuel NOTICE and do not emit exhaust gases. What does regenerative braking do? Characteristics of electric It uses an electric motor when de‐ vehicles celerating and braking and trans‐ 1. It is driven using the electrical ener‐ forms kinetic energy to electrical en‐ gy that is charged inside the high ergy in order to charge the high voltage battery. This method pre‐ voltage battery. vents air pollution since fuel, like gasoline, is not required, negating the emission of exhaust gases. Battery information 2. A high performance motor is used • The vehicle is composed of a high in the vehicle as well. Compared to voltage battery that drives the motor standard, internal combustion en‐ and air-conditioner, and an auxiliary gine vehicles, engine noise and vi‐ battery (12 V) that drives the lamps, brations are much more minimal wipers, and audio system. when driving. • The auxiliary battery is automatically 3. When decelerating or driving down‐ charged when the vehicle is in the hill, regenerative braking is utilized ready ( ) mode or the high voltage to charge the high voltage battery. battery is being charged. This minimizes energy loss and in‐ creases the distance to empty.
1-02
MAIN COMPONENTS OF ELECTRIC VEHICLE
• On-Board Charger (OBC): External de‐ vice (low speed) to charge the high 1 voltage battery. Electric vehicle guide • Inverter: Transforms direct current into alternate current to supply pow‐ er to the motor, and transforms al‐ ternate current into direct current to charge the high voltage battery. • LDC: Transforms power from the high voltage battery to low voltage (12 V) to supply power to the vehicle (DC-DC). • VCU: Functions as a supervisory con‐ troller of electric vehicle • Motor: Uses electrical energy stored inside the high voltage battery to drive the vehicle (functions like an en‐ gine in a standard vehicle). • Reduction Gear: Delivers rotational force of the motor to the tires at ap‐ propriate speeds and torque. • High voltage battery (lithiumion poly‐ mer): Stores and supplies power nec‐ essary for the electric vehicle to op‐ erate (12 V auxiliary battery provides power to the vehicle features such as lights and wipers).
❈ OBC : On-Board Charger ❈ LDC : Low Voltage DC-DC Converter
1-03 Electric vehicle guide
❈ VCU: Vehicle Control Unit High voltage battery (lithium- • The high voltage battery is used when using the air-conditioner / ion polymer) heater. This may reduce the distance WARNING to empty. Make sure to set moderate temperatures when using the air- • Do not intentionally remove or dis‐ conditioner/heater. assemble high voltage components • Natural degradation may occur with and high voltage battery connec‐ the high voltage battery depending tors and wires. Also, be careful not to damage high voltage compo‐ on the number of years the vehicle is nents and the high voltage bat‐ used. This may reduce the distance tery. It may cause serious injury to empty. and significantly impact the per‐ • When the charge capacity and dis‐ formance and durability of the ve‐ tance to empty keep falling, have hicle. your vehicle inspected by a professio‐ • When inspection and maintenance nal workshop. Kia recommends to is required for high voltage compo‐ contact an authorized Kia dealer/ nents and the high voltage bat‐ service partner. tery, have the vehicle inspected by • The charge amount of the high volt‐ • If the vehicle will not be in use for an a professional workshop. Kia rec‐ age battery may gradually decrease extended period of time, charge the ommends to contact an authorized when the vehicle is not driving. high voltage battery once every three Kia dealer/service partner. • The battery capacity of the high volt‐ months to prevent it from discharg‐ age battery may decrease when the ing. Also, if the charge amount is not vehicle is stored in high/low tempera‐ enough, immediately charge to full tures. and store the vehicle. • Distance to empty may vary depend‐ ing on the driving conditions, even if the charge amount is the same. The high voltage battery may expend more energy when driving at Quicks or uphill. These actions may reduce the distance to empty.
1-04
• AC Charge is recommended to keep the high voltage battery in optimal (Continued) 1 condition. • If the vehicle is in a collision, con‐
If the high voltage battery charge tact a professional workshop to in‐ Electric vehicle guide amount is below 20%, you can keep spect whether the high voltage the high voltage battery performance battery is still connected. Kia rec‐ in optimal condition if you charge the ommends to contact an authorized high voltage battery to 100%. (Once Kia dealer/service partner. a month or more is recommended.)
CAUTION CAUTION
• Make sure to use a designated The high voltage battery warmer charger when charging the high system operates when the charging voltage battery. Using different connector is connected to the vehi‐ types of chargers may have a seri‐ cle. ous impact on vehicle durability. However, the high voltage warmer system may not operate when bat‐ • Make sure that the high voltage tery temperature drops below battery charger gauge does not -35°C. reach E (Empty). If the vehicle is kept at E (Empty) for a long peri‐ od, it may damage the high volt‐ age battery and the high voltage battery may have to be replaced depending on the level of degrada‐ tion. (Continued)
1-05 Electric vehicle guide
EV MODE of the multimedia system soft‐ Available range ware. For more information, please Select [EV Map] on the screen. refer to the ‘CAR MULTIMEDIA SYS‐ TEM QUICK REFERENCE GUIDE'.
The available range is marked in red on the map. The EV mode has a total of 5 menus in‐ cluding Available Range, Energy infor‐ mation, Charge management, ECO driv‐ ing and EV settings.
If you select the “EV” menu at the multi media screen or press the “EV” button on the left side of the air intake control button, you can enter EV mode. ❈ The image of EV MODE screen in this manual may differ from the actual screen depending on the ve‐ hicle specification and the version
1-06
Energy information Energy Information Power Consumption 1 Electric vehicle guide
You can check the reachable range, Select [EV Energy information] on battery power remaining, and expected Select [EV Energy information the screen. charging time for each charger type. Driving range, battery] on the screen. You can check information about bat‐ • The distance to empty is calculated You can check the current energy con‐ tery and energy consumption based on the real-time fuel efficiency sumption for each system of the vehi‐ while driving. The distance may cle. change if the driving pattern changes. • The distance to empty may vary ac‐ cording to the change of the driving pattern even if the same target bat‐ tery charge level is set.
1-07 Electric vehicle guide
1. 'Driving' shows the total power and Charge Management Reserved Charging and Climate energy consumption of the driving Control motor’s driving energy and regen‐ erative energy. 2. 'Climate' shows the power and en‐ ergy consumption which are used by the heater or air conditioner. 3. 'Electronics' shows the power and energy consumption which are used by the vehicle systems includ‐ ing the cluster, infotainment sys‐ tem (speaker and navigation), headlamp, vehicle control unit, etc. 4. 'Battery care' shows the momenta‐ Select [EV Charge management] on ry power and energy consumption the screen. You can choose the time and the day of which are used when: You can set the date and time of when week that you wish to charge the bat‐ to charge the battery, climate control tery and operate reserved climate con‐ • Operating the winter mode to in‐ temperature, location-based charging trol to set the temperature of aircondi‐ crease the battery temperature dur‐ options and other various functions. tioner/ heater. ing winter to improve the driving per‐ Also, you may select the time to start formance. charging using the off-peak time set‐ ting. • Cooling down the battery tempera‐ ❈ The charger and the charging con‐ ture during summer to prevent over nector should be connected at the temperature of the battery. reserved charging time.
1-08
Setting Departure Time 2. Select the day: Set the day of the • Off-peak tariffs prioritized : If selec‐ week to activate reserved charging ted, starts charging at off-peak time 1 and target temperature for depar‐ (may keep on charging pass off-peak
ture time. time to charge 100%) Electric vehicle guide • Off-peak tariffs only: If selected, Off-peak Time settings charges only within off-peak time (may not charge 100%)
Climate Control Settings
Select [EV Charge management Reserved charging and Climate Control Reserved Charging on the screen. You can set off-peak time to charge Select EV Charge management the vehicle. Reserved charging and Climate Control You can set the departure time by se‐ 1. Charging begins at the beginning of Climate Control on the screen. lecting EV Charge management the off-peak time’ You can set the climate control tem‐ Reserved Charging and Climate Control 2. Charging stops at the end of the perature. Next Departure Time on the off-peak time’ 1. Setting the climate control temper‐ screen. 3. Charging mode ature: set the temperature of 1. Departure time: Set the time that heater/air-conditioner. you wish to start the vehicle after charging the battery.
1-09 Electric vehicle guide
Charging Location • The target battery charge level can • Charging time varies depending on be selected when charged with AC which charging current is selected. Charger or DC Charger. • The location-based charging feature • The charging level can be changed by allows you to dualize the charging 10%. current settings at specific locations. • If the target battery charge level is lower than the high voltage battery ECO driving charge level, the battery will not be charged.
Charging Current
If location-based charging is selected, scheduled charging and target temper‐ ature will be activated at the location the driver has set. Also, the charging current can be selected to be applied at the designated location. Setting Battery Charge Level Select [EV ECO Driving] on the screen. You can check ECO level information and ECO driving history. •Y ou can adjust the charging current for an AC Charger. Select an appropri‐ ate charging current for the charger used. • If the charging process does not start or abruptly stops in the middle, re- select another proper current and re- try charging the vehicle.
1-10
Environment Contribution Eco Driving History EV setting 1 Electric vehicle guide
Information on CO2 reduction com‐ You can check the driving date, driving Select ‘EV EV Setting’ on the screen. pared to gasoline-fueled vehicles is dis‐ distance, and the average energy con‐ You can set Winter Mode, Warning and played. sumption rating for the last 30 driving EV route functions. trips. The date with the highest ECO is marked with a star-shaped icon. Winter Mode
1-11 Electric vehicle guide
• The Winter mode is efficient during Warning the winter time when the high volt‐ age battery temperature is low. This mode is recommended to improve driving and DC charging performan‐ ces during winter by raising the bat‐ tery temperature to an adequate lev‐ el. However, this may reduce the dis‐ tance to empty significantly as the high voltage battery consumes a lot more electricity. • Also, if the battery temperature is low during driving or when scheduled air conditioner/heater is activated, Range Warning : this mode is operated to improve If the destination set in the navigation driving performance. cannot be reached with the remaining However, when the battery level is battery, a warning message is dis‐ low, the mode is not operated to en‐ played. sure driving distance.
❈ This mode is available for the vehi‐ cles equipped with the battery heater.
1-12
CHARGE TYPES FOR ELECTRIC VEHICLE Charging information • Trickle Charge : 1 The types of charging include AC When you cannot drive to a public charging station due to low battery, Charge, DC Charge, and trickle charge. Electric vehicle guide • AC Charge: you can charge the car by using the We recommend using AC charging for Portable Charging Cable. (ICCB: In Ca‐ usual charging of the vehicle. You can ble Control Box) use a AC Charger at public charging Trickle charge is recommended only stations and the charging cable (if in case of emergency because the equipped) in the cargo compartment use of household electricity may of your car. (Refer to “AC Charge” on cause problems associated with elec‐ page 1-21.) tricity bills and electrical loads. • DC Charge: You can charge at high speeds at public charging stations. Refer to the respective company’s manual that is provided for each DC Charger type. Battery performance and durability can deteriorate if the DC Charger is used constantly. Use of DC Charge should be mini‐ mized in order to help prolong high voltage battery life.
1-13 Electric vehicle guide
Charging time information
Charging Type City-Type Cruise-Type Takes about 4 hours and 30 Takes about 7 hours room minutes at room tempera‐ AC Charge temperature. (Can be charged ture. (Can be charged to to 100%) 100%) Takes about 54 minutes at Takes about 54 minutes at room temperature to 80% of room temperature to 80% of 100kW-level charger SOC. (Can be charged to SOC. (Can be charged to 100%) 100%) DC Charge Takes about 57 minutes at Takes about 75 minutes at room temperature to 80% of room temperature to 80% of 50kW-level charger SOC. (Can be charged to SOC. (Can be charged to 100%) 100%) Takes about 18 hours at room Takes about 29 hours at room Trickle Charge (230V) temperature. (Can be charged temperature. (Can be charged to 100%) to 100%) ❈ Depending on the condition and durability of high voltage battery, charger specifications, and ambient temperature, the time required for charging the high voltage battery may vary. Charging Inlet (Ve‐ Category Charging Connector Charging Outlet How to Charge Charging Time hicle) City-Type: Approx. 6 hours and 10 mi‐ Use the AC Charger nutes Cruise-Type: installed at home or AC Charge Approx. 9 hours public charging sta‐ and 35 minutes tion ❈ Can be charged to 100%
1-14
Charging Inlet (Ve‐ Category Charging Connector Charging Outlet How to Charge Charging Time hicle) 1 City-Type: Approx. Electric vehicle guide 54 minutes (100kW)/Approx. 57 minutes (50kW) Use the DC Charger Cruise-Type: Ap‐ DC Charge at public charging prox. 54 minutes station (100kW)/Approx. 75 minutes (50kW) ❈ To 80% of SOC, can be charged to 100%
City-Type: Approx. 18 hours Trickle Charge Use household cur‐ Cruise-Type: Ap‐ (230V) rent prox. 29 hours ❈ Can be charged to 100%
❈ Actual charger image and charging method may vary in accordance with the charger manufacturer. ❈ Depending on the condition and durability of the high voltage battery, charger specifications, and ambient temperature, the time required for charging the high voltage battery may vary.
1-15 Electric vehicle guide
CHARGE INDICATOR LAMP FOR ELECTRIC VEHICLE
Charging status information Operation of Charg‐ Operation of Charg‐ ing Indicator Lamp Details ing Indicator Lamp Details (1) (2) (3) (1) (2) (3) Blink‐ 0~33% Blink‐ Reserved ing ing charging is op‐ (OFF) (OFF) (OFF) (OFF) erating (turns (ON) Blink‐ Chargi 34~66% OFF after 3 mi‐ ing ng nutes) or inter‐ (OFF) ruptions that (ON) (ON) Blink‐ 67~99% temporarily ing prevent charg‐ ing (e.g. power (ON) (ON) (ON) Charging com‐ failure) plete (100%) (turns OFF in 5 seconds) When charging the high voltage bat‐ Blink‐ Blink‐ Blink‐ Error while tery, the charge level can be checked ing ing ing charging from outside the vehicle. Blink‐ Charging 12 V Operation of Charg‐ ing auxiliary bat‐ (OFF) (OFF) ing Indicator Lamp Details tery or re‐ served air con‐ (1) (2) (3) ditioner is oper‐ Not Charged ating (OFF) (OFF) (OFF)
1-16
CHARGING CONNECTOR LOCK Charging connector AUTO/LOCK Connector Lock - If the charging connector is un‐ locked when all doors are unlocked, 1 mode LOCK Mode AUTO Mode but the charging cable is not dis‐ connected within 15 seconds, the Electric vehicle guide Before connector will be automatically charging O X locked again. If the charging con‐ (Reserved nector is unlocked when all doors charging) are unlocked, but all doors are While O O locked again, immediately, the charging connector will be automatically After locked again. O X charging • AUTO mode (button indicator on) : The connector locks when charging AUTO/LOCK mode button indicator starts. The connector unlocks when charging is complete. This mode can LAMP OFF LAMP ON be used when charging in a public LOCK mode AUTO mode charging station.
This charging connector lock function WDEEV-509 WDEEV-508 prevents an outsider from removing the charging connector from the charg‐ ing inlet. Press the ( ) button to change be‐ tween AUTO mode and LOCK mode. ❈ The charging inlet is locked during DC Charge regardless of the AUTO/ • LOCK mode (button indicator off) : LOCK mode. After charging is com‐ The connector locks when the charg‐ plete, the locked charging inlet is ing connector is plugged into the unlocked. charging inlet. The connector is locked until all doors are unlocked by the driver. This mode can be used to prevent charging cable theft.
1-17 Electric vehicle guide
RESERVED CHARGING
•Y ou can set-up a charging schedule minutes) to indicate that reserved • If you press the scheduled charging for your vehicle using the multi media charging is set. deactivation button [ ] to immedi‐ screen or the UVO application on your ately charge the battery, charging smartphone. • When reserved charging is set, charg‐ must be initiated 3 minutes after the Refer to the ‘CAR MULTIMEDIA SYS‐ ing is not initiated immediately when charging cable has been connected. TEM QUICK REFERENCE GUIDE' and the AC Charger or portable charging When you press the scheduled charg‐ the UVO manual about reserved cable (ICCB: In- Cable Control Box) is ing deactivation button [ ] for im‐ charging. connected. mediate charging, the reserved • Reserved charging can only be done When immediate charging is required, charge setting is not completely de‐ when using a AC Charger or the port‐ use the multi media screen or the activated. If you need to completely able charging cable (ICCB: In-Cable UVO application on your smartphone deactivate the reserved charge set‐ Control Box). to deactivate the scheduled charging ting, use the multi media screen or or press the scheduled charging deac‐ the UVO application on your smart‐ tivation button phone. • When reserved charging is set, charg‐ ❈ ing time is automatically calculated, Refer to “AC Charge” on page 1-21, “Trickle charge” on page so in some cases, charging may start 1-33 for details about connecting right after the charger is connected. the AC Charger and the portable charging cable (ICCB: In- Cable Con‐ trol Box).
• When reserved charging is set and the AC Charger or the portable charg‐ ing cable (ICCB: In-Cable Control Box) is connected for charging, the indica‐ tor lamp in the middle blinks (for 3
1-18
PRECAUTIONS FOR CHARGING ELECTRIC VEHICLE
Charging precautions WARNING 1
• Electromagnetic waves that are Electric vehicle guide generated from the charger can seriously impact medical electric devices such as an implantable cardiac pacemaker. When using medical electric devi‐ ces such as an implantable cardiac pacemaker, make sure to ask the medical team and manufacturer ❈ Actual charger image and charging whether charging your electric ve‐ method may vary in accordance hicle will impact the operation of with the charger manufacturer. the medical electric devices such as an implantable cardiac pace‐ maker. • Check to make sure there is no water or dust on the charging ca‐ ble connector and plug before con‐ necting to the charger and charg‐ ing inlet. Connecting while there is water or dust on the charging ca‐ ble connector and plug may cause a fire or electric shock. • Be careful not to touch the charg‐ ing connector, charging plug, and the charging inlet when connecting the cable to the charger and the charging inlet on the vehicle. (Continued)
1-19 Electric vehicle guide
(Continued) WARNING CAUTION • Comply with the following in order to prevent electrical shock when • Immediately stop charging when • Always keep the charging connec‐ charging: you find abnormal symptoms (e.g., tor and charging plug in clean and - Use a waterproof charger. smell, smoke). dry condition. Be sure to keep the charging cable in a condition where - Make sure to not touch the • Replace the charging cable if the there is no water or moisture. charging connector and charging cable coating is damaged to pre‐ plug when your hand is wet. Do vent electrical shock. • Make sure to use the designated charger for charging the electric not stand in water or snow • When connecting or removing the when connecting the charging vehicle. Using any other charger charging cable, make sure to hold may cause failure. cable. the charging connector handle and - Do not charge when there is charging plug. • Before charging the battery, turn lightning. Only use the charging cable (if the vehicle [OFF]. equipped) certified by Kia. If you • When the vehicle is switched [OFF] - Do not charge when the charg‐ use a separate extension cable ing connector and plug is wet. while charging, the cooling fan in‐ such as a reel or use an uncertified side the motor compartment may cable, it may cause abnormalities automatically operate. Do not of electrical outlets, leading to fire touch the cooling fan while charg‐ or explosion. ing. If you pull the cable itself (without using the handle), the internal • Be careful not to drop the charging wires may disconnect or get dam‐ connector. The charging connector aged. This may lead to electric can be damaged. shock or fire.
1-20
CHARGING ELECTRIC VEHICLE (AC CHARGE)
AC Charge How to Connect AC Charger WARNING 1
If you cannot open the charging door Electric vehicle guide due to freezing weather, tap lightly or remove any ice near the charging door. Do not try to forcibly open the charging door.
1. While the brake pedal is pressed, engage the parking brake. 2. Turn OFF all switches, place the shifter dial in P (Park), and turn OFF the vehicle. If you try to charge while the shift‐ er dial is not placed in P (Park), it 4. Open the charging door and press You can use a AC Charger at public will automatically move to P (Park). the AC charging inlet cover release charging stations and the charging ca‐ However, charge the battery only tab (1) to open the AC charging in‐ ble (if equipped) in the cargo compart‐ when the shifter dial is placed in P let cover. ment of your car. for safety reasons. ❈ Shape of charger and how to use 3. Open the charging door by pressing the charger may be different for the arrow symbol [ ] of the charg‐ each manufacturer. ing door. The charging door will not open if the vehicle door is locked.
1-21 Electric vehicle guide
ing button. The charging connector CAUTION will be locked at a different time depending on the selected mode. In order to connect the charging con‐ LOCK Mode: When the charging nector, release the door lock to un‐ connector is properly connected, latch the charging connector lock the charging connector will be au‐ system. tomatically locked. If not, the charging connector and AUTO Mode: When the charging the vehicle's charging inlet may be connector is properly connected damaged. and charging is initiated, the charg‐ ing connector will be locked. 5. Check if there is any dust or foreign For more information, refer to the substances on the charging connec‐ “Charging connector AUTO/LOCK mode” on page 1-17. tor and charging inlet. 8. Check if the charge indicator lamp 6. Hold the charging connector handle in the instrument cluster is turned and connect it to the vehicle AC ON. Charging does not occur when charging inlet. Push the connector the charging indicator lamp is OFF. all the way in. If the charging con‐ When the charging connector and nector and charging terminal are charging plug are not connected not connected properly, this may properly, reconnect the charging cause a fire. cable to charge. ❈ For more information about how to charge and how to disconnect, please refer to the manual of each AC Charger. ❈ The shape of the charging connec‐ 7. Connect the charging plug to the tor may be different for each man‐ electric outlet at a AC charging sta‐ ufacturer. tion to start charging. ❈ Charging Connector AUTO/LOCK Mode When the charging connector and the charging inlet are connected, you can choose the mode by press‐
1-22
CAUTION CAUTION 1
• You can start charging when the Depending on the condition and du‐ Electric vehicle guide POWER button is in the OFF po‐ rability of the high voltage battery, sition and the shifter dial is in P charger specifications, and ambient (Park). After charging has star‐ temperature, the time required for ted, you can use electrical com‐ charging the battery may vary. ponents such as the radio by pressing the POWER button to the ACC or ON position. CAUTION • You cannot move the shifter dial other than P (Park) while charg‐ In order to disconnect the charging ing. Charging stops immediately. connector, release the door lock to If you want to start charging 9. After charging has started, the es‐ unlatch the charging connector lock again, place the shifter dial to P timated charging time is displayed system. (Park) and press the POWER on the instrument cluster for about If not, the charging connector and button to the OFF position. Un‐ 1 minute. the vehicle's charging inlet may be plug and reconnect the charging If you open the driver seat door damaged. cable to start charging again. while charging, the estimated charging time is also displayed on the instrument cluster for about 1 minute. When reserved charging / air condi‐ tioning / remote air conditioning control is set, the estimated charg‐ ing time is displayed as “--" .
1-23 Electric vehicle guide
Checking charging status Operation of Charg‐ Operation of Charg‐ ing Indicator Lamp Details ing Indicator Lamp Details (1) (2) (3) (1) (2) (3) Blink‐ Reserved 0~33% ing charging in op‐ (OFF) (OFF) eration (turns Blink‐ Chargi Blink‐ OFF in 3 mi‐ (ON) 34~66% ing ng (OFF) ing (OFF) nutes) or tem‐ (OFF) porary inter‐ Blink‐ ruptions (e.g., (ON) (ON) 67~99% ing power failure) Charging com‐ How to Disconnect AC Charger plete (100%) (ON) (ON) (ON) (turns OFF in 5 seconds) When charging the high voltage bat‐ Blink‐ Blink‐ Blink‐ Error while tery, the charge level can be checked ing ing ing charging from outside the vehicle. Charging 12 V Operation of Charg‐ auxiliary bat‐ ing Indicator Lamp Details Blink‐ tery or re‐ ing served air con‐ (1) (2) (3) (OFF) (OFF) ditioner is oper‐ ating Not Charged (OFF) (OFF) (OFF) 1. When charging is complete, remove the charging plug from the electri‐ cal outlet. 2. Hold the charging connector handle and pull it while pressing the re‐ lease button (1).
1-24
To prevent charging cable theft, the charging connector cannot be dis‐ CAUTION (Continued) 1 connected from the inlet when the cle inspected by an authorized Kia doors are locked. Unlock all doors to In order to disconnect the charging dealer/service partner. Electric vehicle guide disconnect the charging connector connector, release the door lock to from the inlet. However, if the vehi‐ unlatch the charging connector lock cle is in the charging connector AU‐ system. TO mode, the charging connector If not, the charging connector and automatically unlocks from the in‐ the vehicle's charging inlet may be let when charging is completed. damaged. For more details, refer to “Charging Before disconnecting the charging connector, release the door lock. connector AUTO/LOCK mode” on When the door is locked, the charg‐ page 1-17. ing connector lock release button (1) will not work. When disconnecting the charging connector, do not try to disconnect it by force while not pressing the re‐ lease button. This may damage the charging connector and vehicle charging inlet. 3. Make sure to completely close the If the charging connector lock does AC charging inlet cover. not unlatch even after the door lock has been released, use the emergen‐ 4. Make sure to completely close the cy release lever in the motor room charging door. and press the charging connector 5. Close the protective covers of the lock release button (1) to disconnect charging connector and the charg‐ the charging connector. If this oc‐ ing plug to prevent foreign sub‐ curs, the charging connector lock stances from entering the termi‐ function may have a problem, Kia nals. recommend that you have your vehi‐ (Continued) 6. Store the charging cable safely in the storage compartment.
1-25 Electric vehicle guide
If this happens, open the hood and pull How to Disconnect Charging CAUTION Connector in Emergency the emergency cable lightly 2 to 3 times and then try to disconnect the charging cable or start recharging. • Do not disassemble or modify the charging cable. Such acts could re‐ How to Store and Keep the AC sult fire, electric shock and injury. charging Cable (if equipped) • Always keep the charging connec‐ tor and charging plug in clean and dry condition. Be sure to keep the charging cable in a condition where there is no water or moisture. • If there is any foreign substance or dust inside the charging connector and charging plug, blow them off with the air coming out of the air conditioner. • When the charging connector or If the charging connector does not dis‐ charging plug is damaged, corro‐ ded or rusted, or if it feels loose connect due to battery discharge and when the charging connector and failure of the electric wires, open the charging plug are connected, do hood and slightly pull the emergency not charge the vehicle. Kia recom‐ cable. The charging connector will then Store the charging cable safely in the mends to contact an authorized disconnect. Kia dealer/service partner. The charging cable lock may not work storage compartment. properly when foreign materials such • Please note the following when as dust enter the cable or the cable is using the charging cable. encrusted with ice. - Do not pull the cable by exces‐ In that case, the charging cable may sive force. not be disconnected or locked, or the - Do not twist or bend it. vehicle may not be charged. (Continued)
1-26
(Continued) (Continued) 1 - Do not drag it on the floor. gasoline. Doing so may change the - Do not place any object on the color and damage the charging cable. Electric vehicle guide cable. When you use a general car cleaner to clean the charging cable, make - Do not place an object that can sure that any organic solvent men‐ generate high temperatures tioned above is not included. near the charger. - Do not drop or subject it to shock or impact. - Do not store it with liquids.
For cleaning the charging cable, use on‐ ly a soft cloth like gauze and lightly wipe the surface with water containing a 3% neutral detergent and remove the water with a clean cloth. Dry it in in a well-ventilated shade after wiping off the water. Be careful not to expose the charging connector and charging plug to water.
CAUTION
When cleaning the charging cable, do not use an organic solvent such as paint thinner, benzene, alcohol and (Continued)
1-27 Electric vehicle guide
CHARGING ELECTRIC VEHICLE (DC CHARGE) DC Charge (if equipped) 2. Turn OFF all switches, place the CAUTION shifter dial in P (Park), and turn OFF the vehicle. If you cannot open the charging door If you try to charge while the shift‐ due to freezing weather, try again er dial is not placed in P (Park), it after removing any ice near the will automatically move to P (Park). charging door. If you open it by However, charge the battery only force, the charging door may be when the shifter dial is placed in P damaged. for safety reasons. 3. Open the charging door by pressing How to Connect DC Charger the arrow symbol [ ] of the charg‐ ing door. The charging door will not open if the vehicle door is locked. You can charge at high speeds at public charging stations. Use the charging ca‐ CAUTION ble installed with DC chargers. ❈ Actual charger image and charging If you cannot open the charging door method may vary in accordance due to freezing weather, tap lightly with the charger manufacturer. or remove any ice near the charging ❈ If you use a DC Charger when the door. Do not try to forcibly open the vehicle is already fully charged, charging door. some DC chargers will send out an error message. When the vehicle is fully charged, do not charge the ve‐ hicle.
1. While the brake pedal is pressed, engage the parking brake.
1-28
(Continued) 1 • You can start charging when the
POWER button is in the OFF po‐ Electric vehicle guide sition and the shifter dial is in P (Park). After charging has started, you can use electrical components such as the radio by pressing the POWER button to ACC or ON po‐ sition. • You cannot move the shifter dial other than P (Park) while charg‐ ing. 4. Open the charging door and then 7. Check if the charger indicator lamp open the cover (1) of the charging in the instrument cluster in turned inlet. ON. CAUTION 5. Check whether there is dust or for‐ Charging doesn’t start when the eign substances inside the charging charging indicator lamp is OFF. To control the temperature of the connector and charging inlet. When the charging connector is not connected properly, reconnect the high voltage battery while charging, 6. Hold the charging handle and con‐ charging cable to charge it again. the air conditioner is used to cool nect it to the vehicle DC charging down the battery which may gener‐ inlet. Push the connector all the ate noise from operation of the air way in. If the charging connector CAUTION conditioner compressor and cooling and charging terminal are not con‐ fan. Also, the air conditioner’s per‐ nected properly, this may cause a • Charge your car only when the formance may be degraded during fire. shifter dial is placed in P (Park) summer due to operation of the ❈ Refer to the manual for each type for the safety. cooling system for the high voltage of DC Charger for how to charge (Continued) battery. and remove the charger. ❈ The shape of the charging connec‐ tor may vary depending on the manufacturer.
1-29 Electric vehicle guide
Checking charging status Operation of Charg‐ ing Indicator Lamp Details (1) (2) (3) Blink‐ 0~33% ing (OFF) (OFF) Blink‐ Chargi (ON) ng 34~66% ing (OFF) Blink‐ (ON) (ON) 67~99% ing Charging com‐ plete (100%) 8. After charging has started, the es‐ (ON) (ON) (ON) timated charging time is displayed (turns OFF in 5 on the instrument cluster for about seconds) 1 minute. When charging the high voltage bat‐ Blink‐ Blink‐ Blink‐ Error while tery, the charge level can be checked ing ing ing charging from outside the vehicle. CAUTION Charging 12 V Operation of Charg‐ auxiliary bat‐ Depending on the condition and du‐ ing Indicator Lamp Details Blink‐ tery or re‐ rability of the high voltage battery, ing served air con‐ (1) (2) (3) (OFF) (OFF) charger specifications, and ambient ditioner is oper‐ temperature, the time required for ating charging the battery may vary. Not Charged (OFF) (OFF) (OFF)
1-30
Operation of Charg‐ ing Indicator Lamp Details 1 (1) (2) (3) Electric vehicle guide Reserved charging in op‐ eration (turns Blink‐ OFF in 3 mi‐ (OFF) ing (OFF) nutes) or tem‐ porary inter‐ ruptions (e.g., power failure) How to Disconnect DC Charger 1. Remove the charging connector 2. Make sure to completely close the when DC charging is completed, or DC charging inlet cover. after you stop charging using the 3. Make sure to completely close the DC Charger. Refer to each respec‐ charging door. tive DC Charger manual for details about how to disconnect the charg‐ ing connector.
CAUTION
When disconnecting the charging connector, do not try to disconnect it by force while not pressing the re‐ lease button. This may damage the charging connector and vehicle charging inlet.
1-31 Electric vehicle guide
CHARGING ELECTRIC VEHICLE (TRICKLE CHARGE) How to Use Trickle Charge • This cable is designed to prevent 2. Connect the power plug to the problems caused by unexpected bat‐ household electrical outlet. tery discharge and when you use 3. Check the status of the control box general outlets, it may lead to exces‐ display. sive electricity charges as the elec‐ tricity charges for electric vehicles will not be applied. So refrain from using it to fully charge your car. • If this cable is connected to a house‐ hold power source, it may exceed the capacity of the distributor, resulting in safety problems such as electrical shutdown and fire. How to Set Charging Current of 1. Code and Plug (Code set) Portable Charging Cable 2. Control box 3. Charging Cable and Charging Con‐ nector 4. Adjust the charging current by pressing the button (1) on the back of the control box for more than When you cannot drive to a public 1 second. (Refer to the examples of charging station due to low battery, charging cable type and charging you can charge the car by using the current setting.) Portable Charging Cable. (ICCB: In Cable Control Box) 5. Each time the button (1) is pressed, the control box display is sequen‐ tially changed to 12A, 10A and 8A. (*¹, *² ) 1. Check the outlet’s current rating before connecting the plug to the outlet.
1-32
6. Once the charging current setting is Trickle charge complete, start charging according How to connect portable charging 1 to Trickle Charge procedure.
*¹: MAX 10A: 10A, 8A, 6A cable (ICCB: In-Cable Control Box) Electric vehicle guide *²: MAX 8A: 8A, 7A, 6A
❈ Examples of ICCB Charging Current Setting (However, examples are only for refer‐ ence and situations may vary depend‐ ing on the surrounding environment.) Outlet cur‐ ICCB charge Control box rent level display 2. Check if the power lamp (green) on 14-16A 12A the control box turns ON. 13-12A 10A 3. While the brake pedal is pressed, 11-10A 8A engage the parking brake. 4. Turn OFF all switches, place the 1. Connect the plug to a household shifter dial in P (Park). If you try to electric outlet. charge while the shifter dial is not 9-8A 7A or 6A placed in P (Park), it will automati‐ cally move to P (Park). CAUTION However, charge the battery only when the shifter dial is placed in P If the outlet is aged, damaged or for safety reasons. cracked, do not use it. ❈ Make sure that the plug is not loosely put into the outlet. (If it is loose, it may generate heat.)
1-33 Electric vehicle guide
8. Hold the charging connector handle CAUTION and connect it to the vehicle AC charging inlet. Push the connector In order to connect the charging con‐ until you hear a "clicking" sound. If nector, release the door lock to un‐ the charging connector and charg‐ latch the charging connector lock ing terminal are not connected system. properly, this may cause a fire. If not, the charging connector and ❈ Charging Connector AUTO/LOCK the vehicle's charging inlet may be Mode damaged. When the charging connector and the charging inlet are connected, you can choose the mode by press‐ ing button. The charging connector will be locked at a different time 5. Open the charging door by pressing depending on the selected mode. the arrow symbol [ ] of the charg‐ LOCK Mode: When the charging ing door. The charging door will not connector is properly connected, open if the vehicle door is locked. the charging connector will be au‐ tomatically locked. AUTO Mode: When the charging CAUTION connector is properly connected and charging is initiated, the charg‐ If you cannot open the charging door ing connector will be locked. due to freezing weather, tap lightly For more information, refer to the or remove any ice near the charging Charging Connector AUTO/LOCK door. Do not try to forcibly open the Mode. charging door. 6. Open the charging door and then open the inlet cover (1). 7. Open the protective cover of the charging connector and check if there is dust on the charging con‐ nector and charging inlet.
1-34
ON. Charging does not occur when the charging indicator lamp is OFF. 1 When the charging connector is not
connected properly, reconnect the Electric vehicle guide charging cable to charge it again.
CAUTION
• You can start charging when the POWER button is in the OFF po‐ sition and the shifter dial is in P (Park). After charging has started, you 9. Charging starts automatically and can use electrical components 11. After charging has started, the es‐ the charging indicator lamp starts such as the radio by pressing the timated charging time is displayed to blink. POWER button to ACC or ON po‐ on the instrument cluster for about sition. 1 minute. • You cannot move the shifter dial If you open the driver seat door other than P (Park) while charg‐ while charging, the estimated ing. If you want to start charging charging time is also displayed on again, place the shifter dial to P the instrument cluster for about 1 (Park) and press the POWER minute. button to the OFF position. Un‐ When reserved charging is set, the plug and reconnect the charging estimated charging time is dis‐ cable to start charging again. played as “--" .
CAUTION
Depending on the condition and du‐ 10. Check if the charge indicator lamp rability of the high voltage battery, in the instrument cluster is turned (Continued)
1-35 Electric vehicle guide
(Continued) Checking charging status Operation of Charg‐ ing Indicator Lamp Details charger specifications, and ambient temperature, the time required for (1) (2) (3) charging the battery may vary. Blink‐ 0~33% ing (OFF) (OFF) CAUTION Blink‐ Chargi 34~66% (ON) ng ing (OFF) In order to disconnect the charging Blink‐ 67~99% connector, release the door lock to (ON) (ON) unlatch the charging connector lock ing system. Charging com‐ If not, the charging connector and plete (100%) (ON) (ON) (ON) the vehicle's charging inlet may be (turns OFF in 5 damaged. seconds) When charging the high voltage bat‐ Blink‐ Blink‐ Blink‐ Error while tery, the charge level can be checked ing ing ing charging from outside the vehicle. Charging 12 V Operation of Charg‐ auxiliary bat‐ ing Indicator Lamp Details Blink‐ tery or re‐ ing served air con‐ (1) (2) (3) (OFF) (OFF) ditioner is oper‐ ating Not Charged (OFF) (OFF) (OFF)
1-36
Operation of Charg‐ ing Indicator Lamp Details 1 (1) (2) (3) Electric vehicle guide Reserved charging is set (turns OFF af‐ Blink‐ ter 3 minutes) (OFF) ing (OFF) or temporary interruption of charging (pow‐ er failure, etc.)
1-37 Electric vehicle guide
Charging Status Indicator Lamp for Portable Charger
Control Box Indicator Details
On: Power on Blink : Plug temperature sensor failure PLUG On: Plug high temperature protection Blink: Plug high temperature warning
POWER On: Power on
Blink: Charging in power saving mode, only the CHARGE CHARGE indicator is illuminated
FAULT Blink: Charging interrupted
Charging current The charging 12A current changes (3 level)*1,*2,*3 whenever the button (1) is CHARGE LEVEL pressed for 1 sec Charging current with the charger 10A plugged into an electrical outlet but not the vehi‐ cle.
1-38
Control Box Indicator Details 1 Charging current *1: Max 12A:12A, 8A Electric vehicle guide 10A, 8A Charging current 2 CHARGE LEVEL * : Max 10A: 10A, 7A 8A, 6A *3: Max 8A: 8A, Charging current 7A, 6A 6A
Charging connector plugged
Charging
VEHICLE
Blink: Charging impossible
1-39 Electric vehicle guide
Charging Status Indicator Lamp for Portable Charger
Status / Diagnosis / Counter‐ Status / Diagnosis / Counter‐ NO Control Box NO Control Box measure measure
•C onnected to power plug (Green On) • Plug temperature sensor failure (Green blink) • Plug high temperature pro‐ - Charging connector plugged 1 tection (Red blink) 2 into the vehicle (Green On) • Plug high temperature warning (Red On)
(Kia recommends to contact an authorized Kia dealer/serv‐ ice partner.)
1-40
Status / Diagnosis / Counter‐ Status / Diagnosis / Counter‐ NO Control Box NO Control Box 1 measure measure Electric vehicle guide
- Before plugging charging connector into the vehicle (Red blink) - While charging - Abnormal internal tem‐ - Charge indicator (Green perature 3 4 blink) - Device failure - Vehicle indicator (Blue On) (Kia recommends to contact an authorized Kia dealer/serv‐ ice partner.)
- Plugged into the vehicle (Red blink) - Internal diagnostic device - After plugging charging con‐ failure nector into vehicle (Red blink) - Current leakage - Communication failure 5 - Abnormal internal tem‐ 6 perature (Kia recommends to contact an authorized Kia dealer/serv‐ (Kia recommends to contact ice partner.) an authorized Kia dealer/serv‐ ice partner.)
1-41 Electric vehicle guide
Status / Diagnosis / Counter‐ Status / Diagnosis / Counter‐ NO Control Box NO Control Box measure measure
• Plug temperature sensor failure (Green blink) • Plug high temperature pro‐ tection (Red blink) - Power saving mode 7 • Plug high temperature 8 - 3 minutes after charging warning (Red On) starts (Green blink)
(Kia recommends to contact an authorized Kia dealer/serv‐ ice partner.)
1-42
For more information, refer to the How to disconnect portable (Continued) charging cable (ICCB: In-Cable Charging Connector AUTO/LOCK 1 Mode. Control Box) • If the charging connector lock does not unlatch even after the Electric vehicle guide door lock has been released, use CAUTION the emergency release lever in the motor room and press the In order to disconnect the charging charging connector lock release connector, release the door lock to button (1) to disconnect the unlatch the charging connector lock charging connector. If such case system. occurs, the charging connector If not, the charging connector and lock function is maybe defective, the vehicle's charging inlet may be Kia recommend that you have damaged. your vehicle inspected by an au‐ thorized Kia dealer/service part‐ ner. CAUTION
When disconnecting the charging 1. Hold the charging connector handle connector, do not try to disconnect it and pull it while pressing the re‐ by force while not pressing the re‐ lease button (1). lease button.This may damage the Before disconnecting the charging charging connector and vehicle connector, make sure the door lock charging inlet. is released. When the door is (Continued) locked, the charging connector lock system will be triggered. And the charging connector will not be dis‐ connected. However, in AUTO Mode, the lock is released automatically when charg‐ ing is completed, and you can dis‐ 2. Make sure to completely close the connect the charging connector. AC charging inlet cover.
1-43 Electric vehicle guide
3. Make sure to completely close the Disconnecting Charging Connector If this happens, open the hood and pull charging door. in Emergency the emergency cable lightly 2 to 3 times and then try to disconnect the charging cable or start recharging. Precautions for portable charging cable (ICCB: In-Cable Control Box)
WARNING
• Use the portable charging cable that is certified by Kia Motors. • Do not try to repair, disassemble, or adjust the portable charging ca‐ ble. 4. Disconnect the plug from the household electric outlet. Do not • Do not use an extension cord or pull the cable when disconnecting If the charging connector does not dis‐ adapter. the plug. connect due to battery discharge and • Stop using immediately when fail‐ failure of the electric wires, open the ure occurs. 5. Close the protective cover for the hood and slightly pull the emergency charging connector so that foreign • Do not touch the plug and charging cable and then the charging inlet lock connector with wet hands. substances do not flow into the will be released. terminal. The charging cable lock may not work • Do not touch the terminal part of 6. Put the charging cable inside the properly when foreign materials such the AC charging connector and the cable compartment to protect it. as dust enter the cable or the cable is AC charging inlet on the vehicle. encrusted with ice. • Do not connect the charging con‐ In that case, the charging cable may nector to voltage that does not not be disconnected or locked, or the comply with regulations. vehicle may not be charged.
1-44
WARNING CAUTION 1
• Do not use the portable charging • Keep the control box free of water. Electric vehicle guide cable if it is worn out, exposed, or • Keep the AC charging connector or there exists any type of damage plug terminal free of foreign sub‐ on the portable charging cable. stances. • If the ICCB case and AC charging • Do not step on the cable or cord. connector is damaged, cracked, or Do not pull the cable or cord and the wires are exposed in any way, do not twist or bend it. do not use the portable charging cable. • Do not charge when there is light‐ ning. • Do not let kids operate or touch the portable charging cable. • Do not drop the control box or place a heavy object on the control • Charging with the worn out or box. damaged household electric outlet can result in a risk of electric • Do not place an object that can shock. If you are in doubt to the generate high temperatures near household electric outlet condition, the charger when charging. have it checked by licensed electri‐ cian and charge again. • Stop using the portable charging cable immediately if the household electric outlet or any components is overheated or you notice burnt odors.
1-45 Electric vehicle guide
ACTIONS TO BE TAKEN FOR ELECTRIC VEHICLE CHARGING ISSUES
When you cannot charge the high volt‐ age battery after connecting the charger, check the following: 1. Check the charging settings for the vehicle. (e.g. when scheduled charging is set, charging is not initiated imme‐ diately when the AC Charger or portable charger is connected.) 2. Check the operation status of the AC Charger, portable charger and DC Charger. ❈ Actual method for indicating the charging status may vary in ac‐ cordance with the charger manu‐ facturer.
3. When the vehicle does not charge and a warning message appears on the instrument cluster, check the corresponding message. 4. If the vehicle is properly charged when charged with another nor‐ mally working charger, contact the charger manufacturer. 5. If the vehicle does not charge when charged with another normally working charger, we recommend that you contact an authorized Kia dealers/service partner for inspec‐ tion.
1-46
DRIVING ELECTRIC VEHICLE How to start the vehicle 3. While depressing the brake pedal, 1 1. Holding the smart key, sit in the engage the parking brake.
driver’s seat. 4. While depressing the brake pedal, Electric vehicle guide 2. Fasten the seat belt before starting press the POWER button and turn the vehicle. off the vehicle. 3. Make sure to engage the parking brake. 4. Turn OFF all electrical devices. 5. Check the position of the accelera‐ tor pedal and the brake pedal and the clearance with your right foot. 6. Make sure to depress and hold the 9. When the indicator is ON, you brake pedal. can drive the vehicle. When the 7. While depressing the brake pedal, indicator is OFF, you cannot drive shift to P (Park). the vehicle. Start the vehicle again. 8. Depress and hold the brake pedal 10. Depress and hold the brake pedal while pressing the POWER button. and shift to the desired position 5. Check if the indicator is turned 11. Release the parking brake and OFF in the instrument cluster. slowly release the brake pedal. When the indicator in ON and Check if the vehicle slowly moves the gear is in a position other than forward, then depress the acceler‐ P (Park), the driver can accidently ator pedal. depress the accelerator pedal, causing the vehicle to move unex‐ How to stop the vehicle pectedly. 1. Hold down the brake pedal while the vehicle is parked. 2. While depressing the brake pedal, shift to P (Park).
1-47 Electric vehicle guide
Virtual Engine Sound System • Distance to empty may depend on CAUTION many factors such as the charge (VESS) amount of the high voltage battery, The vehicle does not operate a weather, temperature, durability of sound. Be aware of your driving en‐ the battery, geographical features, vironment and drive safely. and driving style. After you park the vehicle or while you are waiting at a traffic light, • Natural degradation may occur with check whether there are children or the high voltage battery depending obstacles around the vehicle. on the number of years the vehicle is used. This may reduce the distance to empty. Distance to empty • On average, a vehicle can drive ap‐ proximately 385 km (Cruisetype)/246 km (City-type) or 239 miles (Cruise- type)/153 miles (City-type). Howev‐ er, the distance to empty can be changed from 280-500 km (174-310 The Virtual Engine Sound System gen‐ miles) for Cruise-type and 170-320 erates engine sound for pedestrians to km (106-199 miles) for City-type de‐ hear vehicle sound because there is no pending on operation of the air condi‐ sound while the Electric Vehicle (EV) is tioner/ heater and other various vehi‐ operating. cle conditions. When using the heater • The VESS may be turned ON or OFF during cold weather or driving at high by pressing the VESS button. (if speed, the high voltage battery con‐ equipped) sumes a lot more electricity. This may reduce the distance to empty • If the vehicle is in the ready mode significantly. and the gear is not in P (Park), the You can check the distance the vehicle VESS will operate. can be driven with the current battery • When the gear is shifted to R (Re‐ amount. verse), an additional warning sound will be heard.
1-48
• The vehicle can stop shortly after the Tips for improving distance to • Gradually depress and release the ac‐ "---" has been displayed.When it is celerator pedal when accelerating or 1 displayed, drive to a safe place to empty decelerating. • If you operate the air conditioner/ stop the vehicle. (The available range Electric vehicle guide heater too much, the driving battery • Always maintain specified tire pres‐ varies depending on driving speed, sures. heater/air conditioner, weather, driv‐ uses too much electricity. This may ing style, and other factors.) reduce the distance to empty. There‐ • Do not use unnecessary electrical fore, it is recommended that you set components while driving. • Distance to empty that is displayed the cabin temperature to 22°C (72°F) on the instrument cluster after com‐ AUTO. This setting that has been cer‐ • Do not load unnecessary items in the pleting a recharge may vary signifi‐ tified by various assessment tests to vehicle. cantly depending on previous operat‐ maintain optimal energy consumption • Do not mount parts that may in‐ ing patterns. When previous driving rates while keeping the temperature crease air resistance. patterns include high speed driving, fresh. Turn OFF the heater and air resulting in the high voltage battery conditioner if you do not need them. using more electricity than usual, the estimated distance to empty is re‐ • When the heater or air conditioning duced. When the high voltage battery system is on the energy consumption uses little electricity in ECO mode, the is reduced if recirculation mode is se‐ estimated distance to empty increa‐ lected instead of selecting the fresh ses. mode. The fresh mode requires large amount of energy consumption as the outside air has to be re-heated or cooled. • When using the heater or air condi‐ tioning system, use the DRIVER ONLY or scheduled air conditioner/ heater function. • Depress and hold the accelerator pedal to maintain speed and drive economically.
1-49 Electric vehicle guide
Power/Charge Gauge • CHARGE : • When driving on highways or motor‐ It shows the charging status of the ways, make sure to check in advance battery when it is being charged by if the driving battery is charged the regenerative brakes (decelerating enough. or driving on a downhill road). The more electric energy is charged, the lower the gauge level.
State of charge (SOC) gauge for high voltage battery
The Power/Charge gauge shows the energy consumption rate of the vehicle and the charge/discharge status of the 1. When there are 2 gauge bars (near regenerative brakes. the “0 (Low)” area) on the SOC • POWER : gauge, the warning lamp turns ON It shows the energy consumption to alert you of the battery level. rate of the vehicle when driving uphill 2. When the warning lamp turns ON, or accelerating. The more electric en‐ the vehicle can drive an additional ergy is used, the higher the gauge 20-30 km (12-18 miles) depending level. • The SOC gauge shows the charging on the driving speed, heater/air status of the high voltage battery. “0 conditioner, weather, driving style, (Low)” position on the indicator indi‐ and other factors. Charging is re‐ cates that there is not enough ener‐ quired. gy in the high voltage battery. “1 (High)” position indicates that the driving battery is fully charged.
1-50
The warning light on the instrument Check electric vehicle system CAUTION cluster ( ) will turn on simultaneous‐ 1 ly. Charge the battery immediately.
When there are 1-2 gauge bars left Electric vehicle guide for the high voltage battery, the ve‐ Charge immediately. power limited hicle speed is limited and then even‐ tually the vehicle will turn OFF. Charge the vehicle immediately.
Warning message on LCD display (related to electric vehicle) Low battery
This warning message is displayed when there is a problem with the elec‐ tric vehicle control system. When the high voltage battery level reaches around 3% or less, this warning WARNING message is displayed. The warning light on the instrument Refrain from driving when the warn‐ cluster ( ) and the power down ing message is displayed. warning light ( ) will turn on simulta‐ If this occurs, Kia recommend that neously. you have your vehicle inspected by The vehicle’s power will be reduced to an authorized Kia dealer/service minimize the energy consumption of partner. the high voltage battery. Charge the When the high voltage battery level battery immediately. reaches around 8% or less, this warning message is displayed.
1-51 Electric vehicle guide
Power limited CAUTION Power limited due to low EV battery temperature. Charge When this warning message is dis‐ battery played, do not accelerate or start the vehicle suddenly. Charge the battery immediately when the high voltage battery level is not enough.
In the following cases, this warning message is displayed when the vehicle's power is limited for safety. The warning message is displayed to - When the high voltage battery is be‐ protect the electric vehicle system low a certain level, or voltage is de‐ when you turn off or turn on the vehi‐ creasing. cle while outside temperature is low. If - When the temperature of the motor the high voltage battery charging level or high voltage battery is too high or is low and parked outside in low tem‐ too low. perature for a long time, vehicle power could be limited. Charging the battery - When there is a problem with the cooling system or a failure that may before driving helps increase power. interrupt normal driving.
1-52
Turn off the POWER button and stop CAUTION Stop vehicle and check power the vehicle so that the battery temper‐ supply 1 ature decreases.
If this warning message is still dis‐ Electric vehicle guide played even when the ambient Kia recommend that you have your vehi‐ WARNING cle inspected by an authorized Kia dealer/service partner. If this warning is still displayed even after the POWER button has been turned off for sufficient time, re‐ EV Battery Overheated! Stop frain from driving. Kia recommend vehicle. that you have your vehicle inspected by an authorized Kia dealer/service partner.
This warning message is displayed when a failure occurs in the power sup‐ ply system. If this occurs, park the vehicle in a safe location and recommend that you tow your vehicle to the nearest authorized Kia dealer/service partner and have the vehicle inspected.
This warning message is displayed to protect battery and electric vehicle system when the high voltage battery temperature is too high.
1-53 Electric vehicle guide
Unplug vehicle to start Charging door open Remaining Time
This message is displayed when you This message is displayed when the ve‐ This message is displayed to notify the start the vehicle without unplugging hicle is driven with the charging door remaining time to charge the battery the charging cable. Unplug the charging opened. Close the charging door and to the selected target battery charge cable, and then turn on the vehicle. then start driving. level.
1-54
Charging Stopped Check the AC/DC • If the same problem occurs when - The charging connector lock re‐ charger charging the vehicle with a well-func‐ lease button is pressed. 1 tioning AC charger or genuine Kia • If this occurs, separate the charging portable charger, Kia recommend connector and re-connect it. Electric vehicle guide that you have your vehicle inspected by an authorized Kia dealer/service • Check whether there is any problem partner. (external damage, foreign substan‐ ces, etc.) with the charging connector Charging Stopped. Check the cable and charging inlet. connection • If the same problem occurs when charging the vehicle with a replaced charging cable or genuine Kia porta‐ ble charger, we recommend that you have your vehicle inspected by an au‐ thorized Kia dealer/service partner.
12 V Aux. Battery Saver+ The Aux. Battery Saver+ is a function • This warning message is displayed that monitors the charging status of when charging is stopped for the rea‐ the 12 V auxiliary battery. If the auxili‐ sons below: ary battery level is low, the main high - There is a problem with the exter‐ voltage battery charges the auxiliary nal AC charger or DC charger. battery. - The external AC charger stopped The Aux. Battery Saver+ function will charging be ON when the vehicle is delivered. If - The charging cable is damaged. the function is not needed, you may • This warning message is displayed turn it off in the Users Settings mode • If this occurs, check whether there is for the reasons below: on the cluster. For more information, any problem with the external AC - The charging connector is not cor‐ refer to the following page. charger or DC charger and charging rectly connected to the charging cable. inlet. Mode • Cycle Mode:
1-55 Electric vehicle guide
When the POWER button is in the OFF System Setting position with all doors, hood and lift‐ CAUTION gate closed, the Aux. Battery Saver+ The driver can activate the Aux. Bat‐ activates according to the auxiliary bat‐ • The Aux. Battery Saver+ function tery Saver+ function by placing the tery status. cannot prevent battery discharge POWER button to the ON position and • Automatic Mode: if the auxiliary battery is dam‐ by selecting: aged, worn out, used as a power 'User Settings Other Aux. Battery supply or unauthorized electronic Saver+' When the POWER button is in the ON devises are used. The Aux. Battery Saver+ function deac‐ position with the charging connector tivates, when the driver cancels the plugged in, the function activates ac‐ • If the Aux. Battery Saver+ function system setting. cording to the auxiliary battery status was activated, the high voltage to prevent overdischarge of the auxili‐ battery level may have decreased. ary battery. WARNING ❈ The Aux. Battery Saver+ activates maximum of 20 minutes. If the Aux. Battery Saver+ function acti‐ When the function is activating the vates more than 10 times consecu‐ indicator lamp will illuminate and tively when in the automatic mode, 360V high voltage electricity will be the function will stop activating, flowing in the vehicle. judging that there is a problem with Do not touch, separate or disassem‐ the auxiliary battery. In this case, ble all the electric and electronic drive the vehicle for some period of components and devices including time or if the auxiliary battery re‐ the high voltage electric wire, con‐ turns to normal, the function will nector. This may cause electric shock start activating. and lead to fatal injuries. Also, do not modify your vehicle in any way. This may affect your vehi‐ cle performance and lead to an acci‐ dent.
1-56
Utility mode (if equipped) • The gear is shifted to P (Park). - ON : Normal driving is possible. The high voltage battery is used in‐ • The EPB (Electronic Parking Brake) is - OFF : Normal driving is not possible, 1 stead of the 12V auxiliary battery for applied. or a problem has occurred. operating the convenient features of Electric vehicle guide the vehicle. When driving is not neces‐ - Blinking : Emergency driving. sary such as while camping or when System Activation stopping the vehicle for a long time, it When the system is activated: When the ready indicator goes OFF or is possible to use the electrical devices • The indicator will turn off and the blinks, there is a problem with the sys‐ (audio, lights, etc.) for long hours. indicator will illuminate on the tem. In this case, Kia recommend that cluster. you have your vehicle inspected by an System Setting and Conditions authorized Kia dealer/service partner. • All electric devices are usable but the Service warning light vehicle cannot be driven. This warning light illumi‐ • The EPB can be cancelled by pressing nates: the EPB switch. • When the POWER button • Gear cannot be shifted out of P is in the ON position. (Park). If a shift attempt is made, a - It illuminates for approximately message “Shifting conditions not 3 seconds and then goes off. met” will be displayed on the cluster. • When there is a problem with related parts of the electric vehicle control Deactivation system, such as sensors, etc. The Utility Mode can be deactivated by pressing the POWER button to the OFF When the warning light illuminates position. while driving, or does not go OFF after starting the vehicle, have your vehicle Warning and Indicator Lights inspected by a professional workshop. When the following conditions are sat‐ (related to electric vehicle) Kia recommends to contact an author‐ isfied, you can activate the Utility Mode Ready indicator ized Kia dealer/service partner. function by selecting ‘User Settings Convenience Utility Mode’ in the clus‐ This indicator illuminates : ter. When the vehicle is ready to • The vehicle is in the ready mode. be driven.
1-57 Electric vehicle guide
Regenerative brake Power down warning Charging Cable warning light This warning light illumi‐ Connection Indicator This warning light illumi‐ nates: This indicator illuminates in nates : When the power is limited red when the charging cable is connected. When the regenerative for the safety of the elec‐ brake does not operate and tric vehicle. the brake does not perform The power is limited for the following well. This causes the Brake reasons. Warning light (red) and Regenerative - The high voltage battery level is be‐ Brake Warning Light (yellow) to illumi‐ low a certain level or voltage is de‐ nate simultaneously. creasing. In this case, drive safely and have the - When the temperature of motor is vehicle inspected by a professional too high, and the temperature of high workshop. Kia recommends to visit an voltage battery is too high or too low. authorized Kia dealer/service partner. The operation of the brake pedal may - There is a problem with the cooling be more difficult than normal and the system, or a failure that may inter‐ braking distance can increase. rupt normal driving. High Voltage Battery Low Level Warning Light NOTICE This warning light illumi‐ nates: Do not accelerate or start the vehi‐ When the high voltage bat‐ cle suddenly when the power down tery level is low. When the warning warning light is ON. light turns ON, charge the battery im‐ Charge the battery immediately mediately. when the high voltage battery level is not enough.
1-58
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS FOR ELECTRIC VEHICLE
If an accident occurs (Continued) (Continued) 1
When you suspect leakage of inflam‐ fires could cause serious injury or Electric vehicle guide WARNING mable gas and other harmful gases, death from electrical shocks. open the windows and evacuate to a • When a vehicle accident occurs, safe place. If any leaked fluid comes move the vehicle to a safe place, in contact with your eyes or skin, WARNING turn OFF the vehicle and remove immediately clean the affected area thoroughly with tap water or saline the auxiliary battery (12 V) termi‐ If you cannot put out the fire imme‐ nal to prevent high voltage elec‐ solution and have doctors inspect it as soon as possible. diately, the high voltage battery tricity from flowing. may explode. Evacuate to a safe • If electric wires are exposed from place and do not let other people ap‐ inside or outside the vehicle, do proach the site. not touch the wires. WARNING Contact the fire department and no‐ Also, do not touch the high voltage tify them of an electric vehicle fire. electric wire (orange), connector, If a small scale fire occurs, use a fire If the vehicle is flooded with water, and all electric components and extinguisher (ABC, BC) that is meant immediately turn OFF the vehicle devices.This may cause electric for electrical fires. If it is impossible and evacuate to a safe place. Con‐ shock and lead to injuries. to extinguish the fire in the early tact the fire department or a pro‐ stage, remain a safe distance from fessional workshop. Kia recommends the vehicle and immediately call your to contact an authorized Kia dealer/ WARNING local fire emergency responders. service partner. Also, advise them that an electric vehicle is involved. When a vehicle accident occurs and If the fire spreads to the high volt‐ the high voltage battery is damaged, age battery, large amount of water harmful gas and electrolytes may is needed to put out the fire. Using leak. Be careful not to touch the small amount of water or fire extin‐ leaked liquid. guishers not meant for electrical (Continued) (Continued)
1-59 Electric vehicle guide
WARNING (Continued) (Continued) - While depressing the brake ped‐ components may be damaged or a al shift to the N (Neutral) posi‐ fire may occur. tion and press the POWER but‐ ton to turn the vehicle off. • When a vehicle fire occurs due to - Wait 3 minutes or more before the battery, there is a risk of a opening the driver door and the second fire. Contact your local fire vehicle will remain in ACC mode emergency responders when tow‐ and in Neutral. ing the vehicle. - If the driver door is opened within the 3 minute period, the Other Precautions for Electric vehicle will automatically shift to P (Park), the vehicle will turn Vehicle OFF and the front wheels will be • When you paint or apply heat treat‐ remained locked. ment to the vehicle as a result of an accident, the performance of the high voltage battery can be reduced. If heat treatment is required, have • If towing is required, lift all four the vehicle serviced by a professional wheels off the ground and tow the workshop. Kia recommends to con‐ vehicle. If you must tow the vehi‐ cle using only two wheels, lift the tact an authorized Kia dealer/service front wheels off the ground and partner. tow the vehicle. • When you clean the motor compart‐ If necessary to roll the vehicle so • If you tow the vehicle while the ment, do not use high pressure water that it can be rolled onto a flatbed front wheels are touching the to wash. This may cause an electric tow truck perform the following: ground, the vehicle motor may shock due to a discharge in high volt‐ - First, depress the brake pedal generate electricity and the motor age electricity, or damage the vehi‐ and release the parking brake. (Continued) cle's electric system. (Continued) • Do not use, remodel, or install non- genuine parts. This may damage the electric power system.
1-60
Service Interlock Connector Service plug 1 Electric vehicle guide
In case of emergency, cut the service interlock connector cable to isolate the CAUTION high voltage of the battery. Never touch the service plug under the rear seat. The service plug is attached to the high voltage battery system. Touching the service plug will result in death or serious injury. Service personnel should follow procedures in service manual.
1-61
Introduction
How to use this manual...... 2-02 Vehicle handling instructions...... 2-03 2
Introduction
HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL
We want to help you get the greatest You will find various WARNINGs, CAU‐ possible driving pleasure from your ve‐ TIONs, and NOTICEs in this manual. hicle. Your Owner’s Manual can assist These WARNINGs were prepared to en‐ you in many ways.We strongly recom‐ hance your personal safety. You should mend that you read the entire manual. carefully read and follow ALL proce‐ In order to minimize the chance of dures and recommendations provided death or injury, you must read the in these WARNINGs, CAUTIONs and NO‐ WARNING and CAUTION sections in the TICEs. manual. Illustrations complement the words in this manual to best explain how to en‐ WARNING joy your vehicle. By reading your man‐ ual, you learn about features, impor‐ A WARNING indicates a situation in tant safety information, and driving which harm, serious bodily injury or tips under various road conditions. death could result if the warning is The general layout of the manual is ignored. provided in the Table of Contents. Use the index when looking for a specific area or subject, it has an alphabetical CAUTION listing of all information in your manual. Chapters: This manual has nine chap‐ A CAUTION indicates a situation in ters plus an index. Each chapter begins which damage to your vehicle could with a brief list of contents so you can result if the caution is ignored. tell at a glance if that chapter has the information you want. NOTICE
A NOTICE indicates interesting or helpful information is being provi‐ ded.
2-02
VEHICLE HANDLING INSTRUCTIONS
As with other vehicles of this type, fail‐ ure to operate this vehicle correctly may result in loss of control, an acci‐ dent or vehicle rollover. 2 Specific design characteristics (higher ground clearance, track, etc.) give this Introduction vehicle a higher center of gravity than other types of vehicles. In other words they are not designed for cornering at the same speeds as conventional 2- wheel drive vehicles. Avoid sharp turns or abrupt maneuvers. Again, failure to operate this vehicle correctly may re‐ sult in loss of control, an accident or ve‐ hicle rollover. Be sure to read the driv‐ ing guidelines in “Reducing the risk of a rollover” on page 6-124.
2-03
Your vehicle at a glance
Exterior overview...... 3-02 Interior overview...... 3-04 Instrument panel overview...... 3-05 Motor room compartment...... 3-07 3
Your vehicle at a glance
EXTERIOR OVERVIEW
1. Hood...... p. 5-24 2. Head lamp (Features of your vehicle)...... p. 5-89 Head lamp (Maintenance)...... p. 8-58 3. Daytime running lamp (Features of your vehicle)...... p. 5-88 Daytime running lamp (Maintenance)...... p. 8-56 4. Front fog lamp (Features of your vehicle)...... p. 5-91 Front fog lamp (Maintenance)...... p. 8-60 5. Wheel and tire (Maintenance)...... p. 8-28 Wheel and tire (Specifications)...... p. 9-08 6. Outside rearview mirror...... p. 5-35 7. Sunroof...... p. 5-26 8. Front windshield wiper blades (Features of your ve‐ hicle)...... p. 5-98 Front windshield wiper blades (Maintenance)...... p. 8-23 9. Windows...... p. 5-19 10. Front ultrasonic sensors...... p. 5-82 11. Roof rack...... p. 5-137 12. Charging door...... p. 5-38
3-02
3 Your vehicle at a glance
1. Door locks...... p. 5-12 2. Rear lamps...... p. 8-62 3. High mounted stop lamp(Maintenance)...... p. 8-62 4. Back Up lamp (Maintenance)...... p. 8-62 5. Tailgate...... p. 5-16 6. Antenna...... p. 5-139 7. Rear view camera...... p. 5-78 8. Rear ultrasonic sensors...... p. 5-82, 5-79
3-03 Your vehicle at a glance
INTERIOR OVERVIEW
1. Inside door handle...... p. 5-05 2. Driver position memory system...... p. 4-10 3. Outside rearview mirror folding...... p. 5-37 4. Outside rearview mirror control...... p. 5-36 5. Power window lock switch...... p. 5-19 6. Central door lock switch...... p. 5-14 7. Power window switch...... p. 5-22 8. Headlight leveling device...... p. 5-92 9. Instrument panel illumination control switch...... p. 8-44 10. Blind-Spot Collision Warning system On/Off button ...... p. 6-68 11. Virtual Engine Sound System ON/OFF button...... p. 1-48 12. Lane Keeping Assist system On/Off button...... p. 6-61 13. ESC OFF button...... p. 6-39 14. Scheduled charging deactivation button...... p. 1-18 15. Charging Connector AUTO/LOCK Mode button.. .. p. 1-17 16. Steering wheel...... p. 5-30 17. Tilt and telescopic steering control lever...... p. 5-31 18. Inner fuse panel...... p. 8-37 19. Brake pedal...... p. 6-26 20. Hood release lever...... p. 5-24 21. Seat...... p. 4-02
3-04
INSTRUMENT PANEL OVERVIEW
1. Steering wheel audio controls/Bluetooth® wireless technology hands-free controls...... p. 5-30 2. Driver’s front air bag...... p. 4-49 3 3. Horn...... p. 5-32 4. Cruise control...... p. 6-88 Your vehicle at a glance Smart Cruise Control system button...... p. 6-92 5. Instrument cluster...... p. 5-39 6. Light control/Turn signals...... p. 5-88 7. Wiper/Washer...... p. 5-96 8. POWER button...... p. 5-64 9. Infotainment system...... p. 5-139 10. Hazard warning flasher switch...... p. 7-02 11. Automatic climate control system...... p. 5-110 12. Wireless cellular phone charging system...... p. 5-132 13. Power outlet...... p. 5-129 14. Reduction gear (shifter dial)...... p. 5-45 15. Seat warmer/Air ventilation seat...... p. 5-127 16. Auto Hold switch...... p. 6-31 17. EPB (Electronic Parking Brake) switch...... p. 6-26 18. Heated steering wheel button...... p. 5-32 19. Parking Distance Warning (Reverse/Forward) ON/OFF button...... p. 5-82
3-05 Your vehicle at a glance
20. Drive mode button...... p. 6-43 21. Glove box...... p. 5-122 22. Passenger’s front air bag...... p. 4-49 23. Center console storage...... p. 5-122 24. USB charger...... p. 5-130 25. AC inverter...... p. 5-130
3-06
MOTOR ROOM COMPARTMENT
3 Your vehicle at a glance
1. Coolant reservoir...... p. 8-18 2. Brake fluid reservoir...... p. 8-17 3. Fuse box...... p. 8-54 4. Battery (12 volt)...... p. 8-25 5. Coolant reservoir cap...... p. 8-18 6. Windshield washer fluid reservoir...... p. 5-98
3-07
Safety features of your vehicle
Seats...... 4-02 Adding equipment to or modifying your air bag- Front seat adjustment - manual...... 4-05 equipped vehicle...... 4-62 Front seat adjustment - power ...... 4-06 Air bag warning label...... 4-62 Headrest (for front seat)...... 4-07 Seatback pocket...... 4-10 Driver position memory system (for power seat)...... 4-10 Rear seat...... 4-11 Headrest (for rear seat)...... 4-14 Seat belts...... 4-16 4 Seat belt restraint system...... 4-16 Pre-tensioner seat belt ...... 4-24 Seat belt precautions...... 4-26 Care of seat belts...... 4-28 Child restraint system (CRS)...... 4-30 Child Restraint System (CRS)...... 4-30 Selecting a Child Restraint System (CRS)...... 4-30 Installing a Child Restraint System (CRS)...... 4-32 ISOFIX anchorage and toptether anchorage (ISOFIX anchorage system) for children...... 4-33 Recommended child restraint systems – For Europe.... 4-40 Air bag - Supplemental restraint system...... 4-41 How does the air bag system operate...... 4-42 Air bag warning light...... 4-44 SRS components and functions...... 4-46 Driver's and passenger's front air bag...... 4-49 Side air bag...... 4-54 Curtain air bag...... 4-56 SRS Care...... 4-60 Additional safety precautions...... 4-61
Safety features of your vehicle
SEATS
Front Seat 1. Forward and backward 2. Seatback angle 3. Seat cushion height 4. Lumbar support (Driver's seat)*1 5. Head rest
Rear seat 6. Seatback folding 7. Headrest 8. Armrest*1
WARNING
n Loose objects Loose objects in the driver’s foot area could interfere with the opera‐ tion of the foot pedals, possibly causing an accident. Do not place anything under the front seats.
*1 : if equipped
4-02
WARNING WARNING (Continued) • Always drive and ride with your n Uprighting seat Do not use a sitting cushion that re‐ seatback upright and the lap por‐ duces friction between the seat and When you return the seatback to its tion of the seat belt snug and low passenger. The passenger’s hips upright position, hold the seatback across the hips. This is the best may slide under the lap portion of and return it slowly and be sure position to protect you in case of the seat belt during an accident or a there are no other occupants around an accident. sudden stop. Serious or fatal internal the seat. If the seatback is returned injuries could result because the seat • In order to avoid unnecessary and without being held and controlled, 4 belt cannot operate normally. perhaps severe air bag injuries, al‐ the back of the seat could spring ways sit as far back as possible forward resulting in accidental injury from the steering wheel while Safety features of your vehicle to a person struck by the seatback. maintaining comfortable control of WARNING the vehicle. We recommend that your chest be at least 25 cm WARNING n Driver’s seat (10 inches) away from the steer‐ ing wheel. • Never attempt to adjust the seat n Driver responsibility for pas‐ while the vehicle is moving. This sengers could result in loss of control, and an accident causing death, serious WARNING Riding in a vehicle with the seatback injury, or property damage. reclined could lead to serious or fatal injury in an accident. If a seat is re‐ • Do not allow anything to interfere n Rear seatbacks clined during an accident, the occu‐ with the normal position of the • The rear seatback must be secure‐ pant’s hips may slide under the lap seatback. Storing items against a ly latched. If not, passengers and portion of the seat belt applying seatback or in any other way in‐ objects could be thrown forward great force to the unprotected abdo‐ terfering with proper locking of a resulting in serious injury or death men. Serious or fatal internal injuries seatback could result in serious or in the event of a sudden stop or could result. The driver must advise fatal injury in a sudden stop or col‐ collision. lision. the passenger to keep the seatback (Continued) in an upright position whenever the (Continued) vehicle is in motion.
4-03 Safety features of your vehicle
(Continued) WARNING (Continued) • Luggage and other cargo should be • If there are occupants in the rear laid flat in the cargo area. If ob‐ After adjusting the seat, always seats, be careful while adjusting jects are large, heavy, or must be check that it is securely locked into the front seat position. piled, they must be secured. place by attempting to move the seat forward or backward without • Use extreme caution when picking Under no circumstances should small objects trapped under the cargo be piled higher than the using the lock release lever. Sudden or unexpected movement of the seats or between the seat and the seatbacks. Failure to follow these center console. Your hands might warnings could result in serious in‐ driver's seat could cause you to lose control of the vehicle resulting in an be cut or injured by the sharp jury or death in the event of a sud‐ edges of the seat mechanism. den stop, collision or rollover. accident. • No passenger should ride in the cargo area or sit or lie on folded Feature of Seat Leather seatbacks while the vehicle is WARNING • Leather is made from the outer skin moving. All passengers must be of an animal, which goes through a properly seated in seats and re‐ • Do not adjust the seat while wear‐ special process to be available for strained properly while riding. ing seat belts. Moving the seat use. Since it is a natural substance, each part differs in thickness or den‐ • When resetting the seatback to cushion forward may cause strong the upright position, make sure it pressure on the abdomen. sity. is securely latched by pushing it • Use extreme caution so that hands Wrinkles may appear as a natural re‐ forward and backwards. or other objects are not caught in sult of stretching and shrinking de‐ the seat mechanisms while the pending on the temperature and hu‐ • To avoid the possibility of burns, midity. do not remove the carpet in the seat is moving. cargo area. Emission control devi‐ • Do not put a cigarette lighter on • The seat cover is made of stretchable ces beneath this floor generate the floor or seat. When you oper‐ material to improve comfort of pas‐ high temperatures. ate the seat, gas may gush out of sengers. the lighter and cause fire. • The parts contacting the body are (Continued) curved and the side supporting area is high which provides driving comfort and stability.
4-04
• Wrinkles may appear naturally from Front seat adjustment - manual Seatback angle (2) usage. It is not a fault of the product. Forward and backward (1) To recline the seatback: 1. Lean forward slightly and lift up CAUTION the seatback recline lever. 2. Carefully lean back on the seat and • Wrinkles or abrasions which ap‐ adjust the seatback of the seat to pear naturally from usage are not the position you desire. covered by warranty. 3. Release the lever and make sure • Belts with metallic accessories, the seatback is locked in place. (The 4 zippers or keys inside the back lever MUST return to its original pocket may damage the seat fab‐ position for the seatback to lock.) Safety features of your vehicle ric. • Make sure not to wet the seat. Reclining seatback It may change the nature of natu‐ Sitting in a reclined position when the ral leather. vehicle is in motion can be dangerous. • Jeans or clothes which could Even when buckled up, the protections bleach may contaminate the sur‐ To move the seat forward or backward: of your restraint system (seat belts face of the seat covering fabric. 1. Pull the seat slide adjustment lever and/or air bags) is greatly reduced by up and hold it. reclining your seatback. 2. Slide the seat to the position you desire. CAUTION 3. Release the lever and make sure the seat is locked in place. NEVER ride with a reclined seatback when the vehicle is moving. Adjust the seat before driving, and Riding with a reclined seatback in‐ make sure the seat is locked securely creases your chance of serious or fa‐ by trying to move forward and back‐ (Continued) ward without using the lever. If the seat moves, it is not locked properly.
4-05 Safety features of your vehicle
(Continued) Front seat adjustment - power (Continued) (if equipped) tal injuries in the event of a collision Therefore, children should never be or sudden stop. left unattended in the vehicle. Drivers and passengers should AL‐ WAYS sit well back in their seats, properly belted, and with the seat‐ backs upright. CAUTION • The power seat is driven by an Seat belts must be snug against your electric motor. Stop operating once hips and chest to work properly. When the adjustment is completed. Ex‐ the seatback is reclined, the shoulder cessive operation may damage the belt cannot do its job because it will not electrical equipment. be snug against your chest. Instead, it • When in operation, the power seat will be in front of you. During an acci‐ consumes a large amount of elec‐ dent, you could be thrown into the seat trical power. To prevent unneces‐ belt, causing neck or other injuries. sary charging system drain, don’t The more the seatback is reclined, the adjust the power seat longer than greater chance the passenger’s hips will The front seat can be adjusted by using necessary while the vehicle is not slide under the lap belt or the passeng‐ the control switches located on the running. er’s neck will strike the shoulder belt. outside of the seat cushion. Before driving, adjust the seat to the proper • Do not operate two or more power Seat height (3) position so you can easily control the seat control switches at the same time. Doing so may result in power Pull the front portion of the control steering wheel, pedals and switches on the instrument panel. seat motor or electrical compo‐ switch up to raise or press down to nent malfunction. lower the front part of the seat cush‐ ion. Pull the rear portion of the control WARNING switch up to raise or press down to Forward and backward (1) lower the rear part of the seat cushion. Push the control switch forward or Release the switch once the seat rea‐ The power seat is operable with the POWER button is in OFF. backward to move the seat to the de‐ ches the desired position. sired position. Release the switch once (Continued) the seat reaches the desired position.
4-06
Seatback angle (2) Headrest (for front seat) WARNING Push the control switch forward or backward to move the seatback to the desired angle. Release the switch once • For maximum effectiveness in the seat reaches the desired position. case of an accident, the headrest should be adjusted so the middle Seat height (3) of the headrest is at the same Pull the front portion of the control height of the center of gravity of switch up to raise or press down to an occupant's head. Generally, the lower the front part of the seat cush‐ center of gravity of most people's 4 ion. Pull the rear portion of the control head is similar with the height of switch up to raise or press down to the top of their eyes. Also, adjust Safety features of your vehicle lower the rear part of the seat cushion. the headrest as close to your head as possible. For this reason, the Release the switch once the seat rea‐ use of a cushion that holds the ches the desired position. body away from the seatback is Lumbar support (for driver’s seat, not recommended. if equipped) (4) The driver's and front passenger's • Do not operate the vehicle with The lumbar support can be adjusted by seats are equipped with a headrest for the headrests removed. Severe in‐ pressing the lumbar support switch on the occupant's safety and comfort. jury to the occupants may occur in the side of the seat. The headrest not only provides comfort the event of an accident. Headr‐ 1. Press the front portion of the for the driver and front passenger, but ests may provide protection switch to increase support, or the also helps protect the head and neck in against neck injuries when proper‐ rear portion of the switch, to de‐ the event of a collision. ly adjusted. crease support. • Do not adjust the headrest posi‐ 2. Release the switch once it reaches tion of the driver’s seat while the vehicle is in motion. the desired position.
4-07 Safety features of your vehicle
Adjusting the height up and down Forward and backward adjustment (if equipped)
CAUTION
To raise the headrest, pull it up to the If you recline the seatback towards desired position (1). To lower the head‐ The headrest may be adjusted forward the front with the headrest and seat rest, push and hold the release button to 3 different positions by pulling the cushion raised, the headrest may (2) and lower the headrest to the de‐ headrest forward to the desired de‐ come in contact with the sunvisor or sired position (3). tent. other parts of the vehicle. To adjust the headrest to its furthest backwards position, Pull the headrest fully forward to the farthest position and release it. Adjust the headrest so that it properly supports the head and neck.
4-08
Removal/Reinstall 2. Raise headrest as far as it can go. 3. Press the headrest release button (3) while pulling the headrest up (4).
WARNING
NEVER allow anyone to ride in a seat with the headrest removed or re‐ 4 versed. Safety features of your vehicle
To reinstall the headrest: 1. Put the headrest poles (2) into the holes while pressing the release To remove the headrest: button or switch (1). 1. Recline the seatback (2) with the recline dial or switch (1).
4-09 Safety features of your vehicle
2. Recline the seatback (4) with the WARNING Driver position memory system recline dial or switch (3). (if equipped, for power seat) 3. Adjust the headrest to the appro‐ n Seatback pockets priate height. Do not put heavy or sharp objects in the seatback pockets. In an accident WARNING they could come loose from the pocket and injure vehicle occupants. Always make sure the headrest locks into position after reinstalling and adjusting it properly.
Seatback pocket
A driver position memory system is provided to store and recall the driver seat and outside rearview mirror posi‐ tion with a simple button operation. By saving the desired position into the system memory, different drivers can reposition the driver seat based upon their driving preference. If the battery is disconnected, the position memory will be erased and the driving position should be restored in the system. The seatback pocket is provided on the back of the front passenger’s and driv‐ er’s seatbacks.
4-10
2. To recall the position in the memo‐ - It will move the driver’s seat for‐ WARNING ry, press the desired memory but‐ ward when the POWER button is ton (1 or 2). The system will beep changed to the ACC or ON position. Never attempt to operate the driver once, then the driver’s seat will au‐ position memory system while the - It will move the driver's seat for‐ tomatically adjust to the stored po‐ ward when you get in your vehicle vehicle is moving. sition. This could result in loss of control, with the smart key after closing the driver's door. and an accident causing death, seri‐ Adjusting the control switch for the ous injury, or property damage. driver’s seat while the system is recall‐ You can activate or deactivate this ing the stored position will cause the feature. Refer to “User settings” on 4 movement to stop and move in the di‐ page 5-50.
Storing positions into memory Safety features of your vehicle rection that the control switch is using the buttons on the door moved. Rear seat Storing driver's seat positions Folding the rear seat The rear seatbacks can be folded to fa‐ 1. Shift the shifter dial into P while WARNING cilitate carrying long items or to in‐ POWER button is ON. crease the luggage capacity of the ve‐ 2. Adjust the driver’s seat and outside Use caution when recalling the ad‐ hicle. rearview mirror comfortable for justment memory while sitting in the driver. the vehicle. Push the seat position control switch to the desired position WARNING 3. Press SET button on the control immediately if the seat moves too panel. The system will beep once. far in any direction. The purpose of the fold-down rear 4. Press one of the memory buttons seatbacks is to allow you to carry (1 or 2) within 4 seconds after Easy access function (if equipped) longer objects that could not be ac‐ pressing the SET button. The sys‐ commodated in the cargo area. The system will move the driver's seat tem will beep twice when memory Never allow passengers to sit on top automatically as follows: has been successfully stored. of the folded down seatback while • With smart key system the vehicle is moving. This is not a Recalling positions from memory - It will move the driver’s seat rear‐ proper seating position and no seat ward when the POWER button is 1. Shift the shifter dial into P while changed to the OFF position and (Continued) POWER button is ON. front driver’s door is opened.
4-11 Safety features of your vehicle
webbing guide (or holder) located (Continued) on both sides. belts are available for use. This could result in serious injury or death in case of an accident or sudden stop. Objects carried on the folded down seatback should not extend higher than the top of the front seatbacks. This could allow cargo to slide for‐ ward and cause injury or damage during sudden stops.
4. Pull on the seatback folding lever, then fold the seat toward the front of the vehicle. When you return the seatback to its upright position, al‐ ways be sure it has locked into po‐ sition by pushing on the top of the seatback.
3. When folding the seat back, insert To fold down the rear seatback: the rear seat belt buckle in the 1. Set the front seatback to the up‐ pocket between the rear seatback right position and if necessary, slide and cushion then make sure both the front seat forward. seatbelts do not interfere with stowed luggage and cargo. Then, 2. Lower the rear head restraints to insert the seat belt into the two the lowest position.
4-12
(Continued) Armrest seatback. In an accident or sudden stop, the unlocked seatback could al‐ low cargo to move forward with great force and enter the passenger compartment, which could result in serious injury or death. 4 WARNING Safety features of your vehicle
Do not place objects in the rear 5. To use the rear seat, lift and pull seats, since they cannot be properly the seatback backward by lifting up secured and may hit vehicle occu‐ seat back. Pull the seatback firmly pants in a collision causing serious until it clicks into place. Make sure injury or death. To use the armrest, pull it forward the seatback is locked in place. from the seatback. 6. Return the rear seat belt to the proper position. WARNING
Make sure the vehicle is off, the WARNING shifter dial is in P (Park), and the parking brake is securely applied When returning the rear seatback whenever loading or unloading cargo. from a folded to an upright position, Failure to take these steps may al‐ hold the seatback and return it slow‐ low the vehicle to move if the shifter ly. Ensure that the seatback is com‐ dial is inadvertently moved to anoth‐ pletely locked into its upright posi‐ er position. tion by pushing on the top of the (Continued)
4-13 Safety features of your vehicle
Headrest (for rear seat) WARNING (Continued) headrest to the lowest position. The • For maximum effectiveness in rear seat headrest can reduce the case of an accident, the headrest visibility of the rear area. should be adjusted so the middle of the headrest is at the same height of the center of gravity of Adjusting the height up and down an occupant's head. Generally, the center of gravity of most people's head is similar with the height of the top of their eyes. Also adjust the headrest as close to your head as possible. For this reason, the use of a cushion that holds the body away from the seatback is not recommended. The rear seat(s) is equipped with • Do not operate the vehicle with headrests in all the seating positions the headrests removed. Severe in‐ for the occupant's safety and comfort. jury to an occupant may occur in The headrest not only provides comfort the event of an accident. Headr‐ for passengers, but also helps protect ests may provide protection the head and neck in the event of a col‐ against severe neck injuries when lision. properly adjusted. To raise the headrest, pull it up to the desired position (1). To lower the head‐ CAUTION rest, push and hold the release button (2) on the headrest support and lower the headrest to the desired position (3). When there is no occupant in the rear seats, adjust the height of the (Continued)
4-14
Removal and installation
4 Safety features of your vehicle
To remove the headrest, raise it as far as it can go then press the release but‐ ton (1) while pulling the headrest up (2). To reinstall the headrest, put the head‐ rest poles (3) into the holes while pressing the release button (1). Then adjust it to the appropriate height.
WARNING
Make sure the headrest locks in po‐ sition after adjusting it to properly protect the occupants.
4-15 Safety features of your vehicle
SEAT BELTS
Seat belt restraint system (Continued) (Continued) • Never wear a seat belt over fragile A slack belt will greatly reduce the WARNING objects. If there is a sudden stop protection afforded to the wearer. or impact, the seat belt can dam‐ Care should be taken to avoid con‐ • For maximum restraint system age it. tamination of the webbing with pol‐ protection, the seat belts must al‐ • Avoid wearing twisted seat belts. ishes, oils and chemicals, and partic‐ ways be used whenever the vehi‐ A twisted belt can't do its job well. ularly battery acid. Cleaning may cle is moving. In a collision, it could even cut into safely be carried out using mild soap and water. The belt should be re‐ • Seat belts are most effective when you. Be sure the belt webbing is straight and not twisted. placed if webbing becomes frayed, seatbacks are in the upright posi‐ contaminated or damaged. It is es‐ tion. • Be careful not to damage the belt sential to replace the entire assem‐ • Children age 13 and under must al‐ webbing or hardware. If the belt bly after it has been worn in a se‐ ways be properly restrained. If a webbing or hardware is damaged, vere impact even if damage to the child over 13 must be seated in replace it. assembly is not obvious. Belts should the front seat, he/she must be not be worn with straps twisted. properly belted and the seat Each belt assembly must only be should be moved as far back as WARNING used by one occupant; it is danger‐ possible. ous to put a belt around a child being carried on the occupant's lap. • Never wear the shoulder belt un‐ Seat belts are designed to bear upon der your arm or behind your back. the bony structure of the body, and An improperly positioned shoulder should be worn low across the front belt can cause serious injuries in a of the pelvis or the pelvis, chest and crash. shoulders, as applicable; wearing the The shoulder belt should be posi‐ lap section of the belt across the ab‐ tioned midway over your shoulder dominal area must be avoided. across your collarbone. Seat belts should be adjusted as (Continued) firmly as possible, consistent with comfort, to provide the protection for which they have been designed. (Continued)
4-16
WARNING
• No modifications or additions should be made by the user which will either prevent the seat belt adjusting devices from operating to remove slack, or prevent the seat belt assembly from being ad‐ justed to remove slack. 4 • When you fasten the seat belt, be careful not to latch the seat belt in Safety features of your vehicle buckles of other seat. It's very dangerous and you may not be protected by the seat belt proper‐ ly. • Do not unfasten the seat belt and do not fasten and unfasten the seat belt repeatedly while driving. This could result in loss of control, and an accident causing death, se‐ rious injury, or property damage. • When fastening the seat belt, make sure that the seat belt does not pass over objects that are hard or can break easily. • Make sure there is nothing in the buckle. The seat belt may not be fastened securely.
4-17 Safety features of your vehicle
Front seat belt warning
Conditions Warning pattern Driving conditions Seat belt Vehicle speed Light Sound Illuminates (for 6 sec‐ Buckled No sound onds) • Sounds While parked (POWER 0 km/h (for 6 seconds, driv‐ button is in ON) Continuously Illumi‐ Unbuckled er`s seat) nates • No sound (for passenger’s seat)
4-18
Conditions Warning pattern Driving conditions Seat belt Vehicle speed Light Sound Continuously Illumi‐ Less than 20 km/h No sound nates Unbuckled Including and more than Alarm sounds for 100 Blinks continuously 20 km/h seconds While driven Continuously Illumi‐ Less than 20 km/h No sound When the seatbelt is nates 4 unbuckled after use
Including and more than Alarm sounds for 100 Safety features of your vehicle Blinks continuously 20 km/h seconds
WARNING
Riding in an improper position adversely affects the front seat belt warning system. It is important for the driver to in‐ struct the passenger to properly be seated as instructed in this manual.
NOTICE
• You can find the front passenger’s seat belt warning light on the center fascia panel. • Although the front passenger seat is not occupied, the seat belt warning light will blink or illuminate for 6 seconds. • The front passenger's seat belt warning may operate when luggage is placed on the front passenger seat.
4-19 Safety features of your vehicle
Rear passenger’s seat belt warning Warning pat‐ Warning pat‐ Conditions Conditions Driving tern Driving tern condi‐ Vehi‐ condi‐ Vehi‐ Seat Seat tions cle Light Sound tions cle Light Sound belt belt speed speed Illumi‐ Equal Illumi‐ nates to or nates Buck‐ 0 No No While (for 70 less (for 70 led km/h sound sound parked sec‐ than 9 sec‐ (POW‐ onds) Un‐ km/h onds) ER buck‐ button Illumi‐ led Illumi‐ Un‐ nates nates is in 0 No Over 9 No buck‐ (for 70 (for 70 ON) km/h sound km/h sound led sec‐ sec‐ onds) onds) If the rear passenger's lap/shoulder belt While Illumi‐ is/are connected and disconnected driven Under nates No twice within 9 seconds after the belt is When 20 (for 70 sound fastened, the corresponding seat belt the km/h sec‐ warning light will not operate. seat‐ onds) belt is un‐ Blinks con‐ buck‐ Sound Over tinu‐ led af‐ (for 35 20 ously ter sec‐ km/h (for 35 use onds) sec‐ onds)
4-20
Lap/Shoulder belt To raise the height adjuster, pull it up To fasten your seat belt: (1). To lower it, push it down (3) while Height adjustment (For Front seat) pressing the height adjuster button (2). Release the button to lock the anchor into position. Try sliding the height ad‐ juster to make sure that it has locked into position. Improperly positioned seat belts can cause serious injuries in an accident. 4
WARNING Safety features of your vehicle
• Verify the shoulder belt anchor is locked into position at the appro‐ priate height. Never position the shoulder belt across your neck or face. To fasten your seat belt, pull it out of • Failure to replace seat belts after the retractor and insert the metal tab You can adjust the height of the shoul‐ an accident could leave you with (1) into the buckle (2). There will be an der belt anchor to one of 4 positions for damaged seat belts that will not audible "click" when the tab locks into maximum comfort and safety. provide protection in the event of the buckle. The height of the adjusting seat belt another collision leading to person‐ The seat belt automatically adjusts to should not be too close to your neck. al injury or death. Replace your the proper length only after the lap You will not be getting the most effec‐ seat belts after being in an acci‐ belt portion is adjusted manually so tive protection. The shoulder portion dent as soon as possible. that it fits snugly around your hips. If should be adjusted so that it lies across you lean forward in a slow, easy mo‐ your chest and midway over your tion, the belt will extend and let you shoulder near the door and not your move around. If there is a sudden stop neck. or impact, however, the belt will lock in‐ To adjust the height of the seat belt to position. It will also lock if you try to anchor, lower or raise the height ad‐ lean forward too quickly. juster into an appropriate position.
4-21 Safety features of your vehicle
If this does not happen, check the belt NOTICE (Continued) to be sure it is not twisted, then try waist, it may increase the chance of again. If you are not able to pull out the injury in the event of a collision. Both seat belt from the retractor, firmly arms should not be under or over Stowing the rear seat belt pull the belt out and release it. Then the belt. Rather, one should be over you will be able to pull the belt out and the other under, as shown in the smoothly. illustration. Never wear the seat belt under the arm near the door.
To release the seat belt:
WARNING
You should place the lap belt portion as low as possible and snugly across The seat belt is released by pressing your hips, not on your waist. If the the release button (A) in the locking lap belt is located too high on your buckle. When it is released, the belt (Continued) should automatically draw back into the retractor.
4-22
• If the center seat belt is not in use, ❈ A : Rear right seat belt fas‐ always lock the latch plate into the tening buckle CAUTION buckle as above illustration. B : Rear center seat belt fas‐ tening buckle Do not force to lock the left or right • The rear seat belt buckles can be C : Rear left seat belt fasten‐ seat belt into the center seat belt stowed in the pocket between the ing buckle buckle. rear seatback and cushion when not Make sure to lock the rear center in use. seat belt into the center seat belt • Then insert the seat belt into the two buckle. webbing guide (or holder)(A) located If not, the improperly fastened seat 4 on both sides. It will help keep the belt will not be able to provide pro‐ tection. belts from being trapped behind or Safety features of your vehicle under the seats. After inserting the seat belt, tighten the belt webbing by pulling it up.
When using the rear center seat belt, the buckle with the “CENTER” mark must be used.
The seat belt should be locked into the buckle on each seat cushion to be prop‐ erly fastened.
4-23 Safety features of your vehicle
Pre-tensioner seat belt (if - Retractor Pretensioner The purpose of the retractor preten‐ equipped) sioner is to make sure that the shoul‐ der belts fit in tightly against the oc‐ cupant's upper body in certain frontal collisions.
If the system senses excessive tension on the driver or passenger's seat belt when the pre-tensioner system acti‐ vates, the load limiter inside the retrac‐ tor pre-tensioner will release some of the pressure on the affected seat belt. (if equipped) The seat belt pre-tensioner system consists mainly of the following compo‐ WARNING nents. Their locations are shown in the illustration: Your vehicle is equipped with driver's For your safety, be sure that the 1. SRS air bag warning light and front passenger's and rear side belt webbing is not loose or twisted passenger’s (if equipped) pre-tensioner and always sit properly on your seat. 2. Retractor pre-tensioner assembly seat belts (retractor pre-tensioner). 3. SRS control module The pre-tensioner seat belts can be ac‐ tivated, where the frontal collision is severe enough, together with the air WARNING bags. When the vehicle stops suddenly, or if To obtain maximum benefit from a the occupant tries to lean forward too pre-tensioner seat belt: quickly, the seat belt retractor will lock (Continued) into position. In certain frontal colli‐ sions, the pre-tensioner will activate and pull the seat belt into tighter con‐ tact against the occupant's body.
4-24
(Continued) (Continued) (Continued) 1. The seatbelt must be worn cor‐ • Although it is harmless, the fine it remains illuminated after illumi‐ rectly and adjusted to the proper dust may cause skin irritation and nating for approximately 6 seconds, position. Please read and follow should not be breathed for pro‐ or if it illuminates while the vehicle is all of the important information longed periods. Wash all exposed being driven, have the system in‐ and precautions about your vehi‐ spected by a professional workshop. skin areas thoroughly after an ac‐ cle’s occupant safety features – Kia recommends to visit an author‐ including seat belts and air bags cident in which the pre-tensioner ized Kia dealer/service partner. – that are provided in this man‐ seat belts were activated. 4 ual. • Because the sensor that activates 2. Be sure you and your passen‐ the SRS air bag is connected with WARNING Safety features of your vehicle gers always wear seat belts the pre-tensioner seat belt, the properly. SRS air bag warning light on the • Pre-tensioners are designed to op‐ instrument panel will illuminate for erate only one time. After activa‐ approximately 6 seconds after the tion, pre-tensioner seat belts NOTICE POWER button has been turned to must be replaced. All seat belts, of the "ON" position, and then it any type, should always be re‐ placed after they have been worn • When the pre-tensioner seat belts should turn off. during a collision. are activated, a loud noise may be heard and fine dust, which may • The pre-tensioner seat belt as‐ appear to be smoke, may be visi‐ CAUTION sembly mechanisms become hot during activation. Do not touch the ble in the passenger compart‐ pre-tensioner seat belt assemblies ment. These are normal operating If the pre-tensioner seat belt is not for several minutes after they conditions and are not hazardous. working properly, the SRS air bag have been activated. warning light will illuminate even if (Continued) there is no malfunction of the SRS (Continued) air bag. If the SRS air bag warning light does not illuminate when the POWER button is turned to ON, or if (Continued)
4-25 Safety features of your vehicle
Infant or small child (Continued) CAUTION You should be aware of the specific re‐ • Do not attempt to inspect or re‐ quirements in your country. Child Body work on the front area of the place the pre-tensioner seat belts and/or infant seats must be properly vehicle may damage the pretension‐ yourself. Have the system inspec‐ placed and installed in the vehicle seat. er seat belt system. Therefore, have ted by a professional workshop. For more information about the use of Kia recommends to visit an au‐ the system serviced by a professio‐ nal workshop. Kia recommends to these restraints, refer to “Child re‐ thorized Kia dealer/service part‐ straint system” on page 4-30. ner. visit an authorized Kia dealer/service partner. • Do not attempt to service or repair the pre-tensioner seat belt sys‐ WARNING tem in any manner. Seat belt precautions Every person in your vehicle needs • Improper handling of the preten‐ to be properly restrained at all sioner seat belt assemblies, and times, including infants and children. failure to heed the warnings not to WARNING Never hold a child in your arms or lap strike, modify, inspect, replace, when riding in a vehicle. The violent service or repair the pre-tensioner All occupants of the vehicle must forces created during a crash will seat belt assemblies may lead to wear their seat belts at all times. tear the child from your arms and improper operation or inadvertent Seat belts and child restraints re‐ throw the child against the interior. activation and serious injury. duce the risk of serious or fatal inju‐ Always use a child restraint appro‐ • Always wear the seat belts when ries for all occupants in the event of priate for your child's height and driving or riding in a motor vehicle. a collision or sudden stop. Without a weight. seat belt, occupants could be shifted • If the vehicle or pre-tensioner seat too close to a deploying air bag, belt must be discarded, contact a strike the interior structure or be professional workshop. Kia recom‐ thrown from the vehicle. Properly NOTICE mends to visit an authorized Kia worn seat belts greatly reduce these dealer/service partner. hazards. Small children are best protected Always follow the precautions about from injury in an accident when seat belts, air bags and occupant seating contained in this manual. (Continued)
4-26
Larger children (Continued) WARNING Children who are too large for child re‐ properly restrained in the rear seat straint systems should always occupy n by a child restraint system that the rear seat and use the available lap/ Shoulder belts on small chil‐ meets the requirements of the shoulder belts. The lap portion should dren Safety Standards of your country. be fastened and snugged on the hips • Never allow a shoulder belt to be in Before buying any child restraint and as low as possible. Check if the belt contact with a child’s neck or face system, make sure that it has a la‐ fits periodically. A child's squirming while the vehicle is in motion. could put the belt out of position. Chil‐ bel certifying that it meets Safety • If seat belts are not properly worn dren are given the most safety in the 4 Standards of your country. The re‐ and adjusted on children, there is a event of an accident when they are re‐
risk of death or serious injury. Safety features of your vehicle straint must be appropriate for your strained by a proper restraint system child's height and weight. Check the in the rear seat. If a larger child (over label on the child restraint for this age 13) must be seated in the front Pregnant women information. Refer to “Child restraint seat, the child should be securely re‐ The use of a seat belt is recommended system” on page 4-30. strained by the available lap/shoulder for pregnant women to lessen the belt and the seat should be placed in chance of injury in an accident. When a the rearmost position. Children age 13 seat belt is used, the lap belt portion and under should be restrained secure‐ should be placed as low and securely as ly in the rear seat. NEVER place a rear possible on the hips, not across the ab‐ facing child seat in the front seat of a domen. For specific recommendations, vehicle, unless the air bag is deactiva‐ consult a physician. ted. If the shoulder belt portion slightly touches the child’s neck or face, try WARNING placing the child closer to the center of the vehicle. If the shoulder belt still n Pregnant women touches their face or neck they need to be returned to a child restraint system. Pregnant women must never place the lap portion of the safety belt (Continued)
4-27 Safety features of your vehicle
(Continued) WARNING WARNING over the area of the abdomen where the fetus is located or above the ab‐ Riding with a reclined seatback in‐ When you return the rear seatback domen where the belt could crush creases your chance of serious or fa‐ to its upright position after the rear the fetus during an impact. tal injuries in the event of a collision seatback has been folded down, be or sudden stop. The protection of careful not to damage the seat belt your restraint system (seat belts webbing or buckle. Be sure that the Injured person and air bags) is greatly reduced by webbing or buckle does not get A seat belt should be used when an in‐ reclining your seat. Seat belts must caught or pinched in the rear seat. A jured person is being transported. be secured against your hips and seat belt with damaged webbing or When this is necessary, you should con‐ chest to work properly. The more buckle could possibly fail during a sult a physician for recommendations. the seatback is reclined, the greater collision or sudden stop, resulting in the chance an occupant's hips will serious injury. If the webbing or One person per belt slide under the lap belt causing seri‐ buckles are damaged, get them re‐ Two people (including children) should ous internal injuries. Also, the shoul‐ placed immediately. never attempt to use a single seat belt. der belt may strike the occupant's This could increase the severity of inju‐ neck. Drivers and passengers should ries in case of an accident. always sit well back in their seats, Periodic inspection properly belted, and with the seat‐ All seat belts should be inspected peri‐ Do not lie down backs upright. odically for wear or damage of any To reduce the chance of injuries in the kind. Any damaged parts should be re‐ event of an accident and to achieve placed as soon as possible. maximum effectiveness of the re‐ Care of seat belts straint system, all passengers should Seat belt systems should never be dis‐ Keep belts clean and dry be sitting up and the front and rear assembled or modified. In addition, care Seat belts should be kept clean and dry. seats should be in an upright position should be taken to assure that seat If belts become dirty, they can be when the vehicle is moving. A seat belt belts and belt hardware are not dam‐ cleaned by using a mild soap solution cannot provide proper protection if the aged by seat hinges, doors or other and warm water. Bleach, dye, strong person is lying down in the rear seat or abuse. detergents or abrasives should not be if the front and rear seats are in a re‐ used because they may damage and clined position. weaken the fabric.
4-28
When to replace seat belts Entire in-use seat belt assembly or as‐ semblies should be replaced if the vehi‐ cle has been involved in an accident. This should be done even if no damage is visible. In this case, have the system replaced by a professional workshop. Kia recommends to consult an author‐ ized Kia dealer/service partner. 4 Safety features of your vehicle
4-29 Safety features of your vehicle
CHILD RESTRAINT SYSTEM (CRS)
The laws governing the age or height/ Our recommendation: Children (Continued) always in the rear weight restrictions at which seat belts can be used instead of Child Restraint • Always properly restrain your child System differs among countries, so in the Child Restraint System. WARNING you should be aware of the specific re‐ • Do not use an infant carrier or a quirements in your country, and where child safety seat that “hooks” over Always properly restrain children in you are travelling. the vehicle. Children of all ages are a seatback, it may not provide ad‐ Child Restraint Systems must be prop‐ equate protection in an accident. safer when riding in the rear seats. erly installed in the vehicle seat. Always Never place a rearward-facing Child use a commercially available Child Re‐ • After an accident, have the sys‐ Restraint System on the front pas‐ straint System that meets the require‐ tem checked by a professional senger seat, unless the air bag is de‐ ments of your country. workshop. Kia recommends to visit activated. an authorized Kia dealer/service Child Restraint System (CRS) partner. Children under age 13 should always Infants and younger children must be restrained in an appropriate rearward- ride in the rear seats and must always Selecting a Child Restraint be properly restrained to minimize the facing or forward-facing CRS that has risk of injury in an accident, sudden first been properly secured to the seat System (CRS) stop or sudden maneuver. of the vehicle. Read and comply with When selecting a Child Restraint Sys‐ According to accident statistics, chil‐ the instructions for installation and use tem for your child, always: dren are safer when properly restrain‐ provided by the manufacturer of the • Make sure the Child Restraint System ed in the rear seats than in the front Child Restraint System. has a label certifying that it meets seat. Children too large for a Child Re‐ applicable Safety Standards of your country. straint System must use the seat belts WARNING provided. A Child Restraint System may only be Most countries have regulations which installed if it was approved in accord‐ require children to travel in approved • Always follow the Child Restraint ance with the requirements of ECE- Child Restraint Systems. System manufacturer’s instruc‐ R44 or ECE-R129. tions for installation and use. • Select a Child Restraint System based (Continued) on your child’s height and weight. The required label or the instructions for use typically provide this information.
4-30
• Select a Child Restraint System that All children under the age of one year fits the vehicle seating position where must always ride in a rearward-facing it will be used. Child Restraint System. There are dif‐ For the suitability of Child Restraint ferent types of rearward-facing Child Systems on the vehicle's seating po‐ Restraint Systems: infant-only Child sitions, please refer to the installa‐ Restraint Systems can only be used tion tables on pages 4-37 and rearward-facing. Convertible and 3- 4-39 to 4-40. in-1 Child Restraint Systems typically • Read and comply with the warnings have higher height and weight limits for and instructions for installation and the rearward-facing position, allowing 4 use provided with the Child Restraint you to keep your child rearward-facing System. for a longer period of time. Safety features of your vehicle Keep using Child Restraint Systems in the rearward-facing position as long as Child Restraint System types Rearward-facing Child Restraint Sys‐ children fit within the height and There are three main types of Child Re‐ tem weight limits allowed by the Child Re‐ straint Systems: rearward-facing, for‐ A rearward-facing Child Restraint Sys‐ straint System's manufacturer. ward-facing and booster Child Re‐ tem provides restraint with the seating straint Systems. surface against the back of the child. They are classified according to the The harness system holds the child in child’s age, height and weight. place, and in an accident, acts to keep the child positioned in the Child Re‐ straint Systems and reduce the stress to the fragile neck and spinal cord.
4-31 Safety features of your vehicle
Forward-facing Child Restraint System Installing a Child Restraint • Properly secure the Child Restraint System to the vehicle. All Child Re‐ A forward-facing Child Restraint Sys‐ System (CRS) straint Systems must be secured to tem provides restraint for the child’s the vehicle with the lap belt or lap body with a harness. Keep children in a WARNING part of a lap/shoulder belt or with the forward-facing Child Restraint System ISOFIX toptether and/or ISOFIX an‐ with a harness until they reach the top chorage and/or with the support leg. height or weight limit allowed by your Before installing your Child Restraint Child Restraint System’s manufacturer. System always: • Make sure the Child Restraint System Once your child outgrows the forward- Read and follow the instructions is firmly secured. After installing a facing Child Restraint System, your provided by the manufacturer of the Child Restraint System to the vehicle, child is ready for a booster seat. Child Restraint System. push and pull the seat forward and Failure to follow all warnings and in‐ from side-to-side to verify that it is Booster seats structions could increase the risk of securely attached to the seat. A Child A booster seat is a Child Restraint Sys‐ the SERIOUS INJURY or DEATH if an Restraint System secured with a seat tem designed to improve the fit of the accident occurs. belt should be installed as firmly as vehicle’s seat belt system. A booster possible. However, some side-toside seat positions the seat belt so that it movement can be expected. When in‐ fits properly over the stronger parts of WARNING stalling a Child Restraint System, ad‐ your child’s body. Keep your children in just the vehicle seat and seatback (up and down, forward and rearward) so booster seats until they are big enough If the vehicle headrest prevents to fit in a seat belt properly. that your child fits in the Child Re‐ proper installation of a Child Re‐ straint System in a confortable man‐ For a seat belt to fit properly, the lap straint System, the headrest of the ner. belt must lie comfortable across the respective seating position shall be upper thighs, not the stomach. The readjusted or entirely removed. • Secure the child in the Child Restraint shoulder belt should lie comfortable System. Make sure the child is prop‐ across the shoulder and chest and not erly strapped in the Child Restraint across the neck or face. Children under After selecting a proper Child Restraint System according to the Child Re‐ age 13 must always be properly re‐ System for your child and checking that straint System manufacturer’s in‐ strained to minimize the risk of injury the Child Restraint System fits properly structions. in an accident, sudden stop or sudden on the seating position, there are three maneuver. general steps for a proper installation:
4-32
To use the ISOFIX system in your vehi‐ CAUTION cle, you must have a Child Restraint WARNING System with ISOFIX attachments. A Child Restraint System in a closed The Child Restraint System manufac‐ Do not attempt to install a Child Re‐ vehicle can become very hot. To pre‐ turer will provide you with instructions straint System using ISOFIX ancho‐ vent burns, check the seating sur‐ on how to use the Child Restraint Sys‐ rages in the rear center seating po‐ face and buckles before placing your tem with its attachments for the ISO‐ sition. There are no ISOFIX anchorag‐ child in the Child Restraint System. FIX anchorages. es provided for this seat. Using the outboard seat anchorages, for the CRS installation on the rear center 4 ISOFIX anchorage and toptether seating position, can damage the an‐ anchorage (ISOFIX anchorage chorages. Safety features of your vehicle system) for children The ISOFIX system holds a Child Re‐ straint System during driving and in an accident. This system is designed to make installation of the Child Restraint System easier and reduce the possibili‐ ty of improperly installing your Child Restraint System. The ISOFIX system uses anchors in the vehicle and attach‐ ments on the Child Restraint System. The ISOFIX system eliminates the need to use seat belts to secure the Child ISOFIX anchorages have been provided Restraint System to the rear seats. in the left and right outboard rear seat‐ ISOFIX anchorages are metal bars built ing positions. Their locations are shown into the vehicle. There are two lower in the illustration. anchors for each ISOFIX seating posi‐ tion that will accommodate a Child Re‐ straint System with lower attach‐ ments.
4-33 Safety features of your vehicle
ISOFIX anchorages are located between 4. Follow the instructions of the Child the seatback and the seat cushion of Restraint System's manufacturer the rear seat left and right outboard for proper installation and connec‐ seating positions, indicated by the tion of the ISOFIX attachments on symbols. the Child Restraint System to the ❈ (1) : ISOFIX Anchor Position Indica‐ ISOFIX anchorages. tor (Type A- , Type B- ) (2) : ISOFIX Anchor Securing a Child Restraint System WARNING with the “ISOFIX Anchorage System” Take the following precautions when using the ISOFIX system: To install an i-Size or ISOFIX-compatible • Read and follow all installation in‐ Child Restraint System in either of the structions provided with your Child rear outboard seating positions: Restraint System. 1. Move the seat belt buckle away from the ISOFIX anchorages. • To prevent the child from reaching and taking hold of unretracted 2. Move any other objects away from seat belts, buckle all unused rear the anchorages that could prevent seat belts and retract the seat belt a secure connection between the webbing behind the child. Children Child Restraint System and the ISO‐ can be strangled if a shoulder belt FIX anchorages. becomes wrapped around their 3. Place the Child Restraint System on neck and the seat belt tightens. the vehicle seat, then attach the • NEVER attach more than one Child seat to the ISOFIX anchorages ac‐ Restraint System to a single an‐ cording to the instructions provided chorage. This could cause the an‐ by the Child Restraint System man‐ chor or attachment to come loose ufacturer. or break. (Continued)
4-34
(Continued) WARNING • Always have the ISOFIX system in‐ spected by your dealer after an Take the following precautions when accident. An accident can damage installing the top-tether: the ISOFIX system and may not • Read and follow all installation in‐ properly secure the Child Restraint structions provided with your Child System. Restraint System. • NEVER attach more than one Child Restraint System to a single ISO‐ 4 Securing a Child Restraint System FIX top-tether anchorage. This seat with “Top-tether Anchorage” could cause the anchorage or at‐ Safety features of your vehicle system (if equipped) tachment to come loose or break. • Do not attach the top-tether to 1. Route the Child Restraint System anything other than the correct top-tether strap over the seatback. top-tether anchorage. It may not Placing the top tether strap, please work properly if attached to follow the instructions of the Child something else. Restraint System manufacturer. • Child Restraint System anchorages 2. Connect the top-tether strap to are designed to withstand only the top-tether anchorage, then those loads imposed by correctly tighten the top-tether strap ac‐ fitted Child Restraint System. cording to the instructions of your Under no circumstances are they Child Restraint System's manufac‐ to be used for adult seat belts or turer to firmly attach the Child Re‐ harnesses or for attaching other straint System to the seat. items or equipment to the vehicle.
Child restraint system top tether an‐ chorages are located on the back of the rear seatbacks.
4-35 Safety features of your vehicle
Securing a Child Restraint System 1. Place the Child Restraint System on with a lap/shoulder belt a rear seat and route the lap/shoul‐ When not using the ISOFIX system, all der belt around or through the Child Restraint Systems must be se‐ Child Restraint System, following cured to a rear seat with the lap part of the Child Restraint System manu‐ a lap/shoulder belt. facturer’s instructions. Make sure the seat belt webbing is not twisted.
3. Remove as much slack from the belt as possible by pushing down on the Child Restraint System while feeding the shoulder belt back into the retractor. 4. Push and pull on the Child Restraint System to confirm that the seat belt is holding it firmly in place.
Installing a Child Restraint System with 2. Fasten the lap/shoulder belt latch If your Child Restraint System manu‐ a lap/shoulder belt into the buckle. Listen for the dis‐ facturer recommends the use of a top- To install a Child Restraint System on tinct “click” sound. Position the re‐ tether with the lap/shoulder belt, see the rear seats, do the following: lease button so that it is easy to “Securing a Child Restraint System with access in case of an emergency. the “ISOFIX Anchorage System”” on page 4-34. To remove the Child Restraint System, press the release button on the buckle and then pull the lap/shoulder belt out of the Child Restraint System and allow the seat belt to retract fully.
4-36
Suitability of each seating position for belted & ISOFIX Child Restraint Systems (CRS) according to UN regulations (Information for use by vehicle users and CRS manufacturers) • Yes : Suitable for fitment of the designated category of CRS • No : Not suitable for fitment of the designated category of CRS • “-” : Not applicable • The table is based on LHD vehicle. Except for the front passenger seat, the table is valid for RHD vehicle. For RHD vehicle front passenger seat, please use information for the seating position number 3. 4 Safety features of your vehicle
4-37 Safety features of your vehicle
Seating positions CRS categories 1 2 3 4 5 6 Universal belted CRS - - Yes 1) (F, R) Yes (F, R) Yes (F, R) Yes (F, R) ISOFIX i-size CRS CRF : F2, - - No Yes (F, R) No Yes (F, R) F2X, R1, R2 Carry-cot (ISOFIX lat‐ ISOFIX CRF: - - No No No No eral facing CRS) L1, L2 ISOFIX infant* CRS (* : ISOFIX - - No Yes (R) No Yes (R) ISOFIX baby CRS) CRF : R1 F : Forward ISOFIX facing ISOFIX toddler CRS - CRF : - - No Yes (F, R) No Yes (F, R) R : Rear‐ small F2,F2X, ward facing R2,R2X ISOFIX toddler CRS – ISOFIX large* (* : not booster CRF : F3, - - No Yes (F, R) No Yes (F, R) seats) R3 Booster Seat – re‐ ISO CRF : - - No Yes No Yes duced Width B2 Booster Seat – full ISO CRF : - - No Yes No Yes Width B3 Note 1) : For fitment of universal belted Child Restraint Systems on the seat number 3, Seat back angle should be at its fully forward position. ❈ Never place a rearward facing Child Restraint System on the front passenger seat, unless the air bag is deactivated. ❈ For semi-universal or vehicle specific CRS (ISOFIX or belted CRS), please see the vehicle list provided in the manual of CRS.
4-38
Suitability of each seating position for belted & ISOFIX Child Restraint Systems (CRS) according to UN regulations
4 Safety features of your vehicle
Position in the ve‐ Seat number hicle 1 Front left 2 Front center 3 Front right 4 2nd row left 5 2nd row center 6 2nd row right
4-39 Safety features of your vehicle
Recommended child restraint systems – For Europe
ECE-R44 Appro‐ Mass group Name Manufacturer Type of fixation val No. Group 0+ Cabriofix & Familyfix Maxi Cosi Rearward-facing with ISOFIX E4 04443907 Group I Duo Plus Britax Römer Forward-facing with ISOFIX and top-tether E1 04301133 Group II KidFix II XP Britax Römer Forward-facing with ISOFIX and vehicle belt E1 04301323 Group III Dream Nania/OSANN Forward-facing with vehicle belt E2 0403011 CRS Manufacturer information Maxi Cosi Cabriofix & Familyfix http://www.maxi-cosi.com Britax Römmer http://www.britax.com Osann https://www.osann.de
4-40
AIR BAG - SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM
1. Driver’s front air bag 2. Passenger’s front air bag 3. Side air bag 4. Curtain air bag 5. Driver’s knee air bag 6. Passenger’s front air bag ON/OFF switch 4
WARNING Safety features of your vehicle
• Even in vehicles with air bags, you and your passengers must always wear the safety belts provided in order to minimize the risk and se‐ verity of injury in the event of a collision or rollover. • SRS and pretensioners contain ex‐ plosive chemicals. If scrapping a vehicle without re‐ moving SRS and pretensioners from a vehicle, it may cause fire. Before scrapping a vehicle, contact a professional workshop. Kia rec‐ ommends to visit an authorized Kia dealer/ service partner. (Continued)
4-41 Safety features of your vehicle
• The airbag will deploy based on angle • In order to help provide protection in (Continued) and intensity of the collision. It will a severe collision, the air bags must • Keep the SRS parts and wirings not deploy in every crash or collision inflate rapidly. The speed of the air away from water or any liquid. If situations. bag inflation is a consequence of ex‐ the SRS components are inopera‐ • The front air bags will completely in‐ tremely short time in which a collision tive due to exposure to water or flate and deflate in an instant. occurs and the need to inflate the air liquids, it may cause fire or severe It is virtually impossible for you to bag between the occupant and the injury. see the air bags inflate during an ac‐ vehicle structures before the occu‐ cident. pant impacts those structures. It is much more likely that you will This speed of inflation reduces the How does the air bag system simply see the deflated air bags risk of serious or life-threatening in‐ operate hanging out of their storage com‐ juries in a severe collision and is thus • Air bags are activated (able to inflate partments after the collision. a necessary part of the air bag de‐ if necessary) only when the POWER sign. button is turned to the ON or START However, air bag inflation can also position. cause injuries which can include facial abrasions, bruises and broken bones • Air bags inflate instantly in the event because the inflation speed also cau‐ of a serious frontal collision or side ses the air bags to expand with a collision (if equipped with a side air great deal of force. bag or curtain air bag) in order to help protect the occupants from seri‐ • There are even circumstances under ous physical injury. which contact with the steering wheel air bag can cause fatal injuries, • In normal conditions, the airbag is de‐ especially if the occupant is posi‐ signed to deploy based on certain an‐ tioned excessively close to the steer‐ gle and intensity of the collision. ing wheel. These two factors are crucial ele‐ ments for deciding whether to trans‐ mit airbag deployment signal or start the electrical operation or not.
4-42
Noise and smoke WARNING (Continued) When the air bags inflate, they make a loud noise and they leave smoke and above the front and rear doors are • To avoid severe personal injury or powder in the air inside of the vehicle. very hot. To prevent injury, do not death caused by deploying air bags This is normal and is a result of the ig‐ touch the air bag storage area’s in‐ in a collision, the driver should sit nition of the air bag inflator. After the ternal components immediately af‐ as far back from the steering air bag inflates, you may feel substan‐ ter an air bag has inflated. wheel air bag as possible (at least tial discomfort in breathing due to the 250 mm (10 inches) away). The contact of your chest with both the front passengers should always Front passenger's air bag warning 4 move their seats as far back as seat belt and the air bag, as well as from breathing the smoke and powder. label for child restraint system
possible and sit back in their seat. Safety features of your vehicle Open your doors and/or windows as • Air bags inflate instantly in the soon as possible after the impact in or‐ event of a collision, and passen‐ der to reduce discomfort and prevent gers may be injured by the air bag prolonged exposure to smoke and pow‐ expansion force if they are not in a der. proper position. Though the smoke and powder are • Air bag inflation may cause injuries non-toxic, they may cause irritation to including facial or bodily abrasions, the skin (eyes, nose and throat, etc). If injuries from broken glasses or this is the case, wash and rinse with burns. cold water immediately and consult a doctor if the symptom persists.
WARNING
When the air bags deploy, the air bag related parts in the steering wheel, instrument panel, front seats and/or in both sides of the roof rails (Continued)
4-43 Safety features of your vehicle
WARNING WARNING Air bag warning light
Never place a rear facing child re‐ • NEVER use a rearward facing child straint in the front passenger seat, restraint on a seat protected by an unless the passenger-side air bag is ACTIVE AIR BAG in front of it. deactivated. An inflating passenger- DEATH or SERIOUS INJURY to the side air bag could impact the rear- CHILD can occur. facing child restraint and kill the • When children are seated in the child. rear outboard seats of a vehicle equipped with side and/or curtain In addition, we recommend that you do air bags, be sure to install the child not place front-facing child restraints restraint system as far away from in the front passenger’s seat either. If the door side as possible, and se‐ the front passenger air bag inflates, it curely lock the child restraint sys‐ tem in position. could cause serious or fatal injuries to Inflation of side and/or curtain air the child. bags could cause serious injury or The purpose of the air bag warning If your vehicle is equipped with the pas‐ death to an infant or child. senger’s front air bag ON/OFF switch, light in your instrument panel is to alert you can activate or deactivate the you of a potential problem with your front passenger’s air bag when neces‐ air bag - Supplemental Restraint Sys‐ sary. tem (SRS). For more details, please refer to “Pas‐ When the POWER button is turned ON, senger's front air bag ON/OFF switch” the warning light should illuminate for on page 4-51 . approximately 6 seconds, then go off. Have the system checked if: • The light does not turn on briefly when you turn the POWER button ON. • The light stays on after illuminating for approximately 6 seconds.
4-44
• The light comes on while the vehicle The passenger's front air bag ON indi‐ The passenger’s front air bag OFF indi‐ is in motion. cator also comes on when the passeng‐ cator also comes on when the passeng‐ • The light blinks when the POWER er's front air bag ON/OFF switch is set er’s front air bag ON/OFF switch is set button is in ON position. to the ON position and goes off after to the OFF position and goes off when approximately 60 seconds. the passenger’s front air bag ON/OFF switch is set to the ON position. Passenger's front air bag ON Passenger’s front air bag OFF indicator indicator CAUTION 4 If the passenger’s front air bag
ON/OFF switch malfunctions, the Safety features of your vehicle passenger’s front air bag OFF indica‐ tor will not illuminate (The passeng‐ er's front air bag ON indicator comes on and goes off after approximately 60 seconds) and the passenger’s front air bag will inflate in a frontal impact even if the passenger’s front air bag ON/OFF switch is set to the OFF position. In this case, have the passenger's front air bag ON/OFF switch and the SRS air bag system inspected by a The passenger's front air The passenger’s front air bag professional workshop. bag ON indicator illuminates OFF indicator illuminates for Kia recommends to visit an author‐ ized Kia dealer/service partner. for approximately 4 seconds about 4 seconds after the after the POWER button is POWER button is turned to turned to the ON position. the ON position.
4-45 Safety features of your vehicle
9. Side impact sensors* SRS components and functions (Continued) 10. Side pressure sensors* the SRS. In this case, have the sys‐ 11. Passenger’s front air bag ON/OFF tem inspected by a professional indicator (front passenger's seat workshop. Kia recommends to visit only) an authorized Kia dealer/service partner. 12. Passenger’s front air bag ON/OFF • The light does not turn on briefly switch when you turn the ignition ON. 13. Retractor pre-tensioner assem‐ * • The light stays on after illuminat‐ blies ing for approximately 6 seconds.
The SRSCM continually monitors all SRS • The light comes on while the vehi‐ cle is in motion. components while the POWER button is ON to determine if a crash impact is se‐ • The light blinks when the ignition vere enough to require air bag deploy‐ switch is in ON position. ment or pre-tensioner seat belt de‐ The SRS consists of the following com‐ ployment. ponents: The SRS air bag warning light on the in‐ 1. Driver's front air bag module strument panel will illuminate for about 2. Passenger's front air bag module 6 seconds after the POWER button is turned to the ON position, after which 3. Side air bag modules the SRS air bag warning light should go 4. Curtain air bag modules out. 5. Retractor pre-tensioner assem‐ blies* WARNING 6. Air bag warning light 7. SRS control module (SRSCM) If any of the following conditions oc‐ curs, this indicates a malfunction of 8. Front impact sensors (Continued)
*if equipped *if equipped
4-46
4 Safety features of your vehicle
The front air bag modules are located Upon deployment, tear seams molded A fully inflated air bag, in combination both in the center of the steering directly into the pad covers will sepa‐ with a properly worn seat belt, slows wheel and in the front passenger's pan‐ rate under pressure from the expan‐ the driver's or the passenger's forward el above the glove box. When the sion of the air bags. Further opening of motion, reducing the risk of head and SRSCM detects a sufficiently severe im‐ the covers then allows full inflation of chest injury. pact to the front of the vehicle, it will the air bags. After complete inflation, the air bag im‐ automatically deploy the front air bags. mediately starts deflating, enabling the driver to maintain forward visibility and the ability to steer or operate other controls.
4-47 Safety features of your vehicle
(Continued) (Continued) • When installing a container of liq‐ • The SRS can function only when uid air freshener inside the vehicle, the POWER button is in the ON po‐ do not place it near the instrument sition. If the SRS air bag warning cluster nor on the instrument pan‐ light does not illuminate, or contin‐ el surface. uously remains on after illuminat‐ It may become a dangerous pro‐ ing for about 6 seconds when the jectile and cause injury if the pas‐ POWER button is ON, or after the senger's air bag inflates. vehicle is started, comes on while • If an air bag deploys, there may be driving, the SRS is not working a loud noise followed by a fine properly. In this case, have the dust released in the vehicle. These system inspected by a professio‐ conditions are normal and are not nal workshop. Kia recommends to hazardous - the air bags are visit an authorized Kia dealer/serv‐ WARNING packed in this fine powder. The ice partner. dust generated during air bag de‐ • Before you replace a fuse or dis‐ • Do not install or place any acces‐ ployment may cause skin or eye connect a battery terminal, turn sories (drink holder, sticker, etc.) irritation as well as aggravate the POWER button to the OFF po‐ on the front passenger's panel asthma for some persons. Always sition and remove the ignition key. above the glove box in a vehicle wash all exposed skin areas thor‐ Never remove or replace the air with a passenger's air bag. Such oughly with cold water and mild bag related fuse(s) when the objects may become dangerous soap after an accident in which the POWER button is in the ON posi‐ projectiles and cause injury if the air bags were deployed. tion. Failure to heed this warning passenger's air bag inflates. (Continued) will cause the SRS air bag warning light to illuminate. (Continued)
4-48
Driver's and passenger's front The purpose of the SRS is to provide the vehicle's driver and/or the front air bag passenger with additional protection than that offered by the seat belt sys‐ tem alone in case of a frontal impact of sufficient severity.
WARNING 4 Always use seat belts and child re‐
straints – every trip, every time, ev‐ Safety features of your vehicle eryone! Air bags inflate with consid‐ erable force and in the blink of an eye. Seat belts help keep occupants Your vehicle is equipped with a Supple‐ in proper position to obtain maxi‐ mental Restraint (Air Bag) System and mum benefit from the air bag. Even lap/shoulder belts at both the driver with air bags, improperly and unbel‐ and passenger seating positions. ted occupants can be severely in‐ The indicators of the system's pres‐ jured when the air bag inflates. Al‐ ence are the letters "AIR BAG" located ways follow the precautions about on the air bag pad cover on the steering seat belts, air bags and occupant wheel and the passenger's side front safety contained in this manual. panel pad above the glove box. To reduce the chance of serious or The SRS consists of air bags installed fatal injuries and receive the maxi‐ under the pad covers in the center of mum safety benefit from your re‐ the steering wheel and the passenger's straint system: side in the front panel above the glove • ABC – We recommend to always box. Buckle Children in the 2nd row seat. It is the safest place for chil‐ dren of any age to ride. (Continued)
4-49 Safety features of your vehicle
(Continued) (Continued) (Continued) • Front and side air bags can injure • No objects should be placed over • Air bags can only be used once - occupants improperly positioned in or near the air bag modules on the have the system replaced by a the front seats. steering wheel, instrument panel professional workshop. • Move your seat as far back as or the front passenger's panel Kia recommends to visit an au‐ practical from the front air bags, above the glove box, because any thorized Kia dealer/service part‐ while still maintaining control of such object could cause harm if ner. the vehicle. the vehicle is in a crash severe • The SRS is designed to deploy the enough to cause the air bags to front air bags when an impact is • You and your passengers should deploy. never sit or lean unnecessarily sufficiently severe. Additionally, close to the air bags. Improperly • Do not tamper with or disconnect the air bags will only deploy once. positioned drivers and passengers SRS wiring or other components of Seat belts must be worn at all can be severely injured by inflating the SRS system. Doing so could re‐ times. air bags. sult in injury, due to accidental de‐ • Front air bags are not intended to ployment of the air bags or by deploy in side-impact, rear-impact • Never lean against the door or rendering the SRS inoperative. center console – always sit in an or rollover crashes. However, when upright position. • If the SRS air bag warning light re‐ frontal deployment threshold is mains illuminated while the vehicle satisfied at side-impact, front air • Do not allow a passenger to ride in is being driven, have the system bags may deploy. the front seat when the passeng‐ inspected by a professional work‐ In addition, front air bags will not er’s front air bag OFF indicator is shop. Kia recommends to visit an deploy in frontal crashes below illuminated, because the air bag authorized Kia dealer/service part‐ the deployment threshold. will not deploy in the event of a ner. moderate or severe frontal crash. • A child restraint system should (Continued) never be placed in the front seat. (Continued) The infant or child could be se‐ verely injured or killed by an air bag deployment in case of an acci‐ dent. (Continued)
4-50
(Continued) (Continued) Passenger’s front air bag ON/OFF switch • Children age 13 and under must al‐ • Sitting improperly or out of posi‐ ways be properly restrained in the tion can result in serious or fatal rear seat. If a child over 13 must injury in a crash. be seated in the front seat, he or All occupants should sit upright she must be properly belted and with the seat back in an upright the seat should be moved as far position, centered on the seat back as possible. cushion with their seat belt on, • For maximum safety protection in legs comfortably extended and 4 all types of crashes, all occupants their feet on the floor until the ve‐ including the driver should always hicle is parked and the ignition key Safety features of your vehicle wear their seat belts whether or is removed. not an air bag is also provided at • The SRS air bag system must de‐ their seating position to minimize ploy very rapidly to provide pro‐ the risk of severe injury or death in tection in a crash. If an occupant is the event of a crash. out of position because of not Do not sit or lean unnecessarily wearing a seat belt, the air bag close to the air bag while the vehi‐ may forcefully contact the occu‐ The passenger’s front air bag can be cle is in motion. pant causing serious or fatal inju‐ deactivated by the passenger’s front (Continued) ries. air bag ON/OFF switch if a child re‐ straint is installed on the front pas‐ senger's seat or if the front passeng‐ er's seat is unoccupied by a person. To ensure the safety of your child, the passenger’s front air bag must be de‐ activated when it should be necessary to install a rearward facing child seat on the front passenger seat in excep‐ tional circumstances.
4-51 Safety features of your vehicle
To deactivate the passenger’s front air To deactivate or reactivate the pas‐ NOTICE senger’s front air bag: bag, insert the master key into the passenger’s front air bag ON/OFF switch and turn it to the OFF position. • When the passenger’s front air The passenger’s front air bag OFF indi‐ bag ON/OFF switch is set to the cator will illuminate and stay on until ON position, the passenger’s front the passenger’s front air bag is reacti‐ air bag is activated and child or in‐ vated. fant seat should not be installed To reactivate the passenger’s front air on the front passenger seat. bag, insert the master key into the passenger’s front air bag ON/OFF • When the passenger’s front air switch and turn it to the ON position. bag ON/OFF switch is set to the The passenger’s front air bag OFF indi‐ OFF position, the passenger’s cator will go out. front air bag is deactivated.
WARNING
The front air bag ON/OFF switch could turn by using a similar small rigid device. Always check the status of the front air bag ON/OFF switch and passenger's front air bag OFF in‐ dicator.
4-52
CAUTION (Continued) (Continued) • If the SRS air bag warning light • Never install a rearward facing • If the passenger’s front air bag blinks or does not illuminate when child seat on the front passenger's ON/OFF switch is not working the POWER button is turned to the seat unless the passenger's front properly, the air bag warning light ON position, or if it illuminates air bag has been deactivated. The ( ) on the instrument panel will while the vehicle is being driven, infant or child could be severely in‐ illuminate. have the system inspected by a jured or killed by an air bag deploy‐ And, the passenger's front air bag professional workshop. Kia recom‐ ment in case of an accident. OFF indicator ( ) will not illumi‐ mends to visit an authorized Kia • Children who are too large for child 4 nate (The passenger's front air dealer/ service partner. bag ON indicator comes on and restraint systems should always Safety features of your vehicle goes off after approximately occupy the rear seat and use the 60 seconds), the SRS Control Mod‐ available lap/shoulder belts. Chil‐ ule reactivates the passenger’s WARNING dren are afforded the most safety front air bag and the passenger’s in the event of an accident when front air bag will inflate in frontal • The driver is responsible for the they are restrained by a proper re‐ impact crashes even if the pas‐ proper position of the passenger’s straint system in the rear seat. senger’s front air bag ON/OFF front air bag ON/OFF switch. • As soon as the child seat is no lon‐ switch is set to the OFF position. ger needed on the front passeng‐ In this case, have the system in‐ • Deactivate the passenger's front air bag only when the POWER but‐ er's seat, reactivate the front pas‐ spected by a professional work‐ senger's air bag. shop. Kia recommends to visit an ton is switched off, or the mal‐ authorized Kia dealer/ service function may occur in the SRS partner. Control Module. And there may be a danger that WARNING (Continued) the driver's and/or front passeng‐ er’s and/or side and curtain air bag n may fail to trigger, or not trigger No attaching objects correctly during a collision. No objects (such as crash pad cover, (Continued) cellular phone holder, cup holder, perfume or stickers) should be (Continued)
4-53 Safety features of your vehicle
Side air bag Your vehicle is equipped with a side air (Continued) bag in each front seat. placed over or near the air bag mod‐ The purpose of the air bag is to provide ules on the steering wheel, instru‐ the vehicle's driver and/or the front ment panel, windshield glass, and passenger with additional protection the front passenger's panel above than that offered by the seat belt the glove box. Such objects could alone. cause harm if the vehicle is in a The side air bags are designed to de‐ crash severe enough to cause the air ploy during certain side-impact colli‐ bags to deploy. Do not place any ob‐ sions, depending on the crash severity jects over the air bag or between the of impact. However, when side deploy‐ air bag and yourself. ment threshold is satisfied at front-im‐ pact, side air bags may deploy. The side air bags are not designed to deploy in all side impact situations. The side air bags may deploy on the side of the impact.
WARNING
Do not allow the passengers to lean their heads or bodies onto doors, put their arms on the doors, stretch their arms out of the window, or place objects between the doors and passengers when they are seated on seats equipped with side and/or cur‐ tain air bags.
❈ The actual air bags in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.
4-54
WARNING (Continued) (Continued) • To prevent unexpected deploy‐ • Do not install any accessories on • The side air bag is supplemental to ment of the side air bag that may the side or near the side air bags. the driver's and the passenger's result in personal injury, avoid im‐ seat belt systems and is not a pact to the side impact sensor substitute for them. Therefore when the POWER button is on. your seat belts must be worn at all times while the vehicle is in mo‐ • If the seat or seat cover is dam‐ tion. The air bags deploy only in aged, have the system serviced by 4 certain side impact conditions se‐ a professional workshop. Kia recommends to visit an au‐
vere enough to cause significant Safety features of your vehicle injury to the vehicle occupants. thorized Kia dealer/service part‐ ner. • For best protection from the side air bag system and to avoid being injured by the deploying side air bag, both front seat occupants WARNING should sit in an upright position with the seat belt properly fas‐ n No attaching objects tened. The driver's hands should be placed on the steering wheel at • Do not place any objects over the the 9:00 and 3:00 positions. air bag or between the air bag and The passenger's arms and hands yourself. Also, do not attach any should be placed on their laps. objects around the area the air bag inflates such as the door, side door • Do not use any accessory seat glass, front and rear pillar. covers. • Do not place any objects between • Use of seat covers could reduce or the door and the seat. They may prevent the effectiveness of the become dangerous projectiles if system. the side air bag inflates. (Continued) (Continued)
4-55 Safety features of your vehicle
Curtain air bag Curtain air bags are located along both sides of the roof rails above the front (Continued) and rear doors. • When children are seated in the They are designed to help protect the rear outboard seats, they must be heads of the front seat occupants and seated in the proper child restraint the rear outboard seat occupants in system. Make sure to position the certain side impact collisions. child restraint system as far away The curtain air bags are designed to from the door side as possible, and deploy during certain side impact colli‐ secure the child restraint system sions, depending on the crash severity in a locked position. of impact. However, when side deploy‐ • Do not allow the passengers to ment threshold is satisfied at front-im‐ lean their heads or bodies against pact, curtain air bags may deploy. doors, put their arms on the The curtain air bags may deploy on the doors, stretch their arms out of side of the impact. the window or place objects be‐ The curtain air bags are not designed tween the doors and passengers to deploy in all side impacts situations. when they are seated on seats equipped with side and curtain air bags. WARNING • Never try to open or repair any components of the side curtain air • In order for side and curtain air bag system. If necessary, have the bags to provide the best protec‐ system serviced by a professional tion, front seat occupants and workshop. Kia recommends to visit outboard rear occupants should sit an authorized Kia dealer/service in an upright position with the seat partner. belts properly fastened. Impor‐ tantly, children should sit in a Failure to follow the above instruc‐ proper child restraint system in tions can result in injury or death to the rear seat. the vehicle occupants in an accident. ❈ The actual air bags in the vehicle (Continued) may differ from the illustration.
4-56
WARNING
n No attaching objects • Do not place any objects over the air bag. Also, do not attach any objects around the area the air bag inflates such as the door, side door glass, front and rear pillar, roof side rail. 4
• Do not hang hard or breakable ob‐ Safety features of your vehicle jects on the clothes hanger.
Why didn’t my air bag go off in a colli‐ sion? (Inflation and non-inflation condi‐ tions of the air bag) There are many types of accidents in which the air bag would not be expec‐ ted to provide additional protection. These include rear impacts, second or third collisions in multiple impact acci‐ dents, as well as low speed impacts.
4-57 Safety features of your vehicle
Air bag collision sensors 1. SRS control module 2. Front impact sensor 3. Side pressure sensor (if equipped) 4. Side impact sensor (if equipped)
❈ The actual air bag collision sensors in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.
WARNING
• Do not hit or allow any objects to impact the locations where air bag or sensors are installed. This may cause unexpected air bag deployment, which could re‐ sult in serious personal injury or death. (Continued)
4-58
Although the front air bags (driver’s (Continued) (Continued) and front passenger’s air bags) are de‐ • If the installation location or angle • Your vehicle has been designed to signed to inflate only in frontal colli‐ of the sensors is altered in any absorb impact and deploy the air sions, they also may inflate in other way, the air bags may deploy bag(s) in certain collisions. Instal‐ types of collisions if the front impact when they should not or they may ling bumper guards or replacing a sensors detect a sufficient impact. Side not deploy when they should, bumper with non-genuine parts air bags (side and/or curtain air bags) causing severe injury or death. may adversely affect your vehicles are designed to inflate only in side im‐ Therefore, do not try to perform collision and air bag deployment pact collisions, but they may inflate in maintenance on or around the air performance. other collisions if the side impact sen‐ 4 bag sensors. Have the system sors detect a sufficient impact.
serviced by a professional work‐ If the vehicle chassis is impacted by Safety features of your vehicle shop. Kia recommends to visit an Air bag inflation conditions bumps or objects on unimproved roads authorized Kia dealer/service part‐ Front air bags or sidewalks, air bags may deploy. Drive ner. carefully on unimproved roads or on Front air bags are designed to inflate in • Problems may arise if the sensor surfaces not designed for vehicle traffic a frontal collision depending on the se‐ to prevent unintended air bag deploy‐ installation angles are changed due verity of impact of the front collision. to the deformation of the front ment. bumper, body or front door and Side and curtain air bags (if equipped) B/C pillars where side collision sen‐ Air bag non-inflation conditions sors are installed. In this case, Side and curtain air bags are designed • In certain low-speed collisions the air have the system serviced by a to inflate when an impact is detected bags may not deploy. The air bags professional workshop. Kia recom‐ by side collision sensors depending on are designed not to deploy in such mends to visit an authorized Kia the severity of impact resulting from a cases because they may not provide dealer/service partner. side impact collision. benefits beyond the protection of the (Continued) seat belts in such collisions. • Air bags are not designed to inflate in rear collisions, because occupants are moved backward by the force of the impact. In this case, inflated air bags would not be able to provide any ad‐ ditional benefit.
4-59 Safety features of your vehicle
• Front air bags may not inflate in side • Air bags may not inflate if the vehicle impact collisions, because occupants collides with objects such as utility (Continued) move to the direction of the collision, poles or trees, where the point of im‐ • For cleaning the air bag pad cov‐ and thus in side impacts, front air pact is concentrated to one area and ers, use only a soft, dry cloth or bag deployment would not provide the full force of the impact is not de‐ one which has been moistened additional occupant protection. livered to the sensors. with plain water. Solvents or clean‐ • However, if equipped with side and ers could adversely affect the air curtain air bags, the air bags may in‐ SRS Care bag covers and proper deployment of the system. flate depending on the severity of The SRS is virtually maintenance-free impact. and so there are no parts you can safe‐ • No objects should be placed over ly service by yourself. If the SRS air bag or near the air bag modules on the • In an angled collision, the force of im‐ steering wheel, instrument panel, pact may direct the occupants in a di‐ warning light does not illuminate, or continuously remains on, have the sys‐ and the front passenger's panel rection where the air bags would not above the glove box, because any be able to provide any additional ben‐ tem inspected by a professional work‐ shop. such object could cause harm if efit, and thus the sensors may not the vehicle is in a crash severe deploy any air bags. Kia recommends to visit an authorized Kia dealer/service partner. enough to cause the air bags to in‐ • Just before impact, drivers often flate. brake heavily. Such heavy braking • If the air bags inflate, have the lowers the front portion of the vehi‐ WARNING system replaced by a professional cle causing it to “ride” under a vehicle workshop. with a higher ground clearance. Air • Modification to SRS components or Kia recommends to visit an au‐ bags may not inflate in this "under- wiring, including the addition of thorized Kia dealer/service part‐ ride" situation because deceleration any kind of badges to the pad cov‐ ner. forces that are detected by sensors ers or modifications to the body (Continued) may be significantly reduced by such structure, can adversely affect “under-ride” collisions. SRS performance and lead to pos‐ • Front air bags may not inflate in roll‐ sible injury. over accidents because front air bag (Continued) deployment would not provide addi‐ tional occupant protection.
4-60
• Passengers should not place hard or (Continued) Additional safety precautions • Never let passengers ride in the cargo sharp objects between themselves • Do not tamper with or disconnect area or on top of a folded-down back and the air bags. Carrying hard or SRS wiring, or other components seat. All occupants should sit upright, sharp objects on your lap or in your of the SRS system. Doing so could fully back in their seats with their mouth can result in injuries if an air result in injury, due to accidental seat belts on and their feet on the bag inflates. inflation of the air bags or by ren‐ floor. • Keep occupants away from the air dering the SRS inoperative. • Passengers should not move out of bag covers. All occupants should sit • If components of the air bag sys‐ or change seats while the vehicle is upright, fully back in their seats with 4 tem must be discarded, or if the moving. A passenger who is not their seat belts on and their feet on vehicle must be scrapped, certain the floor. If occupants are too close wearing a seat belt during a crash or Safety features of your vehicle safety precautions must be ob‐ emergency stop can be thrown to the air bag covers, they could be served. An authorized Kia dealer against the inside of the vehicle, injured if the air bags inflate. knows these precautions and can against other occupants, or out of give you the necessary informa‐ • Do not attach or place objects on or tion. Failure to follow these pre‐ the vehicle. near the air bag covers. Any object cautions and procedures could in‐ • Each seat belt is designed to restrain attached to or placed on the front or crease the risk of personal injury. one occupant. If more than one per‐ side air bag covers could interfere son uses the same seat belt, they with the proper operation of the air • If your car was flooded and has bags. soaked carpeting or water on could be seriously injured or killed in a flooring, you shouldn't try to start collision. • Do not modify the front seats. Modi‐ the vehicle; in this case, have your • Do not use any accessories on seat fication of the front seats could in‐ vehicle inspected by a professional belts. Devices claiming to improve oc‐ terfere with the operation of the workshop. Kia recommends to cupant comfort or reposition the seat supplemental restraint system sens‐ contact an authorized Kia dealer/ belt can reduce the protection provi‐ ing components or side air bags. service partner. ded by the seat belt and increase the • Do not place items under the front chance of serious injury in a crash. seats. Placing items under the front seats could interfere with the opera‐ tion of the supplemental restraint system sensing components and wir‐ ing harnesses.
4-61 Safety features of your vehicle
• Never hold an infant or child on your Adding equipment to or Note that these government warnings lap. The infant or child could be seri‐ focus on the risk of children. We also ously injured or killed in the event of modifying your air bag- want you to be aware of the risks a crash. All infants and children equipped vehicle which adults are exposed to that have should be properly restrained in ap‐ If you modify your vehicle by changing been described in previous pages. propriate child safety seats or seat your vehicle's frame, bumper system, belts in the rear seat. front end or side sheet metal or ride height, this may affect the operation of your vehicle's air bag system. WARNING Air bag warning label • Sitting improperly or out of posi‐ tion can cause occupants to be shifted too close to a deploying air bag, strike the interior structure or be thrown from the vehicle re‐ sulting in serious injury or death. • Always sit upright with the seat‐ back in an upright position, cen‐ tered on the seat cushion with your seat belt on, legs comfortably extended and your feet on the floor.
Air bag warning labels are attached to alert the passengers of the potential risk of the air bag system.
4-62 Features of your vehicle
Smart key...... 5-04 Sunshade...... 5-28 Record your key number...... 5-04 Resetting the sunroof...... 5-29 Smart key function...... 5-04 Sunroof open warning...... 5-29 Smart key operations...... 5-06 Steering wheel...... 5-30 Loss of the smart key...... 5-06 Electronic power steering...... 5-30 Smart key precautions...... 5-06 Tilt & telescopic steering...... 5-31 Battery replacement...... 5-07 Heated steering wheel ...... 5-32 Smart key immobilizer system...... 5-08 Horn...... 5-32 Theft-alarm system ...... 5-10 Mirrors...... 5-34 Armed stage...... 5-10 Inside rearview mirror...... 5-34 Theft-alarm stage...... 5-10 Outside rearview mirror...... 5-35 Disarmed stage...... 5-11 Charging door...... 5-38 5 Door locks...... 5-12 Opening the charging door...... 5-38 Operating door locks from outside the vehicle...... 5-12 Closing the charging door...... 5-38 Operating door locks from inside the vehicle...... 5-13 Instrument cluster...... 5-39 Door lock/unlock features...... 5-15 Instrument cluster control...... 5-40 Child-protector rear door locks...... 5-15 LCD display control...... 5-40 Tailgate...... 5-16 Gauges...... 5-42 Opening the tailgate...... 5-16 Reduction gear...... 5-45 Closing the tailgate...... 5-17 Shift indicator pop-up...... 5-45 Emergency tailgate safety release...... 5-17 Regenerative braking level indicator...... 5-46 Windows...... 5-19 Utility mode ...... 5-46 Power windows...... 5-19 LCD display...... 5-47 Hood...... 5-24 LCD display modes...... 5-48 Opening the hood...... 5-24 LCD display ...... 5-60 Hood open warning...... 5-25 Overview...... 5-60 Closing the hood...... 5-25 Trip information (trip computer)...... 5-60 Sunroof ...... 5-26 LCD display messages...... 5-63 Sliding the sunroof...... 5-27 Warning and indicator lights...... 5-70 Tilting the sunroof...... 5-28 Warning lights...... 5-70
Indicator lights...... 5-75 Interior light...... 5-100 Rear View Monitor (RVM)...... 5-78 Automatic turn off function ...... 5-100 Reverse Parking Distance Warning (PDW) ...... 5-79 Map lamp...... 5-100 Operation of Reverse Parking Distance Warning Room lamp...... 5-101 system...... 5-79 Tailgate room lamp...... 5-101 Non-operational conditions of Reverse Parking Vanity mirror lamp ...... 5-102 Distance Warning system...... 5-80 Welcome system ...... 5-103 Reverse Parking Distance Warning system...... 5-80 Welcome light ...... 5-103 Self-diagnosis...... 5-81 Escort welcome ...... 5-103 Forward/reverse parking distance warning (PDW)...... 5-82 Interior light...... 5-103 Operation of Forward/Reverse Parking Distance Defroster...... 5-104 5 Warning system ...... 5-82 Rear window defroster...... 5-104 Non-operational conditions of Forward/Reverse Climate control system...... 5-105 Parking Distance Warning system...... 5-85 System operation...... 5-105 Self-diagnosis...... 5-86 Air conditioning...... 5-105 Lighting...... 5-88 Climate control air filter...... 5-107 Battery saver function...... 5-88 Air conditioning refrigerant label...... 5-108 Headlight escort function...... 5-88 Checking the amount of air conditioner refriger‐ Daytime running light...... 5-88 ant and compressor lubricant...... 5-108 Lighting control...... 5-88 Automatic climate control system...... 5-110 High beam operation...... 5-90 Automatic heating and air conditioning...... 5-111 Turn signals and lane change signals...... 5-91 Automatic ventilation...... 5-118 Front fog light...... 5-91 Windshield defrosting and defogging...... 5-119 Rear fog light...... 5-92 Automatic climate control system...... 5-119 Headlight leveling device ...... 5-92 Operation tips...... 5-119 High Beam Assist ...... 5-93 Defogging logic ...... 5-120 Wipers and washers...... 5-96 Auto defogging system ...... 5-120 Windshield wipers...... 5-96 Storage compartment...... 5-122 Windshield washers...... 5-98 Center console storage...... 5-122 Rear window wiper and washer switch...... 5-99 Glove box...... 5-122
Sunglass holder...... 5-123 Luggage box...... 5-123 Interior features...... 5-124 Ashtray ...... 5-124 Cup holder...... 5-124 Sunvisor...... 5-126 Seat warmer ...... 5-127 Air ventilation seat ...... 5-128 Power outlet...... 5-129 USB charger...... 5-130 AC inverter ...... 5-130 Wireless smart phone charging system ...... 5-131 5 Clothes hanger ...... 5-133 Floor mat anchor(s) ...... 5-134 Luggage net holder...... 5-135 Cargo security screen ...... 5-135 Exterior features...... 5-137 Roof rack ...... 5-137 Audio system...... 5-139 Antenna...... 5-139 USB port...... 5-139 How vehicle radio works...... 5-139
Features of your vehicle
SMART KEY
Record your key number Smart key function WARNING The key code number is stamped on the bar n Smart key code tag attached to Never leave the keys in your vehicle the key set. with unsupervised children. Leaving Should you lose your keys, this number children unattended in a vehicle with will enable an authorized Kia dealer to the Smart key is dangerous even if duplicate the keys easily. Remove the the start button is not in the ACC or ON position. Children copy adults and bar code tag and store it in a safe they could press the start button. place. Also, record the code number and The key would enable children to op‐ keep it in a safe and handy place, but erate power windows or other con‐ not in the vehicle. trols, or even make the vehicle move, which could result in serious bodily injury or death.
To remove the mechanical key, press and hold the release button(1) and re‐ move the mechanical key (2). To reinstall the mechanical key, put the key into the hole and push it until a click sound is heard. With a smart key, you can lock or un‐ lock a door (and tailgate) and start the vehicle. Refer to the following for more details.
5-04
Locking Pressing the button of the front out‐ Unlocking side door handles with all doors (and Pressing the button of the front out‐ tailgate) closed and any door unlocked, side door handles with all doors (and locks all the doors (and tailgate). tailgate) closed and locked, unlocks all The hazard warning lights will blink the doors (and tailgate). The hazard once to indicate that all doors (and lift‐ warning lights will blink twice to indi‐ gate) are locked. The button will only cate that all doors (and tailgate) are operate when the smart key is within unlocked. The button will only operate 0.7 ~ 1m (28 ~ 40 in) from the outside when the smart key is within 0.7 ~ 1m door handle. If you want to make sure (28 ~ 40 in) from the outside door han‐ that a door has locked or not, you dle. should check the door lock button in‐ side the vehicle or pull the outside door Tailgate unlocking 5 handle. If you are within 0.7 ~ 1 m (28 ~ 40 in) Even though you press the button, the from the outside liftgate handle, with Features of your vehicle doors will not lock and an audible chime your smart key in possession, the lift‐ will sound if any of the following oc‐ gate will unlock and open when you curs: press the liftgate handle switch. • The smart key is in the vehicle. The hazard warning lights will blink • The POWER button is in the ACC or twice to indicate that the liftgate is un‐ ON position. locked. Also, once the liftgate is opened and • Any door except the tailgate is then closed, the liftgate will lock auto‐ opened. matically. Start-up You can start the vehicle without in‐ serting the key. ❈ For information, refer to the “Pow‐ er button” on page 6-05.
5-05 Features of your vehicle
Smart key operations However, after pressing this button, - The smart key is close to a radio the doors (and tailgate) will lock auto‐ transmitter such as a radio station Lock (1) matically unless you open any door or an airport which can interfere within 30 seconds. with normal operation of the smart key. Tailgate unlock (3) - The smart key is near a mobile The tailgate is unlocked if the button is two way radio system or a cellular pressed for more than 1 second. phone. The hazard warning lights will blink twice to indicate that the tailgate is un‐ - Another vehicle’s smart key is be‐ locked. ing operated close to your vehicle. However, after pressing this button, • When the smart key does not work the tailgate will lock automatically un‐ correctly, open and close the door less you open the tailgate within with the mechanical key, Kia recom‐ 30 seconds. mends to contact an authorized Kia Also, once the tailgate is opened and dealer/service partner. then closed, the tailgate will lock auto‐ matically. • If the smart key is in close proximity All doors (and tailgate) are locked if the to your cell phone or smart phone, lock button is pressed. Loss of the smart key the signal from the smart key could If all doors (and tailgate) are closed, the be blocked by normal operation of A maximum of 2 smart keys can be hazard warning lights will blink once to your cell phone or smart phone. This registered to a single vehicle. indicate that all doors (and tailgate) are is especially important when the If you happen to lose your smart key, locked. phone is active such as making a call, you will not be able to start the vehicle. receiving calls, text messaging, Unlock (2) You should immediately take the vehi‐ and/or sending/ receiving emails. cle and remaining key to your author‐ Avoid placing the smart key and your All doors (and tailgate) are unlocked if ized Kia dealer (tow the vehicle, if nec‐ the unlock button is pressed. cell phone or smart phone in the essary) to protect it from potential same pants or jacket pocket and The hazard warning lights will blink theft. twice to indicate that all doors (and maintain adequate distance between the two devices. tailgate) are unlocked. Smart key precautions • The smart key will not work if any of the following occur:
5-06
Battery replacement • The smart key is designed to give you CAUTION years of trouble-free use, however it can malfunction if exposed to mois‐ n Transmitter ture or static electricity. If you are Keep the transmitter away from unsure how to use or replace the bat‐ water or any liquid, as it can become tery, Kia recommends to contact an damaged and not function properly authorized Kia dealer/service partner. if wet. • Using the wrong battery can cause the smart key to malfunction. Be sure to use the correct battery. NOTICE • To avoid damaging the smart key, don't drop it, get it wet, or expose it 5 If the keyless entry system is inop‐ to heat or sunlight. erative due to exposure to water or Features of your vehicle • liquids, it will not be covered by your An inappropriately disposed manufacturer’s vehicle warranty. battery can be harmful to the environment and human health. A smart key battery should last for Dispose the battery according several years, but if the smart key is to your local law(s) or regula‐ not working properly, try replacing the tion. battery with a new one. If you are un‐ sure how to use your smart key or re‐ place the battery, contact an author‐ ized Kia dealer. CAUTION 1. Remove the mechanical key. n Smart key damage 2. Pry open the rear cover. Do not drop, get wet or expose the 3. Replace the battery with a new smart key to heat or sunlight, or it battery (CR2032). When replacing will be damaged. the battery, make sure the battery is in the correct position. 4. Install the battery in the reverse order of removal.
5-07 Features of your vehicle
Smart key immobilizer system Do not attempt to alter this system or To activate the immobilizer system The immobilizer system protects your add other devices to it. Electrical prob‐ Change the POWER button to the OFF vehicle from theft. If an improperly co‐ lems could result that may make your position. The immobilizer system acti‐ ded key (or other device) is used, the vehicle inoperable. vates automatically. Without a valid vehicle’s power system is disabled. smart key for your vehicle, the vehicle When the POWER button is placed in will not start. the ON position, the immobilizer sys‐ NOTICE tem indicator should come on briefly, then go off. If the indicator starts to The transponder in your key is an WARNING blink, the system does not recognize important part of the immobilizer the coding of the key. system. It is designed to give years In order to prevent theft of your ve‐ Place the POWER button to the OFF of trouble-free service, however you hicle, do not leave spare keys any‐ position, then place the POWER button should avoid exposure to moisture, where in your vehicle. Your immobil‐ to the ON position again. static electricity and rough handling. izer password is a customer unique In some circumstances, the vehicle may Immobilizer system malfunction password and should be kept confi‐ not recognize your smart key if anoth‐ could occur. dential. Do not leave this number er smart key device is nearby or a met‐ anywhere in your vehicle. al object such as a key chain is causing interference with the smart key. Whenever the POWER button is If this occurs, your vehicle may not changed to the ON position, the immo‐ NOTICE start. Remove any metal objects or ad‐ bilizer system checks and verifies if the ditional keys near the smart key before key is valid or not. When starting the vehicle, do not attempting to start the vehicle again. If the key is valid, the vehicle will start. use the key with other immobilizer If the system repeatedly does not rec‐ If the key is invalid, the vehicle will not ognize the coding of the key, it is rec‐ start. keys around. Otherwise the vehicle ommended that you contact your Kia may not start or may stop soon af‐ dealer. To deactivate the immobilizer ter it starts. Keep each key separate system in order to avoid a starting malfunc‐ Change the POWER button to the ON tion. position.
5-08
CAUTION (Continued) Malfunctions caused by improper al‐ Do not put metal accessories near terations, adjustments or modifica‐ the POWER button. Metal accesso‐ tions to the immobilizer system are ries may interrupt the transponder not covered by your vehicle manu‐ signal and may prevent the vehicle facturer warranty. from being started.
NOTICE 5 If you need additional keys or lose
your keys, Kia recommends to visit Features of your vehicle an authorized Kia dealer/service partner.
CAUTION
Do not change, alter or adjust the immobilizer system because it could cause the immobilizer system to malfunction. In this case, have the system serviced by a professional workshop. Kia recommends to visit an authorized Kia dealer/service partner. (Continued)
5-09 Features of your vehicle
THEFT-ALARM SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)
2. Make sure that all doors, the en‐ • Lock the doors by pressing the gine hood and tailgate are closed lock button on the smart key. and latched. After completion of the steps 3. • Lock the doors by pressing the above, the hazard warning lights button of the front outside door will operate once to indicate that handle with the smart key in the system is armed. your possession. If the tailgate or hood remains After completion of the steps opened, the hazard warning above, the hazard warning lights lights will not operate and theft- will operate once to indicate that alarm will not arm. After this, if the system is armed. the tailgate and hood are closed, If the tailgate or hood remains the hazard warning lights will opened, the hazard warning blink once and the theft-alarm lights will not operate and theft- will arm. This system is designed to provide pro‐ alarm will not arm. After this, if Do not arm the system until all passen‐ tection from unauthorized entry into the tailgate and hood are closed, gers have left the vehicle. If the system the vehicle. This system is operated in the hazard warning lights will is armed while a passenger( s) remains three stages: the first is the “Armed” blink once and the theft-alarm in the vehicle, the alarm may be activa‐ stage, the second is the “Theft-alarm” will arm. ted when the remaining passenger(s) stage, and the third is the “Disarmed” leaves the vehicle. If any door (or tail‐ stage. If triggered, the system provides gate) or vehicle hood is opened within an audible alarm with blinking of the 30 seconds after the system enters hazard warning lights. the armed stage, the system will be Armed stage disarmed to prevent unnecessary Park and stop the vehicle. Arm the sys‐ alarm. tem as described below. Theft-alarm stage Using the smart key The alarm will be activated if any of the 1. Change the POWER button to the following occurs while the system is OFF position. armed.
5-10
• A front or rear door is opened with‐ out using the transmitter. NOTICE • The tailgate is opened without using • With smart key system the transmitter. If the system is not disarmed with • The vehicle hood is opened. the smart key, open the door with the mechanical key and start the The horn will sound and the hazard vehicle. Then the system will be warning lights will blink continuously disarmed. for approximately 27 seconds. To turn off the system, unlock the doors with • If you lose your keys, Kia recom‐ the transmitter. mends to visit an authorized Kia dealer/service partner. 5 Disarmed stage The system will be disarmed when: Features of your vehicle Smart key CAUTION - The door unlock button is pressed. Do not change, alter or adjust the - The button of the front outside door theft-alarm system because it could is pressed while carrying the smart cause the theft-alarm system to key. malfunction have the system serv‐ iced by a professional workshop. Kia - The vehicle is started. (within recommends to visit an authorized 3 seconds) Kia dealer/service partner. Malfunctions caused by improper al‐ After the doors are unlocked, the haz‐ terations, adjustments or modifica‐ ard warning lights will blink twice to in‐ tions to the theft-alarm system are dicate that the system is disarmed. not covered by your vehicle manu‐ After pressing the unlock button, if any facturer warranty. door (or tailgate) is not opened within 30 seconds, the system will be re‐ armed.
5-11 Features of your vehicle
DOOR LOCKS Operating door locks from • When closing the door, push the door by hand. Make sure the doors are WARNING outside the vehicle closed securely. If people must spend a longer time in the vehicle while it is very hot or cold NOTICE outside, there is rick of injuries or danger to life. Do not lock the vehicle • In cold and wet climates, door lock from the outside when there are and door mechanisms may not people in it. work properly due to freezing con‐ ditions. CAUTION • If the door is locked/unlocked mul‐ tiple times in rapid succession with Do not frequently repeat opening either the vehicle key or door lock and closing of doors, or apply exces‐ switch, the system may stop op‐ sive force to a door while the door erating temporarily in order to closer is operating. protect the circuit and prevent •T urn the key toward the rear of the damage to system components. vehicle to lock (1) and toward the front of the vehicle to unlock (2). • If you lock/unlock the driver’s door WARNING with a key, all vehicle doors will lock/ unlock automatically. • If you don’t close the door secure‐ • Doors can also be locked and un‐ ly, the door may open again. locked with the smart key. • Be careful that someone’s body • Once the doors are unlocked, they and hands are not trapped when may be opened by pulling the door closing the door. handle.
5-12
•T o lock a door without the key, push Operating door locks from inside • If the inner door handle of the driv‐ the inside door lock button (1) or cen‐ er’s (or front passenger’s) door is tral door lock switch (2) to the “Lock” the vehicle pulled when the door lock button is in position and close the door (3). With the door lock button the lock position, the button will un‐ • If you lock the door with the central lock and the door will open. (if equip‐ door lock switch (2), all vehicle doors ped) will lock automatically. • Front door cannot be locked if the ig‐ nition key is in the ignition switch (or if the smart key is in the vehicle) and NOTICE the front door is opened.
Always turn the POWER button to 5 OFF position, engage the parking WARNING brake, close all windows, and lock all Features of your vehicle doors when leaving your vehicle un‐ n Door lock malfunction attended. If a power door lock ever fails to function while you are in the vehicle, try one or more of the following techniques to exit: •T o unlock a door, pull the door lock • Operate the door unlock feature button (1) to the “Unlock” position. repeatedly (both electronic and The red mark on the door lock button manual) while simultaneously pull‐ will be visible. ing on the door handle. • To lock a door, push the door lock • Operate the other door locks and button (1) to the “Lock” position. If handles, front and rear. the door is locked properly, the red • Lower a front window and use the mark on the door lock button will not key to unlock the door from out‐ be visible. side. • To open a door, pull the door handle • Move to the cargo area and open (2) outward. the tailgate.
5-13 Features of your vehicle
• If the smart key is in the vehicle and WARNING any door is opened, the doors will not (Continued) lock even though the ( ) portion (1) Leaving your vehicle unlocked can in‐ Do not pull the inner door handle of of the central door lock switch is vite theft or possible harm to you or driver's (or passenger's) door while pressed. others from someone hiding in your the vehicle is moving. vehicle while you are gone. Always remove the ignition key, engage the WARNING parking brake, close all windows and With central door lock switch lock all doors when leaving your ve‐ n Doors hicle unattended. • The doors should always be fully closed and locked while the vehicle is in motion to prevent accidental WARNING opening of the door. Locked doors will also discourage potential in‐ n Unattended children truders when the vehicle stops or slows down. An enclosed vehicle can become ex‐ tremely hot, causing death or severe • Be careful when opening doors and injury to unattended children or ani‐ watch for vehicles, motorcycles, mals who cannot escape the vehicle. bicycles or pedestrians approach‐ Furthermore, children might operate ing the vehicle in the path of the features of the vehicle that could in‐ door. Opening a door when some‐ jure them, or they could encounter thing is approaching can cause other harm, possibly from someone damage or injury. gaining entry to the vehicle. Never Operate by pressing the central door leave children or animals unattended lock switch. in your vehicle. • When pressing the ( ) portion (1) of the switch, all vehicle doors will lock. WARNING • When pressing the ( ) portion (2) of n Unlocked vehicles the switch, all vehicle doors will un‐ lock. (Continued)
5-14
Door lock/unlock features Child-protector rear door locks To allow a rear door to be opened from Impact sensing door unlock system inside the vehicle, unlock the child safe‐ ty lock. All doors will automatically unlock after an impact causes the air bags to de‐ ploy. WARNING Speed sensing door lock system All doors will be automatically lock after n Rear door locks the vehicle speed exceeds 15 km/h. If children accidentally open the rear You can activate or deactivate the auto doors while the vehicle is in motion, door lock/unlock features in the vehicle. they could fall out and be severely Refer to “User settings” on page 5-50. injured or killed. To prevent children 5 from opening the rear doors from
the inside, the rear door safety locks Features of your vehicle should be used whenever children are in the vehicle. The child safety lock is provided to help prevent children from accidentally opening the rear doors from inside the vehicle. The rear door safety locks should be used whenever children are in the vehicle. The child safety lock is located on the edge of each rear door. When the child safety lock is in the lock position (1), the rear door will not open if the inner door handle (2) is pulled. To lock the child safety lock, insert a key (or screwdriver) into the hole and turn it to the lock position.
5-15 Features of your vehicle
TAILGATE
WARNING Opening the tailgate NOTICE
n Exhaust fumes In cold and wet climates, door lock If you drive with the tailgate opened, and door mechanisms may not work you will draw dangerous exhaust properly due to freezing conditions. fumes into your vehicle which can cause serious injury or death to vehi‐ cle occupants. WARNING If you must drive with the tailgate opened, keep the air vents and all windows open so that additional The tailgate swings upward. Make outside air comes into the vehicle. sure no objects or people are near the rear of the vehicle when opening the tailgate. WARNING • The tailgate is locked or unlocked CAUTION n Rear cargo area when all doors are locked or unlocked Occupants should never ride in the with the key, transmitter, smart key Make certain that you close the tail‐ rear cargo area where no restraints or central door lock/unlock switch. gate before driving your vehicle. are available. To avoid injury in the • Only the tailgate is unlocked if the Possible damage may occur to the event of an accident or sudden tailgate unlock button on the trans‐ tailgate gas lifters and attaching stops, occupants should always be mitter or smart key is pressed for hardware if the tailgate is not closed prior to driving. properly restrained. approximately 1 second. • If unlocked, the tailgate can be opened by pressing the handle and pulling it up. • Once the tailgate is opened and then closed, the tailgate locks automati‐ cally. (All doors must be locked.)
5-16
Closing the tailgate WARNING Emergency tailgate safety release n Exhaust fumes The tailgate lid should always be kept completely closed while the ve‐ hicle is in motion. If it is left open or ajar, exhaust gases may enter the car and serious illness or death may result. 5 CAUTION Features of your vehicle Make sure nothing is near the tail‐ gate latch and striker while closing Lower and push down the tailgate firm‐ the tailgate. It may damage the tail‐ gate's latch. ly. Make sure that the tailgate is se‐ Your vehicle is equipped with the emer‐ curely latched. gency tailgate safety release lever lo‐ cated on the bottom of the tailgate. When someone is inadvertently locked WARNING in the luggage compartment. The tail‐ gate can be opened by doing as follows: Make sure your hands, feet and oth‐ 1. Input the mechanical key into the er parts of your body are safely out hole. of the way before closing the tail‐ gate. 2. Push the mechanical key to the right. 3. Push up the tailgate.
5-17 Features of your vehicle
WARNING WARNING
• For emergencies, be fully aware of the location of the emergency tail‐ gate safety release lever in the ve‐ hicle and how to open the tailgate if you are accidentally locked in the luggage compartment. • No one should be allowed to occu‐ py the luggage compartment of the vehicle at any time. The lug‐ gage compartment is a very dan‐ gerous location in the event of a crash. • Use the release lever for emergen‐ cies only. Use with extreme cau‐ Do not grasp the part supporting the tion, especially while the vehicle is tailgate (gas lifter), as this may in motion. cause serious injury.
5-18
WINDOWS
1. Driver’s door power window switch 2. Front passenger's door power win‐ dow switch 3. Rear door (left) power window switch 4. Rear door (right) power window switch 5. Window opening and closing 6. Automatic power window up*/ down* 5
7. Power window lock switch Features of your vehicle
NOTICE
In cold and wet climates, power win‐ dows may not work properly due to freezing conditions.
Power windows The POWER button must be in the ON position for power windows to operate.
*: if equipped
5-19 Features of your vehicle
Each door has a power window switch Window opening and closing that controls the door's window. The (Continued) driver has a power window lock button of the rear windows down, partially which can block the operation of pas‐ lower both front windows approxi‐ senger windows. The power windows mately one inch. If you experience can be operated for approximately the noise with the sunroof open, 30 seconds after the POWER button is turned off. However, if the front doors slightly reduce the size of the sun‐ are opened, the power windows cannot roof opening. be operated even within the 30 second period. The driver’s door has a master power WARNING window switch that controls all the windows in the vehicle. Do not install any accessories in the If the window cannot be close because area of windows. It may impact jam it is blocked by objects, remove the ob‐ protection. jects and close the window. Type A NOTICE To open or close a window, press down or pull up the front portion of the cor‐ While driving with the rear windows responding switch to the first detent down or with the sunroof (if equip‐ position (5). ped) in an open (or partially open po‐ sition), your vehicle may demon‐ strate a wind buffeting or pulsation noise. This noise is a normal occur‐ rence and can be reduced or elimina‐ ted by taking the following actions. If the noise occurs with one or both (Continued)
5-20
2. Close the window and continue If the window detects the resistance pulling up the power window switch while the power window switch is for at least 1 second after the win‐ pulled up continuously, the window will dow is completely closed. stop upward movement then lower ap‐ proximately 2.5 cm (1 in.). And if the power window switch is pulled up continuously again within 5 seconds after the window is lowered by the automatic window reversal fea‐ ture, the automatic window reversal will not operate. 5 NOTICE Features of your vehicle
The automatic reverse feature for Type B - Auto up/down window (if the window is only active when the equipped) “auto up” feature is used by fully Pressing or pulling up the power win‐ pulling up the switch. The automatic dow switch momentarily to the second reverse feature will not operate if detent position (6) completely lowers Automatic reversal (For Type B) the window is raised using the half‐ or raises the window even when the If the upward movement of the window way position on the power window switch is released. To stop the window is blocked by an object or part of the switch. at the desired position while the win‐ body, the window will detect the resist‐ dow is in operation, pull up or press ance and will stop upward movement. down and release the switch. The window will then lower approxi‐ WARNING If the power window does not operate mately 30 cm (11.8 in.) to allow the ob‐ normally, the automatic power window ject to be cleared. system must be reset as follows: Always check for obstructions be‐ 1. Turn the POWER button to the ON fore raising any window to avoid in‐ position. (Continued)
5-21 Features of your vehicle
Power window lock button • The rear passengers’ control cannot (Continued) operate the rear passengers’ power juries or vehicle damage. If an object window. less than 4 mm (0.16 in.) in diameter is caught between the window glass and the upper window channel, the CAUTION automatic reverse window may not detect the resistance and will not • To prevent possible damage to the stop and reverse direction. power window system, do not open or close two windows or more at the same time. This will also ensure the longevity of the WARNING fuse. The automatic reverse feature • Never try to operate the main doesn’t activate while resetting switch on the driver's door and the power window system. Make sure individual door window switch in opposite directions at the same body parts or other objects are safe‐ The driver can disable the power win‐ ly out of the way before closing the time. If this is done, the window dow switches on the rear passengers’ will stop and cannot be opened or windows to avoid injuries or vehicle doors by pressing the power window damage. closed. lock switch to the lock position (press‐ ed). When the power window lock switch is pressed: WARNING • The driver’s master control can oper‐ ate the front passenger’s power win‐ n Windows dow and the rear passengers’ power • NEVER leave the keys in your vehi‐ windows. cle with unsupervised children, • The front passenger’s control can op‐ when the vehicle is running. erate the front passenger’s power (Continued) window.
5-22
(Continued) • NEVER leave any child unattended in the vehicle. Even very young children may inadvertently cause the vehicle to move, entangle themselves in the windows, or otherwise injure themselves or others. • Always double check to make sure all arms, hands, head and other obstructions are safely out of the 5 way before closing a window.
• Do not allow children play with the Features of your vehicle power windows. Keep the driver’s door power window lock button in the LOCK position (pressed). Seri‐ ous injury can result from uninten‐ tional window operation by the child. • Do not extend a face or arms out‐ side through the window opening while driving.
5-23 Features of your vehicle
HOOD Opening the hood 4. Hold the hood opened with the stay rod (1).
WARNING
• Grasp the stay rod in the area wrapped in rubber. The rubber will help prevent you from being burned by hot metal when the en‐ gine is hot. • The stay rod must be inserted completely into the hole provided whenever you inspect the motor 2. Go to the front of the vehicle, raise compartment. This will prevent the hood slightly, push the secon‐ the hood from falling and possibly dary latch (1) up side and lift the injuring you. 1. Pull the release lever to unlatch the hood (2). hood. The hood should pop open slightly.
WARNING
Open the hood after turning off the vehicle on a flat surface, shifting the shift lever to the P(Park) position for dual clutch transmission and setting the parking brake.
3. Pull out the stay rod.
5-24
Hood open warning 2. Return the support rod to its clip to prevent it from rattling. WARNING
3. Lower the hood until it is about 30 • Always double check to be sure cm above the closed position and that the hood is firmly latched be‐ let it drop. Make sure that it locks fore driving away. If it is not latch‐ into place. ed, the hood could open while the vehicle is being driven, causing to‐ tal loss of visibility, which might WARNING result in an accident. • Before closing the hood, ensure • Do not move the vehicle with the that all obstructions are removed hood raised. The view will be 5 from the hood opening. Closing the blocked and the hood could fall or be damaged. hood with an obstruction present Features of your vehicle in the hood opening may result in property damage or severe per‐ sonal injury. The warning message will appear on the LCD display when hood is open. • Do not leave gloves, rags or any The warning chime will operate when other combustible material in the the vehicle is being driven above 3 km/h motor compartment. Doing so (2 mph) with the hood open. may cause a heat-induced fire. Closing the hood 1. Before closing the hood, check the following: • All filler caps in the engine com‐ partment must be correctly in‐ stalled. • Gloves, rags or any other com‐ bustible material must be re‐ moved from the motor compart‐ ment.
5-25 Features of your vehicle
SUNROOF (IF EQUIPPED)
NOTICE NOTICE
• In cold and wet climates, the sun‐ The sunroof cannot slide when it is roof may not work properly due to in the tilt position nor can it be tilted freezing conditions. while in an open or slide position. • After washing the car or after there is rain, be sure to wipe off any water that is on the sunroof WARNING before operating it. Never adjust the sunroof or sun‐ shade while driving. This could result in loss of control and an accident CAUTION that may cause death, serious in‐ If your vehicle is equipped with a sun‐ jury, or property damage. roof, you can slide or tilt your sunroof • Do not continue to move the sun‐ with the sunroof control switch located roof control lever after the sun‐ roof is in the fully open, closed, or on the overhead console. WARNING The sunroof can only be opened, tilt position. Damage to the motor closed, or tilted when the POWER but‐ or system components could oc‐ ton is in the ON position. cur. • In order to prevent accidental op‐ The sunroof can be operated for ap‐ • Make sure the sunroof is closed eration of the sunroof, especially proximately 30 seconds after the POW‐ fully when leaving your vehicle. If by a child, do not let a child oper‐ ER button is turned to the ACC or OFF the sunroof is open, rain or snow ate the sunroof. position. may leak through the sunroof and • Do not sit on the top of the vehi‐ However, if the front door is opened, wet the interior as well as cause cle. It may cause vehicle damage. the sunroof cannot be operated even theft. within the 30 seconds period.
5-26
Sliding the sunroof To open the sunroof to the maximum Automatic reversal slide open position, press the switch to‐ wards the rear of the vehicle once again and hold it until the sunroof slide all the way open.
NOTICE
To reduce wind noise while driving, we recommend you to drive at the recommended position (about 7 cm 5 before the maximum slide open po‐
sition). Features of your vehicle
To close the sunroof (autoslide fea‐ To open or close the sunroof (manual ture), move the sunroof control switch If an object or part of the body is de‐ slide feature), push the sunroof control forward to the second detent position. tected while the sunroof is closing au‐ lever backward or forward to the first The sunroof will close all the way. To tomatically, it will reverse direction, and detent position. stop the sunroof sliding at any point, then stop. To open the sunroof (autoslide fea‐ pull or push the sunroof control switch The auto reverse function does not ture), push the sunroof control switch momentarily. work if a small obstacle is between the backward to the second detent posi‐ sliding glass and the sunroof sash. You tion. should always check that all passengers The sunroof will slide to the recom‐ and objects are away from the sunroof mended open position (about 7 cm be‐ before closing it. fore the maximum slide open position). To stop the sunroof sliding at any point, push the sunroof control switch mo‐ mentarily.
5-27 Features of your vehicle
Tilting the sunroof (Continued) Sunshade • Do not extend face, neck, arms or body outside through the sunroof opening while driving. • Make sure hand and face are safe‐ ly out of the way before closing a sunroof.
CAUTION
• Periodically remove any dirt that may accumulate on the guide rail. • If you try to open the sunroof when the temperature is below To tilt open the sunroof, push the sun‐ freezing or when the sunroof is The sunshade will be opened with the roof control lever upward until the sun‐ covered with snow or ice, the glass glass panel automatically when the roof moves to the desired position. or the motor could be damaged. glass panel is opened. You will have to To close the sunroof, push the sunroof close it manually if you want it closed. lever forward until the sunroof moves • While using sunroof for a long to the desired position. time, a dust between sunroof and roof panel can make a noise. Open CAUTION the sunroof and regularly remove the dust using clean cloth. WARNING The sunroof is made to slide togeth‐ er with the sunshade. Do not leave n Sunroof the sunshade closed while the sun‐ roof is open. • Be careful that someone’s head, hands and body are not trapped by a closing sunroof. (Continued)
5-28
Resetting the sunroof NOTICE Sunroof open warning The sunroof may need to be reset if the following conditions occur: Do not release the lever until the op‐ - The battery is discharged or the sun‐ roof fuse has been replaced or dis‐ eration is completed. connected. If you release the lever during oper‐ ation, try again from step 2. - The sunroof control lever is not oper‐ ating correctly. 6. Release the sunroof control lever 1. Place the POWER button to the ON after all operation has completed. position or start the vehicle ( in‐ (The sunroof system has been re‐ dicator ON). It is recommended to set.) 5 reset the sunroof while the vehicle Features of your vehicle is in the ready ( ) mode. ❈ For more detailed information, Kia 2. Close the sunroof completely if recommends to contact an author‐ opened. ized Kia dealer/service partner. If the driver turns off the POWER but‐ 3. Release the sunroof control lever. ton when the sunroof is not fully 4. Move the sunroof control lever for‐ CAUTION closed, the warning chime will sound ward in the direction of close until for approximately 6 seconds and a the sunroof moves tilt up. Then, re‐ If the sunroof is not reset when the message will appear on the LCD win‐ lease the lever. vehicle battery is disconnected or dow. discharged, or related fuse is blown, Close the sunroof securely when leav‐ 5. Move the sunroof control lever for‐ the sunroof may operate improper‐ ing your vehicle. ward in the direction of close, until ly. the sunroof operates as follows again: Tilt down Slide Open Slide Close.
5-29 Features of your vehicle
STEERING WHEEL
Electronic power steering (Continued) (Continued) Power steering uses an electric motor to assist you in steering the vehicle. If • The EPS warning light does not il‐ • The steering effort increases if the vehicle is off or if the power steer‐ luminate. the steering wheel is rotated con‐ ing system becomes inoperative, the • The steering effort is high imme‐ tinuously when the vehicle is not vehicle may still be steered, but it will in motion. require increased steering effort. diately after turning the ignition switch on. This happens as the However, after a few minutes, it Electronic power steering is controlled will return to its normal conditions. by the power steering control unit EPS system performs the diag‐ which senses the steering wheel torque nostics. When the diagnostics is • If the Electronic Power Steering and vehicle speed to command the mo‐ completed, the steering effort will System does not operate normal‐ tor. return to its normal condition. ly, the warning light will illuminate The steering effort becomes heavier as • A click noise may be heard from on the instrument cluster. The the vehicle’s speed increases and be‐ the EPS relay after the POWER steering wheel may become diffi‐ comes lighter as the vehicle’s speed de‐ cult to control or operate abnor‐ creases for better control of the steer‐ button is turned to the ON or OFF position. mally. In this case, have the sys‐ ing wheel. tem inspected by a professional Should you notice any change in the ef‐ • Motor noise may be heard when workshop. Kia recommends to visit fort required to steer during normal ve‐ the vehicle is at a stop or at a low an authorized Kia dealer/service hicle operation, have the system driving speed. partner. checked by a professional workshop. Kia recommends to visit an authorized • The steering effort can suddenly • When you operate the steering Kia dealer/service partner. increase, if the operation of the wheel in low temperature, the EPS system is stopped to prevent steering effort may be high and serious accidents when EPS con‐ abnormal noise could occur. If NOTICE trol unit detects malfunction of temperature rises, the noise will the EPS system by self-diagnosis. disappear. This is a normal condi‐ The following symptoms may occur (Continued) tion. during normal vehicle operation: (Continued) (Continued)
5-30
(Continued) WARNING • If the vehicle needs to be jump • Never adjust the angle of the started due to battery discharge, steering wheel while driving. You the steering wheel may not func‐ may lose steering control and tion normally. This is a temporary cause severe personal injury, situation caused by low battery death or accidents. voltage. It will be solved once the • After adjusting, push the steering battery is charged. Check for nor‐ wheel both up and down to be cer‐ mal steering function by turning tain it is locked in position. the steering wheel slowly before driving the vehicle. 5 Features of your vehicle Tilt & telescopic steering To change the steering wheel angle, pull down the lock release lever (1), ad‐ A tilt and telescopic steering wheel al‐ just the steering wheel to the desired lows you to adjust the steering wheel angle (2) and height (3), then pull up before you drive.You can also raise it to the lock-release lever (4) to lock the give your legs more room when you ex‐ steering wheel in place. Be sure to ad‐ it and enter the vehicle. just the steering wheel to the desired The steering wheel should be posi‐ position before driving. tioned so that it is comfortable for you to drive, while permitting you to see the instrument panel warning lights NOTICE and gauges. After adjustment, sometimes the lock-release lever may not lock the steering wheel. (Continued)
5-31 Features of your vehicle
To turn the heated steering wheel off, Horn (Continued) press the button once again. The indi‐ It is not a malfunction. This occurs cator on the button will turn off. when two gears engage. In this case, adjust the steering wheel again and NOTICE then lock the steering wheel. The heated steering wheel will turn Heated steering wheel (if off automatically approximately 30 minutes after the heated steering equipped) wheel is turned on.
CAUTION
Do not install any grip to operate the steering wheel. This causes damage To sound the horn, press the area indi‐ to the heated steering wheel sys‐ cated by the horn symbol on your tem. steering wheel (see illustration). The horn will operate only when this area is pressed. Check the horn regularly to be sure it operates properly.
With the POWER button in the ON posi‐ tion, pressing the heated steering wheel button warms the steering wheel. The indicator on the button will illuminate.
5-32
CAUTION
• Do not strike the horn severely to operate it, or hit it with your fist. Do not press on the horn with a sharp-pointed object. • When cleaning the steering wheel, do not use an organic solvent such as thinner, benzene, alcohol and gasoline. Doing so may damage the steering wheel. 5 Features of your vehicle
5-33 Features of your vehicle
MIRRORS
Pull the day/night lever (3) toward you Inside rearview mirror WARNING Adjust the rearview mirror so that the (2) to reduce the glare from the head‐ center view through the rear window is lights of the vehicles behind you during Do not modify the inside mirror and seen. Make this adjustment before you night driving. don’t install a wide mirror. It could start driving. result in injury, during an accident or Remember that you lose some rear‐ deployment of the air bag. view clarity in the night position. WARNING ❈ (1): Day, (2): Night Day/night rearview mirror (if n Rear visibility equipped) Do not place objects in the rear seat or cargo area which would interfere with your vision through the rear window.
WARNING
Do not adjust the rearview mirror while the vehicle is moving. This could result in loss of control, and an accident which could cause death, serious injury or property damage.
Make this adjustment before you start driving and while the day/night lever (3) is in the day position (1).
5-34
Electrochromic mirror (ECM) (if Whenever the shifter dial is shifted into Your vehicle is equipped with both left- equipped) reverse (R), the mirror will automatical‐ hand and right-hand outside rearview ly go to the brightest setting in order mirrors. The mirrors can be adjusted to improve the drivers view behind the remotely with the remote switch. The vehicle. mirror heads can be folded back to pre‐ vent damage during an automatic car wash or when passing through a nar‐ CAUTION row street.
When cleaning the mirror, use a pa‐ per towel or similar material damp‐ WARNING ened with glass cleaner. Do not 5 spray glass cleaner directly on the n Rearview mirrors mirror. It may cause the liquid clean‐ er to enter the mirror housing. • The outside rearview mirror is Features of your vehicle convex. Objects seen in the mirror are closer than they appear. To operate the electric rearview mirror: • Use your interior rearview mirror • The mirror defaults to the ON posi‐ The electric rearview mirror automati‐ or direct observation to determine tion whenever the ignition switch is the actual distance of following cally controls the glare from the head‐ turned on. lights of the vehicles behind you in vehicles when changing lanes. nighttime or low light driving condi‐ • Press the ON/OFF button (1) to turn tions. The sensor (3) mounted in the the automatic dimming function off. mirror senses the light level around the The mirror indicator light (2) will turn CAUTION vehicle, and automatically controls the off. headlight glare from the vehicles be‐ Press the ON/OFF button (1) to turn Do not scrape ice off the mirror face; hind you. the automatic dimming function on. this may damage the surface of the When the vehicle is running, the glare is The mirror indicator light (2) will illu‐ glass. If ice should restrict the move‐ automatically controlled by the sensor minate. ment of the mirror, do not force the mounted in the rearview mirror. mirror for adjustment. To remove Outside rearview mirror (Continued) Be sure to adjust the mirror angles be‐ fore driving.
5-35 Features of your vehicle
Remote control (Continued) CAUTION ice, use a deicer spray, or a sponge or soft cloth with warm water. • The mirrors stop moving when they reach the maximum adjusting angles, but the motor continues to operate while the switch is press‐ CAUTION ed. Do not press the switch longer than necessary, the motor may be If the mirror is jammed with ice, do damaged. not adjust the mirror by force. Use • Do not attempt to adjust the out‐ an approved spray de-icer (not radi‐ side rearview mirror by hand. Do‐ ator antifreeze) to release the fro‐ ing so may damage the parts. zen mechanism or move the vehicle to a warm place and allow the ice to melt.
Adjusting the rearview mirrors: WARNING 1. Press either the L (Front left side) or R (Front right side) button (1) to Do not adjust or fold the outside select the rearview mirror you rearview mirrors while the vehicle is would like to adjust. moving. This could result in loss of 2. Use the mirror adjustment control control, and an accident which could (2) to position the selected mirror cause death, serious injury or prop‐ up, down, left or right. erty damage. 3. After adjustment, put the button into neutral (center) position to prevent inadvertent adjustment.
5-36
Folding the outside rearview mirror - The mirror will fold or unfold when the door is locked or unlocked by the button on the outside door handle. - The mirror will unfold when you ap‐ proach the vehicle (all doors closed and locked) with a smart key in pos‐ session. (if equipped)
CAUTION The electric type outside rearview 5 mirror operates even though the
POWER button is in OFF position. Features of your vehicle However, to prevent unnecessary battery discharge, do not adjust the mirrors longer than necessary while Electric type the vehicle is not running. The outside rearview mirror can be fol‐ ded or unfolded by pressing the switch when the POWER button is in the ON CAUTION position as below. Left: The mirror will unfold. In case it is an electric type outside Right: The mirror will fold. rearview mirror, don’t fold it by Center (AUTO): hand. It could cause motor failure. The mirror will fold or unfold automati‐ cally as follows: - The mirror will fold or unfold when the door is locked or unlocked by the smart key.
5-37 Features of your vehicle
CHARGING DOOR
Opening the charging door WARNING
If you cannot open the charging door due to freezing weather, tap lightly or remove any ice near the charging door. Do not try to forcibly open the charging door.
Closing the charging door
1. Be sure to turn off the power after turning the drive dial to parking (P). 2. Apply the parking brake on while the brake pedal is depressed. 3. Open the charging door by pressing the Symbol [ ] of the charging door. The charging door will not open if the vehicle door is locked. 1. Close the charging inlet cover se‐ curely. 2. Close the charging door securely.
5-38
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
1. Power/Charge gauge 2. Speedometer 3. Warning and indicator lights 4. LCD display (including Trip comput‐ er) 5. Battery SOC (State of Charge) gauge 6. Distance to empty 5 Features of your vehicle
5-39 Features of your vehicle
Instrument cluster control LCD display control Adjusting instrument cluster illumination
• If you hold the illumination control button (“+” or “-”), the brightness will be changed continuously. • If the brightness reaches to the max‐ imum or minimum level, an alarm will The brightness of the instrument panel sound. illumination is changed by pressing the illumination control button (“+” or “-”) when POWER button is ON, or the tail‐ lights are turned on.
The LCD display modes can be changed by using the control buttons on the steering wheel. 1. : MODE button for change the LCD MODES
5-40
2. / : MOVE scroll switch for se‐ lect the items 3. OK: SET/RESET button for set the items or reset the items
❈ For the LCD modes, refer to “LCD Display” on page 5-47.
5 Features of your vehicle
5-41 Features of your vehicle
Gauges
Speedometer Power/Charge gauge • CHARGE : It shows the charging status of the battery when it is being charged by the regenerative brakes (decelerating or driving on a downhill road). The more electric energy is charged, the lower the gauge level.
The speedometer indicates the speed The Power/Charge gauge shows the of the vehicle and is calibrated in miles energy consumption rate of the vehicle per hour (mph) and/or kilometers per and the charge/discharge status of the hour (km/h). regenerative brakes. • POWER : It shows the energy consumption rate of the vehicle when driving uphill or accelerating. The more electric en‐ ergy is used, the higher the gauge level.
5-42
State of Charge (SOC) gauge for NOTICE high voltage battery When there are 1-2 gauge bars left for the high voltage battery, the ve‐ hicle speed is limited and then even‐ tually the vehicle will turn OFF. Charge the vehicle immediately.
Distance to empty 5 Features of your vehicle When there are 2 gauge bars (near the “0 (Low)” area) on the SOC gauge, the warning lamp turns ON to alert you of the battery level. The SOC gauge shows the charging sta‐ When the warning lamp turns ON the tus of the high voltage battery. “0 vehicle can drive an additional (Low)” position on the indicator indi‐ 20 ~ 30 km (12 ~ 18 miles) depending cates that there is not enough energy on the driving speed, heater/air condi‐ in the high voltage battery. “1 (High)” tioner, weather, driving style, and other position indicates that the driving bat‐ factors. Charging is required. tery is fully charged.When driving on highways or motorways, make sure to check in advance if the driving battery is charged enough. • The distance to empty is the estima‐ ted distance the vehicle can be driven with the remaining level of the high voltage battery.
5-43 Features of your vehicle
• The distance to empty is displayed Additional Distance to Empty from Odometer differently according to the selected Regenerative Braking drive mode in the Drive Mode Integra‐ ted Control System.
❈ For more details, refer to “Drive mode integrated control system” on page 6-43.
The Odometer indicates the total dis‐ The additional distance to empty which tance that the vehicle has been driven is converted from the energy regener‐ and should be used to determine when ated by the regenerative braking is dis‐ periodic maintenance should be per‐ played if the ECO/ECO+ mode is selec‐ formed. ted by pressing the Drive Mode button. - Odometer range: 0 ~ The display is initialized to 0 if the re‐ 1,599,999 kilometers or generative braking stops because of 999,999 miles. acceleration, etc.
5-44
Outside temperature gauge Reduction gear Shift indicator pop-up
5 Features of your vehicle
This gauge indicates the current out‐ This indicator displays which position is side air temperatures by 1 °C (1 °F). selected. - Temperature range: -40 °C~60 °C • Park : P (-40 °F~140 °F) • Reverse : R The outside temperature on the display • Neutral : N may not change immediately like a • Drive : D general thermometer to prevent the driver from being distracted. To change the temperature unit (from °C to °F or from °F to °C) The temperature unit can be changed The pop-up indicates the current gear by using the “User Settings” mode of position displayed continuously into the LCD window. other positions (P/R/N/D). ❈ For more details, refer to “LCD dis‐ play (if equipped)” on page 5-60.
5-45 Features of your vehicle
In R/N/D position, type A image is Utility mode (if equipped) shown, In P position, type B image is The high voltage battery is used in‐ shown stead of the 12V auxiliary battery for Regenerative braking level operating the convenient features of the vehicle. When driving is not neces‐ indicator sary such as while camping or when stopping the vehicle for a long time, it is possible to use the electrical devices (audio, lights, etc.) for long hours. System Activation :
When the system is activated: • The indicator will turn off and the in‐ dicator will illuminate on the cluster. • All electric devices are usable but the vehicle cannot be driven. • The EPB can be cancelled by pressing the EPB switch. • Gear cannot be shifted out of P While using the regenerative brakes, (Park). If a shift attempt is made, a you may select the regenerative brak‐ message “Shifting conditions not ing level from 0 to 3 by pulling the pad‐ met” will be displayed on the cluster. dle shifter. ❈ For more details, refer to “Regen‐ System Deactivation : erative Braking System” on page The Utility Mode can be deactivated by 6-16. pressing the POWER button to the OFF position. The function cannot be deacti‐ vated from the User Settings mode.
5-46
LCD DISPLAY LCD display control The LCD display modes can be changed by using the control buttons. 1. : MODE button for changing modes 2. / : MOVE switch for changing items 3. OK : SELECT/RESET button for set‐ ting or resetting the selected item
5 Features of your vehicle
5-47 Features of your vehicle
LCD display modes
Menu
Trip Computer TBT Driving Assist User Settings Master warning Lane Safety The Master Warning - Intelligent Speed mode displays warn‐ Limit Warning ing messages related Consumption Info Route Guidance - Smart Cruise Con‐ Driver Assistance to the vehicle when trol one or more systems is not operating nor‐ - Lane Following As‐ mally. sist Driver Attention Accumulated Info Destination Info Door Warning Up/ Drive Info TPMS Lights Down Driving Style Sound Energy Flow Convenience Service Interval
Other features Language
The information provided may differ depending on which functions are applicable to your vehicle.
5-48
Trip computer mode Turn By Turn (TBT) mode Driving Assist mode
5 Features of your vehicle
The trip computer mode displays infor‐ This mode displays the state of the This mode displays the state of : mation related to vehicle driving pa‐ navigation. - Lane Safety system rameters including average energy con‐ - Driver Attention Warning sumption info, tripmeter information and vehicle speed. - Tyre pressure ❈ For more details, refer to “Trip Computer” on page 5-60. ❈ For more details, refer to “each system information” on page 6-84.
Tire pressure status ❈ For more details, refer to “Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)” on page 7-07.
5-49 Features of your vehicle
Master warning mode - High Beam Assist malfunction (if User settings mode equipped) - Smart Cruise Control system mal‐ function (if equipped) - Smart Cruise Control system radar blocked (if equipped)
At this time, a Master Warning icon ( ) will appear beside the User Set‐ tings icon ( ), on the LCD display. If the warning situation is solved, the master warning light will be turned off and the Master Warning icon will disappear.
This warning light informs the driver In this mode, you can change the set‐ the following situations. tings of the instrument cluster, doors, -Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist lamps, etc. system malfunction (if equipped) 1. Driver Assistance - Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist 2. Door radar blocked (if equipped) 3. Lights - Blind-Spot Collision Warning system malfunction (if equipped) 4. Sound - Blind-Spot Collision Warning radar 5. Convenience blocked (if equipped) 6. Service Interval - Lamp malfunction 7. Other features - LED headlamp malfunction (if equip‐ 8. Reset ped)
5-50
The information provided may differ For your safety, change the User Set‐ depending on which functions are appli‐ tings after parking the vehicle, applying cable to your vehicle. the parking brake and shifting to P (Park). Shift to P to edit settings
5 Features of your vehicle
This warning message appears if you try to adjust the User Settings while driving.
5-51 Features of your vehicle
1. Driver assistance (if equipped)
Items Explanation The driver is able to choose one of two functions. • Lane Departure Warning Lane Safety • Lane Keeping Assist
❈ For more details, refer to “Lane Keeping Assist (LKA)” on page 6-61. • High sensitivity / Normal sensitivity / Off Driver Attention Warning To adjust the sensitivity of Driver Attention Warning. ❈ For more details, refer to “Driver Attention Warning (DAW)” on page 6-84. • Fast / Normal / Slow SCC response To adjust the sensitivity of Smart Cruise Control system. ❈ For more details, refer to “Smart Cruise Control (SCC)” on page 6-92. To activate or deactivate Leading Vehicle Departure Alert function. Leading vehicle departure alert ❈ For more details, refer to “Leading vehicle departure alert” on page 6-109. To activate or deactivate Lane Following Assist function. Lane Following Assist ❈ For more details, refer to “Lane Following Assist (LFA)” on page 6-111. To activate or deactivate Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist system. Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist ❈ For more details, refer to “Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) (sensor fu‐ sion)” on page 6-46.
5-52
Items Explanation To adjust the initial warning alert time for Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist sys‐ tem. - Early / Normal / Late Forward Collision Warning ❈ For more details, refer to “Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) (sensor fu‐ sion)” on page 6-46. To activate or deactivate Blind-Spot Collision Warning sound. Blind-Spot Collision Warning Sound ❈ For more details, refer to “ Blind-Spot Collision Warning (BCW)” on page 6-68. To activate or deactivate Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning function. Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning ❈ For more details, refer to “Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning (RCCW)” on page 5 6-117. Features of your vehicle To activate or deactivate Intelligent Speed Limit Warning function. Speed Limit Warning ❈ For more details, refer to “Intelligent Speed Limit Warning (ISLW)” on page 6-80. ❈ The information provided may differ depending on which functions are applicable to your vehicle.
5-53 Features of your vehicle
2. Door
Items Explanation • Disable : The auto door unlock operation will be canceled. • Enable on speed : All doors will be automatically locked when the vehicle speed ex‐ Auto Lock ceeds 15km/h (9.3mph) • Enable on shift: All doors will be automatically locked if the vehicle is shifted from the P (Park) position to the R (Reverse), N (Neutral), or D (Drive) position. • Disable : The auto door unlock operation will be canceled. •Vehicle off : All doors will be automatically unlocked when the POWER button is set Auto Unlock to the OFF position. • On shift to P : All doors will be automatically unlocked if the gear is shifted to the P (Park) position. ❈ The information provided may differ depending on which functions are applicable to your vehicle.
5-54
3. Lights
Items Explanation • Off: The one touch turn signal function will be deactivated. • 3, 5, 7 Flashes: The turn signal indicator will blink 3, 5, or 7 times when the turn One touch turn indicator signal lever is moved slightly. ❈ For more details, refer to “Lighting” on page 5-88. Ambient Light Brightness To select the brightness of the ambient light. (Level 1 ~ 4) (if equipped) 5 Ambient Light Color To select the color of the ambient light. (White / Grey/ Blue/ Green/ Bronze/ Red)
(if equipped) Features of your vehicle Head Lamp Delay If this item checked, the head lamp delay function will be activated. ❈ The information provided may differ depending on which functions are applicable to your vehicle.
4. Sound
Items Explanation • Level 1 / Level 2 / Level 3 Parking Distance Warning Volume To adjust Parking Distance Warning system volume. ❈ The information provided may differ depending on which functions are applicable to your vehicle.
5-55 Features of your vehicle
5. Convenience (if equipped)
Items Explanation - Off : The seat easy access function will be deactivated. - Normal/Extended : When you turn off the vehicle, the driver’s seat will automati‐ cally move rear 7.6 cm (3 in.) (Enhanced) for you to enter or exit the vehicle more Seat easy access comfortably. (if equipped) If you change the POWER button from OFF position to the ACC position the driver’s seat will return to the original position. ❈ For more details, refer to “Driver Position Memory System” on page 4-10. To activate the utility mode. When activated, electric devices in the vehicle is operated using the high voltage bat‐ Utility Mode tery. ❈ For more details, refer to “Utility Mode” in the Electric Vehicle Guide in front of the owner’s manual. Welcome Mirror/Light If this item is checked, the welcome mirror/light function will be activated. (if equipped) Wireless charging system If this item is checked, the wireless charging system function will be activated. (if equipped) Wiper/Lights Display If this item is checked, the wiper/lights display will be activated. (if equipped) Auto rear wiper (in R) If this item is checked, the Auto rear wiper function will be activated. (if equipped) If this item is checked the Smart recuperation function will be activated.When acti‐ vated, the regeneration level is adjusted automatically according to the current driv‐ Smart recuperation ing situation. ❈ For more details, refer to “Smart Regeneration System” on page 6-18.
5-56
Items Explanation Icy Road Warning If this item is checked, the Icy Road Warning function will be activated. ❈ The information provided may differ depending on which functions are applicable to your vehicle.
6. Service interval
Items Explanation Enable Service Interval If this item is checked, the Service Interval function will be activated. Adjust Interval If the service interval menu is activated, you may adjust the time and distance. 5
Reset To reset the service interval function. Features of your vehicle If the service interval is activated and the time and distance is adjusted, messages are displayed in the following situations each time the vehicle is turned on. - Service in: Displayed to inform the driver the remaining mileage and days to service. - Service required: Displayed when the mileage and days to service has been reached or passed.
If any of the following conditions occur, the mileage and number of days to service may be incorrect. - The battery cable is disconnected. - The fuse switch is turned off. - The battery is discharged.
5-57 Features of your vehicle
7. Other features (if equipped)
Items Explanation To activate or deactivate the Aux. Battery Saver+ function. Aux. Battery Saver+ When activated, the high voltage battery is used to keep the 12V battery charged. ❈ For more information, refer to “Aux. Battery Saver+” in the Electric Vehicle Guide • km/kWh or kWh/100km Consumption Unit To select the Consumption unit • Off : The average energy consumption info will not reset automatically whenever recharging. • After Ignition : The average energy consumption info will reset automatically whenever it has passed 4 hours after turning OFF the vehicle. Energy consumption auto reset • After Recharging : The average energy consumption info will reset automatically when recharging.
❈ For more details, refer to “Trip Computer” on page 5-60. • °C / °F Temperature Unit To select the temperature unit. • psi / kPa / bar Tire Pressure Unit To select the tire pressure unit. Language • To select language ❈ The information provided may differ depending on which functions are applicable to your vehicle.
5-58
8. Reset
Items Explanation You can reset the menus in the User Settings mode. All menus in the User Settings Reset mode are reset to factory settings, except language and service interval.
5 Features of your vehicle
5-59 Features of your vehicle
LCD DISPLAY (IF EQUIPPED)
Overview NOTICE Trip Modes
Some driving information stored in the trip computer resets if the bat‐ tery is disconnected.
LCD displays show the following various information to drivers. - Trip information - LCD modes - Warning messages
Trip information (trip computer) The trip computer is a microcomputer- controlled driver information system that displays information related to driving.
5-60
To clear the average energy consump‐ Instant Energy Consumption (2) To change the trip mode, scroll the tog‐ tion manually, press the OK button on gle the switch ( / ) on the steering the steering wheel for more than • The instantaneous energy consump‐ wheel. 1 second when the average energy tion is displayed according to the bar consumption is displayed. graph in the LCD display while driving. Consumption info display Automatic reset To automatically reset the average en‐ Accumulated info display ergy consumption select either menu from the ‘Energy Consumption Reset’ in the User Settings mode on the LCD dis‐ play. - After ignition: The average energy consumption will reset automatically 5 whenever it has passed 4 hours after turning OFF the vehicle. Features of your vehicle - After recharging: The average energy consumption will reset automatically when driving speed exceeds 1 km/h (1 mph), after recharging more than 10%. Average Energy Consumption (1) • The average energy consumption is NOTICE This display shows the accumulated calculated by the total driving dis‐ trip distance (1), the average energy tance and the high voltage battery The vehicle must be driven for a consumption (2), and the total driving consumption since the last average minimum of 300 meters (0.19 miles) time (3). energy consumption reset. since the last POWER button cycle The information is accumulated start‐ • The average energy consumption can before the average energy con‐ ing from the last reset. be reset both manually and automat‐ sumption will be recalculated. To reset the details, press and hold the ically. OK button when viewing the Accumula‐ ted driving info. The trip distance, the Manual reset average energy consumption, and total driving time will reset simultaneously.
5-61 Features of your vehicle
The accumulated driving information This display shows the trip distance (1), Driving style will continue to be counted while the the average energy consumption (2), vehicle is in the ready ( ) mode (for and the total driving time (3). example, when the vehicle is in traffic The information is combined for each or stopped at a stop light). POWER button cycle. However, when the vehicle has been OFF for 4 hours or longer the Drive Info screen will reset. NOTICE To reset the details, press and hold the OK button when viewing the Drive Info. The vehicle must be driven for a The trip distance, the average energy minimum of 300 meters (0.19 miles) consumption, and total driving time will since the last POWER button cycle reset simultaneously. before the average accumulated The driving information will continue to driving information is recalculated. be counted while the vehicle is in the ready ( ) mode (for example, when the vehicle is in traffic or stopped at a Drive info display stop light). This display shows whether the driver's driving style is Economical, Normal or NOTICE Aggressive.
The vehicle must be driven for a minimum of 300 meters (0.19 miles) since the last POWER button cycle before the driving information is re‐ calculated.
5-62
Energy flow LCD display messages NOTICE Driving info display • If sunroof open warning is dis‐ played in the cluster, the Driving Information message may not be displayed. • To set the charging time and/or climate time, refer to a separately supplied ‘CAR MULTIMEDIA SYS‐ TEM QUICK REFERENCE GUIDE’ for detailed information. 5 Features of your vehicle Press brake pedal to start vehicle This warning message is displayed if The electric vehicle system informs the the POWER button changes to the ACC drivers its energy flow in various oper‐ At the end of each driving cycle, the position twice by pressing the button ating modes. While driving, the current Driving Info message is displayed. This repeatedly without depressing the energy flow is specified in 3 modes. display shows the trip distance (1), brake pedal. For more details, refer to “Energy flow” average energy consumption (2), driv‐ You can start the vehicle by depressing on page 1-07 in the Electric Vehicle ing time (3), charging time status (4) the brake pedal. Guide provided in front of the owner's and climate time status (5). Key not in vehicle manual. This information is displayed for a few This warning message is displayed if seconds when you turn off the vehicle, the smart key is not in the vehicle and then goes off automatically. The when you press the POWER button. information is calculated for each time When attempting to start the vehicle, the vehicle is turned on. always have the smart key with you.
5-63 Features of your vehicle
Key not detected Shift to P to start vehicle Door, Hood, Liftgate open warning This warning message is displayed if This warning message is displayed if display the smart key is not detected when you try to start the vehicle without you press the POWER button. shifting to the P (Park) position.
Press POWER button again Shift to P This message is displayed if you were This warning message is displayed if unable to start the vehicle when the you try to turn off the vehicle with the POWER button was pressed. gear in the N (Neutral) position. If this occurs, attempt to start the ve‐ At this time, the POWER button hicle by pressing the POWER button changes to the ACC position (If you again. press the POWER button once more, it If the warning message appears each will turn to the ON position). time you press the POWER button, have your vehicle inspected by a pro‐ Low key battery fessional workshop. Kia recommends to This warning message is displayed if contact an authorized Kia dealer/serv‐ the battery of the smart key is dis‐ ice partner. charged while changing the POWER button to the OFF position. This warning is displayed if any door or Press POWER button with key the hood or the liftgate is left open. This warning message is displayed if Battery discharging due to external The warning will indicate which door is you press the POWER button while the electrical devices open in the display. warning message "Key not detected" is This message is displayed if the bat‐ displayed. tery voltage is weak due to any non- factory electrical accessories (ex. dash‐ Check BRAKE SWITCH fuse board camera) while parking. Be careful This warning message is displayed if that the battery is not discharged. the brake switch fuse is disconnected. If the warning message appears after You need to replace the fuse with a removing the non-factory electrical ac‐ new one before starting the vehicle. cessories, have your vehicle inspected If that is not possible, you can start the by a professional workshop. Kia recom‐ vehicle by pressing the POWER button mends to contact an authorized Kia for 10 seconds in the ACC position. dealer/service partner.
5-64
CAUTION Low pressure warning display Lights mode
Before driving the vehicle, you should confirm that the door/ hood/ liftgate is fully closed. Also, check there is no door/ hood/liftgate open warning light or message displayed on the instrument cluster.
Sunroof open warning display (if equipped) 5 Features of your vehicle
This warning message is displayed if This indicator displays which exterior the tire pressure is low. The corre‐ light is selected using the lighting con‐ sponding tire on the vehicle will be illu‐ trol. minated. You can activate or deactivate Wiper/ ❈ For more details, refer to “Tire Lights Display function from the User Pressure Monitoring System Settings mode in the cluster LCD dis‐ (TPMS)” on page 7-07. play.
This warning is displayed if you turn off the vehicle when the sunroof is open. Close the sunroof securely before leav‐ ing your vehicle.
5-65 Features of your vehicle
Wiper mode Check headlight (if equipped) Check High Beam Assist (HBA) This warning message is displayed if system (if equipped) the headlights are not operating prop‐ This warning message is displayed if erly. A headlight bulb may need to be there is a problem with High Beam As‐ replaced. sist system. Have your vehicle inspec‐ Make sure to replace the burned out ted by a professional workshop. Kia bulb with a new one of the same wat‐ recommends to contact an authorized tage rating. Kia dealer/service partner. ❈ For more details, refer to “Check Check turn signal (if equipped) High Beam Assist (HBA)” on page This warning message is displayed if 5-93. the turn signal lamps are not operating Check headlamp LED (if equipped) properly. A lamp may need to be re‐ placed. This warning message is displayed if Make sure to replace the burned out there is a problem with the LED head‐ bulb with a new one of the same wat‐ light. Have your vehicle inspected by a tage rating. professional workshop. Kia recom‐ This indicator displays which wiper mends to contact an authorized Kia speed is selected using the wiper con‐ Check brake light (if equipped) dealer/service partner. trol. This warning message is displayed if Check forward collision avoidance You can activate or deactivate Wiper/ the stop lamps are not operating prop‐ Lights Display function from the User erly. A lamp may need to be replaced. assist system (if equipped) Settings mode in the cluster LCD dis‐ Make sure to replace the burned out This warning message is displayed if play. bulb with a new one of the same wat‐ there is a problem with Forward Colli‐ tage rating. sion-Avoidance Assist system. Have Low washer fluid your vehicle inspected by a professional This warning message is displayed if workshop. Kia recommends to contact the washer fluid level in the reservoir is an authorized Kia dealer/service part‐ nearly empty. ner. Have the washer fluid reservoir refilled. ❈ For more details, refer to “Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA)” on page 6-46.
5-66
Check Blind-Spot Collision Warning ❈ For more details, refer to “Driver Charging door open (BCW) system (if equipped) Attention Warning (DAW)” on page This message is displayed when the ve‐ 6-84. This warning message is displayed if hicle is driven with the charging door there is a problem with Blind-Spot Colli‐ Check Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) opened. Close the charging door and then start driving. sion Warning system.Have your vehicle system (if equipped) inspected by a professional workshop. Kia recommends to contact an author‐ This warning message is displayed if Aux. Battery Saver+ used while ized Kia dealer/service partner. there is a problem with Check Lane parked ❈ For more details, refer to “Rear Keeping Assist system. Have your vehi‐ This message is displayed when the Cross-Traffic Collision Warning cle inspected by a professional work‐ Aux. Battery Saver+ function has been (RCCW)” on page 6-117. shop. Kia recommends to contact an completed. authorized Kia dealer/service partner. ❈ For more information, refer to 5 Check smart cruise control system ❈ For more details, refer to “Lane “Aux. Battery Saver+” on page 1-55 Keeping Assist (LKA)” on page (if equipped) in the Electric Vehicle Guide. Features of your vehicle This warning message is displayed if 6-61. there is a problem with Smart Cruise Shift to P to charge Charging Stopped. Check the cable Control system. Have your vehicle in‐ This message is displayed if you con‐ connection spected by a professional workshop. nect the charging cable without the This warning message is displayed Kia recommends to contact an author‐ gear in the P (Park) position. when charging is stopped because the ized Kia dealer/service partner. Shift to P (Park) before connecting the charging connector is not correctly con‐ ❈ For more details, refer to “Smart charging cable. nected to the charging inlet. Cruise Control (SCC)” on page If this occur, separate the charging con‐ 6-92. Remaining time nector and re-connect it and check Check Driver Attention Warning This message is displayed to notify the whether there is any problem (external remaining time to charge the battery damage, foreign substances, etc.) with (DAW) system (if equipped) to the selected target battery charge the charging connector and charging in‐ This warning message is displayed if level. let. there is a problem with Driver Atten‐ If the same problem occurs when tion Warning. Have your vehicle inspec‐ Unplug vehicle to start charging the vehicle with a replaced ted by a professional workshop. Kia This message is displayed when you charging cable or genuine Kia portable recommends to contact an authorized start the vehicle without unplugging charger, we recommend that you have Kia dealer/service partner. the charging cable. Unplug the charging your vehicle inspected by an authorized cable, and then turn on the vehicle. Kia dealer.
5-67 Features of your vehicle
Low battery Low outside temperature may limit EV Battery Overheated! Stop When the high voltage battery level power output. Charge EV battery / vehicle reaches below 8%, this warning mes‐ Low EV battery temperature. This warning message is displayed to sage is displayed. protect battery and electric vehicle The warning light on the instrument Power limited Both warning messages are displayed system when the high voltage battery cluster ( ) will turn ON simultaneous‐ temperature is too high. ly. to protect electric vehicle system when outside temperature is low. If the high Turn off the POWER button and stop Charge the high voltage battery imme‐ the vehicle so that the battery temper‐ diately. voltage battery charging level is low and parked outside in low temperature ature decreases. Charge immediately. power limited for a long time, vehicle power could be Power limited When the high voltage battery level limited. In the following cases, this warning reaches below 3%, this warning mes‐ Charging the battery before driving message is displayed when the vehicle’s sage is displayed. helps increase power. power is limited for safety. The warning light on the instrument • When the high voltage battery is be‐ cluster ( ) and the power down low a certain level, or voltage is de‐ warning light ( ) will turn on simulta‐ NOTICE creasing. neously. The vehicle's power will be reduced to If this warning message is still dis‐ • When the temperature of motor is minimize the energy consumption of played even after the ambient tem‐ too high, and the temperature of high the high voltage battery. Charge the perature has increased, have your voltage battery is too high or too low. battery immediately. vehicle inspected by a professional • When there is a problem with the workshop. Kia recommends to con‐ cooling system or a failure that may tact an authorized Kia dealer/service interrupt normal driving. partner.
5-68
Check electric vehicle system NOTICE This warning message is displayed when there is a problem with the elec‐ When this warning message is dis‐ tric vehicle control system. played, do not accelerate or start Refrain from driving when the warning the vehicle suddenly. message is displayed. Charge the battery immediately If this occur, have your vehicle inspec‐ when the high voltage battery level ted by a professional workshop. Kia is not enough. recommends to contact an authorized Kia dealer/service partner. Stop vehicle and check power 5 supply
This warning message is displayed Features of your vehicle when a failure occurs in the power sup‐ ply system. If this occur, park the vehicle in a safe location and tow your vehicle to the nearest authorized Kia dealer and have your vehicle inspected by a professional workshop. Kia recommends to contact an authorized Kia dealer/service part‐ ner. Check virtual engine sound system This message is displayed when there is a problem with the Virtual Engine Sound System (VESS). If this occur, have your vehicle inspec‐ ted by a professional workshop. Kia recommends to contact an authorized Kia dealer/service partner.
5-69 Features of your vehicle
WARNING AND INDICATOR LIGHTS Warning lights Air bag warning light • When the parking brake is applied. This warning light illumi‐ • When the brake fluid level in the res‐ nates: ervoir is low. NOTICE • Once you set the POWER - If the warning light illuminates button to the ON position. with the parking brake released, it n Warning lights - It illuminates for approximately indicates the brake fluid level in reservoir is low. Make sure that all warning lights are 6 seconds and then goes off. OFF after starting the vehicle. If any • When there is a malfunction with the light is still ON, this indicates a situa‐ SRS. If the brake fluid level in the reservoir is tion that needs attention. In this case, have the vehicle inspec‐ low: ted by a professional workshop. Kia 1. Drive carefully to the nearest safe recommends to visit an authorized location and stop your vehicle. Service Warning Light Kia dealer/service partner. 2. With the vehicle stopped, check the This warning light illumi‐ Seat belt warning light brake fluid level immediately and nates: This warning light informs add fluid as required (For more de‐ • When the POWER button the driver that the seat belt tails, refer to “Brake fluid” on page is in the ON position. is not fastened. 8-19). Then check all brake com‐ - It illuminates for approximately For more details, refer to “Seat Belts” ponents for fluid leaks. If any leak 3 seconds and then goes off. on page 4-16. on the brake system is still found, Parking brake & brake the warning light remains on, or the • When there is a problem with related fluid warning light brakes do not operate properly, do parts of the electric vehicle control not drive the vehicle. system, such as sensors, etc. This warning light illumi‐ In this case, have the vehicle towed nates: to a professional workshop and in‐ • Once you set the POWER button to spected. Kia recommends to visit When the warning light illuminates the ON position. an authorized Kia dealer/service while driving, or does not go OFF after - It illuminates for approximately partner. starting the vehicle, have your vehicle 3 seconds inspected by a professional workshop. Kia recommends to contact an author‐ - It remains on if the parking brake ized Kia dealer/service partner. is applied.
5-70
Dual-diagonal braking system Anti-lock brake system WARNING Your vehicle is equipped with dual-diag‐ (ABS) warning light onal braking systems. This means you This warning light illumi‐ n Electronic Brake force Distri‐ still have braking on two wheels even if nates: bution (EBD) System Warning one of the dual systems should fail. • When the POWER button is in the ON Light With only one of the dual systems position. working, more than normal pedal travel When both ABS and Parking Brake & - It illuminates for approximately Brake Fluid Warning Lights are on, and greater pedal pressure are required 3 seconds and then goes off. to stop the vehicle. the brake system will not work nor‐ Also, the vehicle will not stop in as • When there is a malfunction with the mally and you may experience an short a distance with only a portion of ABS (The normal braking system will unexpected and dangerous situation the brake system working. still be operational without the assis‐ during sudden braking. 5 tance of the anti-lock brake system). In this case, avoid high speed driving
In this case, have the vehicle inspec‐ and abrupt braking. Features of your vehicle WARNING ted by a professional workshop. Kia Have the vehicle inspected by a pro‐ recommends to visit an authorized fessional workshop as soon as possi‐ Kia dealer/service partner. ble. Kia recommends to visit an au‐ n Parking Brake & Brake Fluid thorized Kia dealer/service partner. Warning Light Electronic brake force Driving the vehicle with a warning distribution (EBD) light ON is dangerous. If the Parking system warning light Regenerative brake Brake & Brake Fluid Warning Light il‐ These two warning lights il‐ warning light luminates with the parking brake re‐ luminate at the same time This warning light illumi‐ leased, it indicates that the brake while driving: fluid level is low. nates: In this case, have the vehicle inspec‐ • When the ABS and regular When the regenerative ted by a professional workshop. Kia brake system may not brake does not operate and recommends to visit an authorized work normally. the brake does not perform Kia dealer/service partner. In this case, have the vehicle inspec‐ well. This causes the Brake ted by a professional workshop. Kia Warning light (red) and Regenerative recommends to visit an authorized Brake Warning Light (yellow) to illumi‐ Kia dealer/service partner. nate simultaneously.
5-71 Features of your vehicle
In this case, drive safely and have the Electronic power steering • Even if the warning light turns off, vehicle inspected by a professional (EPS) warning light Kia recommend that you have your workshop. Kia recommends to visit an vehicle inspected by an authorized authorized Kia dealer/service partner. This warning light illumi‐ Kia dealer/service partner. The operation of the brake pedal may nates: If you drive the vehicle while the be more difficult than normal and the • When the POWER button is in the ON warning light is on, vehicle speed may braking distance can increase. position. be limited and the 12-volt battery - It remains on until the vehicle is may be discharged. started. NOTICE • When there is a malfunction with the ❈ LDC : Low voltage DC-DC Converter. EPS. High voltage battery low n Electronic Brake force Distri‐ In this case, have the vehicle inspec‐ level warning light bution (EBD) System Warning ted by a professional workshop. Kia Light This warning light illumi‐ recommends to visit an authorized nates: When the ABS Warning Light is on or Kia dealer/service partner. Charging system warning When the high voltage bat‐ both ABS and Parking Brake & Brake tery level is low. When the warning Fluid Warning Lights are on, the light light turns ON, charge the battery im‐ speedometer, odometer, or tripme‐ This warning light illumi‐ mediately. ter may not work. Also, the EPS nates: Power down warning Warning Light may illuminate and • When the 12-volt battery level is low This warning light illumi‐ the steering effort may increase or or a failure occurs on the charging nates: decrease. system such as LDC. In this case, have the vehicle inspec‐ When the power is limited • If the warning light turns on while ted by a professional workshop as for the safety of the elec‐ driving, move the vehicle to a safe lo‐ tric vehicle. soon as possible. cation, turn off and turn on the vehi‐ The power is limited for the following Kia recommends to visit an author‐ cle again, and check if the warning reasons. ized Kia dealer/service partner. light turns off. If the warning light re‐ - The high voltage battery level is be‐ mains on, have your vehicle inspected low a certain level or voltage is de‐ by a professional workshop. Kia rec‐ creasing. ommends to contact an authorized Kia dealer/service partner.
5-72
- When the temperature of motor is Low Tire Pressure WARNING too high, and the temperature of the Warning Light (if high voltage battery is too high or too low. equipped) n Low tire pressure This warning light illumi‐ - There is a problem with the cooling • Significantly low tire pressure nates: system, or a failure that may inter‐ makes the vehicle unstable and rupt normal driving. • When the POWER button is in the ON can contribute to loss of vehicle position. control and increased braking dis‐ - It illuminates for approximately tances. NOTICE 3 seconds and then goes off. • Continued driving or low pressure • When one or more of your tires are tires will cause the tires to over‐ Do not accelerate or start the vehi‐ significantly underinflated. heat and fail. 5 cle suddenly when the power down warning light is ON. ❈ For more details, refer to “Tire Features of your vehicle Charge the battery immediately Pressure Monitoring System WARNING when the high voltage battery level (TPMS)” on page 7-07. is not enough. This warning light remains on after n Safe Stopping blinking for approximately 60 seconds • The TPMS cannot alert you to se‐ or repeats blinking and off at the inter‐ vere and sudden tire damage vals of approximately 3 seconds: CAUTION caused by external factors. • When there is a malfunction with the • If you notice any vehicle instability, When the remaining battery power TPMS. immediately take your foot off the is low, the POWER DOWN warning In this case, have the vehicle inspec‐ accelerator pedal, apply the brakes light turns on and the output is limi‐ ted by a professional workshop as gradually with light force, and ted. In that case, charge the battery soon as possible. slowly move to a safe position off immediately otherwise it could be Kia recommends to visit an author‐ the road. difficult to climb hills or the vehicle ized Kia dealer/service partner. may move backward. ❈ For more details, refer to “Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)” on page 7-07.
5-73 Features of your vehicle
Master warning light Electronic Parking Brake LED headlamp warning • This warning light informs (EPB) warning light light (if equipped) the driver the following This warning light illumi‐ This warning light illumi‐ situations nates: nates: - LED headlamp malfunction (if equipped) • When the POWER button is in the ON • When the POWER button is in the ON position. position. - Blind-Spot Collision Warning sys‐ - It illuminates for approximately - It illuminates for approximately tem malfunction (if equipped) 3 seconds and then goes off. 3 seconds and then goes off. - Smart Cruise Control with Stop & • When there is a malfunction with the • When there is a malfunction with the Go malfunction (if equipped) EPB. LED headlamp. - Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist In this case , have your vehicle in‐ system malfunction (if equipped) spected by a professional workshop. In this case, have the vehicle inspected Kia recommends to contact an au‐ - Blind-Spot Collision Warning radar by a professional workshop. Kia recom‐ thorized Kia dealer/service partner. blocked (if equipped) mends to visit an authorized Kia dealer/ service partner. - Smart Cruise Control with Stop & Go radar blocked (if equipped) NOTICE This warning light blinks: - Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist • When there is a malfunction with a radar blocked (if equipped) n Electronic Parking Brake (EPB) LED headlamp related part. Warning Light - Lamp malfunction The Electronic Parking Brake (EPB) In this case, have the vehicle inspected - High Beam Assist malfunction (if Warning Light may illuminate when by a professional workshop. Kia recom‐ equipped) the Electronic Stability control (ESC) mends to visit an authorized Kia dealer/ Indicator Light comes on to indicate service partner To identify the details of the warning, look at the LCD display. that the ESC is not working properly (This does not indicate malfunction of the EPB).
5-74
❈ For more details, refer to “Forward CAUTION Electronic Stability Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA)” on Control (ESC) OFF page 6-46. n LED Headlamp Warning Light Indicator lights indicator light Continuous driving with the LED Electronic Stability This indicator light illumi‐ nates: Headlamp Warning Light on or blink‐ Control (ESC) indicator ing can reduce LED headlamp (low • When the POWER button is in the ON beam) life. light position. This indicator light illumi‐ - It illuminates for approximately nates: 3 seconds and then goes off. Forward Collision- • When the POWER button is in the ON Avoidance Assist (FCA) • When you deactivate the ESC system position. by pressing the ESC OFF button. 5 system warning light - It illuminates for approximately This indicator light illumi‐ 3 seconds and then goes off. ❈ For more details, refer to “Electron‐ Features of your vehicle nates: • When there is a malfunction with the ic Stability Control (ESC)” on page • When the POWER button is in the ON ESC system. 6-36. position. In this case, have the vehicle inspec‐ Charging cable - It illuminates for approximately ted by a professional workshop. Kia connection indicator 3 seconds and then goes off. recommends to visit an authorized This indicator illuminates in Kia dealer/service partner. • When the FCA system is turned off. red when the charging cable is connected. • When the radar sensor or cover is This indicator light blinks: Immobilizer indicator blocked with dirt or snow. Check the sensor and cover and clean them by While the ESC is operating. light (With Smart Key) using a soft cloth. ❈ For more details, refer to “Electron‐ This indicator light illumi‐ ic Stability Control (ESC)” on page nates for up to 30 seconds: • When there is a malfunction with 6-36. FCA. If this occurs, Kia recommend When the vehicle detects the smart key that you have your vehicle inspected in the vehicle with the POWER button in by an authorized Kia dealer/service the ACC or ON position. partner. - Once the smart key is detected, you can start the vehicle ( indicator ON).
5-75 Features of your vehicle
- The indicator light goes off after Turn signal indicator light • When the turn signal lever is pulled starting the vehicle ( indicator ON). into the Flash-to-Pass position. This indicator light blinks: Light ON indicator light • When you turn the turn This indicator light blinks for a few sec‐ signal light on. This indicator light illumi‐ onds: nates: • When the smart key is not in the ve‐ If any of the following occurs, there • When the tail lights or hicle. may a malfunction with the turn signal headlights are on. - At this time, you can not start the system. Front fog indicator light vehicle. In this case, have the vehicle inspected This indicator light illumi‐ by a professional workshop. Kia recom‐ nates: mends to visit an authorized Kia dealer/ This indicator light illuminates for • When the front fog lights 2 seconds and goes off: service partner. - The indicator light does not blink but are on. • If the smart key is in the vehicle and illuminates. Rear fog indicator light the POWER button is ON, but the ve‐ hicle cannot detect the smart key. - The indicator light blinks more rapid‐ This indicator light illumi‐ In this case , have your vehicle in‐ ly. nates: spected by a professional workshop. - The indicator light does not illuminate • When the rear fog lights Kia recommends to contact an au‐ at all. are on. thorized Kia dealer/service partner. Low Beam Indicator Light Ready indicator This indicator light illumi‐ This indicator illuminates: This indicator light blinks: nates: • When the vehicle is ready • When the battery of the smart key is • When the headlights are to be driven. weak. on. • When there is a malfunction with the High beam indicator light - ON: Normal driving is possible. immobilizer system. This indicator light illumi‐ - OFF: Normal driving is not possible, or In this case, have your vehicle inspec‐ nates: a problem has occurred. ted by a professional workshop. Kia recommends to contact an author‐ • When the headlights are - Blinking: Emergency driving. ized Kia dealer/service partner. on and in the high beam position
5-76
When the ready indicator goes OFF or SPORT mode indicator blinks, there is a problem with the sys‐ light tem. In this case, have the vehicle in‐ spected by a professional workshop. This indicator light illumi‐ Kia recommends to visit an authorized nates: Kia dealer/service partner. • When you select “SPORT” mode as LKA (Lane Keeping drive mode. Assistant) system indicator (if equipped) ❈ For more details, refer to “Drive mode integrated control system” The LKA indicator will illumi‐ on page 6-43. nate when you turn Lane Keeping As‐ sist system on by pressing the LKA ECO mode indicator light 5 button. This indicator light illumi‐ If there is a problem with the system, nates: Features of your vehicle the yellow LKA indicator will illuminate. • When you select “ECO” ❈ For more details, refer to “Lane mode as drive mode. Keeping Assist (LKA)” on page 6-61. ❈ For more details, refer to “Drive Cruise Indicator Light mode integrated control system” This indicator light illumi‐ on page 6-43. nates: ECO+ mode indicator • When the cruise control This indicator light illumi‐ system is enabled. nates: • When you select “ECO+” ❈ For more details, refer to “Cruise mode as drive mode. Control system (SCC)” on page 6-92. ❈ For more details, refer to “Drive mode integrated control system” on page 6-43.
5-77 Features of your vehicle
REAR VIEW MONITOR (RVM)
WARNING CAUTION
Rear View Monitor system is not a • Do not spray the camera or its safety device. It only serves to assist surrounding area directly with a the driver in identifying objects di‐ high pressure washer. Shock ap‐ rectly behind the middle of the vehi‐ plied from high pressure water cle. The camera does NOT cover the may cause the device to not oper‐ complete area behind the vehicle. ate normally. • Do not use any cleanser containing acid or alkaline detergents when WARNING cleaning the lens. Use only a mild soap or neutral detergent, and • Never rely solely on the rear cam‐ rinse thoroughly with water. era display when backing-up. • ALWAYS look around your vehicle to make sure there are no objects NOTICE or obstacles before moving the ve‐ hicle in any direction to prevent a Always keep the camera lens clean. collision. The camera may not work normally • Always pay close attention when if the lens is covered with dirt, water the vehicle is driven close to ob‐ or snow. jects, particularly pedestrians, and especially children. Rear View Monitor system will activate when the vehicle is on and the shift to R (Reverse) position. This is a supplemental system that shows the area behind the vehicle through the audio or multi media screen display while backing-up.
5-78
REVERSE PARKING DISTANCE WARNING (PDW) (IF EQUIPPED)
WARNING Types of warning sound Indicator* When an object is Reverse Parking Distance Warning 60 cm to 120 cm system is a supplementary function (24 in. to 47 in.) from the only. The operation of Reverse Park‐ rear bumper: ing Distance Warning system can be Buzzer beeps intermit‐ affected by several factors (includ‐ tently. ing environmental conditions). It is the responsibility of the driver to al‐ When an object is ways check the area behind the ve‐ 30 cm to 60 cm hicle before and while backing up. (12 in. to 24 in.) from the rear bumper: 5 Buzzer beeps more fre‐ Operation of Reverse Parking quently. Features of your vehicle Reverse Parking Distance Warning sys‐ Distance Warning system When an object is within tem assists the driver during backward 30 cm (11 in.) of the rear movement of the vehicle by chiming if Operating condition bumper: any object is sensed within a distance • This system will activate when back‐ Buzzer sounds continu‐ of 120 cm (47 in.) behind the vehicle. ously. This system is a supplemental system ing up with the POWER button is ON * and it is not intended to nor does it re‐ position. If the vehicle is moving at a if equipped place the need for extreme care and speed over 5 km/h (3 mph), the sys‐ attention of the driver. The sensing tem may not be activated correctly. range and objects detectable by rear • The sensing distance while Reverse NOTICE ultrasonic sensors (1) are limited. Parking Distance Warning system is Whenever backing-up, pay as much at‐ in operation is approximately 120 cm The indicator may differ from the il‐ tention to what is behind you as you (47 in.). lustration as objects or sensors sta‐ would in a vehicle without a Reverse • When more than two objects are tus. Parking Distance Warning system. sensed at the same time, the closest (Continued) one will be recognized first.
5-79 Features of your vehicle
4. Objects generating excessive noise 3. Undetectable objects smaller than (Continued) (vehicle horns, loud motorcycle en‐ 100 cm (39 in.) in height and nar‐ If the indicator blinks, have the sys‐ gines, or truck air brakes) are with‐ rower than 14 cm (6 in.) in diame‐ tem checked by a professional work‐ in range of the sensor. ter. shop. Kia recommends to visit an au‐ 5. Heavy rain or water spray exists. thorized Kia dealer/service partner. 6. Wireless transmitters or mobile Reverse Parking Distance phones are within range of the Warning system sensor. • Reverse Parking Distance Warning Non-operational conditions of system may not sound consistently 7. The sensor is covered with snow. Reverse Parking Distance depending on the speed and shapes Warning system 8. Trailer towing. of the objects detected. • Reverse Parking Distance Warning Reverse Parking Distance Warning The detecting range may decrease when: system may malfunction if the vehi‐ system may not operate properly cle bumper height or sensor installa‐ when: 1. The sensor is stained with foreign tion has been modified or damaged. matter such as snow or water. (The 1. Moisture is frozen to the sensor. (It Any non-factory installed equipment sensing range will return to normal will operate normally when the or accessories may also interfere when removed.) moisture has been cleared.) with the sensor performance. 2. Outside air temperature is ex‐ 2. The sensor is covered with foreign • The sensor may not recognize ob‐ tremely hot or cold. matter, such as snow or water, or jects less than 30 cm (12 in.) from the sensor cover is blocked. (It will the sensor, or it may sense an incor‐ The following objects may not be rect distance. Use caution. operate normally when the materi‐ recognized by the sensor: al is removed or the sensor is no • When the sensor is frozen or stained longer blocked.) 1. Sharp or slim objects such as ropes, chains or small poles. with snow, dirt, or water, the sensor 3. Driving on uneven road surfaces may be inoperative until the stains (unpaved roads, gravel, bumps, gra‐ 2. Objects which tend to absorb the are removed using a soft cloth. dient). sensor frequency such as clothes, spongy material or snow. • Do not push, scratch or strike the sensor. Sensor damage could occur.
5-80
NOTICE (Continued) Always perform a visual inspection This system can only sense objects to make sure the vehicle is clear of within the range and location of the all obstructions before moving the sensors; It can not detect objects in vehicle in any direction. other areas where sensors are not installed. Also, small or slim objects, such as poles or objects located be‐ Self-diagnosis tween sensors may not be detected If you don’t hear an audible warning by the sensors. sound or if the buzzer sounds intermit‐ Always visually check behind the ve‐ tently when shifting the gear to the R 5 (Reverse) position, this may indicate a hicle when backing up. malfunction in Reverse Parking Dis‐ Be sure to inform any drivers of the Features of your vehicle tance Warning system. If this occurs, vehicle that may be unfamiliar with have the system checked by a profes‐ the system regarding the systems sional workshop. Kia recommends to capabilities and limitations. visit an authorized Kia dealer/service partner. WARNING WARNING Pay close attention when the vehicle is driven close to objects on the road, Your new vehicle warranty does not particularly pedestrians, and espe‐ cover any accidents or damage to cially children. Be aware that some the vehicle or injuries to its occu‐ objects may not be detected by the pants due to a Reverse Parking Dis‐ sensors, due to the object’s distance, tance Warning system malfunction. size or material, all of which can lim‐ Always drive safely and cautiously. it the effectiveness of the sensor. (Continued)
5-81 Features of your vehicle
FORWARD/REVERSE PARKING DISTANCE WARNING (PDW) This system is a supplemental system Operation of Forward/Reverse and it is not intended to nor does it re‐ place the need for extreme care and Parking Distance Warning attention of the driver. system The sensing range and objects detecta‐ Operating condition ble by the sensors (➀) are limited. Whenever moving pay as much atten‐ tion to what is in front and behind of you as you would in a vehicle without a Forward/Reverse Parking Distance Warning system.
WARNING
Forward/Reverse Parking Distance Warning system should only be con‐ sidered as a supplementary function. The driver must check the front and rear view. The operational function of Forward/Reverse Parking Distance Warning system can be affected by • This system activates when the many factors and conditions of the Parking Distance Warning button is surroundings, so the responsibility pressed with the POWER button is rests always with the driver. ON position. Forward/Reverse Parking Distance • The indicator of the Parking Distance Warning system assists the driver dur‐ Warning button turns on automati‐ ing movement of the vehicle by chiming cally and activates the Forward/ if any object is sensed within the dis‐ Reverse Parking Distance Warning tance of 100 cm (40 in) in front and system when you shift the gear to 120 cm (48 in) behind the vehicle. the R (Reverse) position.
5-82
• The sensing distance while backing up is approximately 120 cm (48 in) when you are driving less than 10 km/h (6 mph). • The sensing distance while moving forward is approximately 100 cm (40 in) when you are driving less than 10 km/h (6 mph). • When more than two objects are sensed at the same time, the closest one will be recognized first. 5 • The side sensors are activated when
you shift the gear to the R (Reverse) Features of your vehicle position. • If the vehicle speed is above 20 km/h (12.4 mph), the system automatically turns off. To activate again, push the button.
NOTICE
It may not operate if it’s distance from the object is already less than approximately 25 cm (10 in) when the system is ON.
5-83 Features of your vehicle
Type of warning indicator and sound
Warning indicator Distance from object When driving When driving Warning sound forward rearward
60 ~ 100 cm (24 ~ 40 in) Front - Buzzer beeps intermittently
60 ~ 120 cm (24 ~ 48 in) Rear - Buzzer beeps intermittently
Front Buzzer beeps frequently 30 ~ 60 cm (12 ~ 24 in) Rear - Buzzer beeps frequently
Front Buzzer sounds continuously 30 cm (12 in) Rear - Buzzer sounds continuously
NOTICE
• The actual warning sound and indicator may differ from the illustration according to objects or sensor status. • Do not wash the vehicle's sensor with high pressure water.
5-84
CAUTION
• This system can only sense objects within the range and location of the sensors; It cannot detect objects in other areas where sensors are not installed. Also, small or slim objects, such as poles or ob‐ jects located between sensors may not be detected by the sensors. Always visually check behind the vehicle when backing up. • Be sure to inform any drivers of the vehicle that may be unfamiliar with the system regarding the systems capabilities and limitations.
5 Non-operational conditions of 3. Sensor is stained with foreign mat‐ 4. Wireless transmitters or mobile ter such as snow or water. (Sensing phones present near the sensor. Forward/Reverse Parking Features of your vehicle range will return to normal when 5. Sensor is covered with snow. Distance Warning system removed.) 4. The Parking Distance Warning but‐ Detecting range may decrease Forward/Reverse Parking Distance when: Warning system may not operate ton is off. normally when: 1. Outside air temperature is ex‐ There is a possibility of Forward/ tremely hot or cold. 1. Moisture is frozen to the sensor. (It Reverse Parking Distance Warning will operate normally when mois‐ system malfunction when: 2. Undetectable objects smaller than ture melts.) 1 m (40 in) and narrower than 1. Driving on uneven road surfaces 14 cm (6 in) in diameter. 2. Sensor is covered with foreign mat‐ such as unpaved roads, gravel, ter, such as snow or water, or the bumps, or gradient. The following objects may not be sensor cover is blocked. (It will op‐ 2. Objects generating excessive noise recognized by the sensor: erate normally when the material such as vehicle horns, loud motor‐ is removed or the sensor is no lon‐ 1. Sharp or slim objects such as ropes, cycle engines, or truck air brakes chains or small poles. ger blocked.) can interfere with the sensor. 2. Objects, which tend to absorb sen‐ 3. Heavy rain or water spray. sor frequency such as clothes, spongy material or snow.
5-85 Features of your vehicle
NOTICE (Continued) WARNING 5. Do not push, scratch or strike Pay close attention when the vehicle 1. The warning may not sound se‐ the sensor with any hard objects quentially depending on the is driven close to objects on the road, that could damage the surface particularly pedestrians, and espe‐ speed and shapes of the objects of the sensor. Sensor damage detected. cially children. Be aware that some could occur. objects may not be detected by the 2. Forward/Reverse Parking Dis‐ sensors, due to the objects distance, tance Warning system may mal‐ size or material, all of which can lim‐ function if the vehicle bumper NOTICE it the effectiveness of the sensor. height or sensor installation has Always perform a visual inspection to make sure the vehicle is clear of been modified. Any nonfactory This system can only sense objects installed equipment or accesso‐ all obstructions before moving the within the range and location of the vehicle in any direction. ries may also interfere with the sensors, it can not detect objects in sensor performance. other areas where sensors are not 3. Sensor may not recognize ob‐ installed. Also, small or slim objects, Self-diagnosis jects less than 30 cm from the or objects located between sensors When you shift the gear to the R (Re‐ sensor, or it may sense an incor‐ may not be detected. verse) position and if one or more of rect distance. Use with caution. Always visually check in front and the below occurs you may have a mal‐ behind the vehicle when driving. function in Forward/Reverse Parking 4. When the sensor is frozen or Be sure to inform any drivers in the Distance Warning system. stained with snow or water, the vehicle that may be unfamiliar with • You don't hear an audible warning sensor may be inoperative until sound or if the buzzer sounds inter‐ the system regarding the systems the stains are removed using a mittently. capabilities and limitations. soft cloth. • is displayed. (if (Continued) equipped).
5-86
If this occurs, have the system checked by a professional workshop. Kia recom‐ mends to visit an authorized Kia dealer/ service partner.
WARNING
Your new vehicle warranty does not cover any accidents or damage to the vehicle or injuries to its occu‐ pants related to a Forward/Reverse Parking Distance Warning system. 5 Always drive safely and cautiously. Features of your vehicle
5-87 Features of your vehicle
LIGHTING Battery saver function Headlight escort function dazzle, ECE regulation demand sev‐ • The purpose of this feature is to pre‐ If you turn the POWER button to the eral technical solutions (ex. auto‐ vent the battery from being dis‐ ACC or OFF position with the headlights matic change system, adhesive charged. The system automatically ON, the headlights remain on for about sheet, down aiming). This head‐ lamps are designed not to dazzle turns off the parking lights when the 5 minutes. However, if the driver's door opposite drivers. So, you need not driver removes the POWER button is opened and closed, the headlights are change your headlamps in a coun‐ and opens the driver-side door. turned off after 15 seconds. try with opposite traffic direction. The headlights can be turned off by • With this feature, the parking lights Lighting control will turn off automatically if the driv‐ pressing the lock button on the trans‐ er parks on the side of the road at mitter (or smart key) twice or turning night. the light switch to the OFF position. If necessary, to keep the lights on when the POWER button is removed, Daytime running light perform the following: The Daytime Running Lights (DRL) can 1. Open the driver-side door. make it easier for others to see the front of your vehicle during the day. 2. Turn the parking lights OFF and ON DRL can be helpful in many different again using the light switch on the driving conditions, and it is especially steering column. helpful after dawn and before sunset. The DRL system turns OFF when: CAUTION 1. The headlight switch is on 2. The vehicle is off If the driver gets out of the vehicle 3. The front fog light is on. through other doors (except driver's door), the battery saver function 4. Engaging the parking brake The light switch has a headlight and a does not operate. Therefore, It cau‐ parking light position. ses the battery to be discharged. In ❈ Traffic Change (For Europe) To operate the lights, turn the knob at this case, make sure to turn off the The low beam light distribution is the end of the control lever to one of lamp before getting out of the vehi‐ asymmetric. If you go abroad to a the following positions: cle. country with opposite traffic direc‐ 1. OFF position tion, this asymmetric part will daz‐ 2. Auto light position zle oncoming car driver. To prevent
5-88
3. Parking light position Headlight position ( ) Auto light 4. Headlight position
Parking light position ( )
5 Features of your vehicle
When the light switch is in the head‐ When the light switch is in the AUTO light position (4th position), the head, light position, the taillights and head‐ tail, license and instrument panel lights lights will be turned ON or OFF auto‐ will turn ON. matically depending on the amount of When the light switch is in the parking light outside the vehicle. light position (3rd position), the tail, li‐ cense and instrument panel lights will NOTICE turn ON. CAUTION The POWER button must be in the ON position to turn on the head‐ • Never place anything over the sen‐ lights. sor (1) located on the instrument panel. This will ensure better auto light system control. (Continued)
5-89 Features of your vehicle
The high beam indicator will light when (Continued) the headlight high beams are switched • Don’t clean the sensor using a win‐ on. dow cleaner. The cleaner may To turn off the high beam headlamp, leave a light film which could inter‐ pull the lever to you when the high fere with sensor operation. beam is on. The lever will return to its original position. • If your vehicle has window tint or other types of metallic coating on To prevent the battery from being dis‐ the front windshield, the Auto charged, do not leave the lights on for a light system may not work prop‐ prolonged time while the vehicle is not erly. on.
High beam operation WARNING To flash the headlights, pull the lever Do not use high beam when there towards you. It will return to the nor‐ are other vehicles. Using high beam mal (low beam) position when released. could obstruct the other driver’s vi‐ sion. The headlight switch does not need to be on to use this flashing feature.
To turn on the high beam headlamp, push the lever away from you. The lev‐ er will return to its original position.
5-90
Turn signals and lane change If an indicator stays on and does not Front fog light flash or if it flashes abnormally, one of signals the turn signal bulbs may be burned out and will require replacement. One-touch lane change function (if equipped) To activate an one-touch lane change function, move the turn signal lever slightly for less than 0.7 second and then release it. The lane change signals will blink 3 times. 5
NOTICE Features of your vehicle
If an indicator flash is abnormally quick or slow, a bulb may be burned Fog lights are used to provide improved The POWER button must be on for the out or have a poor electrical connec‐ visibility when visibility is poor due to turn signals to function. To turn on the tion in the circuit. fog, rain or snow, etc. The fog lights turn signals, move the lever up or down will turn on when the fog light switch (A). The green arrow indicators on the (1) is turned on after the parklight is instrument panel indicate which turn turned on. signal is operating. To turn off the fog lights, turn the fog They will self-cancel after a turn is light switch (1) to the ON position completed. If the indicator continues to again. flash after a turn, manually return the lever to the OFF position. To signal a lane change, move the turn signal lever slightly and hold it in posi‐ tion (B). The lever will return to the OFF position when released.
5-91 Features of your vehicle
The rear fog lights turn on when the Headlight leveling device (if CAUTION rear fog light switch is turned on after the front fog light switch is turned on equipped) When in operation, the fog lights and the headlight switch is in the park consume large amounts of vehicle light position. electrical power. Only use the fog To turn the rear fog lights off, turn the lights when visibility is poor. rear fog light switch to the on position again or turn the headlight switch off. Rear fog light NOTICE
To turn on the rear fog light switch, the POWER button must be in the ON position.
To adjust the headlight beam level ac‐ cording to the number of passengers and loading weight in the luggage area, turn the beam leveling switch. The higher the number of the switch position, the lower the headlight beam level. Always keep the headlight beam To turn the rear fog lights on, turn the at the proper leveling position, or head‐ headlight switch to the headlight on lights may dazzle other road users. position and turn the rear fog light Listed below are the examples of prop‐ switch (1) to the on position. er switch settings. For loading condi‐ tions other than those listed below, ad‐ just the switch position so that the beam level may be the nearest as the condition obtained according to the list.
5-92
Loading condition Switch position High Beam Assist (if equipped) 4. High Beam Assist will turn on when vehicle speed is above 40 km/h Driver only 0 (25 mph). Driver + Front 0 5. The details of operation with the passenger light switch while High Beam Assist Driver + Full pas‐ is on are below. 1 sengers 1. If the light switch is pushed away, High Beam Assist will turn Full passengers off and the high beam will be on (including driver) + 2 continuously. Maximum permis‐ sible loading 2. If the light switch is pulled to‐ wards you when the high beam 5 Driver + Maximum is off, the high beam will be on permissible load‐ 3 without cancellation of High Features of your vehicle ing Beam Assist. (When you take your hands off the switch the High Beam Assist is a system that au‐ lever will move to the middle and tomatically adjusts the headlamp range the high beam will turn off.) (switches between high beam and low 3. If the light switch is pulled to‐ beam) according to the brightness of wards you when the high beam other vehicles and road conditions. is on by High Beam Assist, the Operation condition low beam will be on and High 1. Place the light switch in the AUTO Beam Assist will turn off. position. 4. If the light switch is turned to 2. Turn on the high beam by pushing the headlamp position ( ) from the lever away from you. AUTO position, High Beam Assist will turn off and the low beam 3. High Beam Assist ( ) indicator will will be on continuously. illuminate.
5-93 Features of your vehicle
When High Beam Assist is operating, the high beam switches to low beam in CAUTION (Continued) the below conditions. • When driving on a narrow curved - When the headlamp is detected from The driver must be cautious in the road, rough road, downhill or up‐ the on-coming vehicle. below situations as the system may hill. not operate in the following condi‐ - When the tail lamp is detected from tions • When only part of the vehicle in the front vehicle. • When the light from on-coming or front is visible on a crossroad or curved road. - When headlamp/tail lamp of bicycle/ front vehicle is poor motorcycle is detected. • When the light from the oncoming • When there is a traffic light, re‐ flecting sign, flashing sign or mir‐ When the surrounding is so bright or front vehicle is not detected be‐ - ror ahead. that high beams are not needed. cause of lamp damage, or because it is hidden from sight, etc • When there is a temporary reflec‐ - When streetlights or other lights are tor or flash ahead (construction detected. • When the lamp of the on-coming or front vehicle is covered with area). - When the light switch is not in the dust, snow or water. • When the road conditions are bad AUTO position. • When the front vehicle’s head‐ such as being wet, iced or covered - When vehicle speed is below 30 km/h lamps are off but the fog lamps on with snow. (19 mph). and etc. • When a vehicle suddenly appears • When external conditions inter‐ from a curve. Warning light and message vene • When the vehicle is tilted from a When High Beam Assist is not working • When there is a a lamp that has a flat tire or being towed. properly, a warning message (“Check similar shape as a vehicle’s lamps. High Beam Assist(HBA) system”) will • When the LKA (Lane Keeping As‐ come on for a few second. After the • When the headlamp is not repaired sist) system failure indicator (yel‐ message disappears, the master warn‐ or replaced at an authorized deal‐ low) illuminates (if equipped) and etc. ing light ( ) will illuminate. er. Have the system checked by a profes‐ • When headlamp aiming is not • When front visibility is poor sional workshop. Kia recommends to properly adjusted. (Continued) visit an authorized Kia dealer/service (Continued) partner.
5-94
(Continued) (Continued) • When the lamp of the on-coming • When you replace or reinstall the or front vehicle is covered with windshield glass, or front view dust, snow or water. camera, have the system checked • When the light from the oncoming by a professional workshop. Kia or front vehicle is not detected be‐ recommends to visit an authorized cause of exhaust fume, smoke, Kia dealer/ service partner. fog, snow, etc. • Be careful that water doesn’t get • When the front window is covered into High Beam Assist unit and do with foreign matters. not remove or damage related parts of High Beam Assist system. 5 • When it is hard to see because of • Do not place objects on the crash
fog, heavy rain or snow and etc. Features of your vehicle pad that reflect light such as mir‐ • Do not disassemble a front view rors, white paper, etc.The system camera temporarily for tinted win‐ may not be able to function if sun‐ dow or attaching any types of light is reflected. coatings and accessories. If you disassemble the camera and as‐ • At times, High Beam Assist may semble it again, have the system not operate due to system limita‐ checked by a professional work‐ tions. The system is for your con‐ shop. Kia recommends to visit an venience only. It is the responsibili‐ authorized Kia dealer/ service ty of the driver for safe driving partner and have the system practices and always check the checked to need a calibration. road conditions for your safety. (Continued) • When the system does not oper‐ ate normally, change the lamp po‐ sition manually between the high beam and low beam.
5-95 Features of your vehicle
WIPERS AND WASHERS
A: Wiper speed control (front) 1. MIST/ – Single wipe 2. OFF/O – Off 3. INT/--- – Intermittent wipe AUTO* – Auto control wipe 4. LO/1 – Low wiper speed 5. HI/2 – High wiper speed
B: Intermittent control wipe time ad‐ justment C: Wash with brief wipes (front) * D: Rear wiper/washer control * 6. HI / 2 – Continuous wipe 7. LO / 1 – Intermittent wipe* 8. OFF / O – Off
E: Wash with brief wipes (rear) * Windshield wipers Operates as follows when the POWER button is in the ON position. 1. MIST/ : For a single wiping cycle, move the lever to this (MIST/ ) position and release it. The wipers will operate continuously if the lev‐ er is held in this position. 2. OFF/O: Wiper is not in operation
*: if equipped
5-96
3. INT/---: Wiper operates intermit‐ Auto control (if equipped) tently at the same wiping intervals. CAUTION Use this mode in light rain or mist. To vary the speed setting, turn the POWER button is in the ON position speed control knob. and the windshield wiper switch is placed in the AUTO mode, use cau‐ 4. LO/1 : Normal wiper speed tion in the following situations to 5. HI/2: Fast wiper speed avoid any injury to the hands or oth‐ er parts of the body: • Do not touch the upper end of the NOTICE windshield glass facing the rain sensor. If there is heavy accumulation of • Do not wipe the upper end of the 5 snow or ice on the windshield, de‐ windshield glass with a damp or Features of your vehicle frost the windshield for about 10 wet cloth. minutes, or until the snow and/or ice • Do not put pressure on the wind‐ is removed before using the wind‐ shield glass. shield wipers to ensure proper oper‐ The rain sensor (A) located on the up‐ ation. If you do not remove the snow per end of the windshield glass senses and/or ice before using the wiper the amount of rainfall and controls the CAUTION and washer, it may damage the Wip‐ wiping cycle for the proper interval. The more it rains, the faster the wiper er and washer system. operates. When the rain stops, the wip‐ • When washing the vehicle, set the er stops. wiper switch in the OFF (O) posi‐ To vary the speed setting, turn the tion to stop the auto wiper opera‐ tion. speed control knob (1). The wiper may operate and be If the wiper switch is set in AUTO mode damaged if the switch is set in the when the POWER button is in the ON AUTO mode while washing the ve‐ position, the wiper will operate once to hicle. perform a self-check of the system. Set the wiper to OFF (O) position when (Continued) the wiper is not in use.
5-97 Features of your vehicle
Windshield washers If the washer does not work, check the (Continued) washer fluid level. If the fluid level is • Do not remove the sensor cover not sufficient, you will need to add ap‐ located on the upper end of the propriate non-abrasive windshield passenger side windshield glass. washer fluid to the washer reservoir. Damage to system parts could oc‐ The reservoir filler neck is located in cur and may not be covered by the front of the motor compartment your vehicle warranty. on the passenger side. • When starting the vehicle in win‐ ter, set the wiper switch in the CAUTION OFF (O) position. Otherwise, wipers may operate and ice may damage the windshield wiper blades. Al‐ To prevent possible damage to the ways remove all snow and ice and washer pump, do not operate the defrost the windshield properly washer when the fluid reservoir is prior to operating the windshield empty. wipers. • When tinting the windshield, be careful of any fluid getting into WARNING the sensor located in the top cen‐ ter of the front windshield. It may Do not use the washer in freezing damage the related parts. temperatures without first warming the windshield with the defrosters; the washer solution could freeze on In the OFF (O) position, pull the lever the windshield and obscure your vi‐ gently toward you to spray washer flu‐ sion. id on the windshield and to run the wip‐ ers 1-3 cycles. Use this function when the windshield is dirty. The spray and wiper operation will con‐ tinue until you release the lever.
5-98
2. LO / 1 - Intermittent wiper opera‐ CAUTION Rear window wiper and washer switch tion (if equipped) • To prevent possible damage to the 3. OFF/O - Wiper is not in operation wipers or windshield, do not oper‐ ate the wipers when the wind‐ shield is dry. • To prevent damage to the wiper blades, do not use gasoline, kero‐ sene, paint thinner, or other sol‐ vents on or near them. • To prevent damage to the wiper 5 arms and other components, do
not attempt to move the wipers Features of your vehicle manually. • To prevent possible damage to the wipers and washer system, use anti-freezing washer fluids in the winter season or cold weather.
The rear window wiper and washer switch is located at the end of the wip‐ Push the lever away from you to spray er and washer switch lever. Turn the rear washer fluid and to run the rear switch to the desired position to oper‐ wipers 1~3 cycles. The spray and wiper ate the rear wiper and washer. operation will continue until you release 1. HI / 2 - Normal wiper operation the lever.
5-99 Features of your vehicle
INTERIOR LIGHT Map lamp - The map lamp and room lamp CAUTION comes on when a door is opened. The lamps go out after approxi‐ Do not use the interior lights for ex‐ mately 30 seconds. tended periods en the vehicle is not on. It may cause battery discharge. - The map lamp and room lamp comes on for approximately 30 seconds when doors are un‐ locked with a transmitter or smart WARNING key as long as the doors are not opened. Do not use the interior lights when driving in the dark. Accidents could - The map lamp and room lamp will happen because the view may be stay on for approximately 20 mi‐ obscured by interior lights. nutes if a door is opened with the POWER button in the ACC or OFF position. Automatic turn off function (if - The map lamp and room lamp will equipped) stay on continuously if the door is The interior lights automatically turn opened with the POWER button in off approximately 20 minutes after the ON position. POWER button is in the OFF position. - The map lamp and room lamp will If your vehicle is equipped with the go out immediately if the POWER theft alarm system, the interior lights button is changed to the ON posi‐ automatically turns off approximately tion or all doors are locked. 5 seconds after the system is armed stage. - To turn off the DOOR mode, press the DOOR button (2) once again (not pressed). • (2):
5-100
NOTICE Room lamp Tailgate room lamp
The DOOR mode and ROOM mode can not be selected at a time.
Front Room Lamp: • Type A (3): Press this switch to turn the front and rear room lamps on. Press this switch to turn 5 (4): the front and rear room
Features of your vehicle lamps off. • Type B (3): Press this switch to turn The tailgate room lamp comes on when the front and rear room lamps on and off. the tailgate is opened.
NOTICE
The tailgate lamp comes on as long as the tailgate lid is open. To prevent unnecessary charging system drain, close the tailgate lid securely after • The light stays on at all times. using the tailgate. :
5-101 Features of your vehicle
Vanity mirror lamp (if equipped) (Continued) Always have the switch in the off position when the vanity mirror lamp is not in use. If the sunvisor is closed without the lamp off, it may discharge the battery or damage the sunvisor.
Push the switch to turn the light on or off. • : The lamp will turn on if this button is pressed. The lamp will turn off if this • : button is pressed.
CAUTION
n Vanity mirror lamp (Continued)
5-102
WELCOME SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED) Welcome light (if equipped) • Without smart key system - When the door unlock button is pressed on the transmitter. • With the smart key system - When the door unlock button is pressed on the smart key.
At this time, if you press the door lock or unlock button, the position light and headlight will turn off immediately. Interior light 5 When the interior light switch is in the Features of your vehicle DOOR position and all doors (and tail‐ gate) are locked and closed, the room lamp will come on for 30 seconds if any When all the doors (and tailgate) are of the below is performed. locked and closed, the door handle lamp • Without smart key system will come on for about 15 seconds if - When the door unlock button is any of the below is performed. pressed on the transmitter. • With the smart key system • With the smart key system - When the vehicle is approached - When the door unlock button is with the smart key in possession. pressed on the smart key. - When the button of the outside Escort welcome (if equipped) door handle is pressed. When the headlight (light switch in the headlight or AUTO position) is on and all At this time, if you press the door lock doors (and tailgate) are locked and or unlock button, the room lamp will closed, the position light and headlight turn off immediately. will come on for 15 seconds if any of the below is performed.
5-103 Features of your vehicle
DEFROSTER Rear window defroster The rear window defroster automati‐ CAUTION cally turns off after approximately 20 minutes or when the POWER button is To prevent damage to the conduc‐ in the OFF position. To turn off the de‐ tors bonded to the inside surface of froster, press the rear window defrost‐ the rear window, never use sharp in‐ er button again. struments or window cleaners con‐ taining abrasives to clean the win‐ Outside rearview mirror defroster dow. (if equipped) If your vehicle is equipped with the out‐ side rearview mirror defrosters, they NOTICE will operate at the same time you turn on the rear window defroster. If you want to defrost and defog the front windshield, refer to “Wind‐ shield defrosting and defogging” on page 5-119. The defroster heats the window to re‐ move frost, fog and thin ice from the rear window, while the vehicle is on. To activate the rear window defroster, press the rear window defroster button located in the center facia switch panel. The indicator on the rear window de‐ froster button illuminates when the de‐ froster is ON. If there is heavy accumulation of snow on the rear window, brush it off before operating the rear defroster.
5-104
CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM
System operation Operation tips CAUTION Ventilation • To keep dust or unpleasant fumes from entering the vehicle through the 1. Set the mode to the position. Operating the blower when the ventilation system, temporarily set POWER button in the ON position 2. Set the air intake control to the the air intake control to the recircula‐ outside (fresh) air position. could cause the battery to discharge. ted air position. Be sure to return the Operate the blower when the vehicle 3. Set the temperature control to the control to the fresh air position when is on. desired position. the irritation has passed to keep fresh air in the vehicle. This will help 4. Set the fan speed control to the keep the driver alert and comforta‐ desired speed. Air conditioning ble. Kia air conditioning systems are filled 5 Heating • Air for the heating/cooling system is with R-134a or R-1234yf refrigerant.
drawn in through the grilles just 1. Start the vehicle. Push the air con‐ Features of your vehicle 1. Set the mode to the position. ahead of the windshield. Care should ditioning button. 2. Set the air intake control to the be taken that these are not blocked 2. Set the mode to the position. outside (fresh) air position. by leaves, snow, ice or other obstruc‐ tions. 3. Set the air intake control to the 3. Set the temperature control to the outside air or recirculated air posi‐ desired position. • To prevent interior fog on the wind‐ tion. shield, set the air intake control to 4. Set the fan speed control to the 4. Adjust the fan speed control and desired speed. the fresh air position and fan speed to the desired position, turn on the temperature control to maintain 5. If dehumidified heating is desired, air conditioning system, and adjust maximum comfort. turn the air conditioning system (if the temperature control to desired equipped) on. temperature. • If the windshield fogs up, set the mode to the position.
5-105 Features of your vehicle
Your vehicle is filled with R-134a or • Use air conditioning to reduce humidi‐ R-1234yf according to the regulation in NOTICE ty and moisture inside the vehicle on your country at the time of production. rainy or humid days. • When using the air conditioning You can find out which air conditioning • During air conditioning system opera‐ refrigerant is applied to your vehicle on system, monitor the temperature tion, you may occasionally notice a the label located inside of the hood. Re‐ gauge closely while driving up hills slight change in vehicle speed as the fer to “Refrigerant label” on page or in heavy traffic when outside air conditioning compressor cycles. 9-16 for the location of the air condi‐ temperatures are high. Air condi‐ This is a normal system operation tioning refrigerant label. tioning system operation may characteristic. cause vehicle overheating. Contin‐ • Use the air conditioning system every CAUTION ue to use the blower fan but turn month only for a few minutes to en‐ the air conditioning system off if sure maximum system performance. • The refrigerant system should on‐ the temperature gauge indicates vehicle overheating. • When using the air conditioning sys‐ ly be serviced by trained and certi‐ tem, you may notice clear water fied technicians to insure proper • When opening the windows in hu‐ dripping (or even puddling) on the and safe operation. mid weather air conditioning may ground under the passenger side of • The refrigerant system should be create water droplets inside the the vehicle. This is a normal system serviced in a well-ventilated place. vehicle. Since excessive water operation characteristic. • The air conditioning evaporator droplets may cause damage to • Operating the air conditioning system (cooling coil) shall never be re‐ electrical equipment, air condition‐ in the recirculated air position pro‐ paired or replaced with one re‐ ing should only be used with the vides maximum cooling, however, moved from a used or salvaged windows closed. continual operation in this mode may vehicle and new replacement MAC cause the air inside the vehicle to be‐ evaporators shall be certified (and come stale. labeled) as meeting SAE Standard Air conditioning system operation J2842. • During cooling operation, you may oc‐ tips casionally notice a misty air flow be‐ • If the vehicle has been parked in di‐ cause of rapid cooling and humid air rect sunlight during hot weather, intake. This is a normal system oper‐ open the windows for a short time to ation characteristic. let the hot air inside the vehicle es‐ cape.
5-106
Climate control air filter The climate control air filter installed behind the glove box filters the dust or (Continued) other pollutants that come into the ve‐ • When the air flow rate suddenly hicle from the outside through the decreases, have the system heating and air conditioning system. checked by a professional work‐ If dust or other pollutants accumulate shop. Kia recommends to visit an in the filter over a period of time, the air flow from the air vents may de‐ authorized Kia dealer/service part‐ crease, resulting in moisture accumula‐ ner. tion on the inside of the windshield even when the outside (fresh) air posi‐ tion is selected. If this happens, have the climate control air filter replaced by 5 a professional workshop. Kia recom‐ mends to visit an authorized Kia dealer/ Features of your vehicle service partner.
A: Outside air NOTICE B: Recirculated air • Replace the filter according to the C: Climate control air filter Maintenance Schedule. If the car is being driven in severe D: Blower conditions such as dusty, rough roads, more frequent climate con‐ E: Evaporator core trol air filter inspections and changes are required. F: Heater core (Continued)
5-107 Features of your vehicle
Air conditioning refrigerant label Each symbols and specification on air Refer to “Refrigerant label” on page conditioning refrigerant label means as 9-16 for more detail location of air below ; conditioning refrigerant label. 1. Classification of refrigerant Checking the amount of air 2. Amount of refrigerant conditioner refrigerant and 3. Classification of Compressor lubri‐ cant compressor lubricant When the amount of refrigerant is low, 4. Caution the performance of the air conditioning 5. Flammable Refrigerant is reduced. Overfilling also has a bad in‐ fluence on the air conditioning system. 6. Registered Technician to Service Air Therefore, if abnormal operation is Conditioning system found, have the system inspected by a 7. Service manual professional workshop. Kia recommends to visit an authorized Kia dealer/service partner.
WARNING
n Vehicles equipped with R-134a* Because the refrigerant is at very high pressure, the air conditioning system should only be serviced by trained and certified technicians. ❈ The actual Air Conditioning refriger‐ ant label in the vehicle may differ You can find out which air conditioning (Continued) from the illustration. refrigerant is applied your vehicle at the label inside of the motor room.
5-108
(Continued) (Continued) It is important that the correct type Since the refrigerant is and amount of oil and refrigerant is mildly flammable and op‐ used. erated at high pressure, Otherwise, it may cause damage to the air conditioning sys‐ the vehicle and personal injury. tem should only be serv‐ iced by trained and certi‐ fied technicians. WARNING It is important that the correct type and amount of oil and refrigerant is 5 n Vehicles equipped with used. * R-1234yf All refrigerants should be Features of your vehicle (Continued) reclaimed with proper equipment. Venting re‐ frigerants directly to the atmosphere is harmful to individuals and environ‐ ment. Failure to heed these warnings can lead to seri‐ ous injuries. It is important that the correct type *Your vehicle is filled with R-134a or and amount of oil and refrigerant is R-1234yf according to the regula‐ used. tion in your country at the time of Otherwise, it may cause damage to producing. You can find out which air the vehicle and personal injury. conditioning refrigerant is applied to your vehicle by looking at the label inside of the motor room. Refer to chapter 9 for more detail location of air conditioning refrigerant label.
5-109 Features of your vehicle
Automatic climate control system 1. Driver’s temperature control knob 2. AUTO (automatic control) button 3. Front windshield defroster button 4. Rear window defroster button 5. Air conditioning button 6. Air intake control button 7. OFF button 8. Fan speed control knob 9. Mode selection button 10. Climate button 11. Driver only select button 12. HEAT button
NOTICE
Operating the blower when the POWER button in the ON position could cause the battery to dis‐ charge. Operate the blower when the vehicle is ON.
5-110
Automatic heating and air (Continued) conditioning - Front windshield defroster button (Press the button one more time to deselect the front windshield defroster function. The 'AUTO' sign will illuminate on the information display once again.) - Fan speed control button The selected function will be 5 controlled manually while other 2. Turn the temperature control knob functions operate automatically. Features of your vehicle to the desired temperature. • For your convenience and to im‐ 1. Press the AUTO button. The modes, prove the effectiveness of the fan speeds, air intake and air-con‐ NOTICE climate control, use the AUTO ditioning will be controlled auto‐ button and set the temperature matically according to the temper‐ •To turn the automatic operation to 22 °C/72 °F. ature setting. off, select any button or switch of the following: - Mode selection button - Air conditioning button (Continued)
5-111 Features of your vehicle
NOTICE
Never place anything over the sen‐ sor located on the instrument panel to ensure better control of the heat‐ ing and cooling system.
5-112
Mode selection
5 Features of your vehicle
The mode selection button controls the direction of the air flow through the ventilation system. The air flow outlet port is converted as follows:
Face-Level (B, D, F)
5-113 Features of your vehicle
Air flow is directed toward the upper Instrument panel vents body and face. Additionally, each out‐ The outlet vents can be opened or let can be controlled to direct the air closed separately using the thumb‐ discharged from the outlet. wheel. Also, you can adjust the direction of air delivery from these vents using the Bi-Level (B, C, D, E, F) vent control lever as shown.
Air flow is directed towards the face and the floor. NOTICE
n 2nd row outlet vents (E, F) Floor-Level (A, C, D, E) • The air flow of the 2nd row outlet Defrost-Level vents is controlled by the front cli‐ Most of the air flow is directed to the Most of the air flow is directed to the mate control system and delivered floor, with a small amount of the air windshield with a small amount of air through the inside air duct of the being directed to the windshield and directed to the side window defrosters. floor (E, F). side window defrosters. • The air flow of the 2nd row outlet vents (E, F) may be weaker than Floor/Defrost-Level (A, C, D, E) the instrument panel vents for the long air duct. Most of the air flow is directed to the floor and the windshield with a small amount directed to the side window defrosters.
5-114
Temperature control Temperature conversion (°C ↔ °F) (if Recirculated air position equipped) You can switch the temperature mode With the recirculated air between Centigrade to Fahrenheit as position selected, air follows; from the passenger While pressing the OFF button, depress compartment will be the AUTO button for 3 seconds or drawn through the heat‐ more. The display will change from ing system and heated Centigrade to Fahrenheit, or from Fah‐ or cooled according to renheit to Centigrade. the function selected.
Air intake control Outside (fresh) air position 5
With the outside (fresh) Features of your vehicle air position selected, air enters the vehicle from The temperature will increase to the outside and is heated or maximum by turning the knob to the cooled according to the extreme right. function selected. The temperature will decrease to the minimum by turning the knob to the extreme left. NOTICE When turning the knob, the tempera‐ ture will increase or decrease by 0.5 °C/ Prolonged operation of the heater in 1 °F. When set to the lowest tempera‐ the recirculated air position (without ture setting, the air conditioning will air conditioning selected) may cause operate continuously. fogging of the windshield and side This is used to select the outside windows and the air within the pas‐ (fresh) air position or recirculated air (Continued) position. To change the air intake control posi‐ tion, push the control button.
5-115 Features of your vehicle
Pressing the OFF button turns off the (Continued) (Continued) fan. • Continue using the climate control senger compartment may become Air conditioning stale. system in the recirculated air posi‐ In addition, prolonged use of the air tion can cause drowsiness or conditioning with the recirculated air sleepiness, and loss of vehicle con‐ trol. Set the air intake control to position selected will result in exces‐ the outside (fresh) air position as sively dry air in the passenger com‐ much as possible while driving. partment.
Fan speed control WARNING
• Continue using the climate control system in the recirculated air posi‐ tion may allow humidity to in‐ crease inside the vehicle which may fog the glass and obscure vis‐ ibility. Press the A/C button to turn the air • Do not sleep in a vehicle with the conditioning system on (indicator light air conditioning or heating system will illuminate). on. It may cause serious harm or Press the button again to turn the air death due to a drop in the oxygen conditioning system off. level and/or body temperature. (Continued)
The fan speed can be set to the desired speed by pushing the fan speed control knob. The higher the fan speed is, the more air is delivered.
5-116
HEAT button OFF mode Climate information screen selection (if equipped)
5 Features of your vehicle
Push the HEAT button to turn the Press the front blower OFF button to heater on (indicator light will illumi‐ turn off the front air climate control Press the climate information screen nate). system. However, you can still operate selection button to display climate in‐ Push the button again to turn the the mode and air intake buttons as long formation on the screen. heater off. as the POWER button in the ON posi‐ The air conditioner and heater uses en‐ tion. ergy from the battery. If you use the heater or air conditioner for too long, distance to empty can be reduced due to increased power consumption. Turn off the heater and air conditioner if not necessary.
5-117 Features of your vehicle
Driver only Automatic ventilation The system automatically selects the outside (fresh) air position when the climate control system operates over a certain period of time (approximately 5 minutes) in low temperature with the re-circulated air position selected. To cancel or reset the Automatic Ventilation When the air conditioning system is on, select Face Level mode and press the re-circulated air position button more than five times within 3 seconds while pressing A/C button. When the automatic ventilation is can‐ If you press the DRIVER ONLY button celed, the indicator blinks 3 times. and the indicator light illuminates, cold When the automatic ventilation is acti‐ air mostly blows in the direction of the vated, the indicator blinks 6 times. driver’s seat. However, some of the cold air may come out of other seats’ ducts to keep indoor air pleasant. If you use the button with no passen‐ ger in the front passenger seat, energy consumption will be reduced.
5-118
WINDSHIELD DEFROSTING AND DEFOGGING Automatic climate control 4. The air conditioning will turn on ac‐ 2. Set the temperature to the ex‐ system cording to the detected ambient treme hot position. temperature and outside (fresh) air 3. Press the defroster button . To defog inside windshield position will be selected automati‐ cally. 4. The air conditioning will turn on ac‐ If the air conditioning and outside cording to the detected ambient (fresh) air position are not selected temperature and outside (fresh) air automatically, adjust the corre‐ position will be selected automati‐ sponding button manually. If the cally. position is selected, lower fan speed is adjusted to a higher fan Operation tips speed. •F or maximum defrosting, set the 5 temperature control to the extreme To defrost outside windshield right/hot position and the fan speed Features of your vehicle control to the highest speed. • If warm air to the floor is desired while defrosting or defogging, set the mode to the floor-defrost position. 1. Set the fan speed to the desired • Before driving, clear all snow and ice position. from the windshield, rear window, outside rear view mirrors, and all side 2. Select desired temperature. windows. 3. Press the defroster button . • Clear all snow and ice from the hood and air inlet in the cowl grill to im‐ prove heater and defroster efficiency and to reduce the probability of fog‐ ging up the inside of the windshield.
1. Set the fan speed to the highest position.
5-119 Features of your vehicle
WARNING Automatic climate control system Auto defogging system (if equipped) n Windshield heating Do not use the position during cooling operation in extremely humid weather. The difference between the temperature of the outside air and the windshield could cause the outer surface of the windshield to fog up, causing loss of visibility. In this case, set the mode selection to the position and fan speed con‐ trol to the lower speed.
Defogging logic (if equipped) To reduce the probability of fogging up 1. POWER button in the ON. the inside of the windshield, the air in‐ 2. Press the defroster button ( ). Auto defogging reduces the possibility take or air conditioning are controlled of fogging up the inside of the wind‐ automatically according to certain con‐ 3. While pressing the air conditioning button (A/C), press the air intake shield by automatically sensing the ditions such as position. To cancel or moisture of inside the windshield. return the defogging logic, do the fol‐ control button at least 5 times within 3 seconds. This indicator illuminates when the au‐ lowing. to defogging system senses the mois‐ ture of inside the windshield and oper‐ The indicator on the air intake button ates. will blink 3 times. It indicates that the If more moisture is in the vehicle, high‐ defogging logic is canceled or returned er steps operate as follow. to the programmed status. If the battery has been discharged or (For European region) disconnected, it resets to the defog logic status. Step 1: Blowing air flow toward the windshield
5-120
Step 2: Increasing air flow toward the windshield Step 3: Operating the air conditioning
Step 4: Outside air position
(For except European region) Step 1: Operating the air conditioning
Step 2: Outside air position 5 Step 3: Blowing air flow toward the
windshield Features of your vehicle Step 4: Increasing air flow toward the windshield To cancel or reset the Auto Defogging System Press the front windshield defroster button for 3 seconds when the POWER button in the ON position. When the ADS system is canceled, Indi‐ cator on the button will blink 3 times per 0.5 sec or “ADS OFF” will blink 3 times per 0.5 sec and “ADS OFF” will be displayed on the LCD of audio. When the ADS system is reset, Indica‐ tor on the button will blink 6 times per 0.25 sec or “ADS OFF” will blink 6 times per 0.25 sec and “ADS OFF” will be dis‐ appeared on the LCD of audio.
5-121 Features of your vehicle
STORAGE COMPARTMENT These compartments can be used to Center console storage Glove box store small items.
CAUTION
• To avoid possible theft, do not leave valuables in the storage compartment. • Always keep the storage compart‐ ment covers closed while driving. Do not attempt to place so many items in the storage compartment that the storage compartment cover cannot close securely.
To open the center console storage, pull To open the glove box, push the lever WARNING up the lever. and the glove box will automatically open. Close the glove box after use. n Flammable materials Do not store cigarette lighters, pro‐ pane cylinders, or other flammable/ WARNING explosive materials in the vehicle. These items may catch fire and/or To reduce the risk of injury in an ac‐ explode if the vehicle is exposed to cident or sudden stop, always keep hot temperatures for extended peri‐ the glove box door closed while driv‐ ods. ing.
5-122
CAUTION WARNING Luggage box
Do not keep food in the glove box for • Do not keep objects except sun‐ a long time. glasses inside the sunglass holder. Such objects can be thrown from the holder in the event of a sudden Sunglass holder stop or an accident, possibly injur‐ ing the passengers in the vehicle. • Do not open the sunglass holder while the vehicle is moving. The rear view mirror of the vehicle can be blocked by an opened sunglass 5 holder. Features of your vehicle • Do not put the glasses forcibly into a sunglass holder to prevent breakage or deformation of the glasses. It may cause personal in‐ You can place tools, etc. in the box for jury if you try to open it forcibly easy access. when the glasses are jammed in Grasp the handle on the edge of the the holder. cover and lift it.
To open the sunglass holder, press the cover and the holder will slowly open. Place your sunglasses with the lenses facing out. To close the sunglass holder, push it up.
5-123 Features of your vehicle
INTERIOR FEATURES
Ashtray (if equipped) Cup holder (Continued) • If uncovered cups and cans con‐ WARNING taining any form of liquid are put into the front/center seat cup n Hot liquids holders and the vehicle brakes heavily, the liquid may flow into • Do not place uncovered cups of hot the narrow openings around cup liquid in the cup holder while the holders and console, and soak into vehicle is in motion. If the hot liq‐ the vehicle's internal electrical sys‐ uid spills, you may burn yourself. tem. Such a burn to the driver could To avoid subsequent system mal‐ lead to loss of control of the vehi‐ function, always firmly cover any cle. container holding liquid. • To reduce the risk of a personal in‐ jury in the event of a sudden stop or collision, do not place uncovered WARNING To use the ashtray, open the cover. or unsecured bottles, glasses, cans, etc., in the cup holder while To clean or empty the ashtray, pull it Keep cans or bottles out of direct the vehicle is in motion. out. sun light and do not put them in a (Continued) vehicle that is heated up. It may ex‐ WARNING plode.
n Ashtray use • Do not use the vehicle’s ashtrays as waste receptacles. • Putting lit cigarettes or matches in an ashtray with other combustible materials may cause a fire.
5-124
The half part of the cup holder (2) will NOTICE appear.
• Keep your drinks sealed while driv‐ ing to prevent spilling your drink. If CAUTION liquid spills, it may get into the ve‐ hicle's electrical/electronic system Be careful not to spill drinks in the and damage electrical/electronic cup holder. The cup holder may not parts. work. • When cleaning spilled liquids, do not dry the cup holder at high temperature. This may damage 5 the cup holder. Features of your vehicle
To open the cover, push the knob to the To use the cup holder space as a stor‐ direction of the arrow (2) while press‐ age compartment, turn the half part of ing down the knob (1). the cup holder (2) to the direction of To use the cup holder, press the button the arrow. (1).
5-125 Features of your vehicle
Sunvisor CAUTION
n Vanity mirror lamp (if equip‐ ped) If you use the vanity mirror lamp, turn off the lamp before returning the sunvisor to its original position, otherwise it could result in battery discharge and possible sunvisor damage.
Cups or small beverage cans may be placed in the cup holders. Use the sunvisor to shield direct light through the front or side windows. To use the sunvisor, pull it downward. To use the sunvisor for the side win‐ dow, pull it downward, unsnap it from the bracket (1) and swing it to the side (2). To use the vanity mirror, pull down the visor and slide the mirror cover (3). The ticket holder (4) is provided for holding a tollgate ticket. (if equipped)
5-126
Seat warmer (if equipped) The seat warmer is provided to warm Temperature control (Automatic) the front seats during cold weather. The seat warmer starts to automati‐ With the POWER button in the ON posi‐ cally control the seat temperature in tion, push either of the switches to order to prevent low-temperature warm the driver's seat or the front burns after being manually turned ON. passenger's seat. • Front seat During mild weather or under condi‐ tions where the operation of the seat warmer is not needed, keep the switches in the “OFF” position. Temperature control (Manual) 5 • Each time you press the switch, the • Rear seat
temperature setting of the seat will Features of your vehicle change as follows:
- Front seat
You may manually press the button to increase the seat temperature. Howev‐ - Rear seat er, it soon returns to the automatic mode again. • When pressing the switch for more than 1.5 seconds with the seat warmer operating, the seat warmer • The seat warmer defaults to the OFF will turn OFF. position whenever the POWER button • The seat warmer defaults to the OFF in the ON. position whenever the Power button is in the ON position.
5-127 Features of your vehicle
NOTICE WARNING Air ventilation seat (if equipped)
With the seat warmer switch in the n Seat warmer burns ON position, the heating system in Passengers should use extreme cau‐ the seat turns off or on automati‐ tion when using seat warmers due cally depending on the seat temper‐ to the possibility of excess heating ature. or burns. The seat warmer may cause burns even at low tempera‐ tures, especially if used for long pe‐ riods of time. In particular, the driver CAUTION must exercise extreme care for the following types of passengers: • When cleaning the seats, do not 1. Infants, children, elderly or use an organic solvent such as handicapped persons, or hospital paint thinner, benzene, alcohol and outpatients gasoline. Doing so may damage the surface of the heater or seats. 2. Persons with sensitive skin or those that burn easily The temperature setting of the seat • To prevent overheating the seat changes according to the switch posi‐ warmer, do not place anything on 3. Fatigued individuals tion. the seats that insulates against 4. Intoxicated individuals • If you want to warm your seat cush‐ heat, such as blankets, cushions or ion, press the switch (red color). seat covers while the seat warmer 5. Individuals taking medication • If you want to ventilate your seat is in operation. that can cause drowsiness or sleepiness (sleeping pills, cold cushion, press the switch (blue color). • Do not place heavy or sharp ob‐ tablets, etc.) jects on seats equipped with seat • Each time you press the button, the warmers. Damage to the seat airflow will change as follows: warming components could occur. • Do not change the seat cover. It may damage the seat warmer or air ventilation system.
5-128
• The seat warmer (with air ventila‐ Power outlet tion) defaults to the OFF position CAUTION whenever the POWER button in the ON. • Use the power outlet only when the vehicle is on and remove the accessory plug after use. Using the CAUTION accessory plug for prolonged peri‐ ods of time with the vehicle off When cleaning the seats, do not use could cause the battery to dis‐ an organic solvent such as paint charge. thinner, benzene, alcohol and gaso‐ • Only use 12V electric accessories line. Doing so may damage the sur‐ which are less than 10A in electric face of the heater or seats. capacity. 5
• Adjust the air-conditioner or heat‐ Features of your vehicle er to the lowest operating level when using the power outlet. The power outlet is designed to provide • Close the cover when not in use. power for mobile telephones or other • Some electronic devices can cause devices designed to operate with vehi‐ electronic interference when plug‐ cle electrical systems. The devices ged into a vehicle’s power outlet. should draw less than 10 amps with These devices may cause exces‐ the vehicle on. sive audio static and malfunctions in other electronic systems or de‐ vices used in your vehicle. • Refrain from using the heater or A/C if you need to use the multi‐ purpose socket. If the heater or A/C has to be used simultaneously, have it to the lowest setting. (Continued)
5-129 Features of your vehicle
USB charger • Only devices that fits the USB port (Continued) can be used. • Some add-on electrical equipment • The USB charger can be used only for will induce electromagnetic inter‐ battery charging purposes. ference. This will lead to subse‐ quent malfunction or hinder good • Battery chargers cannot be charged. reception of the Audio/Video and electrical system. AC inverter (if equipped) • Always make sure that electric add-ons are fully plugged into the multipurpose sockets. Insecure contacts may lead to electrical malfunctions.
WARNING The USB charger is designed to re‐ Do not put a finger or a foreign ele‐ charge batteries of small size electrical ment (pin, etc.) into a power outlet devices using a USB cable. The electrical and do not touch with a wet hand. devices can be recharged when the You may get an electric shock. Power button is in ACC/ON/START posi‐ tion. The battery charging state may be monitored on the electrical device. The AC inverter supplies 220V/200W Disconnect the USB cable from the USB electric power to operate electric ac‐ port after use. cessories or equipment. • Some devices are not supported for If you wish to use the AC inverter, open fast charging but will be charged with up the AC inverter cover and connect a normal speed. plug to it. The AC inverter supplies elec‐ • Use the USB charger when the vehicle tric power when vehicle is on. is on to prevent battery discharge.
5-130
• While the power consumption of Wireless smart phone charging NOTICE some electrical devices/appliances may be within the AC inverter’s elec‐ system (if equipped) • Rated voltage : AC 220V tric power range, it may malfunction • Maximum electric power : 200W in below cases. - If the device/appliance requires • In order to avoid an electrical sys‐ high electric power for initial start tem failure, electric shock, etc., be up sure to read owner's manual be‐ - If the device/appliance processes fore use. precise/very accurate data • Be sure to close the cover except - If the device/appliance requires for when in use. very stable supply of electricity 5 Features of your vehicle •T o prevent the battery from being CAUTION discharged, do not use the AC inver‐ ter while the vehicle is not on. n Electric accessory devices • After using an electric accessory or • Do not use broken electric acces‐ A wireless smart phone charging sys‐ equipment, pull the plug out. Leaving sories which may damage the AC tem located in front of the center con‐ the accessory or equipment plugged inverter and electrical systems of sole. in for a long time may cause battery the vehicle. Firmly close all doors, and turn the discharge. • Do not use two or more electric POWER button in the ACC or ON. To • Do not use an electric accessory or accessories at the same time. It start wireless charging, place the smart equipment the power consumption of may cause damage to the electri‐ phone equipped with wireless charging which is greater than 200W (220V). cal systems of the vehicle. function on the wireless charging pad. For best wireless charging results, place • When the AC inverter input voltage is the smart phone on the center of the less than 11.3V, automatically turn charging pad. off the power. AC inverter will operate as normal when the voltage is increased.
5-131 Features of your vehicle
The wireless charging system is de‐ If the wireless charging does not work, signed for one smart phone equipped gently move your smart phone around CAUTION with QI per single usage only. Please re‐ the pad until the charging indicator fer to the smart phone accessory cover light turns orange. Depending on the • When the interior temperature of or the smart phone manufacturer smart phone, the charging indicator the wireless charging system rises homepage to check whether your light may not turn green even after the above a set temperature, the smart phone supports QI function. charging is complete. wireless charging will cease to If the wireless charging is not function‐ function. After the interior tem‐ Wireless smart phone charging ing properly, the orange light will blink perature drops below the thresh‐ 1. Remove any object on the smart and flash for ten seconds then turn off. old, the wireless charging function phone charging pad including the In such cases, remove the smart phone will resume. smart key. If there is any foreign from the pad and replace it on the pad • If any metallic object such as coins object on the pad other than a again, or double check the charging sta‐ is located between the wireless smart phone, the wireless charging tus. charging system and the smart function may not operate properly. If you leave the smart phone on the phone, the charging may be dis‐ 2. Place the smart phone on the cen‐ charging pad when the vehicle POWER rupted. Also, the metallic object ter of the wireless charging pad. button in the OFF, the vehicle will alert may heat up. you through warning messages and • If there is any metallic object be‐ 3. The indicator light will change to sound (applicable for vehicles with voice tween the smart phone and the orange once the wireless charging guidance (function) after the ‘Good bye’ wireless charging pad, immediate‐ begins. After the charging is com‐ function on the instrument cluster ly remove the smart phone. Re‐ plete, the orange light will change ends. move the metallic object after it to green. has completely cooled down. 4. You can choose to turn the wireless • The wireless charging may not charging function to either ON or function properly when there is a OFF by selecting the USM on the in‐ heavy accessory cover on the strument cluster. (Please refer to smart phone. “Instrument cluster” on page 5-39 (Continued) for details).
5-132
(Continued) (Continued) (Continued) • The wireless charging will stop • Place the smart phone on the cen‐ • When any smart phone without a when using the wireless smart key ter of the charge pad for best re‐ wireless charging function or a search function to prevent radio sults. The smart phone may not metallic object is placed on the wave disruption. charge when placed near the rim charging pad, a small noise may • The wireless charging will stop of the charging pad. When the sound. This small sound is due to when the smart key is moved out smart phone does get charged, it the vehicle discerning compatibility of the vehicle with the POWER may heat up excessively. of the object placed on the charg‐ button in the ON. • For smart phones without built-in ing pad. It does not affect your ve‐ wireless charging system, an ap‐ hicle or the smart phone in any • The wireless charging will stop way. when any of the doors is opened propriate accessory has to be 5 (applicable for vehicles equipped equipped. with smart keys). • Smart phones of some manufac‐ Clothes hanger Features of your vehicle • The wireless charging will stop turers may display messages on when the vehicle is turned OFF. weak current. This is due to the particular characteristic of the • The wireless charging will stop smart phone and does not imply a when the smart phone is not in malfunction on wireless charging complete contact with the wireless function. charging pad. • The indicator light of some manu‐ • Items equipped with magnetic facturers’ smart phones may still components such as credit card, be orange after the smart phone telephone card, bankbook, any is fully charged. This is due to the transportation ticket and such particular characteristic of the may become damaged during smart phone and not a malfunc‐ wireless charging. tion of the wireless charging. (Continued) (Continued)
❈ This actual feature may differ from the illustration.
5-133 Features of your vehicle
A coat hook is next to the rear grab handle. (Continued) WARNING when the curtain air bag is inflated, it may cause vehicle damage or per‐ The following must be observed CAUTION sonal injury. when installing ANY floor mat to the vehicle. Do not hang heavy clothes, since • Ensure that the floor mats are se‐ those may damage the hook. Floor mat anchor(s) (if curely attached to the vehicle's floor mat anchor(s) before driving equipped) the vehicle. WARNING • Do not use ANY floor mat that cannot be firmly attached to the vehicle's floor mat anchors. • Do not stack floor mats on top of one another (e.g. all-weather rub‐ ber mat on top of a carpeted floor mat). Only a single floor mat should be installed in each position. IMPORTANT - Your vehicle was man‐ ufactured with driver's side floor mat anchors that are designed to securely hold the floor mat in place. To avoid any interference with pedal operation, Kia recommends that the Kia floor mat designed for use in When using a floor mat on the front your vehicle be installed. Do not hang other objects such as floor carpet, make sure it attaches to hangers or hard objects except the floor mat anchor(s) in your vehicle. clothes. Also, do not put heavy, This keeps the floor mat from sliding sharp or breakable objects in the clothe pockets. In an accident or forward. (Continued)
5-134
Luggage net holder (Continued) Cargo security screen (if equipped) when carrying fragile or bulky ob‐ jects in the luggage compartment.
WARNING
To avoid eye injury, DO NOT over‐ stretch the luggage net. ALWAYS keep your face and body out of the luggage net’s recoil path. DO NOT 5 use the luggage net when the strap
has visible signs of wear or damage. Features of your vehicle
To keep items from shifting in the car‐ go area, you can use the holders loca‐ Use the cargo security screen to hide ted in the cargo area to attach the lug‐ items stored in the cargo area. gage net. To use the cargo security screen, pull If necessary, have the system checked the handle backward and insert the by a professional workshop. Kia recom‐ edges into the slots. mends to visit an authorized Kia dealer/ service partner.
CAUTION
To prevent damage to the goods or the vehicle, care should be taken (Continued)
5-135 Features of your vehicle
WARNING
• Do not place objects on the cargo security screen. Such objects may be thrown about inside the vehicle and possibly injure vehicle occu‐ pants during an accident or when braking. • Never allow anyone to ride in the luggage compartment. It is de‐ signed for luggage only. • Maintain the balance of the vehicle and locate the weight as far for‐ ward as possible.
CAUTION
Since the cargo security screen may be damaged or malformed, do not put the luggage on it when it is used.
5-136
EXTERIOR FEATURES
Roof rack (if equipped) NOTICE (Continued) • When carrying large objects on the • The crossbars (if equipped) should roof rack, make sure they do not be placed in the proper load carry‐ exceed the overall roof length or ing positions prior to placing items width. onto the roof rack. • When you are carrying cargo on • If the vehicle is equipped with a the roof rack, do not operate the sunroof, be sure not to position sunroof (if equipped). cargo onto the roof rack in such a way that it could interfere with 5 sunroof operation. WARNING • When the roof rack is not being Features of your vehicle • The following specification is the used to carry cargo, the crossbars maximum weight that can be loa‐ may need to be repositioned if ded onto the roof rack. Distribute If the vehicle has a roof rack, you can wind noise is detected. the load as evenly as possible load cargo on top of your vehicle. across the crossbars (if equipped) Crossbars and fixing components can and roof rack and secure the load be installed on the roof rack to carry CAUTION firmly. cargo. Those may be obtained from an authorized Kia dealer/service partner or ROOF 100 kg (220 lbs.) • When carrying cargo on the roof RACK EVENLY DISTRIBUTED other qualified shop. rack, take the necessary precau‐ tions to make sure the cargo does Loading cargo or luggage in excess not damage the roof of the vehi‐ of the specified weight limit on the cle. roof rack may damage your vehi‐ (Continued) cle. (Continued)
5-137 Features of your vehicle
(Continued) • The vehicle center of gravity will be higher when items are loaded onto the roof rack. Avoid sudden starts, braking, sharp turns, abrupt maneuvers or high speeds that may result in loss of vehicle control or rollover resulting in an accident. • Always drive slowly and turn cor‐ ners carefully when carrying items on the roof rack. Severe wind up‐ drafts, caused by passing vehicles or natural causes, can cause sud‐ den upward pressure on items loa‐ ded on the roof rack. This is espe‐ cially true when carrying large, flat items such as wood panels or mat‐ tresses. This could cause the items to fall off the roof rack and cause damage to your vehicle or others around you. • To prevent damage or loss of car‐ go while driving, check frequently before or while driving to make sure the items on the roof rack are securely fastened.
5-138
AUDIO SYSTEM
NOTICE USB port How vehicle radio works FM reception If you install an after market HID head lamp, your vehicle’s audio and electronic device may malfunction.
❈ If your vehicle is equipped with multi media screen system, refer to a separately supplied manual for 5 detailed information.
Antenna Features of your vehicle
You can use an USB port to plug in an USB. AM and FM radio signals are broadcast from transmitter towers located around your city. They are intercepted NOTICE by the radio antenna on your vehicle. This signal is then processed by the ra‐ When using a portable audio device dio and sent to your vehicle speakers. connected to the power outlet, noise However, in some cases the signal com‐ may occur during playback. If this ing to your vehicle may not be strong happens, use the power source of and clear. the portable audio device. This can be due to factors, such as the distance from the radio station, close‐ Shark fin antenna ness of other strong radio stations or the presence of buildings, bridges or The shark fin antenna will receive the other large obstructions in the area. transmit data.
5-139 Features of your vehicle
AM reception FM radio station
•Fading - As your vehicle moves away from the radio station, the signal will weaken and sound will begin to fade. When this occurs, we suggest that AM broadcasts can be received at FM broadcasts are transmitted at high you select another station with a greater distances than FM broadcasts. frequencies and do not bend to follow stronger signal. This is because AM radio waves are the earth's surface. Because of this, FM transmitted at low frequencies. These broadcasts generally begin to fade • Flutter/Static - Weak FM signals or long distance, low frequency radio within short distances from the station. large obstructions between the waves can follow the curvature of the Also, FM signals are easily affected by transmitter and your radio can dis‐ earth rather than travelling straight. In buildings, mountains, and obstructions. turb the signal causing static or flut‐ addition, they curve around obstruc‐ This can lead to undesirable or unpleas‐ tering noises to occur. Reducing the tions resulting in better signal cover‐ ant listening conditions which might treble level may lessen this effect un‐ age. lead you to believe a problem exists til the disturbance clears. with your radio. The following condi‐ tions are normal and do not indicate ra‐ dio trouble:
5-140
Using a cellular phone or a two- WARNING way radio When a cellular phone is used inside the n Distracted driving vehicle, noise may be produced from the audio system. This does not mean Driving while distracted can result in that something is wrong with the audio a loss of vehicle control that may equipment. In such a case, try to oper‐ lead to an accident, severe bodily in‐ ate mobile devices as far from the au‐ jury, or death. The driver's primary dio equipment as possible. responsibility is the safe and legal When using a communication system operation of the vehicle, and the use such as a cellular phone or a radio set of any handheld devices, other inside the vehicle, a separate external equipment, or vehicle systems which 5 antenna must be fitted. When a cellular take the driver's eyes, attention, and focus away from the safe operation • Station Swapping - As an FM signal phone or a radio set is used with an in‐ Features of your vehicle ternal antenna alone, it may interfere of the vehicle, or which are not per‐ weakens, another more powerful sig‐ missible by law, should never be with the vehicle's electrical system and nal near the same frequency may be‐ used during the operation of the ve‐ adversely affect safe operation of the gin to play. This is because your radio hicle. is designed to lock onto the clearest vehicle. signal. If this occurs, select another station with a stronger signal. WARNING • Multi-Path Cancellation - Radio sig‐ nals being received from several di‐ n Cell phone use rections can cause distortion or flut‐ Do not use a cellular phone while tering. This can be caused by a direct driving. Stop at a safe location to use and reflected signal from the same a cellular phone. station, or by signals from two sta‐ tions with close frequencies. If this occurs, select another station until the condition has passed.
5-141
Driving your vehicle
Before driving...... 6-04 AUTO HOLD...... 6-31 Before entering vehicle...... 6-04 Cancel...... 6-32 Before starting...... 6-04 Warning messages...... 6-33 Power button...... 6-05 Anti-lock brake system (ABS)...... 6-34 Illuminated POWER button...... 6-05 Electronic Stability Control (ESC)...... 6-36 POWER button position...... 6-05 Vehicle stability management (VSM)...... 6-39 Starting the vehicle...... 6-07 Hill-start assist control (HAC)...... 6-40 Turing off the Vehicle...... 6-08 Emergency stop signal (ESS)...... 6-41 Reduction gear...... 6-09 Good braking practices...... 6-41 Reduction gear operation...... 6-09 Drive mode integrated control system...... 6-43 LCD display messages...... 6-11 Drive mode...... 6-43 Good driving practices...... 6-15 Initial setting for each drive mode...... 6-44 Regenerative braking system...... 6-16 Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) (sensor Regenerative braking (Paddle shifter)...... 6-16 fusion) ...... 6-46 6 One pedal driving...... 6-17 System setting and activation...... 6-46 Smart regeneration system (if equipped with FCA warning message and system control...... 6-48 smart cruise control system)...... 6-18 Brake operation...... 6-49 System setting...... 6-18 Detecting sensors (front view camera/front radar)...... 6-50 To Activate Smart Regeneration System...... 6-18 System malfunction...... 6-51 Smart regeneration system will be temporarily Limitation of the system...... 6-53 canceled when:...... 6-19 Lane-Change Oncoming function...... 6-59 To resume smart regeneration system...... 6-19 Lane keeping assist (LKA) ...... 6-61 To turn smart regeneration system off...... 6-19 LKA system operation...... 6-62 Vehicle-to-vehicle distance recognition sensor LKA activation...... 6-63 (front radar)...... 6-20 LKA system malfunction...... 6-65 System malfunction...... 6-20 Blind-Spot Collision Warning (BCW) ...... 6-68 Limitations of the system...... 6-21 System description...... 6-68 Brake system...... 6-24 System setting and activation...... 6-68 Power brakes...... 6-24 Warning message and system control...... 6-70 Electronic parking brake (EPB) ...... 6-26 Manual Speed Limit Assist (MSLA) ...... 6-77 To set speed limit...... 6-77 Limitation of the system...... 6-114 To turn off Manual Speed Limit Assist...... 6-78 Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning (RCCW) ...... 6-117 Intelligent speed limit warning (ILSW) ...... 6-80 System description...... 6-117 ISLW activation/deactivation...... 6-80 System setting and activation...... 6-117 Operation...... 6-80 Warning message and system control...... 6-118 Display...... 6-81 Special driving conditions...... 6-124 Driver's attention...... 6-83 Hazardous driving conditions...... 6-124 Driver Attention Warning (DAW) ...... 6-84 Reducing the risk of a rollover...... 6-124 Driver attention warning...... 6-84 Rocking the vehicle...... 6-125 Cruise control (CC)...... 6-88 Smooth cornering...... 6-126 Cruise control switch...... 6-89 Driving at night...... 6-126 To set cruise control speed...... 6-89 Driving in the rain...... 6-126 To increase cruise control set speed...... 6-90 Driving in flooded areas...... 6-126 6 To decrease the cruising speed...... 6-90 Driving off-road...... 6-126 To temporarily accelerate with the cruise control on.... 6-90 Highway driving...... 6-126 To cancel cruise control...... 6-90 Winter driving...... 6-128 To resume cruising speed...... 6-91 Snowy or icy conditions...... 6-128 To turn cruise control off...... 6-91 Use high quality ethylene glycol coolant...... 6-130 Smart Cruise Control (SCC) ...... 6-92 Check battery and cables...... 6-130 Smart cruise control switch...... 6-92 Check spark plugs and ignition system...... 6-130 Set SCC Reaction...... 6-98 To keep locks from freezing...... 6-130 Vehicle to vehicle distance setting...... 6-98 Use approved window washer anti-freeze in system..6-130 Detecting Sensor (Front View Camera / Front Radar).... 6-102 Don't let your parking brake freeze...... 6-130 To convert to cruise control mode...... 6-104 Don't let ice and snow accumulate underneath...... 6-131 Limitations of the system...... 6-105 Carry emergency equipment...... 6-131 Leading vehicle departure alert (Smart Cruise Vehicle weight...... 6-132 Control system equipped) ...... 6-109 Base curb weight...... 6-132 Lane Following Assist (LFA) ...... 6-111 Vehicle curb weight...... 6-132 LFA system operation...... 6-112 Cargo weight...... 6-132 LFA system malfunction...... 6-114 GAW (Gross axle weight)...... 6-132
GAWR (Gross axle weight rating)...... 6-132 GVW (Gross vehicle weight)...... 6-132 GVWR (Gross vehicle weight rating)...... 6-132 Overloading...... 6-132
6
Driving your vehicle
BEFORE DRIVING
Before entering vehicle WARNING (Continued) • Be sure that all windows, outside mirror(s), and outside lights are clean. as dangerous or more dangerous All passengers must be properly bel‐ than driving drunk. • Check the condition of the tires. ted whenever the vehicle is moving. You are much more likely to have a • Check the area underneath the vehi‐ Refer to “Seat belts” on page 4-16 serious accident if you drink or take cle for any sign of leaks. for more information on their proper drugs and drive. use. If you are drinking or taking drugs, • Be sure there are no obstacles behind don’t drive. Do not ride with a driver you if you intend to back up. who has been drinking or taking WARNING drugs. Choose a designated driver or Before starting call a cab. • Close and lock all doors. Always check the surrounding areas •Position the seat so that all controls near your vehicle for people, espe‐ are easily reached. cially children, before putting a vehi‐ WARNING cle into “D (Drive)” or “R (Reverse)”. • Adjust the inside and outside rear‐ • When you make a sudden stop or view mirrors. turn the steering wheel rapidly, • Be sure that all lights work. WARNING loose objects may drop on the floor and it could interfere with • Check all gauges. n the operation of the foot pedals, • Check the operation of warning lights Driving under the influence of possibly causing an accident. Keep when the POWER is turned to the ON alcohol or drugs all things in the vehicle safely stor‐ position. Drinking and driving is dangerous. ed. • Release the parking brake and make Drunk driving is the number one con‐ • If you do not focus on driving, it tributor to the highway death toll sure the brake warning light goes may cause an accident. Be careful each year. Even a small amount of out. when operating what may disturb alcohol will affect your reflexes, per‐ driving such as audio or heater. It ceptions and judgement. Driving is the responsibility of the driver For safe operation, be sure you are fa‐ while under the influence of drugs is miliar with your vehicle and its equip‐ to always drive safely. (Continued) ment.
6-04
POWER BUTTON Illuminated POWER button POWER button position In addition, if the Power button is in the OFF OFF position after the driver's door is opened, the steering wheel will not lock To turn off the vehicle pow‐ and the warning chime will sound. In er (ON position), press the such a situation, close the door. Then Power button with the the steering wheel will lock and the shifter dial in the P (Park) warning chime will stop. position. When you press the Power button without the shifter dial in the P (Park) position, the Power NOTICE button will not change to the OFF posi‐ tion but to the ACC position. If the steering wheel doesn't unlock Vehicles equipped with anti-theft properly, the vehicle Power button steering column lock will not work. Press the Power but‐ 6 The steering wheel locks when the ton while turning the steering wheel Power button is in the OFF position to right and left to release the tension. Driving your vehicle protect you against theft. It locks when Whenever the front door is opened, the the door is opened. Power button will illuminate for your If the steering wheel is not locked prop‐ convenience. The light will go off after erly when you open the driver's door, CAUTION about 30 seconds when the door is the warning chime will sound. Try lock‐ closed. It will also go off immediately ing the steering wheel again. If the You are able to turn off the vehicle when the Power button is ON position. problem is not solved, have the system (START/RUN) or vehicle power (ON), checked by a professional workshop. only when the vehicle is not in mo‐ Kia recommends to visit an authorized tion. In an emergency situation while Kia dealer/service partner. the vehicle is in motion, you are able to turn the vehicle off and to the ACC position by pressing the vehicle Power button for more than 2 seconds or 3 times successively (Continued)
6-05 Driving your vehicle
The warning lights can be checked be‐ (Continued) fore the vehicle is started. Do not leave WARNING within 3 seconds. If the vehicle is still the Power button in the ON position for moving, you can restart the vehicle a long time. The battery may dis‐ • Never press the vehicle Power but‐ without depressing the brake pedal charge, because the vehicle is not ON. ton while the vehicle is in mo‐ by pressing the vehicle Power button START/RUN tion.This would result in loss of di‐ with the shifter dial in the N (Neu‐ To start the vehicle, depress rectional control and braking func‐ tion, which could cause an acci‐ tral) position. the brake pedal and press dent. the Power button with the shifter dial in the P (Park) or • The anti-theft steering column ACC (Accessory) the N (Neutral) position. For lock (if equipped) is not a substi‐ Press the Power button your safety, start the vehicle with the tute for the parking brake. Before while it is in the OFF posi‐ shifter dial in the P (Park) position. leaving the driver's seat, always tion without depressing the make sure the shifter dial is en‐ brake pedal. gaged in P (Park), set the parking NOTICE brake fully and shut the vehicle The steering wheel unlocks (if equipped off. Unexpected and sudden vehi‐ with anti-theft steering column lock) If you press the Power button with‐ cle movement may occur if these precautions are not taken. and electrical accessories are opera‐ out depressing the brake pedal, the tional. vehicle will not start and the Power • Never reach for the vehicle Power If the Power button is in the ACC posi‐ button or any other controls tion for more than 1 hour, the button is button changes as follow: OFF ACC ON OFF or ACC through the steering wheel while turned off automatically to prevent the vehicle is in motion. The pres‐ battery discharge. ence of your hand or arm in the ON area could cause loss of vehicle Press the Power button NOTICE control, an accident and serious while it is in the ACC posi‐ bodily injury or death. tion without depressing the If you leave the Power button in the (Continued) brake pedal. ACC or ON position for a long time, the battery will discharge.
6-06
4. Depress the brake pedal. (Continued) NOTICE 5. Press the Power button. If the vehi‐ • Do not place any movable objects cle starts, the " " indicator will • The vehicle will start by pressing around the driver's seat as they come on. may move while driving, interfere the Power button, only when the with the driver and lead to an acci‐ smart key is in the vehicle. dent. • Even when the smart key is in the NOTICE vehicle, and when it is far away Starting the vehicle from the driver, the vehicle may • Always start the vehicle with your not start. foot on the brake pedal. • When the Power button is in the • If ambient temperature is low, the WARNING ACC or ON position, any door is " " indicator may remain illumi‐ open, the system checks for the nated longer than the normal • Always wear appropriate shoes smart key. When the smart key is amount of time. 6 when operating your vehicle. Un‐ not in the vehicle, the " " indi‐ suitable shoes, such as high heels, Driving your vehicle ski boots, sandals, flip-flops, etc., cator will blink and the warning may interfere with your ability to "Key not in vehicle" will come on. NOTICE use the brake and accelerator ped‐ When all doors are closed, the als. chime will also sound for about To prevent damage to the vehicle: • Do not start the vehicle with the 5 seconds. Keep the smart key in (Continued) accelerator pedal depressed. the vehicle when in the ACC posi‐ The vehicle can move and lead to tion or if the vehicle is ON. an accident. 1. Always carry the smart key with you. 2. Make sure the parking brake is ap‐ plied. 3. Make sure the shifter dial is in P (Park).
6-07 Driving your vehicle
(Continued) NOTICE CAUTION • If the " " indicator turns off Do not press the vehicle Power but‐ while you are in motion, do not at‐ • If the battery is weak or the smart key does not work correctly, you ton for more than 10 seconds except tempt to move the shifter dial to when the stop lamp fuse is blown. the P (Park) position. can start the vehicle by pressing If traffic and road conditions per‐ the Power button with the smart mit, you may put the shifter dial in key. Turing off the Vehicle the N (Neutral) position while the The side with the lock button 1. Depress the brake pedal fully. should be contacted directly. vehicle is still moving and press 2. Shift to P (Park). the Power button in an attempt to When you press the vehicle Power restart the vehicle. button directly with the smart 3. Apply the parking brake. key, the smart key should contact 4. Press the POWER button to turn • Do not push or tow your vehicle to the button at a right angle. start the vehicle. the vehicle off. • When the stop lamp fuse is blown, 5. Make sure the " " indicator light you cannot start the vehicle nor‐ on the instrument cluster is turned mally. off. Replace the fuse with a new one. If it is not possible, you can start the vehicle by pressing the vehicle CAUTION Power button for 10 seconds while it is in the ACC position. The vehi‐ If the " " indicator light on the in‐ cle can start without depressing strument cluster is still on, the vehi‐ cle is not turned off and can move the brake pedal. But for your safe‐ when the gear is in any position ex‐ ty always depress the brake pedal cept P (Park). before starting the vehicle.
6-08
REDUCTION GEAR Reduction gear operation Gear position
WARNING
To reduce the risk of serious injury or death: • ALWAYS check the surrounding areas near your vehicle for people, especially children, before shifting a vehicle into D (Drive) or R (Re‐ verse). • Before leaving the driver's seat, al‐ ways make sure the gear is in the 6 P (Park) position, then set the Select gear positions by turning the
parking brake, and place the POW‐ shift dial. Driving your vehicle ER button in the OFF position. Un‐ For your safety, always depress the The indicator in the instrument cluster expected and sudden vehicle brake pedal while shifting to another displays the gear position when the movement can occur if these pre‐ gear. POWER button is in the ON position. cautions are not followed. P (Park) Always come to a complete stop before shifting into P (Park). To shift the gear from R (Reverse), N (Neutral) or D (Drive) to P (Park), press the [P] button. If you turn off the vehicle in D (Drive) or R (Reverse), the gear automatically shifts to P (Park). • With the vehicle on, the gear auto‐ matically shifts to P (Park) if you
6-09 Driving your vehicle
open the driver’s door when the gear To shift to R (Reverse), press the [R] Shift-lock system is in N (Neutral), R (Reverse) or D button while depressing the brake ped‐ For your safety, your vehicle has a (Drive). However, the transmission al. shift-lock system which prevents shift‐ will be shifted to P (Park) once the ing the gear from P (Park) or N (Neu‐ following conditions are met. N (Neutral) tral) into R (Reverse) or D (Drive) unless - The brake/accelerator pedal is not The wheels and gear are not engaged. the brake pedal is depressed. depressed To shift to N (Neutral), press the [N] To shift from P (Park) or N (Neutral) in‐ - The seat belt is unfastened button while depressing the brake ped‐ to R (Reverse) or D (Drive), from R (Re‐ al. verse) into D (Drive) or from D (Drive) - The vehicle speed is below 2 km/h Always depress the brake pedal when into R (Reverse): (1 mph) you are shifting from N (Neutral) to an‐ 1. Depress and hold the brake pedal. other gear. • When the vehicle is over a certain 2. Start the vehicle or place the POW‐ In N (Neutral), if the driver attempts to speed, the gear does not shift to P ER button in the ON position. (Park) when the P button is pressed. turn off the vehicle, the gear remains in N (Neutral) and the POWER button will 3. Press the R (Reverse) or D (Drive) be in the ACC position. button. WARNING To turn off the vehicle from the ACC position, press the [P] button within 3 • Shifting into P (Park) while the ve‐ minutes. The vehicle will shift to P NOTICE hicle is in motion may cause you to (Park) and turn off. lose control of the vehicle. When the driver's door is opened within For your safety, you cannot shift 3 minutes with the POWER button in • After the vehicle has stopped, al‐ the gear while the charging cable is the ACC position and the gear in N ways make sure the gear is in P connected. (Park), apply the parking brake, (Neutral), the vehicle is automatically and turn the vehicle off. turned OFF and shifted to the P (Park) position. When the battery (12 V) is • Do not use the P (Park) position in discharged place of the parking brake. D (Drive) You cannot shift the gear when the This is the normal driving position. battery is discharged. R (Reverse) To shift to D (Drive), press the [D] but‐ Use this position to drive the vehicle ton while depressing the brake pedal. backward.
6-10
Jump start your vehicle (refer to “Jump LCD display messages Press brake pedal to change gear Starting” on page 7-05) or have the Shifting conditions not met system checked by a professional workshop. Kia recommends to visit an authorized Kia dealer/service partner. Parking Always come to a complete stop and continue to depress the brake pedal. Shift to the P (Park) position, apply the parking brake, and place the POWER button in the OFF position. Take the Key with you when exiting the vehicle. 6 Driving your vehicle The message appears on the LCD dis‐ The message appears on the LCD dis‐ play, when the brake pedal is not de‐ play in the following conditions: pressed while shifting the gear. 1. When driving speed is too fast to Depress the brake pedal and then shift shift the gear. Decrease the vehicle the gear. speed or slow down before shifting the gear. 2. When the gear is shifted while the vehicle is in Utility mode.
6-11 Driving your vehicle
Shift to P after stopping PARK engaged NEUTRAL engaged
The message appears on the LCD dis‐ The message appears on the LCD dis‐ The message appears on the LCD dis‐ play when the gear is shifted to P play when the P (Park) position is en‐ play when the N (Neutral) position is (Park) while the vehicle is moving. gaged. engaged. Stop the vehicle before shifting to P (Park).
6-12
Gear already selected PARK malfunction. Engage parking Check P button brake when parking vehicle
6 Driving your vehicle The message appears on the LCD dis‐ The message appears on the LCD dis‐ play when the selected gear button is The message is displayed when there is play when there is problem with the P pressed again. a problem with function engaging P button. (Park) position. Immediately have the system checked Immediately have the system checked by a professional workshop. Kia recom‐ by a professional workshop. Kia recom‐ mends to visit an authorized Kia dealer/ mends to visit an authorized Kia dealer/ service partner. service partner.
6-13 Driving your vehicle
Check shifter dial Rotary shifter stuck Shift button held down
The message appears on the LCD dis‐ The message appears on the LCD dis‐ The message appears on the LCD dis‐ play when there is problem with the play when the shifter dial is continu‐ play when the shift button is continu‐ shift buttons. ously stuck or there is problem with ously pressed or there is problem with Immediately have the system checked the shifter dial. the button. by a professional workshop. Kia recom‐ Make sure that there is no object on Make sure that there is no object on mends to visit an authorized Kia dealer/ top of the shifter dial. If the problem top of the shift button. If the problem service partner. persists, immediately have the system persists, immediately have the system checked by a professional workshop. checked by a professional workshop. Kia recommends to visit an authorized Kia recommends to visit an authorized Kia dealer/service partner. Kia dealer/service partner.
6-14
Do not turn rotary while pressing P • Do not shift to N (Neutral) when driv‐ ing. Doing so may result in an acci‐ WARNING dent. To reduce the risk of SERIOUS IN‐ • Do not drive with your foot resting on JURY or DEATH: the brake pedal. Even light, but con‐ • ALWAYS wear your seat belt. In a sistent pedal pressure can result in collision, an unbelted occupant is the brakes overheating, brake wear significantly more likely to be seri‐ and possibly even brake failure. ously injured or killed than a prop‐ • Always apply the parking brake when erly belted occupant. leaving the vehicle. Do not depend on • Avoid high speeds when cornering placing the gear in P (Park) to keep or turning. the vehicle from moving. • Do not make quick steering wheel • Exercise extreme caution when driv‐ movements, such as sharp lane ing on a slippery surface. Be especial‐ changes or fast, sharp turns. 6 ly careful when braking, accelerating
• The risk of rollover is greatly in‐ Driving your vehicle or shifting gears. On a slippery sur‐ The message appears on the LCD dis‐ creased if you lose control of your face, an abrupt change in vehicle vehicle at highway speeds. play when the shift dial is not turned speed can cause the drive wheels to while pressing P button. lose traction and may cause loss of • Loss of control often occurs if two Make sure that shifter dial is not vehicle control resulting in an acci‐ or more wheels drop off the road‐ turned while pressing P button. dent way and the driver over steers to reenter the roadway. Good driving practices • Optimum vehicle performance and • Never shift to P (Park) or from N economy is obtained by smoothly de‐ • In the event your vehicle leaves (Neutral) to any other position with pressing and releasing the accelera‐ the roadway, do not steer sharply. the accelerator pedal depressed. tor. Instead, slow down before pulling back into the travel lanes. • Never shift to P (Park) when the ve‐ hicle is in motion. • Kia recommends you follow all posted speed limits. Be sure the vehicle is completely stopped before you attempt to shift into R (Reverse) or D (Drive).
6-15 Driving your vehicle
REGENERATIVE BRAKING SYSTEM Regenerative braking (Paddle • Pull and hold the left side paddle shifter for more than 0.5 seconds shifter) and One Pedal Driving function is op‐ erated, increasing the regenerative braking. In this case, stopping the ve‐ hicle is possible by keep on pulling the paddle shifter. Refer to “One Pedal Driving” on page 6-17. • With the Smart Regeneration System activated, pull and hold the right side paddle shifter for over 1 second to turn on and off the automatic change of the regenerative braking. The selected regenerative braking level is displayed on the instrument cluster. NOTICE Initial setting of the regenerative brak‐ ing level vary according to the selected The paddle shifter is used to adjust the The paddle shifter does not operate Drive mode. regenerative braking level from 0 to 3 when: Drive mode Initial setting during decelerating or braking. • The [ ] and [ ] paddle shifters • Left side ( ): Increases regenerative are pulled at the same time. ECO+ 2 braking and deceleration. • The vehicle is decelerating by de‐ ECO 2 • Right side ( ): Decreases regenera‐ tive braking and deceleration. pressing the brake pedal. NORMAL 1 • Cruise Control system or Smart SPORT 1 Cruise Control system is activated. ❈ For more details, refer to “Drive Mode Integrated Control System” on page 6-43.
6-16
One pedal driving Automatic engagement of EPB The driver can stop the vehicle by pull‐ After the vehicle is stopped by the One ing and holding the left side paddle Pedal Driving function, EPB is automati‐ shifter. cally engaged when any of these condi‐ tions occur: Operating conditions • The driver's door is open The system enters the operating con‐ • The driver's seatbelt is unfastened. dition when the conditions below are met: • The hood is open • The driver's door is closed. • The tailgate is open. • The driver's seat belt is fastened. • 5 minutes have passed after the ve‐ hicle has stopped. To operate: • Pull and hold the left side paddle • The system operation is limited due 6 shifter while coasting. to other reasons.
• When the vehicle speed is above Driving your vehicle 3 km/h, release the paddle shifter to WARNING return to the previously set level. • When the vehicle speed is below • Stopping the vehicle may not be 3 km/h, the function maintains con‐ possible according to the vehicle trol to stop the vehicle even though and road conditions. Pay attention the paddle shifter is released. to the road condition ahead and apply the brake if necessary. • While the One pedal driving is in acti‐ vation, the driver can control the ve‐ • Avoid increasing the regenerative hicle stopping position using the ac‐ braking level suddenly on slippery celerator pedal. roads (like snow or icy conditions) because it may lead to slipping of the tires and skidding of the vehi‐ cle. It can be dangerous due to the loss of the vehicle's steering force.
6-17 Driving your vehicle
SMART REGENERATION SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED WITH SMART CRUISE CONTROL SYSTEM)
Smart Regeneration System controls - The road gradient changes the regenerative braking automatically according to the road gradient and driv‐ - Distance from the vehicle ahead re‐ ing condition of the vehicle in front. The duces or increases system minimizes the unnecessary op‐ - Speed of the vehicle ahead reduces or eration of the brake and acceleration increases pedal, improving the average energy consumption info and assisting the driver. WARNING
System setting When vehicle speed is under 10 km/h Smart Regeneration System enters the (6 mph), the Smart Regeneration ready status when: System is cancelled. The driver must The gear is in P (Park) and select 'User adjust the vehicle speed by depress‐ ing the accelerator or brake pedal settings Convenience Smart Re‐ When the system is turned on from the generation' on the User Settings mode. according to the road condition ahead and driving condition. User Settings mode, but the front ra‐ The setting is maintained when the ve‐ dar doesn't recognize the vehicle in hicle is restarted. front, 'AUTO' is displayed in white. Also, with the Smart Regeneration Sys‐ tem activated, pull and hold the right side paddle shifter for over 1 second to turn on and off the automatic change of the regenerative braking. To Activate Smart Regeneration System With 'AUTO' for the regenerative brak‐ ing level displayed on the cluster, the regenerative braking level is controlled automatically when vehicle speed is above 10 km/h (6 mph) and one of the condition below is met.
6-18
- Cruise Control system (including WARNING Smart Cruise Control system) is in activation. The Smart Regeneration System which automatically controls the re‐ - The ESC (Electronic Stability Con‐ generative braking level when coast‐ trol) or ABS is operating. ing is only a supplemental system for the driver's convenience. The system cannot completely stop the WARNING vehicle nor avoid all collisions. The brake control may be insufficient de‐ When the Smart Regeneration Sys‐ pending on the speed of the vehicle tem is cancelled automatically, ad‐ in front and when the vehicle in just the vehicle speed directly by de‐ front suddenly stops, a vehicle cuts pressing the accelerator or brake in suddenly and there is a steep pedal according to the road condition If the front radar recognizes the vehicle slope. Always look ahead cautiously ahead and driving condition. 6 in front, 'AUTO' is displayed in blue. The to prevent unexpected and sudden regenerative braking level is automati‐ situations from occurring. Driving your vehicle cally controlled depending on the driv‐ To resume smart regeneration ing condition of the vehicle in front and system the level is indicated with arrows. Smart regeneration system will To re-activate the Smart Regeneration However, current regenerative braking be temporarily canceled when: System while driving, pull and hold the level is maintained if the driver depres‐ • Cancelled manually right side paddle shifter for more than ses the brake pedal while the system is Pulling and holding the right side pad‐ 1 second again. Then, AUTO for the re‐ in activation. Also, the system is cancel‐ dle shifter for more than 1 second. generative braking level will appear on led temporarily if the accelerator pedal The Smart Regeneration System the cluster. is depressed. turns off temporarily and AUTO for the regenerative braking level disap‐ To turn smart regeneration pears from the cluster. system off • Cancelled automatically To turn off the system, shift to P - The vehicle is shifted to N (Neu‐ (Park) and deselect 'User Settings tral), R (Reverse) or P (Park). Convenience Smart Regeneration' on the User Settings mode.
6-19 Driving your vehicle
Vehicle-to-vehicle distance (Continued) System malfunction recognition sensor (front radar) • Be careful not to apply unnecessa‐ In order for the Smart Regeneration Check Smart Regeneration System ry force on the radar sensor or System to operate properly, always sensor cover. If the sensor is forci‐ make sure the radar sensor cover is bly moved out of proper align‐ clean and free of dirt, snow, and debris. ment, the Smart Regeneration Dirt, snow, or foreign substances on System may not operate correctly. the lens may adversely affect the In this case, a warning message sensing performance of the sensor. In may not be displayed. this case, the system operation may Have the system checked by a stop temporarily and not operate nor‐ professional workshop. Kia recom‐ mally. mends to visit an authorized Kia dealer/service partner. CAUTION • If the front bumper becomes dam‐ aged in the area around the radar • Do not apply license plate frame or sensor, the Smart Regeneration System may not operate properly. foreign objects such as a bumper The message will appear when the sys‐ sticker or a bumper guard near the Have the system checked by a professional workshop. Kia recom‐ tem is not functioning normally. The radar sensor. Doing so may ad‐ system will be cancelled and the word versely affect the sensing per‐ mends to visit an authorized Kia dealer/service partner. 'AUTO' on the cluster will disappear and formance of the radar. instead display regenerative braking • Always keep the radar sensor and • Use only genuine Kia parts to re‐ level. Check for foreign substances on pair or replace a damaged sensor lens cover clean and free of dirt the front radar. Remove any dirt, snow, or sensor cover. Do not apply paint and debris. or foreign material that could interfere to the sensor cover. • Use only a soft cloth to wash the with the radar sensors. If the system vehicle. Do not spray pressurized still does not operate normally, have water directly on the sensor or the system checked by a professional sensor cover. workshop. Kia recommends to visit an authorized Kia dealer/service partner. (Continued)
6-20
Limitations of the system tive braking level will increase auto‐ On inclines The Smart Regeneration System may matically, making you feel that the not operate properly in certain situa‐ vehicle is decelerating. tions when the driving condition is be‐ The driver must maintain a safe yond the performance of the front ra‐ braking distance, and if necessary, dar sensor. depress the brake pedal to reduce Driver's attention is required in such ca‐ your driving speed in order to main‐ ses when the system does not react tain a safe distance. properly or operate unintentionally. On curves
6 • When coasting on an uphill or down‐ hill, the system may not detect the Driving your vehicle vehicle in your lane and the regenera‐ tive braking level will reduce auto‐ matically, making you feel that the vehicle is accelerating. Also, if the system suddenly recogni‐ •Y our vehicle speed can be reduced zes the vehicle in front, the regenera‐ due to a vehicle in the adjacent lane. tive braking level will increase auto‐ matically, making you feel that the • When coasting on the curve, the sys‐ Apply the accelerator pedal and se‐ vehicle is decelerating. tem may not detect the vehicle in lect the appropriate speed. Check to The driver must maintain a safe your lane and the regenerative brak‐ be sure that the road conditions per‐ braking distance, and if necessary, ing level will reduce automatically, mit safe operation of the Smart Re‐ depress the brake pedal to reduce making you feel that the vehicle is generation System. your driving speed in order to main‐ accelerating. tain a safe distance. Also, if the system suddenly recogni‐ zes the vehicle in front, the regenera‐
6-21 Driving your vehicle
Lane changing Vehicle recognition - When the vehicle is pointing upwards due to overloading in the luggage compartment - While the steering wheel is operating - When driving to one side of the lane - When driving on narrow lanes or on curves
Apply the brake or accelerator pedal if necessary.
WARNING • A vehicle which moves into your lane from an adjacent lane cannot be rec‐ Some vehicles in your lane cannot be When using the Smart Regeneration ognized by the sensor until it is in the recognized by the sensor: System take the following precau‐ tions: sensor's detection range. - Narrow vehicles such as motorcycles or bicycles • If an emergency stop is necessary, you must apply the brakes. • The radar may not detect immedi‐ - Vehicles offset to one side ately when a vehicle cuts in suddenly. • Keep a safe distance according to - Slow-moving vehicles or sudden-de‐ road conditions and vehicle speed. Always pay attention to the traffic, celerating vehicles road and driving conditions. If the vehicle to vehicle distance is - Stopped vehicles (When the vehicle too close during a high-speed driv‐ ahead drives away, the system may ing, a serious collision may result. not detect a stopped vehicle.) • Always maintain sufficient braking - Vehicles with small rear profile such distance and decelerate your vehi‐ as trailers with no loads cle by applying the brakes if nec‐ essary. A vehicle ahead cannot be recognized (Continued) correctly by the sensor if any of follow‐ ing occurs:
6-22
(Continued) (Continued) • The Smart Regeneration System • Modifying the suspension cannot recognize a stopped vehi‐ cle, pedestrians or an oncoming • Differences of tire abrasion or tire vehicle. Always look ahead cau‐ pressure tiously to prevent unexpected and • Installing different type of tires sudden situations from occurring. • Vehicles moving in front of you with a frequent lane change may cause a delay in the system's re‐ action or may cause the system to react to a vehicle actually in an ad‐ jacent lane. Always drive cautious‐ ly to prevent unexpected and sud‐ 6 den situations from occurring. • The Smart Regeneration System Driving your vehicle may not recognize complex driving situations so always pay attention to driving conditions and control your vehicle speed.
NOTICE
The Smart Regeneration System may not operate temporarily due to: • Electrical interference (Continued)
6-23 Driving your vehicle
BRAKE SYSTEM
Power brakes (Continued) (Continued) Your vehicle's brake system is power- assisted by the electric hydraulic pump. • Do not drive with your foot resting • Always, confirm the position of In the event the brakes lose power be‐ on the brake pedal. This will create the brake and accelerator pedal cause of a brake control system mal‐ abnormal high brake tempera‐ before driving. If you don’t check function, unstable power supply or tures, excessive brake lining and the position of the accelerator and some other reason, you can still stop pad wear, and increased stopping brake pedal before driving, you your vehicle by applying greater force distances. may depress the accelerator in‐ to the brake pedal than you normally • When descending a long or steep stead of the brake pedal. It may would. The stopping distance, however hill, shift to a lower gear and avoid cause a serious accident. will be longer. Please have the system continuous application of the checked as soon as possible. brakes. Continuous brake applica‐ If the brake pedal does not return to its tion will cause the brakes to over‐ NOTICE normal position when released, there heat and could result in a tempo‐ may be a malfunction in the brake sys‐ rary loss of braking performance. • Do not depress the brake pedal tem. In this case, have the system • Wet brakes may impair the vehi‐ continuously without the " " in‐ checked by a professional workshop. cle’s ability to safely slow down; dicator ON. The battery may be Kia recommends to visit an authorized the vehicle may also pull to one discharged. Kia dealer/service partner. side when the brakes are applied. Applying the brakes lightly will in‐ • Some noise and vibration may oc‐ dicate whether they have been af‐ cur during braking. This is normal. WARNING fected in this way. • In below cases, some electric Always test your brakes in this n Brakes fashion after driving through deep brake pump noise and motor vi‐ bration may occur temporarily. (Continued) water. To dry the brakes, apply them lightly while maintaining a This is normal operation. safe forward speed until brake - When the pedal is pushed down performance returns to normal. very quickly (Continued) (Continued)
6-24
(Continued) (Continued) WARNING - When the pedal is pushed down • Always replace the front or rear • Whenever leaving the vehicle or multiple times in short intervals brake pads as pairs. parking, always come to a com‐ - When the ABS function is acti‐ plete stop and continue to depress vated during braking the brake pedal. Move the shifter WARNING dial into the P (Park) position, then apply the parking brake, and place Disc brakes wear indicator n Brake wear the Vehicle Power button in the OFF position. When your brake pads are worn and This brake wear warning sound new pads are required, you will hear a Vehicles with the parking brake means your vehicle needs service. If not fully engaged are at risk for high-pitched warning sound from your you ignore this audible warning, you front brakes or rear brakes (if equip‐ moving inadvertently and causing will eventually lose braking perform‐ injury to yourself or others. ped). You may hear this sound come ance, which could lead to a serious 6 and go or it may occur whenever you accident. • Never allow anyone who is unfa‐
depress the brake pedal. miliar with the vehicle to touch the Driving your vehicle Please remember that some driving parking brake. If the parking brake conditions or climates may cause a is released unintentionally, serious brake squeal when you first apply (or injury may occur. lightly apply) the brakes. This is normal • All vehicles should always have the and does not indicate a problem with parking brake fully engaged when your brakes. parking to avoid inadvertent movement of the vehicle which can injure occupants or pedes‐ CAUTION trians. • To avoid costly brake repairs, do not continue to drive with worn brake pads. (Continued)
6-25 Driving your vehicle
If at all possible, cease driving the vehi‐ 3. Make sure the warning light comes cle immediately. If that is not possible, on. Also, the EPB is applied auto‐ use extreme caution while operating matically if the Auto Hold button is the vehicle and only continue to drive on when the motor is turned off. the vehicle until you can reach a safe However, if you keep pressing the location or repair shop. EPB switch till the motor is turned off, the EPB will not be applied. Electronic parking brake (EPB) (if equipped) Applying the parking brake NOTICE On a steep incline or when pulling a trailer if the vehicle does not stand still, do as follows: Check the brake warning light by press‐ 1. Apply the EPB. ing vehicle Power button switch ON (do 2. Pull up the EPB switch for more not start the vehicle). This light will be than 3 seconds. illuminated when the parking brake is applied with the vehicle Power button switch in the START or ON position. Before driving, be sure the parking CAUTION brake is fully released and the brake warning light is off. Do not operate the EPB while the If the brake warning light remains on vehicle is moving except in an emer‐ after the parking brake is released gency situation. It could damage the vehicle system and endanger driving while the vehicle is running, there may To apply the EPB (Electronic Parking safety. be a malfunction in the brake system. Brake): Immediate attention is necessary. 1. Depress the brake pedal. 2. Pull up the EPB switch.
6-26
Releasing the parking brake To release EPB (Electronic Parking NOTICE Brake) automatically: • shifter dial in P (Park) •For your safety, you can engage With the vehicle running depress the the EPB even though the ignition brake pedal and shift out of P (Park) switch or Power button is in the to R (Reverse) or D (Drive). OFF position, but you cannot re‐ • shifter dial in N (Neutral) lease it. With the vehicle running depress the brake pedal and shift out of N (Neu‐ • For your safety, depress the brake tral) to R (Reverse) or D (Drive). pedal and release the parking brake manually with the EPB • Automatic Transaxle switch when you drive downhill or 1. Start the vehicle. when backing up the vehicle. 2. Fasten the driver's seat belt. 6 3. Close the driver's door, vehicle To release the EPB (Electronic Parking hood and tailgate. CAUTION Driving your vehicle Brake), press the EPB switch in the fol‐ 4. Depress the accelerator pedal lowing condition: while the shifter dial is in R (Rear), • If the parking brake warning light 1. Have the ignition switch or Power D (Drive) or manual mode. is still on even though the EPB has button in the ON position. been released, have the system Make sure the brake warning light goes checked by a professional work‐ 2. Press the brake pedal. shop. Kia recommends to visit an off. 3. The shifter dial must be in P (Park). authorized Kia dealer/service part‐ ner. 4. Make sure the brake warning light goes off. • Do not drive your vehicle with the EPB applied. It may cause exces‐ sive brake pad and brake rotor wear.
6-27 Driving your vehicle
EPB (Electronic Parking Brake) may be System warning If the above situation occurs, depress automatically applied when: the brake pedal and release EPB by pressing the EPB switch. • The EPB is overheated • Requested by other systems WARNING
NOTICE • To prevent unintentional move‐ ment when stopped and leaving For Electronic Parking Brake (EPB) the vehicle, do not use the shifter vehicles with AUTO HOLD function dial in place of the parking brake. used while driving, if the POWER Set the parking brake and make button has been turned OFF, the sure the shifter dial is securely positioned in P (Park). EPB will be engaged automatically. Therefore, AUTO HOLD function • Never allow anyone who is unfa‐ should be turned off before the miliar with the vehicle to touch the POWER button is turned off. parking brake. If the parking brake • If you try to drive off depressing the is released unintentionally, serious accelerator pedal with the EPB ap‐ injury may occur. plied, but doesn't release automati‐ cally, a warning will sound and a mes‐ • All vehicles should always have the sage will appear. parking brake fully engaged when parking to avoid inadvertent • If the driver's seat belt is not fas‐ movement of the car which can in‐ tened and the door, hood or tailgate jure occupants or pedestrians. is opened, a warning will sound and a message will appear. • If there is a problem with the vehicle, a warning may sound and a message may appear.
6-28
CAUTION System warning System warning
• A click sound may be heard while operating or releasing the EPB, but these conditions are normal and indicate that the EPB is function‐ ing properly. • When leaving your keys with a parking lot attendant or valet, make sure to inform him/her how to operate the EPB. • The EPB may malfunction if you drive with the EPB applied. 6 • When you automatically release EPB by depressing the accelerator Driving your vehicle pedal, depress it slowly. When the conversion from Auto Hold to If the EPB is applied while Auto Hold is EPB is not working properly a warning activated because of ESC (Electronic will sound and a message will appear. Stability Control) signal, a warning will sound and a message will appear. CAUTION
Engage the brake pedal when the above message appears for the Auto Hold and EPB may not activate.
6-29 Driving your vehicle
EPB malfunction indicator The EPB malfunction indicator may illu‐ minate when the ESC indicator comes (Continued) on to indicate that the ESC is not work‐ • If the parking brake warning light ing properly, but it does not indicate a blinks when the EPB warning light malfunction of the EPB. is on, press the switch, then pull it up. Once more press it back to its original position and pull it back up. CAUTION If the EPB warning does not go off, have the system checked by a • The EPB warning light may illumi‐ professional workshop. nate if the EPB switch operates Kia recommends to visit an au‐ abnormally. Shut the vehicle off thorized Kia dealer/service part‐ and turn it on again after a few ner. minutes. The warning light will go off and the EPB switch will oper‐ ate normally. However, if the EPB Emergency braking warning light is still on, have the If there is a problem with the brake This warning light illuminates if the system checked by a professional pedal while driving, emergency braking Power button is changed to the ON po‐ workshop. is possible by pulling up and holding the sition and goes off in approximately Kia recommends to visit an au‐ EPB switch. Braking is possible only 3 seconds if the system is operation thorized Kia dealer/service part‐ while you are holding the EPB switch. normally. ner. If the EPB malfunction indicator re‐ • If the parking brake warning light mains on, comes on while driving, or does not illuminate or blinks even NOTICE does not come on when the ignition though the EPB switch was pulled switch or the POWER button is changed up, the EPB is not applied. During emergency braking by the to the ON position, this indicates that (Continued) EPB, the parking brake warning light the EPB may have malfunctioned. will illuminate to indicate that the If this occurs, have the system checked system is operating. by a professional workshop. Kia recom‐ mends to visit an authorized Kia dealer/ service partner.
6-30
WARNING AUTO HOLD The Auto Hold maintains the vehicle in a standstill even though the brake ped‐ Do not operate the parking brake al is not depressed after the driver while the vehicle is moving except in brings the vehicle to a complete stop by an emergency situation. It could damage the brake system and lead depressing the brake pedal. to a severe accident. Set up
When the EPB (Electronic Parking Brake) does not release If the EPB does not release normally, load the vehicle on a flatbed tow truck and have the system checked by a pro‐ 2. When you stop the vehicle com‐ 6 fessional workshop. Kia recommends to pletely by depressing the brake visit an authorized Kia dealer/service
pedal, the AUTO HOLD indicator Driving your vehicle partner. changes from white to green. 3. The vehicle will remain stationary CAUTION even if you release the brake pedal. 4. If EPB is applied, Auto Hold will be If you continuously notice a noise or released. burning smell when the EPB is used 1. With the driver's door, vehicle hood closed, fasten the driver's seat belt for emergency braking, have the Leaving system checked by a professional or depress the brake pedal and If you press the accelerator pedal with workshop. then press the Auto Hold button. Kia recommends to visit an author‐ The white AUTO HOLD indicator will the shifter dial in D (Drive) or manual ized Kia dealer/service partner. come on and the system will be in mode, the Auto Hold will be released the standby position. automatically and the vehicle will start to move. The indicator changes from green to white.
6-31 Driving your vehicle
To cancel the Auto Hold operation when WARNING the vehicle is at a standstill, press the (Continued) Auto Hold switch while depressing the - The vehicle is standing on a When driving off from Auto Hold by brake pedal. steep slope depressing the accelerator pedal, al‐ ways check the surrounding area - The vehicle moved several near your vehicle. NOTICE times Slowly depress the accelerator pedal In these cases, the brake warn‐ for a smooth launch. • The Auto Hold does not operate ing light comes on, the AUTO when: HOLD indicator changes from Cancel - The driver's seat belt is unfas‐ green to white, and a warning tened and driver's door is sounds and a message will ap‐ opened pear to inform you that EPB has been automatically engag‐ - The vehicle hood is opened ed. Before driving off again, - The shifter dial is in P (Park) or press foot brake pedal, check R (Reverse) the surrounding area near your - The EPB is applied vehicle and release parking brake manually with the EPB • For your safety, the Auto Hold au‐ switch. tomatically switches to EPB in such cases: • If the AUTO HOLD indicator lights - The driver's seat belt is unfas‐ up yellow, the Auto Hold is not tened and driver's door is working properly. In this case, opened have your vehicle inspected by a professional workshop. Kia recom‐ - The vehicle hood is opened mends to contact an authorized To cancel the Auto Hold operation, - The vehicle is in a standstill for Kia dealer/service partner. press the Auto Hold switch. The AUTO more than 10 minutes HOLD indicator will go out. (Continued) (Continued)
6-32
Warning messages AUTO HOLD turning off! Press (Continued) brake pedal • While operating Auto Hold, you Parking brake automatically may hear mechanical noise. How‐ engaged ever, it is normal operation noise.
WARNING
• Press the accelerator pedal slowly when you start the vehicle. • For your safety, cancel the Auto Hold when you drive downhill or back up the vehicle or park the ve‐ 6 hicle. Driving your vehicle When the conversion from Auto Hold to EPB is not working properly a warning CAUTION When the EPB is applied from Auto will sound and a message will appear. Hold, a warning will sound and a mes‐ If there is a malfunction with the sage will appear. driver’s door, vehicle hood open de‐ NOTICE tection system, the Auto Hold may not work properly. When this message is displayed, the In this case, have your vehicle in‐ Auto Hold and EPB may not operate. spected by a professional workshop. For your safety, depress the brake Kia recommends to contact an au‐ pedal. thorized Kia dealer/service partner.
6-33 Driving your vehicle
Press brake pedal to deactivate AUTO HOLD conditions not met. Anti-lock brake system (ABS) AUTO HOLD Close door, hood, and tailgate WARNING
ABS (or ESC) will not prevent acci‐ dents due to improper or dangerous driving maneuvers. Even though ve‐ hicle control is improved during emergency braking, always maintain a safe distance between you and ob‐ jects ahead. Vehicle speeds should always be reduced during extreme road conditions. The braking distance for vehicle equipped with an anti-lock braking system (or Electronic Stability Con‐ If you did not apply the brake pedal When you press the [AUTO HOLD] trol) may be longer than for those when you release the Auto Hold by switch, if the driver’s door, vehicle hood without it in the following road con‐ pressing the [AUTO HOLD] switch, a are not closed or the driver’s seat belt ditions. warning will sound and a message will is unfastened, a warning will sound and During these conditions the vehicle appear. a message will appear on the LCD dis‐ should be driven at reduced speeds: play. At this moment, press the [AUTO • Rough, gravel or snow-covered HOLD] button after closing the driver’s roads. door, vehicle hood and tailgate. • With tire chains installed. • On roads where the road surface is pitted or has different surface height. (Continued)
6-34
(Continued) NOTICE The safety features of an ABS (or ESC) equipped vehicle should not be A click sound may be heard in the tested by high speed driving or cor‐ vehicle compartment when the vehi‐ nering. This could endanger the cle begins to move after the vehicle safety of yourself or others. is started. These conditions are nor‐ mal and indicate that the anti-lock brake system is functioning proper‐ The ABS continuously senses the speed of the wheels. If the wheels are going ly. to lock, the ABS system repeatedly modulates the hydraulic brake pressure • Even with the anti-lock brake sys‐ to the wheels. tem, your vehicle still requires suffi‐ When you apply your brakes under cient stopping distance. Always main‐ 6 conditions which may lock the wheels, tain a safe distance from the vehicle CAUTION you may hear a “tik-tik’’ sound from in front of you. Driving your vehicle the brakes, or feel a corresponding sen‐ sation in the brake pedal. This is normal • Always slow down when cornering. • If the ABS warning light is on and and it means your ABS is active. The anti-lock brake system cannot stays on, you may have a problem In order to obtain the maximum benefit prevent accidents resulting from ex‐ with the ABS. In this case, howev‐ from your ABS in an emergency situa‐ cessive speeds. er, your regular brakes will work normally. tion, do not attempt to modulate your • On loose or uneven road surfaces, op‐ (Continued) brake pressure and do not try to pump eration of the anti-lock brake system your brakes. Press your brake pedal as may result in a longer stopping dis‐ hard as possible or as hard as the sit‐ tance than for vehicles equipped with uation warrants and allow the ABS to a conventional brake system. control the force being delivered to the brakes.
6-35 Driving your vehicle
(Continued) (Continued) Electronic Stability Control (ESC) • The ABS warning light will stay on • Restart the vehicle. If the ABS for approximately 3 seconds after warning light is off, then your ABS the ignition switch is ON. During system is normal. Otherwise, you that time, the ABS will go through may have a problem with the ABS. self-diagnosis and the light will go In this case, have the system off if everything is normal. If the checked by a professional work‐ light stays on, you may have a shop. Kia recommends to visit an problem with your ABS. In this authorized Kia dealer/service part‐ case, have the system checked by ner. a professional workshop. Kia rec‐ ommends to visit an authorized Kia dealer/service partner. NOTICE
When you jump start your vehicle CAUTION because of a drained battery, the The Electronic Stability Control (ESC) vehicle may not run as smoothly and • When you drive on a road having system is designed to stabilize the ve‐ the ABS warning light may turn on poor traction, such as an icy road, hicle during cornering maneuvers. ESC and operate your brakes continu‐ at the same time. This happens be‐ checks where you are steering and ously, the ABS will be active con‐ cause of the low battery voltage. It where the vehicle is actually going. ESC tinuously and the ABS warning does not mean your ABS is malfunc‐ applies the brakes at individual wheels light may illuminate. Pull your ve‐ tioning. and intervenes with vehicle manage‐ hicle over to a safe place and stop • Do not pump your brakes! ment system to stabilize the vehicle. the vehicle. • Have the battery recharged before (Continued) driving the vehicle.
6-36
When you apply your brakes under • Press the ESC OFF button for at least WARNING conditions which may lock the wheels, half a second after turning the igni‐ you may hear a “tik-tik’’ sound from tion ON to turn ESC off. (ESC OFF in‐ Never drive too fast for the road the brakes, or feel a corresponding sen‐ dicator will illuminate). To turn the conditions or too quickly when cor‐ sation in the brake pedal. This is normal ESC on, press the ESC OFF button nering. Electronic stability control and it means your ESC is active. (ESC OFF indicator light will go off). (ESC) will not prevent accidents. Ex‐ cessive speed in turns, abrupt ma‐ • When starting the vehicle, you may neuvers and hydroplaning on wet NOTICE hear a slight ticking sound. This is the surfaces can still result in serious ac‐ ESC performing an automatic system self-check and does not indicate a cidents. Only a safe and attentive A click sound may be heard in the driver can prevent accidents by problem. avoiding maneuvers that cause the vehicle compartment when the vehi‐ vehicle to lose traction. Even with cle begins to move after the vehicle ESC installed, always follow all the is started. These conditions are nor‐ normal precautions for driving - in‐ mal and indicate that the Electronic 6 cluding driving at safe speeds for the stability control (ESC) System is conditions. functioning properly. Driving your vehicle
The Electronic stability control (ESC) ESC operation system is an electronic system de‐ signed to help the driver maintain vehi‐ ESC ON condition cle control under adverse conditions. It is not a substitute for safe driving • When the ignition is turned practices. Factors including speed, road ON, ESC and ESC OFF indica‐ conditions and driver steering input can tor lights illuminate for ap‐ all affect whether ESC will be effective proximately 3 seconds, in preventing a loss of control. It is still then ESC is turned on. your responsibility to drive and corner at reasonable speeds and to leave a sufficient margin of safety.
6-37 Driving your vehicle
When operating ESC operation off • ESC off state 2 To cancel ESC operation, press the When the ESC is in operation, ESC OFF state ESC OFF button (ESC OFF ) for ESC indicator light blinks. more than 3 seconds. ESC OFF indica‐ • When the Electronic Stabili‐ This car has 2 kinds of ESC tor light (ESC OFF ) illuminates and ty Control is operating off states. an above LCD message will come up properly, you can feel a If the vehicle stops when ESC and ESC OFF warning chime will slight pulsation in the vehi‐ is off, ESC remains off. Upon sound. At this state, the vehicle con‐ cle. This is only the effect restarting the vehicle, the ESC trol function and brake control func‐ of brake control and indi‐ will automatically turn on tion do not operate. It means the car cates nothing unusual. again. stability control function does not op‐ erate any more. • When moving out of the “Traction Control disabled” mud or slippery road, the • ESC off state 1 Indicator light vehicle rpm (revolution per To cancel ESC operation, press the minute) may not increase ESC OFF button (ESC OFF ) shortly even if you press the accel‐ (ESC OFF indicator light (ESC OFF ) erator pedal deeply. This is illuminates) and an above LCD mes‐ to maintain the stability sage will come up. At this state, the and traction of the vehicle vehicle control function does not op‐ and does not indicate a erate. It means the traction control problem. function does not operate. Brake control function only operates.
“Traction & Stability Control disabled”
When ignition switch is turned to ON, the indicator light illuminates, then goes off if the ESC system is operating normally.
6-38
The ESC indicator light blinks whenever •T o turn ESC off while driving, press Vehicle stability management ESC is operating or illuminates when the ESC OFF button while driving on a ESC fails to operate. flat road surface. (VSM) ESC OFF indicator light comes on when This system provides further enhance‐ the ESC is turned off with the button. ments to vehicle stability and steering WARNING responses when a vehicle is driving on a slippery road or a vehicle detected CAUTION Never press the ESC OFF button changes in coefficient of friction be‐ while ESC is operating (ESC indicator tween right wheels and left wheels Driving with varying tire or wheel light blinks). when braking. sizes may cause the ESC system to If ESC is turned off while ESC is op‐ VSM operation malfunction. When replacing tires, erating, the vehicle may slip out of make sure they are the same size as control. When the VSM is operating: your original tires. • ESC (Electronic Stability Control) ( ) light will blink. 6 NOTICE • The steering wheel may be control‐ WARNING led. Driving your vehicle • When operating the vehicle on a When the vehicle stability management The Electronic Stability Control sys‐ dynamometer, ensure that the tem is only a driving aid; use precau‐ is operating properly, you can feel a ESC is turned off by pressing the slight pulsation in the vehicle. This is tions for safe driving by slowing ESC OFF button for more than 3 down on curved, snowy, or icy roads. only the effect of brake control and in‐ Drive slowly and don’t attempt to seconds (ESC OFF light illumina‐ dicates nothing unusual. accelerate whenever the ESC indica‐ ted). If the ESC is left on, it may tor light is blinking, or when the road prevent the vehicle speed from in‐ The VSM does not operate when: surface is slippery. creasing, and result in false diag‐ • Driving on bank road such as gradient nosis. or incline ESC OFF usage • Turning the ESC off does not af‐ • Driving rearward fect ABS or brake system opera‐ • ESC OFF indicator light ( ) remains When driving tion. on the instrument cluster • ESC should be turned on for daily driving whenever possible.
6-39 Driving your vehicle
• EPS (Electronic Power Steering) indi‐ cator light remains on the instrument NOTICE (Continued) cluster • Your vehicle is designed to activate • The VSM is designed to function according to the driver’s intention, VSM operation off above approximately 22 km/h even with the VSM installed. Al‐ If you press the ESC OFF button to turn (13 mph) on curves. ways follow all the normal precau‐ off the ESC, the VSM will also cancel tions for driving at safe speeds for • The VSM is designed to function the conditions – including driving in and the ESC OFF indicator light ( ) illu‐ above approximately 10 km/h minates. inclement weather and on a slip‐ (6 mph) when a vehicle is braking pery road. To turn on the VSM, press the button on a split-mu road. The split-mu again. The ESC OFF indicator light goes • Driving with varying tire or wheel road is made of surfaces which out. sizes may cause the VSM system have different friction forces. to malfunction. When replacing Malfunction indicator tires, make sure they are the The VSM can be deactivated even if you same size as your original tires. don’t cancel the VSM operation by WARNING pressing the ESC OFF button. It indi‐ cates that a malfunction has been de‐ • The Vehicle Stability Management Hill-start assist control (HAC) tected somewhere in the EPS (Elec‐ system is not a substitute for safe A vehicle has the tendency to slip back tronic Power Steering) system or VSM driving practices but a supplemen‐ on a steep hill when it starts to go af‐ system. tary function only. It is the respon‐ ter stopping. The Hill-start Assist Con‐ If the ESC indicator light ( ) or EPS sibility of the driver to always trol (HAC) prevents the vehicle from warning light remains on, have the sys‐ check the speed and the distance slipping back by operating the brakes tem checked by a professional work‐ to the vehicle ahead. Always hold automatically for about 1~2 seconds. shop. Kia recommends to visit an au‐ the steering wheel firmly while The brakes are released when the ac‐ thorized Kia dealer/service partner. driving. celerator pedal is depressed or after (Continued) about 1~2 seconds.
6-40
When the vehicle speed is under Good braking practices WARNING 40 km/h and the ABS deactivates or the sudden stop situation is over, the The HAC is activated only for about stop light blinking will stop. Instead, the WARNING 1~2 seconds, so when the vehicle is hazard warning flasher will turn on au‐ starting off always depress the ac‐ tomatically. celerator pedal. • Whenever you leave or park your The hazard warning flasher will turn off vehicle, always set the parking when vehicle speed is over 10 km/h af‐ brake as far as possible and fully ter the vehicle has stopped. Also, it will engage the vehicle's shifter dial in‐ NOTICE turn off when the vehicle is driven at to the P (Park) position. If the low speed for some time. You can turn parking brake is not fully engaged, • The HAC does not operate when it off manually by pushing the hazard the vehicle may move inadvertent‐ warning flasher switch. the shifter dial is in the P (Park) or ly and injure yourself and others. N (Neutral) position. • All vehicles should always have the 6 CAUTION parking brake fully engaged when • The HAC activates even though parking to avoid inadvertent the ESC is off but it does not acti‐ movement of the vehicle which Driving your vehicle The Emergency Stop Signal (ESS) vate when the ESC has malfunc‐ can injure occupants or pedes‐ system will not work if the hazard tioned. trians. warning flasher is already on.
Emergency stop signal (ESS) • Check to be sure the parking brake is The Emergency Stop Signal system not engaged and that the parking alerts the driver behind by blinking the brake indicator light is out before stop light when the vehicle is braked driving away. rapidly and severely. The system is activated when: • The vehicle suddenly stops (vehicle speed is over 55 km/h and the vehicle deceleration at greater than 7 m/s2) • The ABS is activating
6-41 Driving your vehicle
• Driving through water may get the • If a tire goes flat while you are driv‐ • Under some conditions your parking brakes wet. They can also get wet ing, apply the brakes gently and keep brake can freeze in the engaged posi‐ when the vehicle is washed. Wet the vehicle pointed straight ahead tion. This is most likely to happen brakes can be dangerous! Your vehi‐ while you slow down. When you are when there is an accumulation of cle will not stop as quickly if the moving slowly enough for it to be snow or ice around or near the rear brakes are wet. Wet brakes may safe to do so, pull off the road and brakes or if the brakes are wet. If cause the vehicle to pull to one side. stop in a safe place. there is a risk that the parking brake To dry the brakes, apply the brakes • Be cautious when parking on a hill. may freeze, apply it only temporarily lightly until the braking action returns Firmly engage the parking brake and while you put the shifter dial in P and to normal, taking care to keep the ve‐ place the shifter dial in P. If your vehi‐ block the rear wheels so the vehicle hicle under control at all times. If the cle is facing downhill, turn the front cannot roll. Then release the parking braking action does not return to wheels into the curb to help keep the brake. normal, stop as soon as it is safe to vehicle from rolling. If your vehicle is • Do not hold the vehicle on the up‐ do so and have your vehicle inspected facing downhill, turn the front wheels grade with the accelerator pedal. This by a professional workshop. into the curb to help keep the vehicle can cause the reduction gear to over‐ Kia recommends to call an authorized from rolling. heat. Always use the brake pedal or Kia dealer/service partner. If your vehicle is facing uphill, turn parking brake. • Do not coast down hills with the vehi‐ the front wheels away from the curb cle out of gear. This is extremely haz‐ to help keep the vehicle from rolling. ardous. Keep the vehicle in gear at all If there is no curb or if it is required times, use the brakes to slow down, by other conditions to keep the vehi‐ then shift to a lower gear so that ve‐ cle from rolling, block the wheels. hicle braking will help you maintain a safe speed. • Do not "ride" the brake pedal. Resting your foot on the brake pedal while driving can be dangerous because it can result in the brakes overheating and losing their effectiveness. It also increases the wear of the brake com‐ ponents.
6-42
DRIVE MODE INTEGRATED CONTROL SYSTEM Drive mode • The mode changes, as below, when‐ ever the DRIVE MODE button is pressed.
6 Driving your vehicle The drive mode may be selected ac‐ • Press and hold the DRIVE MODE but‐ cording to the driver's preference or ton to select ECO+ mode. road condition.
6-43 Driving your vehicle
Initial setting for each drive mode
Drive mode NORMAL SPORT ECO ECO+*1 Sporty driving Optimal for eco- Ultra power saving Feature Normal driving mode mode driving driving mode Button activation Press Press Press Press and hold
Indicator on the cluster -
NORMAL (ECO/ NORMAL (ECO/ Air conditioner/ heater system control ECO Off NORMAL) *2 NORMAL) *2 - Speed limit - - Below 90 km/h (90~120 km/h)*2 *1 Change to ECO+ mode - Distance to empty may not change when the air conditioner/heater system is off. However, actual distance may be exten‐ ded. - Air conditioner/heater system turns off (except the defroster) but you may turn it on if necessary. - When the drive mode is switched from the ECO+ mode to a different mode, it is changed to air conditioner/heater opera‐ tion status of the ECO mode. - The speed limit is automatically deactivated when the Smart Cruise Control system is in activation or the accelerator pedal is depressed to the end. If speed limit function is deactivated by depressing the accelerator pedal, the speed limit function will reactivate when vehicle speed is lower than the set speed limit. Also, the speed is changed to the speed set at ECO mode when the drive mode switches from the ECO+ mode to ECO mode.
*2 It is possible to set the driving condition for each drive mode (except the ECO+ mode) at the drive mode setting in the Audio and multi media system. For more information, refer to the separately supplied manual.
6-44
Drive mode NORMAL SPORT ECO ECO+*1 Regenerative braking level 1 (1~3) *2 1 (1~3) *2 2 (1~3) *2 2 *1 Change to ECO+ mode - Distance to empty may not change when the air conditioner/heater system is off. However, actual distance may be exten‐ ded. - Air conditioner/heater system turns off (except the defroster) but you may turn it on if necessary. - When the drive mode is switched from the ECO+ mode to a different mode, it is changed to air conditioner/heater opera‐ tion status of the ECO mode. - The speed limit is automatically deactivated when the Smart Cruise Control system is in activation or the accelerator pedal is depressed to the end. If speed limit function is deactivated by depressing the accelerator pedal, the speed limit function will reactivate when vehicle speed is lower than the set speed limit. Also, the speed is changed to the speed set at ECO mode when the drive mode switches from the ECO+ mode to ECO mode. 6
*2 It is possible to set the driving condition for each drive mode (except the ECO+ mode) at the drive mode setting in the Audio Driving your vehicle and multi media system. For more information, refer to the separately supplied manual.
6-45 Driving your vehicle
FORWARD COLLISION-AVOIDANCE ASSIST (FCA) (SENSOR FUSION) (IF EQUIPPED)
FCA system is to reduce or to avoid ac‐ - If you select "Warning only", FCA sys‐ cident risk. It recognizes the distance (Continued) tem activates and produces only from the vehicle ahead, the pedestrian • NEVER drive too fast in accordance warning alarms in accordance with or the cyclist through the sensors (i.e. with the road conditions or while the collision risk levels. You should front view camera and front radar), cornering. control the brake directly because and, if necessary, warns the driver of FCA system do not control the brake. • Always drive cautiously to prevent accident risk with the warning message unexpected and sudden situations - If you select "Off", FCA system deac‐ or the warning alarms and apply emer‐ from occurring. FCA system does tivates, gency braking. not stop the vehicle completely ❈ FCA stands for Forward Collision- and is only intended to help miti‐ The warning light illuminates Avoidance Assist. gate an imminent collision. ❈ Sensor fusion (front view camera + on the LCD display, when you front radar) FCA system operates cancel FCA system. for the vehicle ahead, the pedes‐ System setting and activation The driver can monitor FCA ON/OFF trian or the cyclist in front. System setting status on the LCD display. Also, the The driver can activate FCA by placing warning light illuminates when the ESC WARNING the ignition switch to the ON position (Electronic Stability Control) is turned and by selecting: off. When the warning light remains "User Settings Driver assistance ON with FCA activated, have the sys‐ Take the following precautions when tem checked by a professional work‐ using Forward Collision-Avoidance Forward safety" If you select "Active assist", FCA sys‐ shop. Kia recommends to visit an au‐ Assist system: - thorized Kia dealer/service partner. • This system is only a supplemen‐ tem activates. FCA produces warning tal system and it is not intended messages and warning alarms in ac‐ Forward Collision Warning to, nor does it replace the need for cordance with the collision risk levels. The driver can select the initial warning the extreme care and attention of Also, it controls the brakes in accord‐ activation time on the LCD display. the driver. The sensing range and ance with the collision risk levels. Go to the “User settings Driver assis‐ objects detectable by the sensors tance FCA (Forward Collision Warn‐ are limited. Pay attention to the ing) Early/Normal/Late”. road conditions at all times. The options for the initial Forward Colli‐ (Continued) sion Warning includes the following:
6-46
• Early: Prerequisite for activation When this condition is selected, the FCA system gets ready to be activated, NOTICE initial Forward Collision Warning is ac‐ when the “Active assist” or “Warning tivated earlier than Normal. This set‐ only” under the Forward Safety is se‐ FCA may not operate properly ac‐ ting maximizes the amount of dis‐ lected on the LCD display, and when the cording to the frontal situation, the tance between the vehicle ahead, the following prerequisites are satisfied. direction of pedestrian or cyclist and pedestrian or the cyclist before the - The ESC is activated. speed. initial warning occurs. - The driving speed is over 10km/h. • Normal: (However, FCA is activated within cer‐ When this condition is selected, the tain driving speed.) WARNING initial Forward Collision Warning is ac‐ - When recognizing the vehicle or the tivated normally. This setting allows • Completely stop the vehicle in a for a nominal amount of distance be‐ pedestrian or the cyclist in front. (However, FCA does not activate ac‐ safe location before operating the tween the vehicle ahead before the switch on the steering wheel to initial warning occurs. cording to conditions in front and ve‐ 6 hicle systems, but it notices only cer‐ activate/deactivate FCA system.
• Late: tain warnings.) • FCA system automatically acti‐ Driving your vehicle When this condition is selected, the - FCA does not operate properly or it vates upon placing the POWER initial Forward Collision Warning is ac‐ button in the ON position. The only produces a warning alarms in ac‐ tivated later than normal. This set‐ driver can deactivate FCA system ting reduces the amount of distance cordance with the driving or vehicle by canceling the system setting on between the vehicle ahead, the pe‐ condition. the LCD display. destrian or the cyclist before the ini‐ - If the warning only under the For‐ • FCA system automatically deacti‐ tial warning occurs. ward Safety is selected, FCA produ‐ vates upon canceling the ESC. ces only warning alarms in accord‐ When the ESC is canceled, FCA Select 'Late' when traffic is light and ance with the collision risk levels. system cannot be activated on the when driving speed is slow. LCD display. FCA system warning If the vehicle in front puts on a burst of light will illuminate, which is nor‐ speed, the driver can notice the warn‐ mal. ing alarm is early even though the later option is selected.
6-47 Driving your vehicle
FCA warning message and • The warning message appears on the Emergency braking (2nd warning) system control LCD display with the warning alarms. FCA system produces warning messag‐ • The Vehicle may slow down slightly es and warning alarms in accordance - It will operate if the vehicle speed is with the collision risk levels of follow‐ greater than 10 km/h and less than ings like vehicle’s sudden braking in or equal to 180 km/h on a forward front or lack of vehicle to vehicle dis‐ vehicle. (Depending on the condition tance or collision to pedestrians or cy‐ of the vehicle ahead and the envi‐ clist. Also, it controls the brakes in ac‐ ronment surrounding it, the possi‐ cordance with the collision risk levels. ble maximum operating speed may The driver can select the initial warning be reduced.) activation time in the User Settings in - For pedestrians and cyclists, the the LCD display. The options for the ini‐ vehicle speed is greater than or tial Forward Collision Warning include equal to 10 km/h and less than 85 Early, Normal or Late initial warning km/h. (Depending on the condition time. of pedestrians and bike riders and • The warning message appears on the Collision Warning (1st warning) the surrounding environment the possible maximum operating speed LCD display with the warning alarms. may be reduced.) • The brake control is maximized just • FCA system controls the brakes with‐ before a collision, reducing impact in certain limit to release shock from when it strikes a forward vehicle. the collision. - It will operate if the vehicle speed is - If you select "Warning only", FCA greater than 10 km/h and less than system activates and produces on‐ or equal to 85 km/h on a forward ly warning alarms in accordance vehicle. (Depending on the condition with the collision risk levels. You of the vehicle ahead and the envi‐ should control the brake directly ronment surrounding it, the possi‐ because FCA system do not con‐ ble maximum operating speed may trol the brake. be reduced.)
6-48
-F or pedestrians and cyclists, the • The braking control is automatically vehicle speed is greater than or deactivated, when the driver sharply WARNING equal to 10 km/h and less than 65 depresses the accelerator pedal, or km/h. (Depending on the condition when the driver abruptly operates FCA system operates in accordance of pedestrians and bike riders and the steering wheel. with the risk levels, such as the dis‐ the surrounding environment the tance from the vehicle/passer-by in • The braking control is automatically front, the speed of the vehicle/pass‐ possible maximum operating speed canceled, when risk factors disappear. may be reduced.) er-by in front, and the driver's vehi‐ cle operation. • FCA system controls the brakes with‐ For the system to activate, do not in certain limit to release shock from CAUTION attempt risky driving. the collision. The FCA controls the maximum The driver should always pay great brakes just before the collision. caution to vehicle operation, even - If you select "Warning Only", FCA though there is no warning message system activates and produces on‐ or warning alarm. 6 ly warning alarms in accordance with the collision risk levels. You Driving your vehicle should control the brake directly WARNING because FCA system do not con‐ trol the brake. FCA system cannot avoid all colli‐ sions. FCA system might not com‐ Brake operation pletely stop the vehicle before colli‐ • In an urgent situation, the braking sion, due to ambient, weather and system enters into the ready status road conditions. The driver has the for prompt reaction to assist the responsibility to drive safely and driver in depressing the brake pedal. control the vehicle. • FCA system provides additional brak‐ ing power for optimum braking per‐ formance, when the driver depresses the brake pedal.
6-49 Driving your vehicle
In bad weather conditions such as Detecting sensors (front view (Continued) camera/front radar) heavy rain, heavy snow, and fog, or when sensor is covered by foreign ma‐ • Be careful not to apply unnecessa‐ terial, dust, tec., the sensors will be de‐ ry force on the frontal sensor graded and the system will be tempo‐ area. When the sensor moves out rarily disabled. of the correct position due to ex‐ Always keep the sensor clean. ternal force, the system may not normally operate even without the NOTICE warning light or message. In this case, have the vehicle inspected by • Do not install any accessories, a professional workshop. Kia rec‐ such as license plate molding or ommends to visit an authorized sticker, on the sensor area. Nor ar‐ Kia dealer/service partner. bitrarily replace the bumper. • Use only the genuine Kia sensor Those may adversely affect the cover. Do not arbitrarily apply sensing performance. paint on the sensor cover. • Always keep the sensor/bumper • Do not tint the window or install area clean. stickers, accessories around the • Use only soft clothes to wash the inside mirror where the camera is vehicle. Also, do not spray highly- installed. pressurized water on the sensor • Make sure the frontal camera in‐ installed on the bumper. stallation point does not get wet. (Continued) • Do not impact or arbitrarily re‐ move any radar/camera compo‐ nents. The sensors are detecting the distance (Continued) to vehicles ahead, pedestrian or cyclist.
6-50
When the sensor cover is blocked with System malfunction (Continued) dirt, snow, or debris, FCA system oper‐ • Do not place reflective objects ation may temporarily stop. In this (white paper or mirror etc.) on the case, the warning message appears to crash pad. warn the driver.
The system may activate unnec‐ This is not a malfunction with FCA sys‐ essarily due to reflect of the sun‐ tem. To operate FCA system again, re‐ light. move the foreign substances. • Excessive audio volume may dis‐ FCA system may not properly operate turb the sound of the system in an area (e.g. open terrain), where warning alarm. any substances are not detected after turning ON the vehicle. • For more cautions for the camera sensor, refer to “Lane Keeping As‐ 6 sist (LKA)” on page 6-61. WARNING • When FCA system is not working
properly, the FCA warning light ( ) Driving your vehicle FCA system may be inactive without will illuminate and the warning mes‐ Warning message and warning light any warning messages according to sage will appear for a few seconds. driving condition, traffic on the road, After the message disappears, the weather, road condition, etc. master warning light ( ) will illumi‐ nate. In this case, have the vehicle in‐ spected by a professional workshop. Kia recommends to visit an author‐ ized Kia dealer/service partner.
• FCA system warning message may appear along with the illumination of the ESC warning light.
6-51 Driving your vehicle
WARNING (Continued) (Continued) • FCA system may unnecessarily • If the vehicle in front stops sud‐ • FCA system is only a supplemental produce the warning message and denly, you may have less control system for the driver’s conven‐ the warning alarms. Also, due to of the brake system. Therefore, ience. The driver should hold the the sensing limitation, the FCA always keep safe distance be‐ responsibility to control the vehicle may not produce the warning tween your vehicle and the vehicle operation. Do not solely depend on message and the warning alarm at in front of you. FCA system. Rather, maintain a all. safe braking distance, and, if nec‐ • FCA system may activate during essary, depress the brake pedal to • When there is a malfunction with braking and the vehicle may stop lower the driving speed. FCA system, the braking control suddenly. And the load in the vehi‐ does not operate upon detecting a cle may endanger passengers. • In certain instances and under cer‐ collision risk even with other brak‐ Therefore, always be mindful of tain driving conditions, FCA system ing systems normally operating. the load volume in the vehicle. may activate unintentionally. This initial warning message appears • FCA system operates only for the • FCA system may not activate if on the LCD display with a warning vehicle / pedestrian in front, while the driver applies the brake pedal chime. driving forward. It does not oper‐ to avoid risk of collision. Also, in certain instances the front ate for any animals or vehicles in • FCA system does not operate radar sensor or camera recogni‐ the opposite direction. when the vehicle is in reverse. In tion system may not detect the • FCA system does not recognize these cases, you must maintain a vehicle, pedestrian or cyclist the vehicle, which horizontally safe braking distance, and if nec‐ ahead. FCA system may not acti‐ drives across the crossroad, or the essary, depress the brake pedal to vate and the warning message will vehicle, which is parked in the hori‐ reduce the driving speed in order not be displayed. zontal direction. to maintain a safe distance. (Continued) (Continued) (Continued)
6-52
The camera's field of view is not well (Continued) Recognizing vehicles - The sensor may be limited when: illuminated (either too dark or too • The regular braking function will - The front view camera or front radar much reflection or too much backlight operate normally even if There is a sensor is blocked with a foreign ob‐ that obscures the field of view) problem with the FCA brake con‐ ject or debris - The vehicle in front does not have trol system or other functions. In their rear lights or their rear lights this case, the braking control will - The camera lens is contaminated due to tinted, filmed or coated windshield, does not turned ON or their rear not operate in the risk of a colli‐ lights are located unusually. sion. damaged glass, or stuck of foreign matter (sticker, bug, etc.) on the The outside brightness changes sud‐ • FCA system may not activate ac‐ - glass denly, for example when entering or cording to driving condition, traffic on the road, weather, road condi‐ - Inclement weather such as heavy rain exiting a tunnel tion, etc. or snow obscures the field of view of - When light coming from a street light the radar sensor or camera • FCA system may not activate to all or an oncoming vehicle is reflected on 6 types of vehicles. - There is interference by electromag‐ a wet road surface such as a puddle netic waves in the road Driving your vehicle - There is severe irregular reflection - The field of view in front is obstruc‐ Limitation of the system from the radar sensor ted by sun glare FCA system is an assistant system for The vehicle in front is driving errati‐ a driver in a certain risky driving condi‐ - The front view camera/front radar - cally tion and it does not take every respon‐ sensor recognition is limited sibility for all risks from driving condi‐ - The vehicle in front is too small to be - The vehicle is on unpaved or uneven tion. detected (for example a motorcycle rough surfaces, or road with sudden FCA system monitors the driving situa‐ etc.) gradient changes. tions through the radar and the camera - The vehicle is driven near areas con‐ sensor. Thus, for a situation out of the - The vehicle in front is an oversize ve‐ hicle or trailer that is too big to be taining metal substances as a con‐ sensing range, FCA system may not struction zone, railroad, etc. normally operate. The driver should detected by the camera recognition pay great caution in the following sit‐ system (for example a tractor trailer, - The vehicle drives inside a building, uations. FCA system operation may be etc.) such as a basement parking lot limited. - The front view camera does not rec‐ ognize the entire vehicle in front.
6-53 Driving your vehicle
- The front view camera is damaged. - It is difficult to secure the field of - When a vehicle in front makes sudden view of the front view camera such lane changes unexpectedly. - The brightness outside is too low as backlight, reflected light, and dark‐ such as when the headlamps are not ness. on at night or the vehicle is going through a tunnel. - When the front camera is blocked by continuous washer spray and wiper - The shadow is on the road by a me‐ operation. dian strip, trees, etc. - The vehicle in front is a special pur‐ - The vehicle drives through a tollgate. pose vehicle, a trailer, or a truck load‐ - The windshield glass is fogged up; a ing with unusual shape of luggage. clear view of the road is obstructed. - The ambient light is too high or low. - The rear part of the vehicle in front is - The front view camera is contamina‐ not normally visible. (the vehicle ted by front glass tinting, attaching turns in other direction or the vehicle film, water proof coating, foreign ma‐ is overturned.) terial such as a sticker, insects, etc. - The adverse road conditions cause - When the front view camera (includ‐ excessive vehicle vibrations while ing lens) or front radar is damaged. driving - If not using headlamp or using low - The sensor recognition changes sud‐ beam in the night or in a tunnel. denly when passing over a speed bump - Backlight is shining in the driving di‐ rection of the vehicle. (Including on‐ - The vehicle in front is moving longitu‐ coming vehicle headlights.) dinally to the driving direction - When the rear part of the vehicle in - The vehicle in front is stopped longi‐ front is small or low. tudinally - When a trailer or other vehicle is tow‐ - The vehicle in front is driving towards ing the vehicle in front. your vehicle or reversing - When the ground clearance of the ve‐ - You are on a roundabout and the ve‐ hicle in front is high. hicle in front circles
6-54
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist system may recognize a vehicle or pedestrian or cyclist in the next lane - Driving on a curve or outside the lane when driving on a 6 The performance of Forward Colli‐ curved road.
sion-Avoidance Assist system may be If this occurs, the system may un‐ Driving your vehicle limited when driving on a curved necessarily alarm the driver and ap‐ road. ply the brake. Always pay attention The front view camera or front radar to road and driving conditions, while sensor recognition system may not driving. detect the vehicle, pedestrian or cy‐ clist traveling in front on a curved road. This may result in no alarm and brak‐ ing when necessary. Always pay attention to road and driving conditions, and if necessary, depress the brake pedal to reduce your driving speed in order to main‐ tain a safe distance.
6-55 Driving your vehicle
brake pedal to reduce your driving speed in order to maintain distance.
- Driving on a slope The performance of Forward Colli‐ sion-Avoidance Assist system may be decreased while driving upward or downward on a slope. The front view - Changing lanes camera or front radar sensor recog‐ Even though the vehicle in the next nition may not detect the vehicle, pe‐ lane enters into your lane, it may not destrian or cyclist in front. be recognized by FCA system, until it This may result in unnecessary alarm enters FCA system sensing range. and braking or no alarm and braking Especially when the vehicle in the when necessary. next lane abruptly enters into your When the system suddenly recogni‐ lane, it is more likely not be recog‐ zes the vehicle, pedestrian or cyclist nized. Always pay great attention. in front while passing over a slope, you may experience sharp decelera‐ tion. Always keep your eyes forward while driving upward or downward on a slope, and, if necessary, depress the
6-56
• The pedestrian or cyclist is moving very quickly or appears abruptly in the front view camera detection area • The pedestrian or cyclist is wearing clothing that easily blends into the background, making it difficult to be detected by the front view camera recognition system • The outside lighting is too bright (e.g. when driving in bright sunlight or in sun glare) or too dark (e.g. when driv‐ ing on a dark rural road at night) • It is difficult to detect and distinguish Recognizing the vehicle - the pedestrian or cyclist from other 6 When driving in stop-and-go traffic, When the vehicle in front has heavy and a stopped vehicle in front of you objects in the surroundings, for ex‐
loading extended rearward, or when Driving your vehicle ample, when there is a group of pe‐ merges out of the lane, FCA system the vehicle in front has higher ground destrians, cyclists or a large crowd may not immediately detect the new clearance, it may induce a hazardous vehicle that is now in front of you. In situation. Always pay attention to • There is an item similar in shape or this case, you must maintain a safe road and driving conditions, while appearance to a person braking distance, and if necessary, de‐ driving and, if necessary, depress the press the brake pedal to reduce your • The pedestrian or cyclist is below the brake pedal to reduce your driving sensor's viewing range driving speed in order to maintain a speed in order to maintain distance. safe distance. • The sensor can not identify the pe‐ Detecting pedestrians or cyclists destrian's outline because of other items changing their profile, such as The sensor may be limited when: mobility assistance devices • The pedestrian or cyclist is not fully detected by the camera recognition • The front view camera or front radar system, for example, if the pedes‐ is obstructed by a foreign object or trian is leaning over or is not fully debris walking upright
6-57 Driving your vehicle
• Inclement weather such as heavy rain • When a pedestrian or cyclist’s behav‐ or snow obscures the field of view of ior is unstable. (Continued) the radar sensor or camera • When a pedestrian or cyclist suddenly • FCA system is designed to detect • When light coming from a street light interrupts in front of the vehicle. and monitor the vehicle ahead or or an oncoming vehicle is reflected on detect a pedestrian or cyclist in • When there are many pedestrians or the roadway through front view a wet road surface such as a puddle cyclists. in the road camera recognition and front ra‐ • When there is an object that reflects dar signals. It may not always de‐ • The field of view in front is obstruc‐ radar well. (such as a guardrail or a tect bicycles, motorcycles, or ted by sun glare nearby vehicle) smaller wheeled objects such as • The windshield glass is fogged up; a luggage bags, shopping carts, or clear view of the road is obstructed strollers. WARNING • The adverse road conditions cause • Never try to test the operation of FCA system. Doing so may cause excessive vehicle vibrations while severe injury or death. driving • Do not use Forward Collision avoid‐ ance Assist system when towing a • If the front bumper, front glass, • When the pedestrian or cyclist sud‐ vehicle. Application of FCA system front view camera or front radar denly enters the path of travel of the while towing may adversely affect have been replaced or repaired, vehicle the safety of your vehicle or the have the vehicle inspected by a • When the cyclist in front is riding per‐ towing vehicle. professional workshop. Kia recom‐ pendicular to the direction of travel • Use extreme caution when the ve‐ mends to visit an authorized Kia hicle in front of you has cargo that dealer/service partner. • When there is any electromagnetic extends rearward from the cab, or interference • If the system detects an object when the vehicle in front of you that has a similar shape or charac‐ • When the cyclist is near areas con‐ has higher ground clearance. teristics of a vehicle or a pedes‐ taining metal objects such as a con‐ (Continued) trian, FCA system may operate. struction zone, railroad, etc. • If the bicycle material is not reflected well on the radar • When a pedestrian or cyclist’s height is small.
6-58
Warning message and function NOTICE (Continued) control • Always drive cautiously to prevent In some instances, FCA system may unexpected and sudden situations be cancelled when subjected to elec‐ from occurring. The function does tromagnetic interference. not steer the vehicle completely and is not a collision avoidance system. Lane-Change Oncoming function Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist- Lane-Change Oncoming function de‐ tects an oncoming vehicle with a front view camera at the front windshield. And it assists the driver’s steering to 6 help avoiding a collision with an oncom‐ ing vehicle and keeping the vehicle in Driving your vehicle the lanes, when the vehicle drives over the centerline. - After FCA is on, vehicle speed is over 60 km/h (37 mph) and if the vehicle across the centerline even though the WARNING oncoming vehicle approacing, this warning message appears on the LCD • This function is only a supplemen‐ display with audible warning. tal system. So, it does not replace - Additionally, FCA provides steering the need for extreme care and at‐ assist to return the vehicle back into tention of the driver. The sensing the center of the lanes. range of oncoming vehicle is limi‐ ted. Pay attention to the road con‐ ditions at all times. (Continued)
6-59 Driving your vehicle
WARNING
• The steering control can not com‐ pletely avoid a collision with an on‐ coming vehicle. The driver is re‐ sponsible for being aware of the surroundings and steering the ve‐ hicle safely. • The function operated within cer‐ tain conditions, such as the dis‐ tance and speed from the oncom‐ ing vehicle, the driver's vehicle speed, etc. The function can be cancelled or not work properly according to road condition and surroundings. Always be cautious when driving. • Never drive deliberately and dan‐ gerously to activate the system.
Limitations • Refer to “Limitation of the System [LKA]” on page 6-61. • Refer to “Detecting vehicles [FCA]” on page 6-46.
6-60
LANE KEEPING ASSIST (LKA) (IF EQUIPPED)
When the system detects the vehicle straying from its lane or road, it alerts (Continued) the driver with a visual and audible • The operation of LKA system can warning, while applying a slight coun‐ be canceled or not work properly ter-steering torque, trying to prevent according to road condition and the vehicle from moving out of its lane. surroundings. Always be cautious when driving. WARNING • Do not disassemble a front view camera temporarily for tinted win‐ dow or attaching any types of • Driver is responsible for being coatings and accessories. aware of surroundings and steer‐ If you disassemble the camera and ing the vehicle for safe driving assemble it again, have the sys‐ practices. tem checked by a professional 6 • Do not steer the steering wheel workshop. Kia recommends to visit
suddenly when the steering wheel an authorized Kia dealer/service Driving your vehicle is being assisted by the system. partner and have the system checked to need a calibration. • LKA system helps prevent the driver from moving out of the lane • When you replace the windshield or road unintentionally by assist‐ glass, front view camera or related ing the driver’s steering. If the parts of the steering, have the driver intentionally drive on one system checked by a professional side of the driving lane, a continu‐ workshop. Kia recommends to visit ous steering force may occur. an authorized Kia dealer/ service However, the system is just a con‐ partner and have the system Lane Keeping Assist system detects venience function and the steering checked to need a calibration. the lane markers and road edge on the wheel is not always controlled. (Continued) road with a front view camera at the While driving, the driver should pay front windshield, and assists the driv‐ attention to the steering wheel. er’s steering to help keep the vehicle in the lanes. (Continued)
6-61 Driving your vehicle
(Continued) (Continued) LKA system operation • The system detects lane markers • If the vehicle speed is high, steer‐ and road edge and controls the ing torque for assistance will not steering wheel by a front view be enough to keep your vehicle camera, therefore, if the lane within the lane. If so, the vehicle markers are hard to detect, the may move out of its lane. Obey system may not work properly. Al‐ speed limit when using LKA sys‐ ways be cautious when using the tem. system. • If you attach objects to the steer‐ • When the lane markers and road ing wheel, the system may not as‐ edge are hard to detect, please re‐ sist steering. fer to “Driver's Attention” on page • If you attach objects to the steer‐ 6-65. ing wheel, hands off alarm may • Do not remove or damage the re‐ not work properly. lated parts of LKA system. • Do not place objects on the crash To activate/deactivate LKA: pad that reflects light such as mir‐ With the ignition switch in the ON posi‐ rors, white paper, etc. it may tion, LKA turns on automatically. The cause malfunction of LKA system indicator ( ) in the cluster display will if the sunlight is reflected. initially illuminate white. If you press • You may not hear warning sound the LKA button located on the instru‐ of LKA system because of the ex‐ ment panel on the lower left hand side cessive audio sound. of the driver, LKA will be turned off and the indicator on the cluster display will • While other beeps such as the seat go off. belt warning sound are in opera‐ tion and override LKA alarming The color of indicator will change de‐ system, LKA beeps may not occur. pend on the condition of LKA. (Continued) - White : Sensor does not detect the lane marker or vehicle speed is less than 60 km/h (37 mph).
6-62
- Green : Sensor detects the lane LKA activation WARNING marker and system is able to control LKA system activation the steering. LKA system to help prevent the driv‐ LKA system function change er from leaving the lane. However, the driver should not solely rely on The driver can change LKA to Lane De‐ the system but always check the parture Warning or change the LKA road conditions when driving. mode from the User Settings Mode on the LCD display.
Lane keeping assist The LKA mode guides the driver to keep the vehicle within the lanes. It rarely controls the steering wheel, when the vehicle drives well inside the 6 lanes. However, it starts to control the steering wheel, when the vehicle is Driving your vehicle about to deviate from the lanes. •T o see the LKA system screen on the Lane departure warning LCD display in the cluster, Tab to the Driving Assist mode ( ). LDW alerts the driver with a visual and acoustic warning when the system de‐ •For further details, refer to “menu tects the vehicle leaving the lane. In this settings” on page 5-60 [crash pad]. mode, the steering wheel will not be • After LKA system is activated, if lane If the speed of the vehicle is over controlled. When the vehicle’s front maker is detected, vehicle speed is 60 km/h (37 mph) and the system de‐ wheel contacts the inside edge of lane over 60 km/h (37 mph) and all the ac‐ tects lane markers, the color changes line, LKA issues the lane departure tivation conditions are satisfied, a from gray to white. warning. green steering wheel indicator will il‐ luminate and the steering wheel will be controlled.
6-63 Driving your vehicle
Warning (Continued) • If you hold the steering wheel lightly, the system would generate hands off warning because LKA system can treat the situation as you do not grab the wheel.
WARNING
• The driver is responsible for accu‐ rate steering. • Even though the steering is assis‐ If the driver takes hands off the steer‐ ted by the system, the driver may ing wheel for several seconds while LKA control the steering wheel. system is activated, the system will If the vehicle leaves a lane, the lane warn the driver. • Turn off the system and drive the marker you cross will blink on the LCD vehicle in below situations. display and the warning sound is provi‐ - In bad weather ded. WARNING ❈ n Haptic specification - In bad road condition If the vehicle leaves a lane, the lane • The hands-off warning message - When the steering wheel needs marker you cross will blink on the may appear late according to road to be controlled by the driver LCD display with steering wheel vi‐ conditions. Therefore, always have frequently. bration warning. your hands on the steering wheel - When towing a vehicle or trailer. while driving. • The steering wheel may feel heav‐ (Continued) ier when the steering wheel is as‐ sisted by the system than when it is not.
6-64
LKA failure indicator • The steering will not be assisted NOTICE LKA failure indicator (yel‐ when vehicle speed is below 55 km/h low) will illuminate if LKA is (34 mph) and over 200 km/h • Even though the steering is assis‐ not working properly. In this case, have (125 mph). ted by the system, the driver may the system checked by a professional • The steering will not be assisted control the steering. workshop. Kia recommends to visit an when you change lanes fast. authorized Kia dealer/service partner. • The steering wheel may feel heav‐ • The steering will not be assisted ier when the steering wheel is as‐ The system will be canceled when: when you brake suddenly. sisted by the system than when it •Y ou change lanes with the turn sig‐ • The steering will not be assisted is not. nal. when the lane is very wide or narrow. - Using the turn signal to change lanes. • The steering will not be assisted when only one side lane marker is de‐ LKA system malfunction - If you change lanes without the tected. turn signal on, the steering wheel 6 might be controlled. • There are more than two lane mark‐
ers such as a construction area. Driving your vehicle • LKA system can transit to steering assist mode when the car is near to • Radius of a curve is too small. middle of the lane after system on or • When you turn steering wheel sud‐ the lane was changed. LKA system denly, LKA system will be disabled can not assist steering if the vehicle temporarily. follows lane marker too close contin‐ uously before transition to steering • Driving on a steep slope or hill. assist mode. Driver's attention • The control of ESC (Electronic Stabili‐ The driver must be cautious in the be‐ ty Control) or VSM (Vehicle Stability low situations may not work properly Management) is activated. when recognition of the lane marker is • If there is a problem with the system poor or limited : a message will appear. If the problem • The steering will not be assisted continues LKA system fail indicator when your drive fast on a sharp will illuminate. curve.
6-65 Driving your vehicle
When lane and road condition is poor • There are crosswalk signs or other • The vehicle vibrates heavily. symbols on the road. • It is difficult to distinguish the lane • The temperature near inside mirror is marker or road edge from road when • The lane suddenly disappears such as very high due to direct sun light and the lane marker or road edge is cov‐ at the intersection. etc. ered with dust or sand. • The lane marker or road edge in a When front visibility is poor • It is difficult to distinguish the color tunnel is covered with dirt or oil and of the lane marker from road. etc. • The lens or windshield is covered by strange materials. • There is something looks like a lane • The lane is very wide or narrow. marker. • The sensor cannot detect the lane When external condition is intervened because of fog, heavy rain or snow. • The lane marker or road edge is in‐ distinct or damaged. • The brightness of outside changes • The windshield is fogged by humid air suddenly when entering/existing a in the vehicle. • The number of lanes increases/ de‐ tunnel or passing under a bridge. creases or the lane lines are crossing • Putting something on the crash pad (Driving through a toll plaza/toll gate, • The headlamps are not on at night or and etc. merged/divided lane). in a tunnel, or light level is low. • There are more than two lane mark‐ • There is a boundary structure in the WARNING ers. roadway. • The lane marker is very thick or thin. • The light of street, sun, oncoming ve‐ LKA system is a system to help pre‐ hicle and so on reflects from the wa‐ vent the driver from leaving the • The lane marker or road edge is not ter on the road. lane. However, the driver should not visible due to snow, rain, stain, a pud‐ solely rely on the system but always dle or other factors. • When light shines brightly in the re‐ verse direction you drive. take the necessary actions for safe • A shadow is on the lane marker or driving practices. road edge because of a median strip, • Road surface is not even. guardrail, noise barriers and others. • The distance from the vehicle ahead When there is a problem with the sys‐ • When the lane markers are complica‐ is very short or the vehicle ahead tem do one of the following: ted or a structure substitutes for the drives hiding the lane line or road •Turn the system on after turning the lines such as a construction area. edge. vehicle off and on again. • You drive on a steep grade or a sharp curve.
6-66
• Check if the ignition switch is in the ON position. • Check if the system is affected by the weather. (ex: fog, heavy rain, etc.) • Check if there is foreign matter on the camera lens
If the problem is not solved, have the system checked by a professional workshop. Kia recommends to visit an authorized Kia dealer/service partner. 6 Driving your vehicle
6-67 Driving your vehicle
BLIND-SPOT COLLISION WARNING (BCW) (IF EQUIPPED)
System description WARNING BCW system uses radar sensors in the rear bumper to monitor and warn the • BCW system is a supplemental driver of an approaching vehicle in the system to assist you. Do not en‐ driver's blind spot area. tirely rely on the system. 1) Blind Spot Area Always pay attention, while driv‐ ing, for your safety. • Always be aware of road condi‐ tions while driving and be alert for unexpected situations even though BCW system is operating. • BCW system is not a substitute for proper and safe driving. Always BCW system feature will alert you drive safely and use caution when when a vehicle is approaching in an ad‐ changing lanes or backing up the jacent lane at a high rate of speed. If vehicle. BCW may not detect every the driver activates the turn signal object alongside the vehicle. when the system detects an oncoming vehicle, the system sounds an audible alert. System setting and activation It warns by detecting the vehicles in System setting the blind spots. • The driver can activate the system The blind spot detection range varies by placing the POWER button to the relative to vehicle speed. ON position. Note that if your vehicle is traveling much faster than the vehicles around you, the warning will not occur. 2) Closing at high speed
6-68
Setting the warning sound of Blind- (Continued) Spot Collision Warning system The driver can select the warning • Blind-Spot Collision Warning sys‐ sound of Blind-Spot Collision Warning in tem is a supplemental system to the ‘User settings’ in the LCD display by assist you. Do not entirely rely on selecting “User settings Driver assis‐ the system. Always pay attention, tance BCW sound (Blind-Spot Colli‐ while driving, for your safety. sion Warning)” • Blind-Spot Collision Warning sys‐ tem is not a substitute for proper Operating conditions and safe driving. Always drive The system enters the ready status, safely and use caution when and the following conditions are satis‐ changing lanes or backing the vehi‐ fied: cle up. Blind-Spot Collision Warning system may not detect every ob‐ • If you press BCW button the indicator The system will activate when: ject alongside the vehicle. 6 on the button extinguishes and the - The system is on
system deactivates. Driving your vehicle - Vehicle speed is above 30 km/h • If you press BCW button while the (18.6 mph) system is cancelled the indicator on - Other vehicles are detected in the the button illuminates and the sys‐ rear side tem activates. In this case, the sys‐ tem returns to the state before the vehicle turned off. When the system WARNING is initially turned on and when the motor is turned off then on again • Always check the road condition while the system is in activation, the while driving for unexpected situa‐ warning light will illuminate for tions even though Blind-Spot Colli‐ 3 seconds on the outside rearview sion Warning system is operating. mirror. (Continued) • If the POWER button is turned off then on again, the system maintains the previous state.
6-69 Driving your vehicle
Warning message and system Second stage alert 1. At the First stage alert (the warn‐ ing light illuminate on the outside control review mirror AND Blind-spot Collision Warning (BCW) 2. The turn signal is applied (same system side as where the vehicle is being detected). First stage alert When this alert is activated, the warn‐ ing light on the outside rearview mirror will also blink. And a warning chime will sound. If you turn off the turn signal indicator, the second stage alert will be deactiva‐ ted. Once the detected vehicle is no longer within the blind spot area, the warning will turn off according to the driving conditions of the vehicle.
WARNING
If a vehicle is detected within the boun‐ • The warning light on the outside dary of the system, a warning light will rearview mirror will illuminate illuminate on the outside rearview mir‐ whenever a vehicle is detected at ror. the rear side by the system. Once the detected vehicle is no longer To avoid accidents, do not focus within the blind spot area, the warning only on the warning light and ne‐ will turn off according to the driving glect to check the vehicle sur‐ conditions of the vehicle. roundings. [A] :Warning sound (Continued) A warning chime to alert the driver will activate when:
6-70
(Continued) (Continued) CAUTION • Drive safely even though the vehi‐ • The warning of Blind-Spot Collision cle is equipped with Blind-Spot Warning system may not sound • The system may not work proper‐ Collision Warning system. Do not while other system's warning ly when the bumper has been solely rely on the system but sounds. damaged, or if the rear bumper check your surroundings before has been replaced or repaired. changing lanes or backing the vehi‐ • The sensing range differs some‐ cle up. Detecting sensor what according to the width of the • The system may not alert the road. When the road is narrow, the driver in some situations so always system may detect other vehicles check your surroundings while in the next lane. driving. • The system may turn off due to strong electromagnetic waves. 6 • Always keep the sensor or near the sensor clean.
CAUTION Driving your vehicle • NEVER arbitrarily disassemble the • The driver should always use ex‐ sensor component nor apply any treme caution while operating the impact on the sensor component. vehicle, whether or not the warn‐ ing light on the outside rearview (Continued) mirror illuminates or there is a warning alarm. • Playing the vehicle audio system at high volume may offset Blind- The rear corner radars are the sensors Spot Collision Warning system inside the rear bumper for detecting warning sounds. the side/rear areas. Always keep the rear bumper clean for proper operation (Continued) of the system.
6-71 Driving your vehicle
(Continued) Warning message Turn off BCW system (if equipped) when a trailer or carrier is installed. • Be careful not to apply unnecessa‐ - Press the BCW button (the indicator ry force on the radar sensor or on the button extinguish) sensor cover. If the sensor is forci‐ bly moved out of proper align‐ - Deactivate RCCW system by dese‐ ment, the system may not oper‐ lecting ate correctly. “User Settings Driver Assistance In this case, a warning message Blind-Spot Safety Rear Cross- may not be displayed. Take your Traffic Safety”. vehicle to a professional workshop If you use BCW system, remove a and have the system checked. Kia trailer or carrier recommends to visit an authorized Kia dealer/service partner. • Do not apply foreign objects such When BCW system canceled warning as a bumper sticker or a bumper message is displayed in the cluster, guard near the radar sensor or ap‐ check to make sure that the rear ply paint to the sensor area. Doing • This warning message may appear bumper is free from any dirt or snow in so may adversely affect the per‐ when : the areas where the sensor is located. formance of the sensor. - One or both of the sensors on the Remove any dirt, snow, or foreign ma‐ rear bumper is blocked by dirt or terial that could interfere with the ra‐ • NEVER install any accessories or snow or a foreign object. stickers on the front windshield, dar sensors. nor tint the front windshield. - Driving in rural areas where the After any dirt or debris is removed, sensor does not detect another BCW system should operate normally • Pay extreme caution to keep the vehicle for an extended period of after about 10 minutes of driving the camera sensor out of water. time. vehicle. • NEVER locate any reflective ob‐ If the system still does not operate jects (i.e. white paper, mirror) over - When there is inclement weather normally, Kia recommend that you the crash pad. Any light reflection such as heavy snow or rain. have your vehicle inspected by an au‐ may cause a malfunction of the thorized Kia dealer/service partner. system. If any of these conditions occur, the light on the BCW button and the sys‐ tem will turn off automatically.
6-72
• The sensor is polluted with rain, • Driving on a narrow road where trees snow, mud, etc. or grass or overgrown. • The rear bumper where the sensor is • Driving in rural areas where the sen‐ located is covered with a foreign ob‐ sor does not detect another vehicle ject such as a bumper sticker, a or structure for an extended period bumper guard, a bike rack, etc. of time. • The rear bumper is damaged, or the • Driving on a wet road. sensor is out of the original default • Driving on a road where the guardrail position. or wall is in double structure. • The vehicle height gets lower or high‐ • A big vehicle is near such as a bus or er due to heavy loading in a liftgate, truck. abnormal tire pressure, etc. • When the other vehicle approaches • When the temperature of the rear very close. 6 If there is a problem with BCW system, bumper is high. a warning message will appear and the • When the other vehicle passes at a light on the switch will turn off. The • When the sensors are blocked by very fast speed. Driving your vehicle system will turn off automatically. other vehicles, walls or parking-lot In this case, have the system checked pillars. • While changing lanes. by a professional workshop. Kia recom‐ • The vehicle drives on a curved road. • If the vehicle has started at the same mends to visit an authorized Kia dealer/ time as the vehicle next to you and service partner. • The vehicle drives through a tollgate. has accelerated. • The road pavement (or the peripheral • When the vehicle in the next lane Limitations of the system ground) abnormally contains metallic The driver must be cautious in the be‐ moves two lanes away from you OR components (i.e. possibly due to sub‐ when the vehicle two lanes away low situations, because the system way construction). may not detect other vehicles or ob‐ moves to the next lane from you. jects in certain circumstances. • There is a fixed object near the vehi‐ • A motorcycle or bicycle is near. • When a trailer or carrier is installed. cle, such as a guardrail. • A flat trailer is near. • The vehicle drives in inclement • While going down or up a steep road • If there are small objects in the de‐ weather such as heavy rain or snow. where the height of the lane is differ‐ ent. tecting area such as a shopping cart or a baby stroller.
6-73 Driving your vehicle
• If there is a low height vehicle such as • Lane Departure Warning system or a sports car. Lane Keeping Assist system do not • The brake pedal is depressed. operate normally. For more information refer to “Lane • ESC (Electronic Stability Control) is Keeping Assist (LKA) system” on page activated. 6-61. • ESC (Electronic Stability Control) mal‐ functions. • The tire pressure is low or a tire is damaged. • The brake is reworked. • The vehicle abruptly changes driving direction. BCW system may not operate prop‐ • The vehicle makes sharp lane erly when driving on a curved road. In changes. certain instances the system may • The vehicle sharply stops. recognize a vehicle in the same lane. Always pay attention to road and • Temperature is extremely low around driving conditions, while driving. the vehicle. • The vehicle severely vibrates while - Driving on a curve driving over a bumpy road, uneven/ BCW system may not operate prop‐ bumpy road, or concrete patch. erly when driving on a curved road. In certain instances the system may • The vehicle drives on a slippery sur‐ not detect the vehicle in the next face due to snow, water puddle, or lane. ice. Always pay attention to road and driving conditions, while driving.
6-74
- Driving where the road is merging/ - Driving on a slope - Driving where the heights of the 6 dividing BCW system may not operate prop‐ lanes are different
BCW system may not operate prop‐ erly when driving on a slope. In cer‐ BCW system may not operate prop‐ Driving your vehicle erly when driving where the road is tain instances the system may not erly when driving where the heights merging/dividing. In certain instances detect the vehicle in the next lane. of the lanes are different. the system may not detect the vehi‐ Also, in certain instances the system In certain instances, the system may cle in the next lane. may wrongly recognize the ground or not detect the vehicle on a road with Always pay attention to road and structures. different lane heights (underpass driving conditions, while driving. Always pay attention to road and joining section, grade separated in‐ driving conditions, while driving. tersections, etc.). Always pay attention to road and driving conditions, while driving.
6-75 Driving your vehicle
- [A] : noise barrier, [B] : guardrail Driving where there is a structure be‐ side the road BCW system may not operate prop‐ erly when driving where there is structure beside the road. In certain instances, the system may wrongly recognize the structures (noise barriers, guardrail, double guardrail, median strip, bollard, street light, road sign, tunnel wall, etc.) be‐ side the road. Always pay attention to road and driving conditions, while driving.
6-76
MANUAL SPEED LIMIT ASSIST (MSLA) (IF EQUIPPED)
You can set the speed limit when you 1. Press the CRUISE & SPEED LIMIT do not want to drive over a specific MODE ( ) button twice on the speed. steering wheel, to turn the system If you drive over the preset speed limit, on. the warning system operates (set speed limit will blink and chime will sound) until the vehicle speed returns within the speed limit.
NOTICE
While Manual Speed Limit Assist is in operation, the cruise control system 6 cannot be activated. Driving your vehicle To set speed limit:
The speed limit indicator light will illuminate.
2. Move the switch down (to SET-).
6-77 Driving your vehicle
3. Move the switch up (to RES+) or To drive over the preset speed limit you To turn off Manual Speed Limit down (to SET-), and release it at must depress hard on the accelerator the desired speed. Move the switch pedal (more than approximately 80%) Assist, do one of the following: up (to RES+) or down (to SET-) and until the kick down mechanism works hold it. The speed will increase or with a clicking noise. Then the set decrease by 5 km/h (3 mph). speed limit will blink and chime will Move the switch up (to RES+) or sound until you return the vehicle down (SET-) and release it immedi‐ speed within the speed limit. ately. The speed will increase or decrease by 1 km/h. NOTICE The set speed limit will display on the instrument cluster. • Depressing the accelerator pedal less than approximately 50%, the vehicle will not speed over the pre‐ set speed limit but maintain the vehicle speed within the speed lim‐ it. • Press the CRUISE & SPEED LIMIT • A clicking noise heard from the MODE switch. kick down mechanism by depress‐ ing the accelerator pedal fully is a • Turn the ignition off. normal condition. If you press the cancel O switch once, the set speed limit will cancel, but it will not turn the system off. If you wish to reset the speed limit, move the switch up (to RES+) or down (to SET-) to the desired speed. The set speed limit will be displayed.
6-78
6 CAUTION Driving your vehicle The “---” indicator will blink if there is a problem with Manual Speed Lim‐ it Assist system. In this case, have the system checked by a professional workshop. Kia recommends to visit an author‐ ized Kia dealer/service partner.
6-79 Driving your vehicle
INTELLIGENT SPEED LIMIT WARNING (ILSW) (IF EQUIPPED)
WARNING ISLW activation/deactivation • ISLW Setting method: Cluster “User settings Driver assis‐ • Intelligent Speed Limit Warning is tance Speed Limit Warning” only an aid and is not always able to correctly display speed limits • The information of speed limit and no and overtaking restrictions. passing restriction will appear on the • The driver always keeps the re‐ cluster using a symbol if you have ac‐ sponsibility not to exceed the tivated 'ISLW' in User Settings of clus‐ maximum allowed speed ter. • Do not place any accessories, • If ISLW is activated in the navigation stickers or tint the windshield near settings, the information is also dis‐ the rearview mirror. played on the navigation screen. • The system detects traffic signs The system displays the information of and displays speed limit informa‐ Operation speed limit and no passing restriction tion by a camera therefore, if traf‐ to the driver in both the instrument fic signs are hard to detect, the cluster and navigation screen. ISLW de‐ system may not work properly. tects traffic signs with camera system Please refer to “Driver's attention” attached on the top of the windscreen. on page 6-83. ISLW also utilizes the navigation infor‐ mation to display the speed limit infor‐ • Do not remove any CAMERA parts mation. or apply impact. • Do not place objects on the dash‐ board that reflects light such as mirrors, white paper, etc. The sys‐ tem may malfunction if the sun‐ light is reflected. • The system is not available in all countries.
6-80
• If a traffic sign that is relevant to your vehicle is passed, the system NOTICE displays the information of the speed limits and no passing restrictions to If the speed limit unit is different be‐ the driver. tween cluster and navigation, check • When the driver turns on the ignition, the speed unit setting in the naviga‐ the system displays the information tion menu. of the speed limit that was stored before the ignition has been turned off. Display • Sometimes different speed limits are • If the system detect no passing sign, displayed for the same road. The in‐ no passing is displayed in both the in‐ formation displayed depending on strument cluster and navigation the situation, because, traffic signs screen. 6 with additional sign (e.g rainy, ar‐
row...) are also detected and com‐ Driving your vehicle pared with an additional interior da‐ ta(e.g wiper operation, turn signal...). • The system can update the speed limit information without visible speed limit signs in the following sit‐ • If the system doesn’t have a reliable uations. Speed Limit, the following symbol is - When you change your driving di‐ displayed in both the instrument rection by turning right or left or cluster and navigation screen. by a U-turn. - When the road changes. (e.g. from • After passing "end of speed limita‐ highway to country road…) tion“ sign ISLW provides information - When you enter or exit a into town from navigation to inform driver of or village. perhaps afterwards applicable speed limit.
6-81 Driving your vehicle
Warning message
•F or some areas on highways in ger‐ many there's no speed limit applica‐ ble. In that case ISLW shows "end of limitation" traffic sign as long as you When ISLW is not working properly, the don't pass another speed limit sign. warning message will come on for a The message will appear when cam‐ few second. After the message disap‐ era’s field of view is covered by some pears, the master warning light will illu‐ objects. The system stops until the minate. field of view is normal. In this case, have the system checked Check the windshield around the cam‐ by a professional workshop. era view area. Kia recommends to visit an authorized If the system does not work normally Kia dealer/service partner. even though camera’s field of view is The system may not fully operate and cleared, have the system checked by a provide correct information in the fol‐ professional workshop. Kia recom‐ lowing situations. mends to visit an authorized Kia dealer/ • Traffic signs are positioned on sharp service partner. curve. • Poorly positioned traffic sign. (eg. Ro‐ tated, shaded by any object, dam‐ aged…)
6-82
•C oncealed traffic signs by other vehi‐ Driver's attention • The driver always bears ultimate re‐ cle. The driver must be cautious in the be‐ sponsibility for ensuring that the ve‐ • Broken LED traffic signs. low situations for the system may not hicle is driven safely and that applica‐ assist the driver and may not work ble road traffic rules and regulations • Poor weather like snow, rain, fog. properly. are followed. • Reflected glare around and/or on the • Do not stick or attach anything to the traffic sign. windshield in front of the camera as • There is insufficient illumination of this may reduce effectiveness or the traffic signs in the night. cause one more of the systems de‐ pendent on the camera to stop work‐ • There is bright lights around traffic ing. signs. • Keep the windshield in the area be‐ • There is dirt, ice or frost on the wind‐ hind the interior rear view mirror shield in the area of the camera. clean. 6 • When camera field of view is covered • Do not place reflective materials,
by objects such as a sticker, paper, such as white paper or a mirror, on Driving your vehicle leaf fall. the instrument panel. • When driving very close to the vehicle • Do not strike or damage the areas in front of you. around the camera unit. • When navigation system has mal‐ • Do not touch the camera lens or re‐ function. move the screw located on the cam‐ • When bus or trucks attached with a era unit. speed sticker are passing you. • The system does not work in all sit‐ • When you are at a certain location uations but is designed merely as a not covered by the navigation sys‐ supplementary aid. tem. • The system assists the driver and • When the navigation system is not does not replace the human eye. updated to the latest map version.
6-83 Driving your vehicle
DRIVER ATTENTION WARNING (DAW) (IF EQUIPPED)
Driver Attention Warning system is to - High sensitivity : Driver Attention • Driver's attention level is displayed on warn the driver with any hazardous Warning system alerts the driver the scale of 1 to 5. The lower the lev‐ driving situations upon detecting the of his/her fatigue level or inatten‐ el is, the more inattentive the driver driver's fatigue level or inattentive driv‐ tive driving practices faster than is. ing practices. Normal mode. • The level decreases when the driver Driver attention warning • The set-up of Driver Attention Warn‐ does not take a break for a certain ing system will be maintained, as se‐ period of time. System setting lected, when the vehicle is re-started. • Driver Attention Warning system is • The level increases when the driver set to be in the OFF position, when attentively drives for a certain period your vehicle is first delivered to you Display of the driver's attention of time. from the factory. level • When the driver turns on the system • To turn ON Driver Attention Warning while driving, it displays ‘Last Break system, turn on the vehicle, and then time’ and level reflected that. select “User Settings Driver Assis‐ tance DAW(Driver Attention Warn‐ Take a break ing) High sensitivity/Normal sensi‐ tivity/Off” on the LCD display
• The driver can select Driver Attention Warning system mode. - Off : Driver Attention Warning sys‐ tem is deactivated. - Normal sensitivity : Driver Atten‐ tion Warning system alerts the driver of his/her fatigue level or in‐ • The driver can monitor their driving attentive driving practices. conditions on the LCD display. - Select 'User Settings Mode' and then 'Driver assistance' on the LCD display. (For more information, re‐ fer to “LCD display (if equipped)” • The "Consider taking a break" mes‐ on page 5-60.) sage appears on the LCD display and
6-84
a warning sounds in order to suggest System standby System malfunction the driver to take a break, when the driver's attention level is below 1.
• The Driver Attention Warning system does not suggest the driver to take a break, when the total driving time is shorter than 10 minutes.
Resetting the system • The last break time is set to 00:00 and the driver's attention level is set to 5 (very attentive) when the driver resets the Driver Attention Warning system. 6
• Driver Attention Warning system re‐ Driving your vehicle sets in the following situations. Driver Attention Warning system en‐ When the "Check Driver Attention - The vehicle is turned OFF. ters the ready status and displays the Warning (DAW) system" warning mes‐ ‘Standby’ screen in the following situa‐ sage appears, the system is not work‐ - The driver unfastens the seat belt tions. ing properly. In this case, have the sys‐ and then opens the driver’s door. - The camera sensor keeps failing to tem checked by a professional work‐ - Stop lasting more than 10 mi‐ detect the lanes. shop. Kia recommends to visit an au‐ nutes. thorized Kia dealer/service partner. - Driving speed remains under 60 km/h • Driver Attention Warning system op‐ or over 180 km/h. erates again, when the driver re‐ starts driving.
6-85 Driving your vehicle
WARNING (Continued) CAUTION - Do not disassemble camera tem‐ • Driver Attention Warning system Driver Attention Warning system porarily for tinted window or at‐ is not a substitute for safe driving may not properly operate with limi‐ practices, but a convenience func‐ taching any types of coatings and ted alerting in the following situa‐ tion only. It is the responsibility of accessories. If you disassemble a tions: the driver to always drive cau‐ camera and assemble it again, • The lane detection performance is tiously to prevent unexpected and have the system checked by a limited. (For more information, re‐ sudden situations from occurring. professional workshop. Kia recom‐ fer to “Lane Keeping Assist (LKA)” Pay attention to the road condi‐ mends to visit an authorized Kia on page 6-61.) tions at all times. dealer/service partner and have • The vehicle is violently driven or is • It may suggest a break according the system checked to need a cali‐ abruptly turned for obstacle to the driver’s driving pattern or bration. avoidance (e.g. construction area, habits even if the driver doesn’t other vehicles, fallen objects, bum‐ feel fatigued. - Do not locate any reflective ob‐ py road). jects (i.e. white paper, mirror) over • The driver, who feels fatigued, the dashboard. Any light reflection • Forward drivability of the vehicle is severely undermined (possibly due should take a break, even though may cause a mal-function of Driv‐ there is no break suggestion by to wide variation in tire pressures, er Attention Warning system. Driver Attention Warning system. uneven tire wear-out, toe-in/toe- - Pay extreme caution to keep the out alignment). camera sensor out of water. • The system will not operate for NOTICE - Do not arbitrarily disassemble the about 15 seconds when restarting the vehicle or initializing the front camera assembly, nor apply any camera such as rebooting, etc. Driver Attention Warning system impact on the camera assembly. utilizes the camera sensor on the • Intentionally frequent lane cut-in. - Playing the vehicle audio system front windshield for its operation. To at high volume may offset Driver • The vehicle drives on a curvy road. keep the camera sensor in the best Attention Warning system warn‐ (Continued) condition, you should observe the ing sounds. followings: (Continued)
6-86
(Continued) • The vehicle drives on a bumpy road. • The vehicle drives through a windy area. • The vehicle is controlled by the fol‐ lowing driving assist systems: - Lane Keeping Assist system - Forward Collision-Avoidance As‐ sist system - Smart Cruise Control system 6 Driving your vehicle
6-87 Driving your vehicle
CRUISE CONTROL (CC)
This system is designed to function above approximately 30 km/h (Continued) (20 mph). • Be careful when driving downhill using the cruise control system, which may increase the vehicle WARNING speed.
• If the cruise control is left on, (cruise indicator light is illumina‐ ted), the cruise control can be NOTICE switched on accidentally. Keep the cruise control system off when • During normal cruise control oper‐ Cruise Control is not in use, to ation, when the SET switch is acti‐ avoid inadvertently setting a vated or reactivated after applying speed. the brakes, the cruise control will • Use Cruise Control system only energize after approximately when traveling on open highways 3 seconds. This delay is normal. in good weather. • To activate cruise control, depress • Do not use the cruise control when the brake pedal at least once after it may not be safe to keep the ve‐ turning the ignition switch to the hicle at a constant speed, for in‐ ON position or starting the vehicle. stance, driving in heavy or varying This is to check if the brake switch traffic, or on slippery (rainy, icy or snow-covered) or winding roads or which is important part to cancel over 6% up-hill or down-hill roads. cruise control is in normal condi‐ 1. Cruise indicator tion. • Pay particular attention to the 2. Cruise set indicator driving conditions whenever using Cruise Control system. Cruise Control system allows you to (Continued) program the vehicle to maintain a con‐ stant speed without depressing the ac‐ celerator pedal.
6-88
Cruise control switch To set cruise control speed:
3. Move the switch down (to SET-), 6 and release it at the desired speed.
The cruise set indicator light will il‐ Driving your vehicle • CANCEL/O: Cancels cruise control op‐ 1. Press the CRUISE/ button on the luminate. Release the accelerator eration. steering wheel, to turn the system pedal at the same time. The de‐ on. The cruise indicator light will il‐ sired speed will automatically be • CRUISE/ : Turns cruise control sys‐ maintained. tem on or off. luminate. 2. Accelerate to the desired speed, On a steep grade, the vehicle may • RES+: Resumes or increases cruise slow down or speed up slightly control speed. which must be more than approxi‐ mately 30 km/h (20 mph). while going downhill. • SET-: Sets or decreases cruise con‐ trol speed.
6-89 Driving your vehicle
To increase cruise control set To decrease the cruising speed: To temporarily accelerate with speed: the cruise control on: If you want to speed up temporarily when the cruise control is on, depress the accelerator pedal. Increased speed will not interfere with cruise control op‐ eration or change the set speed. To return to the set speed, take your foot off the accelerator pedal. To cancel cruise control, do one of the following:
Follow either of these procedures: Follow either of these procedures: • Move the switch down (to SET-) and • Move the switch up (to RES+) and hold it. Your vehicle will gradually hold it. Your vehicle will accelerate. slow down. Release the switch at the Release the lever at the speed you speed you want to maintain. want. • Move the switch down (to SET-) and • Move the switch up (to RES+) and re‐ release it immediately. The cruising lease it immediately. The cruising speed will decrease by 2 km/h speed will increase by 2 km/h (1 mph) (1 mph) each time you move the each time you move the switch up (to switch down (to SET-) in this manner. RES+) in this manner. • Depress the brake pedal. • Press the CANCEL/O button located on the steering wheel.
6-90
• Decrease the vehicle speed lower To resume cruising speed at To turn cruise control off, do than the memory speed by approxi‐ mately 20 km/h (12 mph). more than approximately one of the following: 30 km/h (20 mph) • Press the CRUISE/ button (the • Decrease the vehicle speed to less cruise indicator light will be turn off). than approximately 25 km/h (15 mph). • If your vehicle equipped the speed limit system, press the CRUISE/ button twice. (The cruise indicator Each of these actions will cancel cruise light will be turn off.) control operation (the cruise set indica‐ tor light will go off), but it will not turn • Turn the ignition off. the system off. If you wish to resume cruise control operation, move up the Both of these actions cancel cruise con‐ switch (to RES+) located on your steer‐ trol operation. If you want to resume ing wheel. You will return to your previ‐ cruise control operation, repeat the 6 ously preset speed. steps provided in “To set cruise control speed” on page 6-89. Driving your vehicle
If any method other than the CRUISE/ button was used to cancel cruising speed and the system is still activated, the most recent set speed will auto‐ matically resume when the RES+ switch is pushed. It will not resume, however, if the vehi‐ cle speed has dropped below approxi‐ mately 30 km/h (20 mph).
6-91 Driving your vehicle
SMART CRUISE CONTROL (SCC) (IF EQUIPPED)
WARNING To set smart cruise control speed:
For your safety, please read the owner's manual before using Smart Cruise Control system.
NOTICE
To activate Smart Cruise Control, de‐ press the brake pedal at least once after turning the ignition switch to the ON position or starting the vehi‐ 1. Cruise indicator ( CRUISE) cle. This is to check if the brake 1. Press the /CRUISE button, to 2. Set speed switch which is important part to turn the system on. The CRUISE in‐ cancel Smart Cruise Control is in nor‐ 3. Vehicle-to-vehicle distance dicator in the instrument cluster mal condition. will illuminate. Smart Cruise Control system allows you 2. Accelerate to the desired speed. to program the vehicle to maintain con‐ Smart cruise control switch Smart Cruise Control speed can be stant speed and distance detecting the set as follows: vehicle ahead without depressing the /CRUISE: Turns cruise control system • 10 km/h (5mph) ~ 160 km/h accelerator or brake pedal. on or off. (100 mph): when there is no vehi‐ To see the SCC screen on the LCD dis‐ RES+ : Resumes or increases cruise cle in front control speed. play on the cluster, select Driving Assist • 0 km/h (0 mph) ~ 160 km/h mode ( ). For more informations, re‐ SET- : Sets or decreases cruise control speed. (100 mph): when there is a vehi‐ fer to “LCD display (if equipped)” on cle in front page 5-60. : Sets vehicle-to-vehicle distance. O/CANCEL: Cancels cruise control oper‐ ation.
6-92
The speed will be set to 30km/h when • The ESC (Electronic Stability Control), there is a vehicle ahead and your vehi‐ TCS (Traction Control System)or ABS cle speed is 0~30km/h. is off. Also, the speed will be set to 30km/h • The sensor cover is extremely conta‐ when there is no vehicles ahead and minated. your vehicle speed is 10~30km/h. • The motor performance is abnormal. • The Forward Collision-Avoidance As‐ sist system is activated. • The motor RPM is in the red zone. • The front radar sensing data is out of limit. 3. Move the switch down (to SET-), 6 and release it at the desired speed. To increase Smart Cruise Control system set speed: The set speed and vehicle to vehicle Driving your vehicle distance on the LCD screen will illu‐ minate. 4. Release the accelerator pedal. The desired speed will automatically be maintained. SCC system Not Operating Conditions • The driver’s door is opened. If there is a vehicle in front of you, the speed may decrease to maintain the • The vehicle is shifted to N (Neutral)/ distance to the vehicle ahead. R (Reverse) / P (Parking). On a steep grade, the vehicle may slow • The parking brake is applied. down or speed up slightly while going uphill or downhill. • The vehicle speed is not within the Vehicle speed may decrease on an up‐ specified SCC range. ward slope and increase on a down‐ • The ESC (Electronic Stability Control), ward slope. TCS (Traction Control System)or ABS is operating. Follow either of these procedures:
6-93 Driving your vehicle
• Move the switch up (to RES+), and To decrease Smart Cruise Control To temporarily accelerate with hold it. Your vehicle set speed will in‐ system set speed: Smart Cruise Control system on: crease by 10 km/h (5 mph). Release If you want to speed up temporarily the switch at the speed you want. when the cruise control is on, depress • Move the switch up (to RES+), and re‐ the accelerator pedal. Increased speed lease it immediately. The cruising will not interfere with cruise control op‐ speed will increase by 1.0 km/h eration or change the set speed. (1.0 mph) each time you move the To return to the set speed, take your switch up (to RES+) in this manner. foot off the accelerator. • You can set the speed to 160 km/h If you move the switch down (to SET-) (100 mph). at increased speed, the cruising speed will be set again.
CAUTION NOTICE Check the driving condition before using the toggle switch. Driving Be careful when accelerating tempo‐ rarily, because the speed is not con‐ speed sharply increases, when you Follow either of these procedures: push up and hold the switch. • Move the switch down (to SET-), and trolled automatically at this time hold it. Your vehicle set speed will de‐ even if there is a vehicle in front of crease by 10 km/h (5 mph). Release you. the switch at the speed you want. • Move the switch down (to SET-), and release it immediately. The cruising speed will decrease by 1.0 km/h (1.0 mph) each time you move the switch down (to SET-) in this manner. • You can set the speed to 30 km/h (20 mph).
6-94
Smart Cruise Control system wil be • The driver's door is opened. Each of these actions will cancel Smart temporarily canceled when: • The shifter dial is shifted to N (Neu‐ Cruise Control operation. (the set speed tral), R (Reverse) or P (Paking). and vehicle to vehicle distance on the LCD display will go off.) In a condition • The EPB (Electronic Parking Brake) is Smart Cruise Control is canceled auto‐ applied. matically, Smart Cruise Control will not • The vehicle speed is over 170 km/h resume even though the RES+ or SET- (110 mph) switch is moved. In a condition the Smart Cruise Control • The ESC, ABS or TCS is operating. is cancelled automatically when the ve‐ • The ESC is turned off. hicle stops, the EPB will activate and the parking brake will be locked. • The sensor or the cover is dirty or blocked with foreign matter. • The accelerator pedal is continuously CAUTION 6 depressed for long time.
If Smart Cruise Control system is Driving your vehicle • The vehicle speed is in dangerous canceled by other than the reasons Cancelled manually range. mentioned, have the system Smart Cruise Control is temporarily • SCC system has malfunctioned. checked by a professional workshop. canceled when the brake pedal is de‐ Kia recommends to visit an author‐ • When the braking control is operated ized Kia dealer/service partner. pressed or the O/CANCEL button is for Forward Collision-Avoidance As‐ pressed. Depress the brake pedal and sist(FCA) press the O/CANCEL button at the same time, when the vehicle is at a • The vehicle is stopped for more than standstill. The speed and vehicle to ve‐ 5 minutes. hicle distance indicator on the cluster is • The vehicle stops and goes repeated‐ disappeared and the CRUISE indicator is ly for a long period of time. illuminated continuously. • When the parking brake is locked. Cancelled automatically • Vehicle has some problems. SCC system will automatically cancel in the following situations:
6-95 Driving your vehicle
To resume cruise control set speed: NOTICE
To reduce the risk of an accident, al‐ ways check the road conditions when reactivating Smart Cruise Con‐ trol using the RES+ switch to ensure the road conditions permit safe use of the cruise control.
To turn Smart Cruise Control system off:
CAUTION
If the system is automatically can‐ If any method other than the O/CRUISE celed, the warning chime will sound button was used to cancel cruising and a message will appear for a few speed and the system is still activated, seconds. the cruising speed will automatically re‐ You must adjust the vehicle speed by sume when you move the switch up (to depressing the accelerator or brake RES+). pedal according to the road condition If you move the switch up (to RES+), ahead and driving condition. the speed will resume to the recently Always check the road conditions. Do set speed. However, if vehicle speed not rely on the warning chime. drops below 10 km/h (5mph), it will re‐ sume when there is a vehicle in front of your vehicle. Press the /CRUISE button. (the CRUISE indicator in the instrument clus‐ ter will go off).
6-96
When the Smart Cruise Control System is not needed, press the /CRUISE but‐ (Continued) (Continued) ton and deactivate the system. • Do not leave the vehicle when it - Windy roads was stopped by the SCC system. If - Off roads it is necessary to leave the vehicle, NOTICE turn off the SCC system, change - Rods under construction the shifter dial to P (Parking), en‐ - Rumble strip The mode changes, as below, when‐ gage the parking brake and turn ever the /CRUISE is pressed. off the motor while depressing the - When driving near crash barri‐ brake pedal. ers • Use SCC system only on the good - When the vehicle sensing ability traffic condition road. Do not use decreases due to vehicle modifi‐ SCC system in the following situa‐ cation resulting level difference tions because the high risk of an of the vehicle's front and rear accident. - When driving with limited view 6 - Highway interchange and toll‐ (possibly due to bad weather, gate Driving your vehicle WARNING such as fog, snow, rain or sand‐ - Road surrounded by abnormally storm) multiple steel constructions Take the following precautions : • Pay particular attention to the (subway construction, steel driving conditions whenever using • If Smart Cruise Control system is tunnel, etc) left on, (cruise indicator in the in‐ Smart Cruise Control system. strument cluster illuminated) - Parking lot • Smart Cruise Control system is not Smart Cruise Control system can - Lanes beside guard rail on a a substitute for safe driving. It is be activated unintentionally. Keep road the responsibility of the driver to Smart Cruise Control system off always check the speed and dis‐ (cruise indicator turn off) when - Slippery road with rain, ice, or tance of the vehicle ahead. Smart Cruise Control system is not snow covered • Be careful when driving downhill used. - Abrupt curved road using SCC system. (Continued) - Steep hills (Continued) (Continued)
6-97 Driving your vehicle
• Fast: (Continued) Vehicle to vehicle distance Vehicle speed following the front ve‐ setting • Smart Cruise Control system hicle to maintain the set distance is should not be used when the vehi‐ faster than normal speed. To set vehicle to vehicle distance: cle is being towed to prevent any damage. NOTICE • Always set the vehicle speed under the speed limit in your country. The last selected mode remains In • Unexpected situations may lead to the system. possible accidents. Pay attention continuously to road conditions and driving even when Smart Cruise Control system is being op‐ erated.
Set SCC Reaction The sensitivity of vehicle speed when following the front vehicle to maintain the set distance can be adjusted. Go to This function allows you to program the User Settings Mode (Driver Assis‐ the vehicle to maintain relative distance tance) and select SCC Reaction. You to the vehicle ahead without depressing may select one of the three stages you the accelerator pedal or brake pedal. prefer. The vehicle to vehicle distance will au‐ • Slow: tomatically activate when Smart Cruise Vehicle speed following the front ve‐ Control system is on. hicle to maintain the set distance is Select the appropriate distance accord‐ slower than normal speed. ing to road conditions and vehicle speed. • Normal: Each time the button is pressed, the Vehicle speed following the front ve‐ vehicle to vehicle distance changes as hicle to maintain the set distance is follows: normal.
6-98
When the lane ahead is clear: When there is a vehicle ahead of you in your lane :
For example, if you drive at 90 km/h (56 mph), the distance maintain as fol‐ lows; Distance 4 - approximately 52.5 m Distance 3 - approximately 40 m Distance 2 - approximately 32.5 m Distance 1 - approximately 25 m
NOTICE 6
The distance is set to the last set Driving your vehicle The vehicle speed will maintain the set distance when the system is used speed. for the first time after starting the vehicle.
6-99 Driving your vehicle
• The vehicle will slow down or speed Collision warning up to maintain the selected distance, when there is a vehicle ahead of you in the lane. (A vehicle will appear in front of your vehicle in the LCD dis‐ play only when there is an actual ve‐ hicle in front of you) • If the vehicle ahead speeds up, your vehicle will travel at a steady cruising speed after accelerating to the selec‐ ted speed. • If you turn on the driver's side turn signal when there is a vehicle ahead, you vehicle may temporarily acceler‐ ate to assist you in changing lanes.
If there is a high risk of collision due to sudden braking of the front vehicle or lack of safety distance with the vehicle ahead during SCC driving, so that if the driver's brake or steering wheel opera‐ tion is required, the Distance Step with the vehicle ahead will blink on the clus‐ ter and a collision warning will sound. • The vehicle will maintain the set In this case, immediately reduce the speed, when the lane ahead is clear. speed.
6-100
CAUTION WARNING CAUTION
• Even if the warning message does • If the speed of the vehicle ahead is not appear and warning chime similar to or faster than your vehi‐ does not sound, always pay atten‐ cle, the system may not warn you tion to driving conditions to pre‐ as you do not maintain enough set vent dangerous situations from distance. Always pay attention in occurring. case of danger, even if there is no • Playing the vehicle audio system warning sound. at high volume may cause the oc‐ • If the speed of the vehicle ahead is cupants to not hear the system too slow, the system may not warning sounds. warn you as you do not maintain • If the vehicle cannot keep the enough set distance. Always pay enough set distance, the warning attention in case of danger, even if 6 will sound and blink on the cluster. there is no warning sound. If a warning sounds, check the • If you set SCC speed and depress If the vehicle ahead (vehicle speed: Driving your vehicle nearby traffic condition and if nec‐ the accelerator pedal, the system less than 30 km/h) disappears to the essary, control the speed by de‐ may not warn you as you do not next lane, the warning chime will pressing the brake pedal. maintain enough set distance. sound and a message will appear. Always pay attention in case of Always pay attention in case of Adjust your vehicle speed for vehi‐ danger, even if there is no warning danger, even if there are no warn‐ cles or objects that can suddenly ap‐ sound ing sound. pear in front of you by depressing the brake pedal according to the road condition ahead and driving condition.
6-101 Driving your vehicle
In traffic situation • If you push Smart Cruise Control If the sensor is covered with dirt, snow switch (RES+ or SET-) while Auto or other foreign matter, the sensor’s Hold and Smart Cruise Control is op‐ detection performance will be degraded erating the Auto Hold will be released and SCC system will be temporarily regardless of accelerator pedal oper‐ cancelled so that it does not properly ation and the vehicle will start to work until it is cleaned. move. The AUTO HOLD indicator Always keep the area in front of the changes from green to white. sensor clean. For more information of front view Detecting Sensor (Front View camera, refer to “Lane Keeping Assist (LKA)” on page 6-61. Camera / Front Radar) Front View Camera Front Radar
Use switch or pedal to accelerate • In traffic, your vehicle will stop if the vehicle ahead of you stops. Also, if the vehicle ahead of you starts mov‐ ing, your vehicle will start as well. However, if the vehicle stops for more than 3 seconds, you must de‐ press the accelerator pedal or push up the toggle switch (RES+/SET-) to start driving Front view camera is a sensor for de‐ Front radar detects the distance to the tecting lanes and the vehicles in front. vehicle ahead.
6-102
If the sensor or sensor cover is covered Warning message Smart Cruise Control system with dirt, snow or other foreign matter, malfunction message the sensor’s detection performance will be degraded and SCC system will be temporarily cancelled so that it does not properly work until it is cleaned. Always keep the area in front of the sensor clean.
6 Driving your vehicle When the sensor cover is blocked with dirt, snow, or debris, Smart Cruise Con‐ The message will appear when the ve‐ trol system operation may stop tem‐ hicle to vehicle distance control system porarily. If this occurs, a warning mes‐ is not functioning normally. sage will appear on the LCD display. Re‐ In this case, have the system checked move any dirt, snow, or debris and by a professional workshop. Kia recom‐ clean the radar sensor cover before op‐ mends to visit an authorized Kia dealer/ erating Smart Cruise Control system. service partner. Smart Cruise Control system may not properly activate, if the radar is totally contaminated, or if any substance is not detected after turning ON the mo‐ tor (e.g. in an open terrain).
6-103 Driving your vehicle
CAUTION (Continued) To convert to cruise control mode: • If the front bumper becomes dam‐ • Do not install accessories around aged in the area around the radar the sensor and do not replace the sensor, SCC system may not oper‐ bumper by yourself. It may inter‐ ate properly. fere with the sensor performance. • Do not tint the window or install • Always keep the sensor and stickers, accessories around the bumper clean. inside mirror where the camera is • To prevent sensor cover damage installed. from occurring, wash the car with • Make sure the frontal camera in‐ a soft cloth. stallation point does not get wet. • Do not damage the sensor or sen‐ • Do not place reflective ob‐ sor area by a strong impact. If the jects(white paper or mirror etc.) sensor moves slightly off position, on the crash pad. Smart Cruise Control system will FCA system may activate unnec‐ not operate correctly without any essarily due to reflect of the sun‐ warning or indicator from the clus‐ light. ter. If this occurs, have the system checked by a professional work‐ • Do not impact or arbitrarily re‐ shop. Kia recommends to visit an move any front view camera com‐ authorized Kia dealer/service part‐ ponents. ner. • Use only a genuine Kia sensor cov‐ er for your vehicle. Do not paint anything on the sensor cover. (Continued) The driver may choose to only use the cruise control mode (speed control function) by doing as follows:
6-104
1. Turn Smart Cruise Control system On curves on (the cruise indicator light will be on but the system will not be acti‐ vated). 2. Push the distance to distance switch for more than 2 seconds. 3. Choose between "Smart Cruise Control mode" and "Cruise Control mode".
When the system is canceled using the CRUISE button or the CRUISE button is used after the vehicle is turned on, the Smart Cruise Control mode will turn on. •Your vehicle speed can be reduced 6 • On curves, Smart Cruise Control sys‐ due to a vehicle in the adjacent lane.
tem may not detect a moving vehicle Adjust your vehicle speed by depress‐ Driving your vehicle WARNING in your lane, and then your vehicle ing the brake pedal according to the could accelerate to the set speed. Al‐ road condition ahead and driving con‐ When using the cruise control mode, so, the vehicle speed will rapidly down dition. Apply the accelerator pedal you must manually access the dis‐ when the vehicle ahead is recognized and select the appropriate set speed. tance to other vehicles as the sys‐ suddenly. Check to be sure that the road condi‐ tem will not automatically brake to tions permit safe operation of the slow down for other vehicles. • Select the appropriate set speed on smart cruise control. curves and adjust your vehicle speed by depressing the accelerator or Limitations of the system brake pedal according to the road Smart Cruise Control system may have condition ahead and driving condition. limits to its ability to detect distance to the vehicle ahead due to road and traf‐ fic conditions.
6-105 Driving your vehicle
On inclines Lane changing • If a vehicle which moves into your lane is faster than your vehicle, your vehicle will accelerate to the selected speed.
• During uphill or downhill driving, • A vehicle which moves into your lane Smart Cruise Control system may not from an adjacent lane cannot be rec‐ detect a moving vehicle in your lane, ognized by the sensor until it is in the and cause your vehicle to accelerate sensor's detection range. •Your vehicle may accelerate when a vehicle ahead of you disappears. to the set speed. Also, the vehicle • The sensor may not detect immedi‐ speed will rapidly down when the ve‐ ately when a vehicle cuts in suddenly. • When you are warned that the vehi‐ hicle ahead is recognized suddenly. Always pay attention to the traffic, cle ahead of you is not detected, • Select the appropriate set speed on road and driving conditions. drive with caution. inclines and adjust your vehicle speed • If a vehicle which moves into your by depressing the accelerator or lane is slower than your vehicle, your brake pedal according to the road speed may decrease to maintain the condition ahead and driving condition. distance to the vehicle ahead.
6-106
Vehicle recognition A vehicle ahead cannot be recognized vehicle starts to move because it correctly by the sensor if any of follow‐ may not recognize the stopped vehi‐ ing occurs: cle in front of you. - When the vehicle is pointing upwards due to overloading in the trunk(tail‐ In this case, you must maintain a safe gate) braking distance, and if necessary, de‐ - While making turns by steering press the brake pedal to reduce your driving speed in order to maintain a - When driving to one side of the lane safe distance. - When driving on narrow lanes or on curves
Adjust your vehicle speed by depressing the brake pedal according to the road 6 condition ahead and driving condition. Driving your vehicle Some vehicles ahead in your lane can‐ not be recognized by the sensor as fol‐ lows: - Narrow vehicles such as motorcycles or bicycles - Vehicles offset to one side - Slow-moving vehicles or sudden-de‐ celerating vehicles • Always look out for pedestrians when your vehicle is maintaining a distance - Stopped vehicles with the vehicle ahead. - Vehicles with small rear profile such as trailers with no loads • When vehicles are at a standstill and the vehicle in front of you changes to the next lane, be careful when your
6-107 Driving your vehicle
(Continued) (Continued) • Keep a safe distance according to • Smart Cruise Control system is not road conditions and vehicle speed. a substitute for safe driving prac‐ If the vehicle to vehicle distance is tices but a convenience function too close during a high-speed driv‐ only. It is the responsibility of the ing, a serious collision may result. driver to always check the speed • Smart Cruise Control system can‐ and the distance to the vehicle not recognize a stopped vehicle, ahead. pedestrians or an oncoming vehi‐ • Always be aware of the selected cle. Always look ahead cautiously speed and vehicle to vehicle dis‐ to prevent unexpected and sudden tance. situations from occurring. • Always maintain sufficient braking • Always be cautious for vehicles with • SCC system may have difficulty in distance and decelerate your vehi‐ higher height or vehicles carrying maintaining the correct distance or cle by applying the brakes if nec‐ loads that sticks out to the back of speed, if the vehicle is driving on a essary. the vehicle. steep incline or towing a trailer. • As Smart Cruise Control system • When other vehicles are changing may not recognize complex driving lanes in front of you frequently, situations, always pay attention to WARNING Smart Cruise Control system may driving conditions and control your not operate appropriately. Always vehicle speed. • Smart Cruise Control system can‐ look ahead cautiously to prevent • For safe operation, carefully read not guarantee the stop for every unexpected and sudden situations emergency situation. and follow the instructions in this from occurring. manual before use. If an emergency stop is necessary, (Continued) you must apply the brakes. • While other warning sound is (Continued) played such as not fastening the seat belt, the SCC system warning sound may not occur. (Continued)
6-108
(Continued) Leading vehicle departure alert Operating conditions (Smart Cruise Control system • When driving with SCC set speed it may be possible that a vehicle equipped) (if equipped) which is parked ahead is not de‐ Leading vehicle departure alert function tected. Be careful if you fully rely alerts the driver of the departure of on SCC function in such case, you the vehicle in front when the vehicle is may encounter a risk of collision. stopped and Smart Cruise Control sys‐ • Please turn off the SCC system tem is in activation. while towing. Function setting and operating • If the vehicle ahead disappears Conditions while driving and maintaining the set distance, the vehicle may ac‐ Function setting celerate until it reaches to set With the vehicle ON, Leading vehicle de‐ 6 speed. Be careful for a possible parture alert turns on and gets ready dangerous situation. to be activated when the 'User Settings Driving your vehicle • When driving on a slippery road, be Driver Assistance Leading vehicle While Smart Cruise Control system is in careful for possible dangerous sit‐ departure alert' is selected on the clus‐ operation, your vehicle stops behind the uations. ter. The function stops operation when vehicle in front when it stops. The mes‐ sage is displayed on the cluster within • Beware of dangerous situations as the setting is deactivated. However, if 3 seconds after the stop and the sys‐ you may quickly pass vehicles driv‐ the vehicle is turned off then on again, ing in the next lane. the function maintains the previous tem will be in the standby position. state.
CAUTION
Smart Cruise Control system may not operate temporarily due to elec‐ trical interference.
6-109 Driving your vehicle
Function activation Smart Cruise Control system is deacti‐ vated if the accelerator pedal is de‐ pressed or [RES +] or [SET -] switch is activated when there is no vehicle in front.
WARNING
Always check the front of the vehicle and road conditions before depar‐ ture.
If the driver does not take action for a certain period of time after the vehicle in front departs, the message is dis‐ played on the cluster. The vehicle departs automatically if the accelerator pedal is depressed or [RES +] or [SET -] switch is activated when there is a vehicle in front.
6-110
LANE FOLLOWING ASSIST (LFA) (IF EQUIPPED)
WARNING (Continued) - The removal or re-assembly of the • It is the driver's responsibility to front camera to attach tinting, operate the steering wheel for stickers, accessories may require safe driving. LFA system to be thoroughly in‐ • Do not turn the steering wheel spected and modified. In such hastily if LFA is in work. case, Kia recommend that you have your vehicle inspected by an • LFA system assists the steering authorized Kia dealer/service part‐ wheel control over the direction so ner. that the vehicle can stay in the center of the lane. LFA system - Inspection or modification may be does not automatically control the required when replacing parts rela‐ steering wheel of at all times, ted to the windshield or front 6 Lane Following Assist system is de‐ which means the driver must not camera, steering. have the system signed to center the vehicle in the hands off the wheel while driving. checked by a professional work‐ Driving your vehicle shop. Kia recommends to visit an chosen lane by using a front mounted • When using LFA system, always be camera on top of the windshield . It can authorized Kia dealer/service part‐ aware of your surroundings and ner. only become active in combination with road conditions that may interrupt Smart Cruise Control function and or stop LFA system. - Depending on your surroundings therefore assists the driver in his task and road conditions, LFA system to control the lateral movement of the could fail to recognize the lane and vehicle. stop working. In turn, extra cau‐ * LFA stands for Lane Following Assist. CAUTION tion is required while driving with LFA system on. - Do not attach glass tinting, stick‐ ers, accessories to the windshield - Be sure to check the nonoperating where the front camera near the conditions and cautions for the indoor mirror is placed. driver before using LFA system. (Continued) (Continued)
6-111 Driving your vehicle
1. Press the /CRUISE button, to (Continued) LFA system operation To use the Lane Following Assist two turn the system on. The CRUISE in‐ - Do not place reflective materials steps are necessary: dicator in the instrument cluster such as white paper or mirror on 1. LFA system has to be enabled, and will illuminate. the crash pad. Sunlight reflections 2. SCC system has to be activated 2. Accelerate to the desired speed. can cause a malfunction in LFA Smart Cruise Control speed can be system. set as follows: With the POWER button [ON], select or - Too big sound from the sound sys‐ • 10 km/h (5mph) ~ 160 km/h release the setting from "User setting tem can interrupt the alarming (100 mph): when there is no vehi‐ Driver assistance Lane Following sound from LFA system. cle in front Assist". - Keeping your hands off the wheel Select LFA system in the user setting • 0 km/h (0 mph) ~ 160 km/h while driving will trigger the of the instrument panel. (100 mph): when there is a vehi‐ hands-off warning and deactivate cle in front the steering-assist system. Put LFA system status is remembered by your hands back on the wheel, the system and therefore does not then the steering-assist system need to be enabled again for each new will be reactivated. journey. - When driving at a high speed, the steering assist force can become weak and the vehicle can drive out of its lane. Extra caution is re‐ quired, and comply with the speed limit. - Attaching an object to the steering wheel could deter steering assis‐ tance. - Attaching an object to the steering 3. Move the switch down (to SET-), wheel could deter the hands-off and release it at the desired speed. alarming system. The set speed and vehicle to vehicle distance on the LCD screen will illu‐ minate.
6-112
4. Release the accelerator pedal. The desired speed will automatically be WARNING CAUTION maintained. LFA system ensures the vehicle If the driver keeps hands off the Once the system starts working, the stays in its lane. LFA system does wheel even with the hands-off warning on, the steering assist is indicator light ( ) comes on the instru‐ not guarantee 100% safety. Make temporarily released automatically. ment panel. sure you make decisions on the road after checking the road conditions If you put your hands back on the The indicator light colors according to wheel with LFA system released, the the system status are as follows. and safety matters while driving. Never completely rely on your LFA steering assist will re-start. Green: Active system. • Hands-off warnings may be de‐ White: Standby layed depending on road condi‐ tions. Always keep your hands on For more SCC settings and details refer Warning the steering wheel while driving. to “Smart Cruise Control (SCC)” on page 6-92. • Hold the steering wheel tight. Oth‐ 6 erwise, LFA system could misjudge
LFA system activation that the driver hands off the Driving your vehicle If the vehicle is inside the lane with wheel, and a hands-off warning both lanes recognized by the system, may occur. and there is no steep steering made by the driver, LFA system changes into steering assist mode. The indicator light will come on green, and the sys‐ tem helps the vehicle stay in line by controlling the steering wheel. When the steering wheel is not control‐ led temporarily, the indicator light will flash green and changes to white. When the both lanes are not recognized by the system, the system controls the If you keep your hands off the wheel steering wheel limitedly whether there while driving with LFA system assisting is a vehicle in front or not. the steering, the hands-off warning will be triggered.
6-113 Driving your vehicle
LFA system malfunction - If you change the lane without op‐ CAUTION erating the turn signal lights, steering reaction force of the • It is the driver’s responsibility to wheel may occur. operate the steering wheel while driving. • Once LFA system is turned on or the lane is changed, the vehicle should be • With LFA system on, the driver can in the center of the road to switch to steer the vehicle by operating the the steering assist mode. If the driver wheel on his own. keeps driving along the lane, LFA sys‐ • We recommend that the driver tem will not assist the steering. turns off LFA system and operates • When the ESC or VSM is activated, the steering wheel by himself in the system does not assist steering. the following cases - bad weather • When driving on a curved road at a - bad road conditions high speed, steering assist mode may not work. - when frequent operation of the The warning message popped up steering wheel is required • When driving at a speed faster than (turned off after a certain period of 170 km/h, steering assist mode may - when towing other vehicle or time) means a problem with LFA sys‐ not work. trailers tem. In this case, have the system • When sudden steering is made, the checked by a professional workshop. • The steering wheel can feel heavy system could be temporarily deacti‐ Kia recommends to visit an authorized or light if LFA system is assisting vated. Kia dealer/service partner. the steering. • If you change the lane in a hurry, the system does not assist the steering. Limitation of the system • If the vehicle suddenly stops, it does • If the driver turns on the turn signal not assist the steering. light or the emergency warning light to change the lane • If the lane is too narrow or too wide, - Operate the turn signal light steering is not assisted. switch before changing the lane
6-114
• If the system is not able to recognize - If the road is covered in the shad‐ - If the vehicle's headlights are not a vehicle in front and either of the ows of objects around the road, used at night or in the tunnel, or lanes is not recognized, the steering such as medians, guard rails, noise the brightness of the headlights is is not assisted walls, and trees too weak • If the radius is too small for the curve - If the number of lanes increases or - If there are boundary structures decreases, or if the lanes intersect such as tollgate booths and side‐ Cautions for the driver with each other more intensely walk blocks If the lane recognition is difficult or (tollgate entry section, road sec‐ - If it is difficult to distinguish lanes limited for LFA system as shown below, tion / joining section, etc.) due to the reflection on the wet the driver may need to be careful be‐ - When there are two or more lane road made by sunlight, streetlight, cause it may not operate or may cause markings such as a construction and oncoming traffic. unnecessary operation. section, a designated lane, etc. • Roads or lane markings in bad condi‐ - When the backlight is strongly re‐ tion - When the lane is crowded such as flected in the direction of the vehi‐ - When The lane is tainted or invisi‐ the construction section or the cle 6 ble lane is replaced by some struc‐
- When Driving to the left or right Driving your vehicle tures - When the driver cannot see the lane by bus lane or on the bus lane lane due to rain, snow, dust, sand, - If there is a road marking such as a - If there is no enough distance be‐ oil, puddles, etc zigzag lane, crosswalk mark, or tween the front car or if the lane road surface milestone - When roads are set or the colors is covered by the car ahead of me of the lane and road are not dis‐ - When a lane suddenly becomes in‐ - When the lane change is large, tinctive visible or disappears from an inter‐ such as a steep curve or a continu‐ section - If there is a sign other than the ous curve lane near the lane or a mark simi‐ • The external environment affecting - When passing through speed lar to the lane the system bump, sudden up / down or left / - If the outside brightness of the ve‐ right slope - When the lane is not clear or dam‐ hicle suddenly changes, such as aged when entering or exiting the tun‐ - If the vehicle is severely shaken nel or passing under the bridge - When the temperature around the mirror is very high due to direct sunlight
6-115 Driving your vehicle
• When the front camera has poor visi‐ bility - If the windshield of the vehicle and the camera lens are covered with dust, fingerprints, or tinting. - If the camera has poor visibility due to bad weather such as fog, heavy rain, heavy snow. - If moisture is not completely re‐ moved from the windscreen. - When placing objects on the dash‐ board, etc.
6-116
REAR CROSS-TRAFFIC COLLISION WARNING (RCCW) (IF EQUIPPED)
• When the system is initially turned System description WARNING Rear Cross-traffic Collision Warning on and when the vehicle is turned off then on again, the warning light will system • Always be aware of road condi‐ illuminate for 3 seconds on the out‐ tions while driving and be alert for side rearview mirror. unexpected situations even though RCCW system is operating. Operating conditions • RCCW system is supplemental sys‐ The system will activate when vehicle tems to assist you. Do not entirely speed is below 10 km/h (7 mph) and rely on the systems. Always pay with the shifter dial in R (Reverse). attention, while driving, for your • The system will not activate when safety. the vehicle speed exceeds 10 km/h • RCCW system is not substitutes (7 mph). The system will activate for proper and safe driving. Always again when the speed is below 6 drive safely and use caution when 8 km/h (5 mph).
backing up the vehicle. Driving your vehicle
The system's detecting range is ap‐ System setting and activation proximately 0.5~20 m (0~82 ft.) An ap‐ Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning System setting proaching vehicle will be detected if system uses radar sensors to monitor • The driver can activate the system their vehicle speed is within the approaching cross traffic from the by placing the POWER button to the 8 km/h ~ 36 km/h (5 ~ 22.5 mph) left and right side of the vehicle when ON position and by selecting “User Note that the detecting range may your vehicle is in reverse. Settings Driver Assistance Rear vary under certain conditions. As al‐ The blind spot detection range varies Cross-Traffic Collision Warning”. The ways, use caution and pay close atten‐ relative to the approaching vehicle RCCW turn on and get activated. tion to your surroundings when backing speed. up your vehicle. • When the vehicle is turned off then on again, the systems always get ready to be activated.
6-117 Driving your vehicle
If the vehicle detected by the sensors Warning message and system (Continued) control approaches from the rear left/right side of your vehicle, the warning chime • The system's warning or brake Rear Cross-Traffic Collision will sound, the warning light on the may not operate properly if the Warning system outside rearview mirror will blink and a left or right of your vehicle's rear message will appear on the LCD display. bumper is blocked by a vehicle or The warning will stop when: obstacle. - The vehicle moving at the rear left/ • The driver should always use ex‐ right side of your vehicle is not in the treme caution while operating the detection range. vehicle, whether or not the warn‐ - The vehicle is right behind your vehi‐ ing light on the outer side view cle. mirror illuminates or there is a warning alarm. - The vehicle is not driving towards your vehicle. • Playing the vehicle audio system at high volume may prevent occu‐ - The vehicle’s approaching speed is pants from hearing the system's decreased. warning sounds. • If any other warning sound such as CAUTION seat belt warning chime is already generated, the RCCW warning may • When the operation condition of not sound. RCCW is met, the warning will oc‐ cur every time a vehicle ap‐ proaches the side or rear of your stopped (0 km/h (0 mph)) vehicle speed) vehicle. (Continued)
6-118
Detecting sensor WARNING (Continued) • The system may turn off due to • Drive safely even though the vehi‐ strong electromagnetic waves. cle is equipped with Rear Cross- Traffic Collision Warning system. • Always keep the sensors clean. Do not solely rely on the system • NEVER arbitrarily disassemble the but check your surrounding when sensor component nor apply any backing the vehicle up. impact on the sensor component. • The driver is responsible for accu‐ • Be careful not to apply unnecessa‐ rate brake control. ry force on the radar sensor or • Always pay extreme caution while sensor cover. If the sensor is forci‐ driving. Rear Cross-Traffic Collision bly moved out of proper align‐ Warning system may not operate ment, the system may not oper‐ properly or unnecessarily operate ate correctly. In this case, a warn‐ 6 depending on traffic and driving ing message may not be displayed. conditions. Take your vehicle to a professional Driving your vehicle The rear radars are located inside the workshop and have the system rear bumper for detecting the side and checked. Kia recommends to visit rear areas. an authorized Kia dealer/service Always keep the rear bumper clean for partner. proper operation of the system. • Do not apply foreign objects such as a bumper sticker or a bumper CAUTION guard near the radar sensor or ap‐ ply paint to the sensor area. Doing so may adversely affect the per‐ • The system may not work proper‐ formance of the sensor. ly when the bumper has been damaged, or if the rear bumper has been replaced or repaired. (Continued)
6-119 Driving your vehicle
If any of these conditions occur, the light on BCW button and the system will turn off automatically. When BCW canceled warning message is displayed in the cluster, check to make sure that the rear bumper is free from any dirt or snow in the areas where the sensor is located. Remove any dirt, snow, or foreign material that could interfere with the radar sensors. After any dirt or debris is removed, BCW system should operate normally after about 10 minutes of driving the vehicle. If the system does not work normally If there is a problem with BCW system, even though the foreign substance, a warning message will appear and the • This warning message may appear trailer or carrier, or other equipment is light on the switch will turn off. The when: removed, take your vehicle to a profes‐ system will turn off automatically. - One or both of the sensors on the sional workshop and have the system In this case, have the system checked rear bumper is blocked by dirt or checked. Kia recommends to visit an by a professional workshop. Kia recom‐ snow or a foreign object. authorized Kia dealer/service partner. mends to visit an authorized Kia dealer/ - Driving in rural areas where the service partner. sensor does not detect another vehicle for an extended period of Non-operating condition time. Outside rearview mirror may not alert the driver when: - When there is inclement weather - The outside rearview mirror housing such as heavy snow or rain. is damaged or covered with debris. The window is covered with debris. A trailer or carrier is installed. (To use - BCW system, remove the trailer or car‐ - The windows are severely tinted. rier from your vehicle.)
6-120
- The mirror is covered with dirt, snow, • The road pavement (or the peripheral • When the vehicle in the next lane or debris. ground) abnormally contains metallic moves two lanes away from you OR components (i.e. possibly due to sub‐ when the vehicle two lanes away Limitations of the system way construction). moves to the next lane from you. The driver must be cautious in the be‐ • There is a fixed object near the vehi‐ • A motorcycle or bicycle is near. low situations, because the system cle, such as a guardrail. • A flat trailer is near. may not detect other vehicles or ob‐ • While going down or up a steep road jects in certain circumstances. • If there are small objects in the de‐ where the height of the lane is differ‐ • When a trailer or carrier is installed. tecting area such as a shopping cart ent. or a baby stroller. • The vehicle drives in inclement • Driving on a narrow road where trees weather such as heavy rain or snow. • If there is a low height vehicle such as or grass or overgrown. a sports car. • The sensor is polluted with rain, • Driving in rural areas where the sen‐ snow, mud, etc. • The brake pedal is depressed. sor does not detect another vehicle 6 • The rear bumper where the sensor is for an extended period of time. • ESC (Electronic Stability Control) is located is covered with a foreign ob‐ activated. • Driving on a wet road. Driving your vehicle ject such as a bumper sticker, a • ESC (Electronic Stability Control) mal‐ bumper guard, a bike rack, etc. • Driving on a road where the guardrail functions. or wall is in double structure. • The rear bumper is damaged, or the • The tire pressure is low or a tire is sensor is out of the original default • A big vehicle is near such as a bus or damaged. position. truck. • The brake is reworked. • The vehicle height gets lower or high‐ • When the other vehicle approaches er due to heavy loading in a trunk, very close. • The vehicle sharply stops. abnormal tire pressure, etc. • When the other vehicle passes at a • Temperature is extremely low around • When the temperature of the rear very fast speed. the vehicle. bumper is high. • While changing lanes. • The vehicle severely vibrates while • When the sensors are blocked by driving over a bumpy road, uneven/ • If the vehicle has started at the same bumpy road, or concrete patch. other vehicles, walls or parking-lot time as the vehicle next to you and pillars. has accelerated. • The vehicle drives on a curved road.
6-121 Driving your vehicle
• The vehicle drives on a slippery sur‐ face due to snow, water puddle, or ice.
[A]: Vehicle - When the vehicle is in a complex parking environment - When the vehicle is parked diagonally The system may not operate proper‐ The system may not operate proper‐ [A]: Structure ly when the vehicle is in a complex ly when the vehicle is parked diago‐ parking environment. nally. - Driving where there is a vehicle or In certain instances, the system may In certain instances, when the diago‐ structure near not be able to exactly determine the nally parked vehicle is pulled out of The system may not operate proper‐ risk of collision for the vehicles which the parking space, the system may ly when driving where there is a vehi‐ are parking or pulling out near your not detect the vehicle approaching cle or structure near. vehicle (e.g. a vehicle escaping beside from the rear left/right of your vehi‐ In certain instances, the system may your vehicle, a vehicle parking or pull‐ cle. In this case, the warning or brake not detect the vehicle approaching ing out in the rear area, a vehicle ap‐ may not operate properly. from behind and the warning or proaching your vehicle making a turn, Always pay attention to your sur‐ brake may not operate properly. etc.). rounding while driving. Always pay attention to your sur‐ In this case, the warning or brake rounding while driving. may not operate properly.
6-122
[A]: Structure, [B]: Wall - When the vehicle is on/near a slope - When the vehicle is parked rearward 6 The system may not operate proper‐ - Pulling into the parking space where If the vehicle is parked rearward and ly when the vehicle is on/near a slope. there is a structure the sensor detects the another vehi‐ Driving your vehicle In certain instances, the system may The system may not operate proper‐ cle in the rear area of the parking not detect the vehicle approaching ly when pulling in the vehicle to the space, the system can warn or con‐ from the rear left/right and the parking space where there is a struc‐ trol braking. Always pay attention to warning or brake may not operate ture at the back or side of your vehi‐ the parking space while driving. properly. cle. Always pay attention to your sur‐ In certain instances, when backing in‐ rounding while driving. to the parking space, the system may not detect the vehicle moving in front of your vehicle. In this case, the warning or brake may not operate properly. Always pay attention to the parking space while driving.
6-123 Driving your vehicle
SPECIAL DRIVING CONDITIONS
Hazardous driving conditions Reducing the risk of a rollover WARNING When hazardous driving conditions are This multi-purpose passenger vehicle is encountered such as water, snow, ice, defined as a Sports Utility Vehicle n mud, sand, or similar hazards, follow (SUV). Rollover these suggestions: SUV’s have higher ground clearance and As with other Sports Utility Vehicle • Drive cautiously and allow extra dis‐ a narrower track to make them capable (SUV), failure to operate this vehicle tance for braking. of performing in a wide variety of road correctly may result in loss of con‐ trol, an accident or vehicle rollover. • Avoid sudden braking or steering. applications. Specific design character‐ istics give them a higher center of • Utility vehicles have a significantly • When braking with non-ABS brakes gravity than ordinary vehicles. An ad‐ higher rollover rate than other pump the brake pedal with a light up- vantage of the higher ground clearance types of vehicles. and-down motion until the vehicle is is a better view of the road, which al‐ • Specific design characteristics stopped. lows you to anticipate problems. They (higher ground clearance, narrow‐ are not designed for cornering at the er track, etc.) give this vehicle a same speeds as conventional passenger higher center of gravity than ordi‐ WARNING vehicles. Due to this risk, driver and nary vehicles. passengers are strongly recommended • A SUV is not designed for corner‐ n ABS to buckle their seat belts. In a rollover ing at the same speeds as conven‐ Do not pump the brake pedal on a crash, an unbelted person is more likely tional vehicles. vehicle equipped with ABS. to die than a person wearing a seat belt. There are steps that a driver can • Avoid sharp turns or abrupt ma‐ make to reduce the risk of a rollover. If neuvers. • If stalled in snow, mud, or sand, use at all possible, avoid sharp turns or • In a rollover crash, an unbelted second gear. Accelerate slowly to abrupt maneuvers, do not load your person is significantly more likely avoid spinning the drive wheels. roof rack with heavy cargo, and never to die than a person wearing a modify your vehicle in any way. • Use sand, rock salt, tire chains, or seat belt. Make sure everyone in other non-slip material under the the vehicle is properly buckled up. drive wheels to provide traction when stalled in ice, snow, or mud.
6-124
WARNING Rocking the vehicle (Continued) If it is necessary to rock the vehicle to free it from snow, sand, or mud, first heat which could result in tire dam‐ Your vehicle is equipped with tires turn the steering wheel right and left age that may injure bystanders. designed to provide safe ride and to clear the area around your front handling capability. Do not use a size and type of tire and wheel that is wheels. Then, shift back and forth be‐ different from the one that is origi‐ tween R (Reverse) and any forward NOTICE nally installed on your vehicle. It can gear. Do not race the vehicle, and spin affect the safety and performance the wheels as little as possible. If you The ESC system should be turned are still stuck after a few tries, have of your vehicle, which could lead to OFF prior to rocking the vehicle. steering failure or rollover and seri‐ the vehicle pulled out by a tow vehicle ous injury. When replacing the tires, to avoid vehicle overheating and possi‐ be sure to equip all four tires with ble damage to the reduction gear. the tire and wheel of the same size, WARNING type, tread, brand and load-carrying 6 capacity. If you nevertheless decide CAUTION If your vehicle becomes stuck in to equip your vehicle with any tire/ snow, mud, sand, etc., then you may Driving your vehicle wheel combination not recommen‐ Prolonged rocking may cause vehicle attempt to rock the vehicle free by ded by Kia for off road driving, you over-heating, reduction gear dam‐ moving it forward and backward. Do should not use these tires for high‐ age or failure, and tire damage. not attempt this procedure if people way driving. or objects are anywhere near the ve‐ hicle. During the rocking operation WARNING the vehicle may suddenly move for‐ ward or backward as it becomes un‐ stuck, causing injury or damage to n Spinning tires nearby people or objects. Do not spin the wheels, especially at speeds more than 56 km/h (35 mph). Spinning the wheels at high speeds when the vehicle is sta‐ tionary could cause a tire to over‐ (Continued)
6-125 Driving your vehicle
Smooth cornering Driving in the rain Driving in flooded areas Avoid braking or gear changing in cor‐ Rain and wet roads can make driving Avoid driving through flooded areas un‐ ners, especially when roads are wet. dangerous, especially if you’re not pre‐ less you are sure the water is no higher Ideally, corners should always be taken pared for the slick pavement. Here are than the bottom of the wheel hub. under gentle acceleration. If you follow a few things to consider when driving in Drive through any water slowly. Allow these suggestions, tire wear will be the rain: adequate stopping distance because held to a minimum. • A heavy rainfall will make it harder to brake performance may be affected. see and will increase the distance After driving through water, dry the Driving at night needed to stop your vehicle, so slow brakes by gently applying them several Because night driving presents more down. times while the vehicle is moving slow‐ hazards than driving in the daylight, • Keep your windshield wiping equip‐ ly. here are some important tips to re‐ ment in good shape. Replace your member: Driving off-road windshield wiper blades when they • Slow down and keep more distance Drive carefully off-road because your show signs of streaking or missing between you and other vehicles, as it vehicle may be damaged by rocks of areas on the windshield. may be more difficult to see at night, roots of trees. Become familiar with especially in areas where there may • If your tires are not in good condition, the off-road conditions where you are not be any street lights. making a quick stop on wet pave‐ going to drive before you begin driving. ment can cause a skid and possibly • Adjust your mirrors to reduce the lead to an accident. Be sure your tires Highway driving glare from other driver's headlights. are in good shape. Tires • Keep your headlights clean and prop‐ • Turn on your headlights to make it Adjust the tire inflation pressures to erly aimed on vehicles not equipped easier for others to see you. specification. Low tire inflation pres‐ with the automatic headlight aiming sures will result in overheating and pos‐ feature. Dirty or improperly aimed • Driving too fast through large pud‐ sible failure of the tires. headlights will make it much more dles can affect your brakes. If you Avoid using worn or damaged tires difficult to see at night. must go through puddles, try to drive which may result in reduced traction or through them slowly. • Avoid staring directly at the head‐ tire failure. lights of oncoming vehicles. You could • If you believe you may have gotten be temporarily blinded, and it will your brakes wet, apply them lightly take several seconds for your eyes to while driving until normal braking op‐ readjust to the darkness. eration returns.
6-126
NOTICE
Never exceed the maximum tire in‐ flation pressure shown on the tires.
WARNING
• Underinflated or overinflated tires can cause poor handling, loss of vehicle control, and sudden tire failure leading to accidents, inju‐ ries, and even death. Always check the tires for proper inflation be‐ 6 fore driving. For proper tire pres‐ sures, refer to “Tires and wheels” Driving your vehicle on page 9-08. • Driving on tires with no or insuffi‐ cient tread is dangerous. Worn-out tires can result in loss of vehicle control, collisions, injury, and even death. Worn-out tires should be replaced as soon as possible and should never be used for driving. Always check the tire tread before driving your vehicle. For further in‐ formation and tread limits, refer to “Tires and wheels” on page 9-08.
6-127 Driving your vehicle
WINTER DRIVING
Severe weather conditions in the winter result in greater wear and other prob‐ NOTICE lems. To minimize the problems of win‐ ❈ Recommended tires ter driving, you should follow these Tire chains are not legal in all coun‐ suggestions: tries. Check the country laws before 215/55 R17 ❈ Snow tires and tire chains for the fitting tire chains. Nexen (WINGUARD SPORT2) national language (Icelandic, Bul‐ garian): see “Appendix” on page Hankook (WINTER I’CEPT IZ) 1. Snow tires Snowy or icy conditions When mounting snow tires on a vehicle, WARNING To drive your vehicle in deep snow, it make sure they are the same size as may be necessary to use snow tires or the original ones and use tires that are to install tire chains on your tires. If recommended in this manual. Using n Snow tire size snow tires are needed, it is necessary tires other than the recommended Snow tires should be equivalent in to select tires equivalent in size and ones may cause abnormal noise while size and type to the vehicle's stand‐ type of the original equipment tires. driving. The maximum weight that tires ard tires. Otherwise, the safety and Failure to do so may adversely affect can withstand is different by vehicle so handling of your vehicle may be ad‐ the safety and handling of your vehicle. make sure you use the right-sized versely affected. Furthermore, speeding, rapid accelera‐ tires. Mount snow tires on all four tion, sudden brake applications, and wheels to balance your vehicle’s han‐ sharp turns are potentially very haz‐ dling in all weather conditions. Keep in Do not install studded tires without ardous practices. mind that the traction provided by first checking local, state and municipal During deceleration, use vehicle braking snow tires on dry roads may not be as regulations for possible restrictions to the fullest extent. Sudden brake ap‐ high as your vehicle's original equip‐ against their use. plications on snowy or icy roads may ment tires. You should drive cautiously cause skids to occur. You need to keep even when the roads are clear. Check sufficient distance between the vehicle with the tire dealer for maximum in operation in front and your vehicle. speed recommendations. Also, apply the brake gently. It should be noted that installing tire chains on the tire will provide a greater driving force, but will not prevent side skids.
6-128
Tire chains CAUTION (Continued) from traffic. Turn on the vehicle Always check chain installation for Hazard Warning flashers and place a proper mounting after driving ap‐ triangular emergency warning device proximately 0.5 to 1 km (0.3 to behind the vehicle if available. Al‐ 0.6 miles) to ensure safe mounting. ways place the vehicle in P (Park), Retighten or remount the chains if apply the parking brake and turn off they are loose. the vehicle before installing snow chains. Chain installation When installing AutoSock (fabric snow WARNING chain), follow the manufacturer's in‐ structions and mount them as tightly n 6 possible. Drive slowly (less than Tire chains
30 km/h (20 mph)) with chains instal‐ • The use of chains may adversely Driving your vehicle Since the sidewalls of radial tires are led. affect vehicle handling. thinner, they can be damaged by If you hear the chains contacting the • Do not exceed 30 km/h (20 mph) mounting some types of snow chains body or chassis, stop and tighten them. or the chain manufacturer’s rec‐ on them. Therefore, the use of snow If they still make contact, slow down ommended speed limit, whichever tires is recommended instead of snow until it stops. Remove the chains as is lower. chains. Do not mount tire chains on ve‐ soon as you begin driving on cleared hicles equipped with aluminum wheels; roads. • Drive carefully and avoid bumps, snow chains may cause damage to the holes, sharp turns, and other road wheels. If snow chains must be used, hazards, which may cause the ve‐ use AutoSock (fabric snow chain). Dam‐ WARNING hicle to bounce. age to your vehicle caused by improper • Avoid sharp turns or locked-wheel snow chain use is not covered by your n Mounting chains braking. vehicle manufacturers warranty. When using tire chains, install tire When mounting snow chains, park chains only on the front tires. the vehicle on level ground away (Continued)
6-129 Driving your vehicle
CAUTION Check battery and cables Use approved window washer Winter puts additional burdens on the anti-freeze in system • Chains that are the wrong size or battery system. Visually inspect the To keep the water in the window wash‐ improperly installed can damage battery and cables as described in “For er system from freezing, add an ap‐ your vehicle's brake lines, suspen‐ best battery service” on page 8-25. proved window washer anti-freeze sol‐ sion, body and wheels. Have the level of charge in your battery ution in accordance with instructions on checked by a professional workshop. • Stop driving and retighten the the container. Window washer anti- Kia recommends to visit an authorized freeze is available from an authorized chains any time you hear them Kia dealer/service partner. hitting the vehicle. Kia dealer/service partner and most au‐ Check spark plugs and ignition to parts outlets. Do not use engine coolant or other types of anti-freeze as Use high quality ethylene glycol system these may damage the paint finish. Inspect your spark plugs as described in coolant section 8 and replace them if necessa‐ Don't let your parking brake Your vehicle is delivered with high quali‐ ry. Also check all ignition wiring and freeze ty ethylene glycol coolant in the cooling components to be sure they are not Under some conditions your parking system. It is the only type of coolant cracked, worn or damaged in any way. brake can freeze in the engaged posi‐ that should be used because it helps tion. This is most likely to happen when prevent corrosion in the cooling sys‐ To keep locks from freezing there is an accumulation of snow or ice tem, lubricates the water pump and To keep the locks from freezing, squirt around or near the rear brakes or if the prevents freezing. Be sure to replace or an approved de-icer fluid or glycerine brakes are wet. If there is a risk the replenish your coolant in accordance into the key opening. If a lock is covered parking brake may freeze, apply it only with the maintenance schedule in with ice, squirt it with an approved de- temporarily while you put the shifter “Cooling system” on page 8-17. Be‐ icing fluid to remove the ice. If the lock dial in P and block the rear wheels so fore winter, have your coolant tested is frozen internally, you may be able to the vehicle cannot roll. Then release the to assure that its freezing point is suf‐ thaw it out by using a heated key. Han‐ parking brake. ficient for the temperatures anticipa‐ dle the heated key with care to avoid ted during the winter. injury.
6-130
Don't let ice and snow accumulate underneath Under some conditions, snow and ice can build up under the fenders and in‐ terfere with the steering. When driving in severe winter conditions where this may happen, you should periodically check underneath the vehicle to be sure the movement of the front wheels and the steering components is not ob‐ structed. Carry emergency equipment Depending on the severity of the weather, you should carry appropriate 6 emergency equipment. Some of the items you may want to carry include Driving your vehicle tire chains, tow straps or chains, flash‐ light, emergency flares, sand, shovel, jumper cables, window scraper, gloves, ground cloth, coveralls, blanket, etc.
6-131 Driving your vehicle
VEHICLE WEIGHT This section will guide you in the proper GAW (Gross axle weight) Overloading loading of your vehicle and/or trailer, to This is the total weight placed on each keep your loaded vehicle weight within axle (front and rear) - including vehicle its design rating capability, with or curb weight and all payload. WARNING without a trailer. Properly loading your vehicle will provide maximum return of GAWR (Gross axle weight rating) n Vehicle weight the vehicle design performance. Before This is the maximum allowable weight loading your vehicle, familiarize your‐ that can be carried by a single axle The gross axle weight rating (GAWR) and the gross vehicle weight rating self with the following terms for deter‐ (front or rear). These numbers are (GVWR) for your vehicle are on the mining your vehicle's weight ratings, shown on the certification label. with or without a trailer, from the vehi‐ certification label attached to the The total load on each axle must never driver's (or front passenger’s) door. cle's specifications and the certification exceed its GAWR. label: Exceeding these ratings can cause GVW (Gross vehicle weight) an accident or vehicle damage. You Base curb weight can calculate the weight of your load This is the Base Curb Weight plus actual by weighing the items (and people) This is the weight of the vehicle includ‐ Cargo Weight plus passengers. ing all standard equipment. It does not before putting them in the vehicle. include passengers, cargo, or optional GVWR (Gross vehicle weight Be careful not to overload your vehi‐ cle. equipment. rating) Vehicle curb weight This is the maximum allowable weight This is the weight of your new vehicle of the fully loaded vehicle (including all when you picked it up from your dealer options, equipment, passengers and plus any aftermarket equipment. cargo). The GVWR is shown on the cer‐ tification label. Cargo weight This figure includes all weight added to the Base Curb Weight, including cargo and optional equipment.
6-132 What to do in an emergency
Road warning...... 7-02 Emergency towing...... 7-22 Hazard warning flasher...... 7-02 If an accident occurs...... 7-24 In case of an emergency while driving...... 7-03 Emergency commodity ...... 7-25 If vehicle stalls while driving...... 7-03 Fire extinguisher...... 7-25 If the vehicle stalls at a crossroad or crossing...... 7-03 First aid kit...... 7-25 If you have a flat tire while driving...... 7-03 Triangle reflector...... 7-25 If the vehicle will not start...... 7-04 Tire pressure gauge ...... 7-25 Confirm the EV Battery Is Not Low on the Charge Gauge...... 7-04 Emergency starting...... 7-05 Jump starting...... 7-05 Push-starting...... 7-06 Tire pressure monitoring system (TPMS) ...... 7-07 Check tire pressure...... 7-07 Low tire pressure telltale...... 7-08 TPMS (Tire Pressure Monitoring System) mal‐ function indicator...... 7-09 7 Changing a tire with TPMS...... 7-10 If you have a flat tire (with tire mobility kit)...... 7-12 Introduction...... 7-13 Components of the Tire Mobility Kit (TMK)...... 7-14 Using the TMK...... 7-15 Distributing the sealant...... 7-17 Checking the tire inflation pressure...... 7-17 Notes on the safe use of the Tire Mobility Kit...... 7-18 Tire Mobility Kit Technical Data...... 7-19 Towing...... 7-20 Towing service...... 7-20 Dinghy Towing...... 7-21 Removable towing hook ...... 7-21
What to do in an emergency
ROAD WARNING Hazard warning flasher • The hazard warning flasher operates whether your vehicle is running or not. • The turn signals do not work when the hazard flasher is on. • Care must be taken when using the hazard warning flasher while the ve‐ hicle is being towed.
The hazard warning flasher serves as a warning to other drivers to exercise ex‐ treme caution when approaching, over‐ taking, or passing your vehicle. It should be used whenever emergency repairs are being made or when the ve‐ hicle is stopped near the edge of a roadway. Depress the flasher switch with the POWER button in any position. The flasher switch is located in the center console switch panel. All turn signal lights will flash simultaneously.
7-02
IN CASE OF AN EMERGENCY WHILE DRIVING
•T ake your foot off the accelerator
If vehicle stalls while driving What to do in an emergency • Reduce your speed gradually, keeping pedal and let the vehicle slow down a straight line. Move cautiously off while driving straight ahead. Do not the road to a safe place. apply the brakes immediately to slow down the vehicle, but use the paddle • Turn on your hazard warning flasher. shifter (left side lever) to increase re‐ • Try to start the vehicle again. If your generative braking control. Also, do vehicle will not start, contact an au‐ not or attempt to pull off the road as thorized Kia dealer or seek other this may cause loss of vehicle control qualified assistance. resulting in an accident. When the ve‐ hicle has slowed to such a speed that it is safe to do so, brake carefully and If the vehicle stalls at a pull off the road. Drive off the road crossroad or crossing as far as possible and park on firm, If the vehicle stalls at a crossroad or level ground. If you are on a divided crossing, if safe to do so, shift to the N highway, do not park in the median (Neutral) position and then push the area between the two traffic lanes. 7 vehicle to a safe location. • When the vehicle is stopped, press If you have a flat tire while the hazard warning flasher button, shift to P (Park), apply the parking driving brake, and place the POWER button If a tire goes flat while you are driving: in the OFF position. • Have all passengers get out of the vehicle. Be sure they all get out on the side of the vehicle that is away from traffic. • Follow the instructions provided later in this chapter.
7-03 What to do in an emergency
IF THE VEHICLE WILL NOT START Confirm the EV Battery Is Not Low on the Charge Gauge • Be sure the shifter dial is in P (Park). The vehicle starts only when the shifter dial is in P (Park). • Check the 12-volt battery connec‐ tions to be sure they are clean and tight. • Turn on the interior light. If the light dims or goes out when you operate the starter, the battery is drained.
Do not push or pull the vehicle to start it. This could cause damage to your ve‐ hicle. See instructions for “Jump start‐ ing” on page 7-05 provided in this chapter.
7-04
EMERGENCY STARTING
Jump starting CAUTION (Continued) What to do in an emergency • Keep all flames or sparks away Use only a 12-volt jumper system. from the battery. The battery You can damage a 12-volt starting produces hydrogen gas which may motor, ignition system, and other explode if exposed to flame or electrical parts beyond repair by use sparks. of a 24- volt power supply (either If these instructions are not fol‐ two 12-volt batteries in series or a lowed exactly, serious personal in‐ 24-volt motor generator set). jury and damage to the vehicle may occur! If you are not sure how to follow this procedure, seek WARNING qualified assistance. Automobile batteries contain sulfuric acid. This n Battery is poisonous and highly corrosive. When jump starting, wear protec‐ Never attempt to check the electro‐ tive glasses and be careful not to 7 Connect cables in numerical order and lyte level of the battery as this may get acid on yourself, your clothing disconnect in reverse order. cause the battery to rupture or ex‐ or on the vehicle. plode causing serious injury. Jump starting can be dangerous if done • Do not attempt to jump start the incorrectly. Therefore, to avoid harm to vehicle if the discharged battery is yourself or damage to your vehicle or frozen or if the electrolyte level is battery, follow the jump starting pro‐ WARNING low; the battery may rupture or cedures. If in doubt, we strongly rec‐ explode. ommend that you have a competent n Battery • Do not allow the (+) and (-) jumper technician or towing service jump start (Continued) cables to touch. It may cause your vehicle. sparks. (Continued)
7-05 What to do in an emergency
Proceed to connect one end of the oth‐ If the cause of your battery discharging (Continued) er jumper cable to the negative termi‐ is not apparent, have the system • The battery may rupture or ex‐ nal of the booster battery (3), then the checked by a professional workshop. plode when you jump start with a other end to a solid, stationary, metallic Kia recommends to visit an authorized low or frozen battery. point away from the fuse box (4). Kia dealer/service partner. Do not allow the jumper cables to con‐ • The electrical ignition switch works tact anything except the correct bat‐ Push-starting with high voltage. NEVER touch Your vehicle equipped with reduction these components with the " " tery terminals or the correct ground. gear should not be push-started. indicator ON or when the POWER Do not lean over the battery when button is in the ON position. making connections. WARNING Jump starting procedure CAUTION 1. Make sure the booster battery is Never tow a vehicle to start it. When 12-volt and that its negative termi‐ n Battery cables the vehicle starts, the vehicle can nal is grounded. Do not connect the jumper cable suddenly surge forward and could from the negative terminal of the cause a collision with the tow vehi‐ 2. If the booster battery is in another booster battery to the negative ter‐ cle. vehicle, do not allow the vehicles minal of the discharged battery. This come in contact. can cause the discharged battery to 3. Turn off all unnecessary electrical overheat and crack, releasing bat‐ loads. tery acid. Make sure to connect one end of the 4. Connect the jumper cables in the jumper cable to the negative termi‐ exact sequence shown in the illus‐ nal of the booster battery, and the tration. First connect one end of a other end to a metallic point, far jumper cable to the positive termi‐ away from the battery. nal of the discharged battery (1), then connect the other end to the positive terminal on the booster 5. Start the vehicle with the booster battery (2). battery and let it run at 2,000 rpm, then start the vehicle with the dis‐ charged battery.
7-06
TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM (TPMS) (IF EQUIPPED)
As an added safety feature, your vehi‐
Check tire pressure What to do in an emergency •You can check the tire pressure in the cle has been equipped with a tire pres‐ assist mode on the cluster. sure monitoring system (TPMS) that il‐ - Refer to “User settings mode” on luminates a low tire pressure telltale page 5-50. when one or more of your tires is sig‐ nificantly under-inflated. Accordingly, • Tire pressure is displayed 1~2 mi‐ when the low tire pressure telltale illu‐ nutes later after driving. minates, you should stop and check • If tire pressure is not displayed when your tires as soon as possible, and in‐ the vehicle is stopped, “Drive to dis‐ flate them to the proper pressure. play” message displays. After driving, Driving on a significantly under-inflated check the tire pressure. tire causes the tire to overheat and can lead to tire failure. Under-inflation also • You can change the tire pressure unit reduces fuel efficiency and tire tread in the user settings mode on the life, and may affect the vehicle’s han‐ cluster. dling and stopping ability. - psi, kpa, bar (Refer to “User set‐ Please note that the TPMS is not a 7 tings mode” on page 5-50). substitute for proper tire maintenance, and it is the driver’s responsibility to Each tire, including the spare (if provi‐ maintain correct tire pressure, even if ded), should be checked monthly when under-inflation has not reached the cold and inflated to the inflation pres‐ level to trigger illumination of the TPMS sure recommended by the vehicle man‐ low tire pressure telltale. ufacturer on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label. (If your vehicle has tires of a different size than the size indicated on the vehi‐ 1. Low tire pressure telltale / TPMS cle placard or tire inflation pressure la‐ malfunction indicator bel, you should determine the proper 2. Low tire pressure position telltale tire inflation pressure for those tires.) (Shown on the LCD display)
7-07 What to do in an emergency
Your vehicle has also been equipped Low tire pressure with a TPMS malfunction indicator to NOTICE indicate when the system is not oper‐ telltale ating properly. The TPMS malfunction If any of the below happens, have indicator is combined with the low tire the system checked by an author‐ pressure telltale. When the system de‐ ized Kia dealer. tects a malfunction, the telltale will 1. The Low Tire Pressure TPMS flash for approximately 1 minute and Malfunction Indicator does not il‐ then remain continuously illuminated. luminate for 3 seconds when the This sequence will continue upon sub‐ POWER button is placed to the sequent vehicle start-ups as long as ON position or vehicle is ON ( the malfunction exists. When the TPMS indicator ON). malfunction indicator remains illumina‐ ted after blinking for approximately 1 2. The TPMS Malfunction Indicator minute, the system may not be able to remains illuminated after blink‐ detect or signal low tire pressure as in‐ ing for approximately 1 minute. tended. TPMS malfunctions may occur for a va‐ 3. The Low Tire Pressure LCD dis‐ riety of reasons, including the installa‐ play remains illuminated. When the tire pressure monitoring sys‐ tion of replacement or alternate tires tem warning indicators are illuminated or wheels on the vehicle that prevent and warning massage displayed on the the TPMS from functioning properly. cluster LCD display, one or more of Always check the TPMS malfunction your tires is significantly under-infla‐ telltale after replacing one or more ted. The low tire pressure position tell‐ tires or wheels on your vehicle to en‐ tale light will indicate which tire is sig‐ sure that the replacement or alternate nificantly under-inflated by illuminating tires and wheels allow the TPMS to the corresponding position light. continue to function properly.
7-08
If either telltale illuminates, immediate‐ (Continued) TPMS (Tire Pressure ly reduce your speed, avoid hard cor‐ Monitoring System) What to do in an emergency nering and anticipate increased stop‐ to the recommended tire inflation ping distances. You should stop and pressure. malfunction indicator check your tires as soon as possible. In‐ • When filling tires with more air, The TPMS malfunction indi‐ flate the tires to the cold tire recom‐ conditions to turn off the low tire cator will illuminate after it blinks for mended pressure as indicated on the pressure telltale may not be met. approximately one minute when there vehicle’s placard or tire inflation pres‐ This is because a tire inflator has a is a problem with the Tire Pressure sure label located on the driver’s side margin of error in performance. Monitoring System. center pillar outer panel. Refer to “Tires The low tire pressure telltale will In this case, have the system checked and wheels” on page 9-08. If you can‐ be turned off if the tire pressure is by a professional workshop to deter‐ not reach a service station or if the tire above the recommended tire infla‐ mine the cause of the problem. Kia rec‐ cannot hold the newly added air, please tion pressure. ommends to visit an authorized Kia use TMK to adjust tire pressure. dealer/service partner.
WARNING CAUTION NOTICE 7 n Low pressure damage In winter or cold weather, the low If there is a malfunction with the tire pressure telltale may illuminate Significantly low tire pressure makes TPMS, the low tire pressure position if the tire pressure was adjusted to the vehicle unstable and can contrib‐ telltale will not be displayed even the recommended tire inflation pres‐ ute to loss of vehicle control and in‐ though the vehicle has an underin‐ sure in warm weather. It does not creased braking distances. mean your TPMS is malfunctioning Continued driving on low pressure flated tire. because the decreased temperature tires can cause the tires to overheat leads to a lowering of tire pressure. and fail. When you drive your vehicle from a warm area to a cold area or from a cold area to a warm area, or the outside temperature is higher or lower, you should check the tire in‐ flation pressure and adjust the tires (Continued)
7-09 What to do in an emergency
You may not be able to identify a low CAUTION Changing a tire with TPMS If you have a flat tire, the low Tire tire by simply looking at it. Always use Pressure and Position telltales will a good quality tire pressure gauge to • The TPMS malfunction indicator measure the tire's inflation pressure. may blink for approximately 1 mi‐ come on. In this case, have the system checked by a professional workshop. Please note that a tire that is hot (from nute and then remain continuously being driven) will have a higher pres‐ illuminated if the vehicle is moving Kia recommends to visit an authorized Kia dealer/service partner. sure measurement than a tire that is around electric power supply ca‐ cold (from sitting stationary for at bles or radios transmitter such as least 3 hours and driven less at police stations, government and CAUTION than1.6 km (1 mile) during that 3 hour public offices, broadcasting sta‐ period). tions, military installations, air‐ Allow the tire to cool before measuring ports, or transmitting towers, etc. We recommend that you use the This can interfere with normal op‐ sealant approved by Kia. the inflation pressure. Always be sure eration of the Tire Pressure Moni‐ The sealant on the tire pressure the tire is cold before inflating to the toring System (TPMS). sensor and wheel shall be elemina‐ recommended pressure. ted when you replace the tire with a A cold tire means the vehicle has been • The TPMS malfunction indicator new one. sitting for 3 hours and driven for less may blink for approximately 1 mi‐ than 1.6 km (1 mile) in that 3 hour peri‐ nute and then remain continuously od. illuminated if snow chains are used Each wheel is equipped with a tire pres‐ or some separate electronic devi‐ sure sensor mounted inside the tire be‐ ces such as notebook computer, hind the valve stem. You must use CAUTION mobile charger, remote starter or TPMS specific wheels. Have your tires navigation etc., are used in the ve‐ serviced by a professional workshop. We recommend that you use the hicle. Kia recommends to visit an authorized sealant approved by Kia if your vehi‐ This can interfere with normal op‐ Kia dealer/service partner. cle is equipped with a Tire Pressure eration of the Tire Pressure Moni‐ Monitoring System. The liquid seal‐ toring System (TPMS). ant can damage the tire pressure sensors.
7-10
WARNING WARNING What to do in an emergency
n TPMS n For EUROPE • The TPMS cannot alert you to se‐ • Do not modify the vehicle, it may vere and sudden tire damage interfere with the TPMS function. caused by external factors such as • The wheels on the market do not nails or road debris. have a TPMS sensor. • If you feel any vehicle instability, For your safety, use parts for re‐ immediately take your foot off the placement from a professional accelerator, apply the brakes grad‐ workshop. Kia recommends to visit ually and with light force, and an authorized Kia dealer/service slowly move to a safe position off partner. the road. • If you use the wheels on the mar‐ ket, use a TPMS sensor approved by an authorized Kia dealer. WARNING If your vehicle is not equipped with 7 a TPMS sensor or TPMS does not n Protecting TPMS work properly, you may fail the periodic vehicle inspection conduc‐ Tampering with, modifying, or disa‐ ted in your country. bling the Tire Pressure Monitoring ❈ All vehicles sold in the EUROPE System (TPMS) components may in‐ market during below period terfere with the system's ability to must be equipped with TPMS. warn the driver of low tire pressure - New model vehicle : conditions and/or TPMS malfunc‐ Nov. 1, 2012 ~ tions. Tampering with, modifying, or disabling the Tire Pressure Monitor‐ - Current model vehicle : ing System (TPMS) components may Nov. 1, 2014~ (Based on vehi‐ void the warranty for that portion of cle registrations) the vehicle.
7-11 What to do in an emergency
IF YOU HAVE A FLAT TIRE (WITH TIRE MOBILITY KIT)
(Continued) CAUTION When two or more tires are flat, do not use the tire mobility kit because • When replacing or repairing the the one supplied canister of sealant tire after using tire sealant, make in the Tire Mobility Kit is to only certain to remove the sealant at‐ enough sealant for one flat tire. tached to the inner part of the tire, including the tire air pressure detection sensor and wheel. If the sealant is not removed, noise and WARNING vibration may occur, and the tire air pressure detection sensor may n Tire wall be damaged. Do not use the Tire Mobility Kit to • We recommend use original Kia manufactured sealant. Using af‐ Please read the instructions before us‐ repair punctures in the tire walls. This can result in an accident due to termarket sealant may damage ing the Tire Mobility Kit. tire failure. the tire air pressure detection sen‐ 1. Compressor sor. 2. Sealant bottle • If the TPMS warning light illumi‐ WARNING nates after using the TMK, have The Tire Mobility Kit is a temporary fix your vehicle inspected by a profes‐ to the tire and have the tire inspected n sional workshop. Kia recommends by a professional workshop as soon as Temporary fix to contact an authorized Kia deal‐ possible. Kia recommends to visit an Have your tire repaired as soon as er/service partner. authorized Kia dealer/service partner. possible.The tire may lose air pres‐ sure at any time after inflating with the Tire Mobility Kit. CAUTION
n One sealant for one tire (Continued)
7-12
Introduction It is possible that some tires, especially
with larger punctures or damage to the What to do in an emergency sidewall, cannot be sealed completely. Air pressure loss in the tire may ad‐ versely affect tire performance. For this reason, you should avoid abrupt steering or other driving ma‐ neuvers, especially if the vehicle is heavily loaded or if a trailer is in use. The TMK is not designed or intended as a permanent tire repair method and is to be used for one tire only. This instruction shows you step by step how to temporarily seal the puncture simply and reliably. Read the section “Notes on the safe use of the TMK” on page 7-18. With the Tire Mobility Kit (TMK) you 7 stay mobile even after experiencing a tire puncture. WARNING The system of compressor and sealing compound effectively and comfortably Do not use the TMK if a tire is se‐ seals most punctures in a passenger verely damaged by driving run flat or car tire caused by nails or similar ob‐ with insufficient air pressure. jects and reinflates the tire. Only punctured areas located within After you ensured that the tire is prop‐ the tread region of the tire can be erly sealed you can drive cautiously on sealed using the TMK. the tire (up to 200 km (120 miles)) at a max. speed of 80 km/h (50 mph) in or‐ der to reach a vehicle or tire dealer to have the tire replaced.
7-13 What to do in an emergency
Components of the Tire Mobility Kit (TMK) 1. Speed restriction label 2. Sealant bottle and label with speed restriction 3. Filling hose from sealant bottle to wheel 4. Connectors and cable for the power outlet direct connection 5. Holder for the sealant bottle 6. Compressor 7. On/off switch 8. Pressure gauge for displaying the tire inflation pressure 9. Button for reducing tire inflation pressure
Connectors, cable and connection hose are stored in the compressor housing.
WARNING
Before using the Tire Mobility Kit, follow the instructions on the seal‐ ant bottle. Remove the label with the speed re‐ striction from the sealant bottle and apply it to the steering wheel. (Continued)
7-14
1. Detach the speed restriction label (Continued) (1) from the sealant bottle (2), and What to do in an emergency Please note the expiry date on the place it in a highly visible place in‐ sealant bottle. side the vehicle such as on the steering wheel to remind the driver not to drive too fast. Using the TMK
3. Connect the filling hose (3) onto the connector of the sealant bottle (A). Then, connect the sealant bottle connection to compressor (B). 7 4. Ensure that button (9) on the com‐ pressor is not pressed.
Carefully follow below steps. 2. Shake the sealant bottle.
7-15 What to do in an emergency
NOTICE
5. Unscrew the valve cap from the 8. Connect between compressor and valve of the flat tire and screw fill‐ the vehicle power outlet using the ing hose (3) of the sealant bottle cable and connectors. If the sealant is injected when the onto the valve. tire air pressure injection valve and 9. With the POWER button ON posi‐ 6. Insert the sealant bottle into the sealant injection hose are not fully tion and let it run for approximate‐ housing (5) of the compressor so interlocked, the sealant may over‐ ly 5~7 minutes to fill the sealant up that the bottle is upright. flow and clog the valve. to cold tire recommended pressure. 7. Ensure that the compressor is (refer to the “Tires and wheels” on switched off, position 0. page 9-08). The inflation pressure of the tire after filling is unimpor‐ tant and will be checked/corrected CAUTION later. Be careful not to overinflate the Securely install the sealant filling tire and stay away from the tire hose to the valve. If not, sealant when filling it. may flow backward, possibly clog‐ When the tire and wheel are dam‐ ging the filling hose. aged, do not use Tire Mobility Kit for your safety.
7-16
CAUTION Distributing the sealant (Continued) What to do in an emergency safely pull off of the side of the n Tire pressure road. Call for road side service or Do not attempt to drive your vehicle towing. if the tire pressure is below 250 kPa When you use the Tire Mobility Kit, (36 psi/2.5 bar). This could result in the tire pressure sensors and wheel an accident due to sudden tire fail‐ may be stained by sealant. There‐ ure. fore, remove the tire pressure sen‐ sors and wheel stained by sealant and have the vehicle inspected at a 10. Switch off the compressor. professional workshop. Kia recom‐ 11. Detach the hoses from the sealant mends to visit an authorized Kia bottle connector and from the tire dealer/service partner. valve. 12. Immediately drive approximately Checking the tire inflation Return the TMK to its storage location 7~10 km (4~6 miles or about 10 7 in the vehicle. min) to evenly distribute the seal‐ pressure ant in the tire. 1. After driving approximately 7~10 km (4~6 miles or about 10 mi‐ WARNING nutes), stop at a suitable location. CAUTION 2. Connect the filling hose (3) of the n Carbon monoxide Do not exceed a speed of 60 km/h compressor (clip mounted side) di‐ Carbon monoxide poisoning and suf‐ (35 mph). If possible, do not fall be‐ rectly and then connect the filling focation is possible if the vehicle is low a speed of 20 km/h (12 mph). hose (3) (opposite side) to the tire left running in a poorly ventilated or While driving, if you experience any valve. unventilated location (such as inside unusual vibration, ride disturbance 3. Connect between compressor and a building). or noise, reduce your speed and the vehicle power outlet using the drive with caution until you can cable and connectors. (Continued) 4. Adjust the tire inflation pressure to the cold tire recommended pres‐ sure as indicated on the vehicle’s
7-17 What to do in an emergency
placard or tire inflation pressure la‐ • Only use the TMK for sealing/inflation bel located on the driver’s side cen‐ (Continued) passenger car tires. Do not use on ter pillar outer panel. (In this own‐ Use of the TMK may be ineffectual motorcycles, bicycles or any other er’s manual, refer to the “Tires and for tire damage larger than approxi‐ type of tires. wheels” on page 9-08) mately 4 mm (0.16 in). • Do not remove any foreign objects- - To increase the inflation pres‐ Contact a professional workshop if such as nails or screws-that have pe‐ sure: Switch on the compressor, the tire cannot be made roadworthy netrated the tire. position I. To check the current with the Tire Mobility Kit. Kia recom‐ inflation pressure setting, briefly mends to visit an authorized Kia • Before using the TMK, read the pre‐ switch off the compressor. dealer/service partner. cautionary advice printed on the seal‐ ant bottle! WARNING • Provided the car is outdoors, leave WARNING the ON ( indicator ON). Otherwise operating the compressor may even‐ Do not let the compressor run for The tire inflation pressure must be tually drain the car battery. more than 10 minutes, otherwise at least 250 kPa (36 psi/2.5 bar). If it the device will overheat and may be • Never leave the TMK unattended is not, do not continue driving. Call damaged. while it is being used. for road side service or towing. • Do not leave the compressor running for more than 10 min. at a time or it To reduce the inflation pressure: - may overheat. Press the button (9) on the compres‐ Notes on the safe use of the sor. Tire Mobility Kit • Do not use the TMK if the ambient •P ark your car at the side of the road temperature is below -30 °C (-22 °F). so that you can work with the TMK CAUTION • When the tire and wheel are dam‐ away from moving traffic. Place your aged, do not use Tire Mobility Kit for warning triangle in a prominent place your safety. If the inflation pressure is not main‐ to make passing vehicles aware of tained, drive the vehicle a second your location. time, refer to Distributing the seal‐ ant. Then repeat steps 1 to 4. • To be sure your vehicle will not move, even when you're on fairly level (Continued) ground, always set your parking brake.
7-18
Tire Mobility Kit Technical Data What to do in an emergency System voltage DC 12 V Operating Voltage DC 10 – 15 V Operating Current MAX. 15 A ± 1 A (at DC 12 V operation) Suitable for use at temperatures - 30 ~ + 70 °C (- 22 ~ + 158 °F) Max. working pressure 6 bar (87 psi) Compressor 161 x 150 x 55.8 mm (6.3 x 5.9 x 2.2 in.) Sealant bottle ø 85 x 104 mm (ø 3.3 x 4.1 in.) Size Compressor weight 1.43 ± 0.07 lbs (665 ± 30g) Sealant volume 300 ml (18.3 cu. in) ❈ Sealant and spare parts can be obtained and replaced at an authorized vehicle or tire dealer. Empty sealant bottles may be disposed of at home. Liquid residue from the sealant should be disposed of by your vehicle or tire dealer or in accord‐ ance with local waste disposal regulations. 7
7-19 What to do in an emergency
TOWING Towing service On FWD vehicles, it is acceptable to tow the vehicle with the rear wheels on the CAUTION ground (without dollies) and the front wheels off the ground. • Do not tow the vehicle backwards If any of the loaded wheels or suspen‐ with the front wheels on the sion components are damaged or the ground as this may cause damage vehicle is being towed with the front to the vehicle. wheels on the ground, use a towing • Do not tow with sling-type equip‐ dolly under the front wheels. ment. Use wheel lift or flatbed When being towed by a commercial equipment. tow truck and wheel dollies are not used, the front of the vehicle should al‐ ways be lifted, not the rear. When towing your vehicle in an emer‐ gency without wheel dollies : 1. While depressing the brake pedal shift to the N (Neutral) position and turn the vehicle off. The POWER button will be in the ACC position. 2. Place the shifter dial in N (Neutral) position. If emergency towing is necessary, we 3. Release the parking brake. recommend having it done by an au‐ thorized Kia dealer or a commercial CAUTION tow-truck service. Proper lifting and towing procedures are necessary to Failure to shift to N (Neutral) may prevent damage to the vehicle. The use cause internal damage to the vehi‐ of wheel dollies (1) or flatbed is recom‐ cle. mended.
7-20
Dinghy Towing Removable towing hook (if 2. Remove the hole cover pressing the
upper (front) / lower (rear) part of What to do in an emergency equipped) the cover on the bumper. 3. Install the towing hook by turning it clockwise into the hole until it is fully secured. 4. Remove the towing hook and install the cover after use.
Your vehicle is not designed to be din‐ ghy towed (with 4 wheels on the ground) behind a motor home. To avoid serious damage to your vehicle, do not tow your vehicle with four wheels on the ground. 7
1. Open the tailgate, and remove the towing hook from the tool case.
7-21 What to do in an emergency
Emergency towing If towing service is not available in an emergency, your vehicle may be tem‐ (Continued) porarily towed using a cable or chain - Using a portion of the vehicle secured to the emergency towing hook other than the tow hooks for under the front (or rear) of the vehicle. towing may damage the body of Use extreme caution when towing the your vehicle. vehicle. A driver must be in the vehicle - Use only a cable or chain specifi‐ to steer it and operate the brakes. cally intended for use in towing Towing in this manner may be done on‐ vehicles. Securely fasten the ca‐ ly on hard-surfaced roads for a short ble or chain to the towing hook distance and at low speed. Also, the provided. wheels, axles, power train, steering and brakes must all be in good condition. - Accelerate or decelerate the ve‐ • Do not use the tow hooks to pull a hicle in a slow and gradual man‐ vehicle out of mud, sand or other ner while maintaining tension on conditions from which the vehicle the tow rope or chain to start or cannot be driven out under its own drive the vehicle, otherwise tow power. hooks and the vehicle may be damaged. • Avoid towing a vehicle heavier than the vehicle doing the towing. • Before emergency towing, check if • The drivers of both vehicles should the hook is not broken or damaged. communicate with each other fre‐ quently. • Fasten the towing cable or chain se‐ curely to the hook. • Do not jerk the hook. Apply it steadily CAUTION and with even force. If towing is necessary, we recommend - Attach a towing strap to the tow • To avoid damaging the hook, do not you to have it done by an authorized hook. pull from the side or at a vertical an‐ Kia dealer or a commercial tow truck gle. Always pull straight ahead. service. (Continued)
7-22
• Release the parking bake. WARNING • Press the brake pedal with more What to do in an emergency Use extreme caution when towing force than normal since you will have the vehicle. reduced brake performance. - Avoid sudden starts or erratic • More steering effort will be required driving maneuvers which would because the power steering system place excessive stress on the will be disabled. emergency towing hook and towing cable or chain. The hook • If you are driving down a long hill, the and towing cable or chain may brakes may overheat and brake per‐ break and cause serious injury or formance will be reduced. Stop often damage. and let the brakes cool off. - If the disabled vehicle is unable • The vehicle should be towed at a to be moved, do not forcibly • Use a towing strap less than 5 m speed of 25 km/h (15 mph) or less continue the towing. We recom‐ (16 feet) long. Attach a white or red within the distance of 20 km mend that you contact an au‐ cloth (about 30 cm (12 inches) wide) (12 miles). thorized Kia dealer or a commer‐ in the middle of the strap for easy 7 cial tow truck service for assis‐ visibility. tance. - Tow the vehicle as straight • Drive carefully so that the towing ahead as possible. strap is not loosened during towing. - Keep away from the vehicle dur‐ • The driver must be in the vehicle for ing towing. steering and braking operations when the vehicle is towed and passengers other than the driver must not be al‐ lowed to be on board.
Emergency towing precautions • Turn the POWER button to ACC so the steering wheel isn’t locked. • Place the shifter dial in N (Neutral).
7-23 What to do in an emergency
IF AN ACCIDENT OCCURS
WARNING (Continued) WARNING • When the vehicle is severely dam‐ • For your safety, do not touch high aged, remain a safe distance of 15 When a submersion in water occurs: voltage cables, connectors and meter or more between your vehi‐ When your vehicle is flooded in wa‐ package modules. High voltage cle and other vehicles/flammables. ter, a high-voltage battery may components are orange in color. cause shock or may catch on fire. • Exposed cables or wires may be Thus, turn the hybrid system OFF, take the key in your possession and visible inside or outside of the ve‐ WARNING hicle. Never touch the wires or ca‐ move to a safe place. Never attempt bles, because an electrical shock, physical contact with your flooded an injury, or a death may occur. If a small scale fire occurs, use a fire vehicle. Immediately contact a pro‐ extinguisher (ABC, BC) that is meant fessional work shop and advise them • Any gas or electrolyte leakage for electrical fires. that a hybrid vehicle is involved. Kia from your vehicle is not only poi‐ If it is impossible to extinguish the recommends to contact an author‐ sonous but also flammable. fire in the early stage, remain a safe ized Kia dealer/service partner. Upon witnessing one of those, distance from the vehicle and imme‐ open the windows, and remain a diately call your local fire emergency safe distance from the vehicle out responders. Also, advise them that a of the road. hybrid vehicle is involved. Immediately contact a professio‐ If the fire spreads to the high volt‐ nal work shop and advise them age battery, large amount of water that a hybrid vehicle is involved. is needed to put out the fire. Kia recommends to contact an au‐ Using small amount of water or fire thorized Kia dealer/ service part‐ extinguishers not meant for electri‐ ner. cal fires could cause serious injury or • If you need towing, refer to “Tow‐ death from electrical shocks. ing” on page 7-20 in the previous pages. (Continued)
7-24
EMERGENCY COMMODITY (IF EQUIPPED)
There are some emergency commodi‐ 4. Read the tire pressure on the
Triangle reflector What to do in an emergency ties in the vehicle to help you respond Place the triangle reflector on the road gauge to know whether the tire to the emergency situation. to warn oncoming vehicles during pressure is low or high. Fire extinguisher emergencies, such as when the vehicle 5. Adjust the tire pressures to the is parked by the roadside due to any specified pressure. Refer to “Tires If there is small fire and you know how problems. and wheels” on page 9-08. to use the fire extinguisher, take the following steps carefully. Tire pressure gauge (if 6. Reinstall the inflation valve cap. 1. Pull the pin at the top of the extin‐ guisher that keeps the handle from equipped) being accidentally pressed. Tires normally lose some air in day-to- day use, and you may have to add a 2. Aim the nozzle toward the base of few pounds of air periodically and it is the fire. not usually a sign of a leaking tire, but 3. Stand approximately 2.5 m (8 ft) of normal wear. Always check tire pres‐ away from the fire and squeeze sure when the tires are cold because the handle to discharge the extin‐ tire pressure increases with tempera‐ 7 guisher. If you release the handle, ture. the discharge will stop. To check the tire pressure, take the fol‐ lowing steps: 4. Sweep the nozzle back and forth at 1. Unscrew the inflation valve cap the base of the fire. After the fire that is located on the rim of the appears to be out, watch it careful‐ tire. ly since it may re-ignite. 2. Press and hold the gauge against the tire valve. Some air will escape First aid kit as you begin and more will escape There are some items such as scissors, if you don't press the gauge in bandage and adhesive tape and etc. in firmly. the kit to give first aid to an injured person. 3. A firm non-leaking push will acti‐ vate the gauge.
7-25
Maintenance
Motor room compartment...... 8-03 Checking the washer fluid level...... 8-20 Maintenance services...... 8-04 Climate control air filter...... 8-21 Owner’s responsibility...... 8-04 Filter inspection...... 8-21 Owner maintenance precautions...... 8-04 Filter replacement...... 8-21 Owner maintenance...... 8-06 Wiper blades...... 8-22 Owner maintenance schedule...... 8-06 Blade inspection...... 8-22 Scheduled maintenance service...... 8-08 Blade replacement...... 8-22 Normal maintenance schedule [for Europe (ex‐ Battery...... 8-25 cept Russia)]...... 8-09 For best battery service...... 8-25 Maintenance under severe usage conditions [for Battery capacity label (see the example)...... 8-26 Europe (except Russia)]...... 8-11 Battery recharging...... 8-27 Normal Maintenance Schedule [Except Europe Reset items...... 8-27 (Including Russia)]...... 8-13 Tires and wheels...... 8-28 Maintenance Under Severe Usage Conditions Tire care...... 8-28 [Except Europe (Including Russia)]...... 8-15 Recommended cold tire inflation pressures...... 8-28 Explanation of scheduled maintenance items...... 8-17 Checking tire inflation pressure...... 8-29 Cooling system...... 8-17 Tire rotation...... 8-30 Coolant...... 8-17 Wheel alignment and tire balance...... 8-31 Brake hoses and lines...... 8-17 Tire replacement...... 8-31 Brake fluid...... 8-17 Wheel replacement...... 8-32 8 Brake pads, calipers and rotors...... 8-17 Tire traction...... 8-33 Suspension mounting bolts...... 8-17 Tire maintenance...... 8-33 Steering gear box, linkage & boots/lower arm Tire sidewall labeling...... 8-33 ball joint...... 8-17 Low aspect ratio tire ...... 8-36 Drive shafts and boots...... 8-17 Fuses...... 8-37 Air conditioning refrigerant/compressor (if equipped).... 8-17 Inner panel fuse replacement...... 8-39 Coolant...... 8-18 Motor compartment fuse replacement...... 8-40 Brake fluid...... 8-19 Fuse/relay panel description...... 8-42 Checking the brake fluid level...... 8-19 Light bulbs...... 8-54 Washer fluid...... 8-20 Bulb replacement precaution...... 8-54
Light bulb position (Front)...... 8-56 Light bulb position (Rear)...... 8-56 Light bulb position (Side)...... 8-57 Headlamp (low / high) (LED type) bulb replacement...... 8-57 Front turn signal lamp (LED type) bulb replacement..... 8-58 Headlamp (High/Low beam) bulb replacement...... 8-58 Front turn signal lamp (Bulb type) bulb replacement.... 8-59 Daytime running lamp/Position lamp (LED type) bulb replacement...... 8-60 Front fog lamp (Bulb type) bulb replacement...... 8-60 Rear turn signal lamp (Bulb type) bulb replacement...... 8-60 Stop and tail lamp (LED type) bulb replacement...... 8-61 Rear fog lamp (LED type) bulb replacement...... 8-62 Back-up lamp (Bulb type) bulb replacement...... 8-62 High mounted stop lamp (LED type) bulb re‐ placement...... 8-62 License plate lamp (Bulb type) bulb replacement...... 8-63 Side repeater lamp (LED type) bulb replacement...... 8-63 Side repeater lamp (bulb type) bulb Replacement...... 8-64 8 Map lamp (Bulb type) bulb replacement...... 8-64 Map lamp (LED type) bulb replacement...... 8-65 Vanity mirror lamp (Bulb type) bulb replacement...... 8-65 Room lamp (Bulb type) bulb replacement...... 8-65 Room lamp (LED type) bulb replacement...... 8-66 Tailgate room lamp (Bulb type) bulb replacement...... 8-66 Headlamp and front fog lamp aiming (for Europe)...... 8-67 Appearance care...... 8-77 Exterior care...... 8-77 Interior care...... 8-81
MOTOR ROOM COMPARTMENT
1. Coolant reservoir 2. Brake fluid reservoir 3. Fuse box 4. Positive battery terminal 5. Negative battery terminal 6. Radiator cap 7. Windshield washer fluid reservoir Maintenance
8
8-03 Maintenance
MAINTENANCE SERVICES
You should exercise the utmost care to Have your vehicle serviced by a profes‐ prevent damage to your vehicle and in‐ sional workshop. Kia recommends to (Continued) jury to yourself whenever performing visit an authorized Kia dealer/service warranty coverage. For details, read any maintenance or inspection proce‐ partner. You should retain documents the separate Warranty & Mainte‐ dures. that show proper maintenance has nance book provided with the vehi‐ Inadequate, incomplete or insufficient been performed on your vehicle in ac‐ cle. If you're unsure about any serv‐ servicing may result in operational cordance with the maintenance sched‐ problems with your vehicle that could ule.You need this information to estab‐ icing or maintenance procedure, lead to vehicle damage, an accident, or lish your compliance with the servicing have the system serviced by a pro‐ personal injury. and maintenance requirements of your fessional workshop. Kia recommends vehicle warranties. Detailed warranty to visit an authorized Kia dealer/ Owner’s responsibility information is provided in your Warran‐ service partner. ty & Maintenance book. Repairs and ad‐ justments required as a result of im‐ NOTICE proper maintenance or a lack of re‐ WARNING quired maintenance are not covered Maintenance Service and Record Re‐ when your vehicle is covered by war‐ n Maintenance work tention are the owner's responsibili‐ ranty. ty. • Performing maintenance work on Owner maintenance precautions a vehicle can be dangerous. You Improper or incomplete service may re‐ can be seriously injured while per‐ sult in problems. This chapter gives in‐ forming some maintenance proce‐ structions only for the maintenance dures. If you lack sufficient knowl‐ items that are easy to perform. edge and experience or the proper tools and equipment to do the work, have the system serviced by NOTICE a professional workshop. Kia rec‐ ommends to visit an authorized Improper owner maintenance during Kia dealer/service partner. the warranty period may affect (Continued) (Continued)
8-04
(Continued) • Working under the hood with the vehicle in the ready ( ) mode is dangerous. It becomes even more dangerous when you wear jewelry or loose clothing. These can be‐ come entangled in moving parts and result in injury. Therefore, if you must run the ve‐ hicle in the ready ( ) mode while
working under the hood, make Maintenance certain that you remove all jewelry (especially rings, bracelets, watches, and necklaces) and all neckties, scarves, and similar loose clothing before getting near the cooling fans. 8
8-05 Maintenance
OWNER MAINTENANCE
We recommend that the following lists • Look for low or under-inflated tires. • When stopping, listen and check for are vehicle checks and inspections that • Check the radiator and condenser. unusual sounds, pulling to one side, should be performed by the owner or Check if the front of the radiator and increased brake pedal travel or “hard- an authorized Kia dealer at the fre‐ condenser are clean and not blocked to-push” brake pedal. quencies indicated to help ensure safe, with leaves, dirt or insects etc. • If any slipping or changes in the oper‐ dependable operation of your vehicle. If any of the above parts are ex‐ ation of your reduction gear occurs, If you have any question, consult a pro‐ tremely dirty or you are not sure of check the reduction gear fluid level. fessional workshop. Kia recommends to their condition, contact a professional consult an authorized Kia dealer/service • Check reduction gear P (Park) func‐ workshop. Kia recommends to visit tion. partner. an authorized Kia dealer/service part‐ These Owner Maintenance Checks are ner. • Check for fluid leaks under your vehi‐ generally not covered by warranties cle (water dripping from the air con‐ and you may be charged for labor, ditioning system during or after use parts and lubricants used. WARNING is normal).
Owner maintenance schedule Be careful when checking your mo‐ At least monthly: • Check coolant level in coolant reser‐ tor room coolant level when the mo‐ • Check coolant level in the coolant res‐ voir. tor room is hot. Scalding hot coolant ervoir. and steam may blow out under pressure. This could cause burns or WARNING other serious injury. WARNING When the coolant level is low, have When the coolant level is low, have the reservoir filled by an authorized While operating your vehicle: the reservoir filled by an authorized Kia dealer/service partner by using • Check for vibrations in the steering Kia dealer/service partner by using only designated coolant water for wheel. Notice any increased steering only designated coolant water for electric vehicles. Using other types effort or looseness in the steering electric vehicles. Using other types of water or antifreeze can cause se‐ wheel, or change in its straightahead of water or antifreeze can cause se‐ rious damage to the vehicle. position. rious damage to the vehicle. • Notice if your vehicle constantly • Check the windshield washer fluid turns slightly or “pulls” to one side level. when traveling on smooth, level road.
8-06
• Check the operation of all exterior • Inspect and lubricate the reduction lights, including the stoplights, turn gear linkage and controls. signals and hazard warning flashers. • Clean battery and terminals. • Check the inflation pressures of all • Check the brake fluid level. tires including the spare.
At least twice a year (i.e., every spring and fall): • Check radiator, heater and air condi‐ tioning hoses for leaks or damage.
• Check windshield washer spray and Maintenance wiper operation. Clean wiper blades with clean cloth dampened with washer fluid. • Check headlight alignment. • Check the lap/shoulder belts for wear and function. • Check for worn tires and loose wheel 8 lug nuts.
At least once a year: • Clean body and door drain holes. • Lubricate door hinges and checks, and hood hinges. • Lubricate door and hood locks and latches. • Lubricate door rubber weatherstrips. • Check the air conditioning system.
8-07 Maintenance
SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE SERVICE
Follow Normal Maintenance Schedule if If your vehicle is operated under the the vehicle is usually operated where above conditions, you should inspect, none of the following conditions apply. replace or refill more frequently than If any of the following conditions apply, the following Normal Maintenance follow Maintenance Under Severe Us‐ Schedule. After the periods or distance age Conditions. shown in the chart, continue to follow • Repeated driving short distance of the prescribed maintenance intervals. less than 8 km (5 miles) in normal temperature or less than 16 km (10 miles) in freezing temperature • Extensive low speed driving for long distances. • Driving on rough, dusty, muddy, un‐ paved, graveled or salt-spread roads • Driving in areas using salt or other corrosive materials or in very cold weather • Driving in heavy dust condition • Driving in heavy traffic area • Driving on uphill, downhill, or moun‐ tain road repeatedly • Towing a trailer or using a camper, or roof rack • Driving as a patrol car, taxi, other commercial use of vehicle towing • Driving over 170 km/h (106 mile/h) • Frequently driving in stop-and-go condition
8-08
Normal maintenance schedule [for Europe (except Russia)] The following maintenance services must be performed to ensure good emission control and performance. Keep receipts for all vehicle emission services to protect your warranty. Where both mileage and time are shown, the frequency of service is determined by whichever occurs first. Normal Maintenance Schedule [For Europe (Except Russia)] Number of months or driving distance, whichever comes first MAINTENANCE INTERVALS Months 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96 Miles×1,000 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80
Km×1,000 15 30 45 60 75 90 105 120 Maintenance MAINTENANCE ITEM
*1 Replace every 60,000 km (40,000 miles) or 36 Coolant months Reduction gear oil ---I---I Drive shafts and boots -I-I-I-I At first, Inspect 60,000 km (40,000 miles) or 48 8 Cooling system months after that, Inspect every 30,000 km (20,000 miles) or 24 months Air conditioner refrigerant/compressor (if equipped) IIIIIIII Climate control air filter -R-R-R-R Disc brakes and pads IIIIIIII Brake lines, hoses and connections IIIIIIII Brake pedal -I-I-I-I *1 When the coolant level is low, have the reservoir filled by an authorized Kia dealer by using only designated coolant water for electric vehicles. Using other types of water or antifreeze can cause serious damage to the vehicle.
8-09 Maintenance
Normal Maintenance Schedule [For Europe (Except Russia)] Number of months or driving distance, whichever comes first MAINTENANCE INTERVALS Months 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96 Miles×1,000 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 Km×1,000 15 30 45 60 75 90 105 120 MAINTENANCE ITEM Brake fluid IRIRIRIR Steering gear rack, linkage and boots IIIIIIII Suspension ball joints IIIIIIII Tire (pressure & tread wear) IIIIIIII 12V Battery condition IIIIIIII *1 When the coolant level is low, have the reservoir filled by an authorized Kia dealer by using only designated coolant water for electric vehicles. Using other types of water or antifreeze can cause serious damage to the vehicle. R: Replace I: Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace
8-10
Maintenance under severe usage conditions [for Europe (except Russia)] The following items must be serviced more frequently on cars mainly used under severe driving conditions. Refer to the chart below for the appropriate maintenance intervals. R : Replace I : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace
MAINTENANCE DRIVING CONDI‐ MAINTENANCE ITEM MAINTENANCE INTERVALS OPERATION TION Every 120,000 km (80,000 Reduction gear oil R C, D, E, G, H, I, K miles) Maintenance Inspect more frequently Drive shaft and boots I C, D, E, F, G, H, I, K depending on the condition Replace more frequently Climate control air filter (if equipped) R C, E, G depending on the condition Inspect more frequently Disc brakes and pads I C, D, E, G, H depending on the condition Inspect more frequently Steering gear rack, linkage and boots I C, D, E, F, G 8 depending on the condition Inspect more frequently Suspension ball joints I C, D, E, F, G depending on the condition SEVERE DRIVING CONDITIONS A: Repeatedly driving short distance of less than 8 km (5 miles) in normal temperature or less than 16 km (10 miles) in freezing temperature. B : Extensive low speed driving for long distances. C : Driving on rough, dusty, muddy, unpaved, graveled or saltspread roads. D : Driving in areas using salt or other corrosive materials or in very cold weather E : Driving in heavy dust condition F : Driving in heavy traffic area.
8-11 Maintenance
G : Driving on uphill, downhill, or mountain roads. H : Towing a trailer or using a camper on roof rack. I : Driving for patrol car, taxi, commercial car or vehicle towing. J : Driving in very cold weather. K : Driving over 170 km/h (106 mile/h). L : Frequently driving in stop-and-go conditions.
8-12
Normal Maintenance Schedule [Except Europe (Including Russia)] The following maintenance services must be performed to ensure good emission control and performance. Keep receipts for all vehicle emission services to protect your warranty. Where both mileage and time are shown, the frequency of service is determined by whichever occurs first. Normal Maintenance Schedule [Except Europe (Including Russia)]
MAINTE‐ Number of months or driving distance, whichever comes first NANCE INTER‐ Months 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96 VALS Miles x 1,000 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 Km x 1,000 15 30 45 60 75 90 105 120 Maintenance MAINTENANCE ITEM
*1 Replace every 60,000 km (40,000 miles) or 36 Coolant months Reduction gear oil ---I---I Drive shafts and boots IIIIIIII At first, Inspect 60,000 km (40,000 miles) or 48 8 Cooling system months after that, Inspect every 30,000 km (20,000 miles) or 24 months Air conditioner refrigerant/compressor (if equipped) IIIIIIII Climate con‐ Except Australia and New Zealand RRRRRRRR trol air filter For Australia and New Zealand IRIRIRIR Disc brakes and pads IIIIIIII Brake lines, hoses and connections IIIIIIII *1 When the coolant level is low, have the reservoir filled by an authorized Kia dealer by using only designated coolant water for electric vehicles. Using other types of water or antifreeze can cause serious damage to the vehicle.
8-13 Maintenance
Normal Maintenance Schedule [Except Europe (Including Russia)]
MAINTE‐ Number of months or driving distance, whichever comes first NANCE INTER‐ Months 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96 VALS Miles x 1,000 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 Km x 1,000 15 30 45 60 75 90 105 120 MAINTENANCE ITEM Brake pedal -I-I-I-I Brake fluid IRIRIRIR Steering gear rack, linkage and boots IIIIIIII Suspension ball joints IIIIIIII Tire (pressure & tread wear) IIIIIIII 12 V Battery condition IIIIIIII *1 When the coolant level is low, have the reservoir filled by an authorized Kia dealer by using only designated coolant water for electric vehicles. Using other types of water or antifreeze can cause serious damage to the vehicle. R: Replace I: Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace
8-14
Maintenance Under Severe Usage Conditions [Except Europe (Including Russia)] The following items must be serviced more frequently on cars mainly used under severe driving conditions. Refer to the chart below for the appropriate maintenance intervals. R : Replace I : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace
MAINTENANCE MAINTENANCE IN‐ DRIVING CONDI‐ MAINTENANCE ITEM OPERATION TERVALS TION Every 120,000 km Reduction gear oil R C, D, E, G, H, I, K (80,000 miles) Maintenance Inspect more fre‐ Drive shaft and boots I quently depending C, D, E, F, G, H, I, K on the condition Replace more fre‐ Climate control air filter (if equipped) R quently depending C, E, G on the condition Inspect more fre‐ Disc brakes and pads I quently depending C, D, E, G, H 8 on the condition Inspect more fre‐ Steering gear rack, linkage and boots I quently depending C, D, E, F, G on the condition Inspect more fre‐ Suspension ball joints I quently depending C, D, E, F, G on the condition
8-15 Maintenance
SEVERE DRIVING CONDITIONS A : Repeatedly driving short distance of less than 8 km (5 miles) in normal temperature or less than 16 km (10 miles) in freezing temperature. B : Extensive low speed driving for long distances. C : Driving on rough, dusty, muddy, unpaved, graveled or saltspread roads. D : Driving in areas using salt or other corrosive materials or in very cold weather E : Driving in heavy dust condition F : Driving in heavy traffic area G : Driving on uphill, downhill, or mountain roads. H : Towing a trailer or using a camper on roof rack. I : Driving for patrol car, taxi, commercial car or vehicle towing. J : Driving in very cold weather. K : Driving over 170 km/h (106 mile/h). L : Frequently driving in stop-and-go conditions.
8-16
EXPLANATION OF SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE ITEMS Cooling system Suspension mounting bolts Check the cooling system parts, coolant Check the suspension connections for 3 way valve, chiller, hoses and connec‐ looseness or damage. Retighten to the tions for leakage and damage. Replace specified torque. any damaged parts. Steering gear box, linkage & Coolant boots/lower arm ball joint The coolant should be changed at the With the vehicle stopped, check for ex‐ intervals specified in the maintenance cessive free-play in the steering wheel. schedule. Check the linkage for bends or damage.
Check the dust boots and ball joints for Maintenance Brake hoses and lines deterioration, cracks, or damage. Re‐ Visually check for proper installation, place any damaged parts. chafing, cracks, deterioration and any leakage. Replace any deteriorated or Drive shafts and boots damaged parts immediately. Check the drive shafts, boots and clamps for cracks, deterioration, or Brake fluid damage. Replace any damaged parts Check the brake fluid level in the brake and, if necessary, repack the grease. fluid reservoir. The level should be be‐ 8 tween “MIN” and “MAX” marks on the Air conditioning refrigerant/ side of the reservoir. Use only hydraulic brake fluid conforming to DOT 3 or DOT compressor (if equipped) 4 specification. Check the air conditioning lines and connections for leakage and damage. Brake pads, calipers and rotors Check the pads for excessive wear, discs for run out and wear, and calipers for fluid leakage. For more information on checking the pads or lining wear limit, refer to the Kia web site. (https://www.kia-hotline.com)
8-17 Maintenance
COOLANT
WARNING
The electric motor (cooling fan) is controlled by coolant temperature, refrigerant pressure and vehicle speed. It may sometimes operate even when the vehicle is not operat‐ ing. Use extreme caution when Check the condition and connections of working near the blades of the cool‐ all cooling system hoses. Replace any ing fan so that you are not injured swollen or deteriorated hoses. by a rotating fan blades. As the cool‐ The coolant level should be filled be‐ ant temperature decreases, the tween F (MAX) and L (MIN) marks on electric motor will automatically the side of the coolant reservoir when shut off. This is a normal condition. motor compartment is cool. When the coolant level (in the reservoir) is low, have your vehicle inspected by an authorized Kia dealer/ service part‐ ner. Use only designated coolant water for electric vehicles, adding other types of water or antifreeze can damage the vehicle.
8-18
BRAKE FLUID Checking the brake fluid level If the fluid level is excessively low, have the system checked by a professional (Continued) workshop. Kia recommends to visit an them with a large quantity of fresh authorized Kia dealer/service partner. tap water. Have your eyes examined Use only the specified brake fluid. (Re‐ by a doctor as soon as possible. fer to “Recommended lubricants or ca‐ pacities.” on page 9-10) Never mix different types of fluid. CAUTION Do not allow brake fluid to contact
WARNING the vehicle's body paint, as paint Maintenance damage will result. Brake fluid, n Loss of brake fluid which has been exposed to open air for an extended time should never In the event the brake system re‐ be used as its quality cannot be quires frequent additions of fluid, guaranteed. It should be properly have the system inspected by a pro‐ disposed. Don't put in the wrong kind Check the fluid level in the reservoir pe‐ fessional workshop. Kia recommends of fluid. A few drops of mineralbased riodically. The fluid level should be be‐ to visit an authorized Kia dealer/ oil, in your brake system can dam‐ tween MAX and MIN marks on the side service partner. age brake system parts. 8 of the reservoir. Before removing the reservoir cap and adding brake fluid, clean the area around the reservoir cap thoroughly to WARNING prevent brake fluid contamination. If the level is low, add fluid to the MAX n Brake fluid level. The level will fall with accumula‐ When changing and adding brake flu‐ ted mileage. This is a normal condition id, handle it carefully. Do not let it associated with the wear of the brake come in contact with your eyes. If linings. brake fluid should come in contact with your eyes, immediately flush (Continued)
8-19 Maintenance
WASHER FLUID
Checking the washer fluid level WARNING
n Coolant • Do not use radiator coolant or an‐ tifreeze in the washer fluid reser‐ voir. • Radiator coolant can severely ob‐ scure visibility when sprayed on the windshield and may cause loss of vehicle control or damage to paint and body trim. • Windshield Washer fluid agents contain some amounts of alcohol and can be flammable under cer‐ tain circumstances. Do not allow The reservoir is translucent so that you sparks or flame to contact the can check the level with a quick visual washer fluid or the washer fluid inspection. Check the fluid level in the reservoir. Damage to the vehicle or washer fluid reservoir and add fluid if occupants could occur. necessary. Plain water may be used if • Windshield washer fluid is poison‐ washer fluid is not available. However, ous to humans and animals. Do use washer solvent with antifreeze not drink and avoid contacting characteristics in cold climates to pre‐ windshield washer fluid. Serious vent freezing. injury or death could occur.
8-20
CLIMATE CONTROL AIR FILTER Filter inspection If the vehicle is operated in the severely air-polluted cities or on dusty rough roads for a long period, it should be in‐ spected more frequently and replaced earlier. When you, the owner, replace the climate control air filter, replace it performing the following procedure, and be careful to avoid damaging other components.
Replace the filter according to the Maintenance maintenance Schedule. Filter replacement 2. With the glove box open, pull the 4. Replace the climate control air fil‐ support strap (1). ter. 5. Reassemble in the reverse order of disassembly. 8 NOTICE
When replacing the climate control air filter install it properly. Other‐ wise, the system may produce noise and the effectiveness of the filter may be reduced. 1. Open the glove box.
3. Remove the climate control air fil‐ ter case by pulling out both sides of the cover.
8-21 Maintenance
WIPER BLADES Blade inspection Contamination of either the windshield or the wiper blades with foreign matter (Continued) can reduce the effectiveness of the attempt to move the wipers man‐ windshield wipers. Common sources of ually. contamination are insects, tree sap, and hot wax treatments used by some commercial car washes. If the blades are not wiping properly, clean both the CAUTION window and the blades with a good cleaner or mild detergent, and rinse The use of a non-specified wiper thoroughly with clean water. blade could result in wiper malfunc‐ tion and failure.
CAUTION
To prevent damage to the wiper blades, do not use gasoline, kero‐ sene, paint thinner, or other solvents NOTICE on or near them.
Commercial hot waxes applied by automatic car washes have been Blade replacement known to make the windshield diffi‐ When the wipers no longer clean ade‐ cult to clean. quately, the blades may be worn or cracked, and require replacement.
CAUTION
To prevent damage to the wiper arms or other components, do not (Continued)
8-22
Front windshield wiper blade Maintenance
Type B Type A 1. Raise the wiper arm. 1. Raise the wiper arm and turn the 8 wiper blade assembly to expose CAUTION the plastic locking clip. Do not allow the wiper arm to fall CAUTION against the windshield, since it may chip or crack the windshield. Do not allow the wiper arm to fall against the windshield, since it may chip or crack the windshield. 2. Compress the clip and slide the blade assembly downward. 3. Lift it off the arm. 4. Install the blade assembly in the re‐ verse order of removal.
8-23 Maintenance
Rear window wiper blade 2. Install the new blade assembly by inserting the center part into the slot in the wiper arm until it clicks into place. 3. Make sure the blade assembly is in‐ stalled firmly by trying to pull it slightly.
To prevent damage to the wiper arms or other components, have the wiper blade replaced by a professional work‐ shop. Kia recommends to visit an au‐ thorized Kia dealer/service partner.
1. Raise the wiper arm and pull out the wiper blade assembly.
2. Lift up the wiper blade clip. Then pull down the blade assembly and remove it. 3. Install the new blade assembly.
8-24
BATTERY
For best battery service NOTICE (Continued) Always read the following Basically equipped battery is main‐ instructions carefully when tenance free type. If your vehicle is handling a battery. equipped with the battery marked with LOWER and UPPER on the side, Keep lighted cigarettes and you can check the electrolyte level. all other flames or sparks away from the battery. The electrolyte level should be be‐ tween LOWER and UPPER. If the Hydrogen, a highly com‐
electrolyte level is low, it needs to bustible gas, is always Maintenance add distilled (demineralized) water present in battery cells and (Never add sulfuric acid or other may explode if ignited. electrolyte). When refill, be careful Keep batteries out of the not to splash the battery and adja‐ reach of children because cent components. And do not overfill batteries contain highly • Keep the battery securely mounted. the battery cells. It can cause corro‐ corrosive SULFURIC ACID. sion on other parts. Then make sure Do not allow battery acid • Keep the battery top clean and dry. to contact your skin, eyes, to tighten the cell caps. Contact a 8 clothing or paint finish. • Keep the terminals and connections professional workshop. Kia recom‐ clean, tight, and coated with petrole‐ mends to visit an authorized Kia (Continued) um jelly or terminal grease. dealer/service partner. • Rinse any spilled electrolyte from the battery immediately with a solution of water and baking soda. WARNING • If the vehicle is not going to be used for an extended time, disconnect the n Battery dangers battery cables. (Continued)
8-25 Maintenance
(Continued) (Continued) Battery capacity label (see the example) If any electrolyte gets into • When lifting a plastic-cased bat‐ your eyes, flush your eyes tery, excessive pressure on the with clean water for at case may cause battery acid to least 15 minutes and get leak, resulting in personal injury. immediate medical atten‐ Lift with a battery carrier or with tion. If electrolyte gets on your hands on opposite corners. your skin, thoroughly wash • Never attempt to recharge the the contacted area. If you battery when the battery cables feel a pain or a burning are connected. sensation, get medical at‐ tention immediately. • The electrical ignition system works with high voltage. Never Wear eye protection when touch these components with the charging or working near a vehicle in the ready ( ) mode or battery. Always provide the ignition switched on. ventilation when working in an enclosed space. Failure to follow the above warnings can result in serious bodily injury or ❈ The actual battery label in the vehi‐ An inappropriately dis‐ death. posed battery can be cle may differ from the illustration. harmful to the environ‐ 1. CMF60L-BCI : The Kia model name ment and human health. of battery CAUTION Dispose the battery ac‐ 2. 12V : The nominal voltage cording to your local law(s) or regulation. If you use unauthorized electronic 3. 60Ah(20HR) : The nominal capacity devices, the battery may be dis‐ (in Ampere hours) The battery contains lead. charged. Never use unauthorized de‐ Do not dispose of it after 4. 92RC : The nominal reserve capaci‐ vices. use. Please return the bat‐ ty (in min.) tery to an authorized Kia 5. 550CCA : The cold-test current in dealer to be recycled. amperes by SAE (Continued)
8-26
6. 440A : The cold-test current in am‐ • “Auto up/down window” on page peres by EN (Continued) 5-20 • Watch the battery during charg‐ • “Trip computer” on page 5-49 Battery recharging ing, and stop or reduce the charg‐ ing rate if the battery cells begin • “Climate control system” on page Your vehicle has a maintenance-free, 5-105 calcium-based battery. gassing (boiling) violently or if the • If the battery becomes discharged in temperature of the electrolyte of • “Audio” on page 5-139 any cell exceeds 49°C (120°F). a short time (because, for example, • “Sunroof” on page 5-26 the headlights or interior lights were • Wear eye protection when check‐ left on while the vehicle was not in ing the battery during charging. use), recharge it by slow charging
• Disconnect the battery charger in Maintenance (trickle) for 10 hours. the following order. • If the battery gradually discharges 1. Turn off the battery charger because of high electric load while main switch. the vehicle is being used, recharge it 2. Unhook the negative clamp at 20-30A for two hours. from the negative battery ter‐ minal. WARNING 3. Unhook the positive clamp from the positive battery terminal. 8 n Recharging battery • Before performing maintenance or recharging the battery, turn off all When recharging the battery, ob‐ accessories and stop the vehicle. serve the following precautions: • The battery must be removed • The negative battery cable must from the vehicle and placed in an be removed first and installed last area with good ventilation. when the battery is disconnected. • Do not allow cigarettes, sparks, or flame near the battery. Reset items (Continued) Items should be reset after the battery has been discharged or the battery has been disconnected.
8-27 Maintenance
TIRES AND WHEELS
Tire care (Continued) For proper maintenance, and safety you must always maintain recommen‐ hot days and when driving for long ded tire inflation pressures and stay periods at high speeds. within the load limits and weight distri‐ bution recommended for your vehicle. CAUTION Recommended cold tire inflation pressures • Underinflation also results in ex‐ All tire pressures (including the spare) cessive wear, poor handling and should be checked when the tires are reduced energy economy. Wheel cold. “Cold Tires” means the vehicle has deformation also is possible. Keep not been driven for at least three hours your tire pressures at the proper or driven less than 1.6 km (1 mile). levels. If a tire frequently needs Recommended pressures must be All specifications (sizes and pressures) refilling, have the system checked maintained for the best ride, top vehi‐ can be found on a label attached to the by a professional workshop. Kia cle handling, and minimum tire wear. vehicle. recommends to visit an authorized For recommended inflation pressure, Kia dealer/service partner. refer to “Tires and wheels” on page • Overinflation produces a harsh 9-08. WARNING ride, excessive wear at the center of the tire tread, and a greater n Tire under-inflation possibility of damage from road Severe underinflation (70 kPa hazards. (10 psi) or more) can lead to severe • Warm tires normally exceed rec‐ heat build-up, causing blowouts, ommended cold tire pressures by tread separation and other tire fail‐ 28 to 41 kPa (4 to 6 psi). Do not ures that can result in the loss of ve‐ release air from warm tires to ad‐ hicle control leading to severe injury just the pressure or the tires will or death. This risk is much higher on be underinflated. (Continued) (Continued)
8-28
Check the tire's inflation pressure when (Continued) (Continued) the tires are cold. - "Cold" means your • Be sure to reinstall the tire infla‐ • Check tire pressure when the tires vehicle has been sitting for at least tion valve caps. Without the valve are cold. (After vehicle has been three hours or driven no more than cap, dirt or moisture could get into parked for at least three hours or 1.6 km (1 mile). the valve core and cause air leak‐ hasn't been driven more than Remove the valve cap from the tire age. If a valve cap is missing, in‐ 1.6 km (1 mile) since startup.) valve stem. Press the tire gauge firmly stall a new one as soon as possi‐ • Check the pressure of your spare onto the valve to get a pressure meas‐ ble. tire each time you check the pres‐ urement. If the cold tire inflation pres‐ sure of other tires. sure matches the recommended pres‐ sure on the tire and loading information
WARNING • Never overload your vehicle. Be label, no further adjustment is necessa‐ Maintenance careful not to overload a vehicle ry. If the pressure is low, add air until luggage rack if your vehicle is you reach the recommended amount. n Tire Inflation equipped with one. If you overfill the tire, release air by Overinflation or underinflation can • Worn, old tires can cause acci‐ pushing on the metal stem in the cen‐ reduce tire life, adversely affect ve‐ dents. If your tread is badly worn, ter of the tire valve. Recheck the tire hicle handling, and lead to sudden or if your tires have been dam‐ pressure with the tire gauge. Be sure to tire failure. This could result in loss aged, replace them. put the valve caps back on the valve of vehicle control and potential in‐ stems. They help prevent leaks by 8 jury. keeping out dirt and moisture. Checking tire inflation pressure Check your tires once a month or more. CAUTION Also, check the tire pressure of the WARNING spare tire. n Tire pressure • Inspect your tires frequently for How to check proper inflation as well as wear Always observe the following: Use a good quality gauge to check tire and damage. Always use a tire (Continued) pressure. You can not tell if your tires pressure gauge. are properly inflated simply by looking (Continued) at them. Radial tires may look properly inflated even when they're underinfla‐ ted.
8-29 Maintenance
When rotating tires, check for uneven (Continued) wear and damage. Abnormal wear is • Tires with too much or too little usually caused by incorrect tire pres‐ pressure wear unevenly causing sure, improper wheel alignment, out- poor handling, loss of vehicle con‐ of- balance wheels, severe braking or trol, and sudden tire failure leading severe cornering. Look for bumps or to accidents, injuries, and even bulges in the tread or side of tire. Re‐ death. The recommended cold tire place the tire if you find either of these pressure for your vehicle can be conditions. Replace the tire if fabric or found in this manual and on the cord is visible. After rotation, be sure to tire label located on the driver's bring the front and rear tire pressures side center pillar. to specification and check lug nut tight‐ • Worn tires can cause accidents. ness. Replace tires that are worn, show Refer to “Tire and wheels” on page uneven wear, or are damaged. 9-08. • Remember to check the pressure of your spare tire. Kia recom‐ mends that you check the spare every time you check the pressure of the other tires on your vehicle.
Tire rotation To equalize tread wear, it is recommen‐ ded that the tires be rotated every 10,000 km (6,500 miles) or sooner if ir‐ regular wear develops. During rotation, check the tires for cor‐ rect balance.
8-30
Disc brake pads should be inspected for In most cases, you will not need to have Tire replacement wear whenever tires are rotated. your wheels aligned again. However, if you notice unusual tire wear or your vehicle pulling one way or the other, NOTICE the alignment may need to be reset. If you notice your vehicle vibrating Rotate radial tires that have an di‐ when driving on a smooth road, your rectional tread pattern only from wheels may need to be rebalanced. front to rear and not from right to left. CAUTION Maintenance Improper wheel weights can damage WARNING your vehicle's aluminum wheels. Use only approved wheel weights. • Do not use the compact spare tire for tire rotation. • Do not mix bias ply and radial ply If the tire is worn evenly, a tread wear tires under any circumstances. indicator will appear as a solid band This may cause unusual handling across the tread. This shows there is 8 characteristics that could result in less than 1.6 mm (1/16 in.) of tread left death, severe injury, or property on the tire. Replace the tire when this damage. happens. Do not wait for the band to appear across the entire tread before replacing Wheel alignment and tire the tire. balance The wheels on your vehicle were aligned and balanced carefully at the factory to give you the longest tire life and best overall performance.
8-31 Maintenance
CAUTION (Continued) (Continued) • Driving on worn-out tires is very • It is best to replace all four tires at When replacing the tires, recheck hazardous and will reduce braking the same time. If that is not possi‐ and tighten the wheel nuts after effectiveness, steering accuracy, ble, or necessary, then replace the driving about 50 km (31 miles) and and traction. two front or two rear tires as a recheck after driving about 1,000 km pair. Replacing just one tire can se‐ (620 miles). If the steering wheel • Your vehicle is equipped with tires designed to provide for safe ride riously affect your vehicle’s han‐ shakes or the vehicle vibrates while dling. driving, the tire is out of balance. and handling capability. Do not use Align the tire balance. If the problem a size and type of tire and wheel • The ABS works by comparing the is not solved, contact a professional that is different from the one that speed of the wheels. Tire size can workshop. Kia recommends to visit is originally installed on your vehi‐ affect wheel speed. When replac‐ an authorized Kia dealer/service cle. It can affect the safety and ing tires, all 4 tires must use the partner. performance of your vehicle, same size originally supplied with which could lead to handling failure the vehicle. Using tires of a differ‐ or rollover and serious injury.When ent size can cause the ABS (Anti- replacing the tires, be sure to lock Brake System) and ESC (Elec‐ NOTICE equip all four tires with the tire tronic Stability Control) to work ir‐ and wheel of the same size, type, regularly. We recommend that when replacing tread, brand and load-carrying ca‐ tires, use the same originally sup‐ pacity. plied with the vehicles. • The use of any other tire size or Wheel replacement If not, that affects driving perform‐ type may seriously affect ride, When replacing the metal wheels for ance. handling, ground clearance, stop‐ any reason, make sure the new wheels ping distance, body to tire clear‐ are equivalent to the original factory ance, snow tire clearance, and units in diameter, rim width and offset. WARNING speedometer reliability. (Continued) n Replacing tires (Continued)
8-32
When you have new tires installed, WARNING 2. Tire size designation make sure they are balanced. This will A tire’s sidewall is marked with a tire increase vehicle ride comfort and tire size designation. You will need this in‐ A wheel that is not the correct size life. Additionally, a tire should always formation when selecting replacement may adversely affect wheel and be rebalanced if it is removed from the tires for your car. The following ex‐ bearing life, braking and stopping wheel. plains what the letters and numbers in abilities, handling characteristics, the tire size designation mean. ground clearance, body-to-tire Tire sidewall labeling Example tire size designation: clearance, snow chain clearance, speedometer and odometer calibra‐ (These numbers are provided as an ex‐ tion, headlight aim and bumper ample only; your tire size designator height. could vary depending on your vehicle.) 195/65R15 91H Maintenance P - Applicable vehicle type (tires Tire traction marked with the prefix “P’’ are Tire traction can be reduced if you drive intended for use on passenger on worn tires, tires that are improperly vehicles or light trucks; how‐ inflated or on slippery road surfaces. ever, not all tires have this Tires should be replaced when tread marking). wear indicators appear. To reduce the 195 - Tire width in millimeters. 8 possibility of losing control, slow down 65 - Aspect ratio. The tire’s chap‐ whenever there is rain, snow or ice on ter height as a percentage of the road. its width. Tire maintenance This information identifies and de‐ R - Tire construction code (Radi‐ In addition to proper inflation, correct scribes the fundamental characteristics al). wheel alignment helps to decrease tire of the tire and also provides the tire 15 - Rim diameter in inches. wear. If you find a tire is worn uneven‐ identification number (TIN) for safety 91 - Load Index, a numerical code ly, have your dealer check the wheel standard certification. The TIN can be associated with the maximum alignment. used to identify the tire in case of a re‐ load the tire can carry. call. H - Speed Rating Symbol. See the 1. Manufacturer or brand name speed rating chart in this Manufacturer or Brand name is shown.
8-33 Maintenance
chapter for additional infor‐ Speed DOT XXXX XXXX 1620 represents that mation. Rating Maximum Speed the tire was produced in the 16th week Symbol of 2020. Wheel size designation H 210 km/h (130 mph) Wheels are also marked with important WARNING information that you need if you ever V 240 km/h (149 mph) have to replace one. The following ex‐ Above 240 km/h (149 Z n Tire age plains what the letters and numbers in mph) the wheel size designation mean. Tires degrade over time, even when Example wheel size designation: 6.0J x 3. Checking tire life (TIN : Tire they are not being used. Regardless 15 Identification Number) of the remaining tread, it is recom‐ 6.0 - Rim width in inches. Any tires that are over 6 years, based mended that tires generally be re‐ on the manufacturing date, tire placed after six (6) years of normal J - Rim contour designation. strength and performance, decline with service. Heat caused by hot climates 15 - Rim diameter in inches. age naturally (even unused spare tires). or frequent high loading conditions Therefore, the tires (including the spare can accelerate the aging process. tire) should be replaced by new ones. Failure to follow this Warning can re‐ Tire speed ratings You can find the manufacturing date on sult in sudden tire failure, which The chart below lists many of the dif‐ the tire sidewall (possibly on the inside could lead to a loss of control and an ferent speed ratings currently being of the wheel), displaying the DOT Code. accident involving serious injury or death. used for passenger cars. The speed The DOT Code is a series of numbers on rating is part of the tire size designa‐ a tire consisting of numbers and English tion on the sidewall of the tire. This letters. The manufacturing date is des‐ 4. Tire ply composition and material symbol corresponds to that tire's de‐ ignated by the last four digits (charac‐ The number of layers or plies of rub‐ signed maximum safe operating speed. ters) of the DOT code. ber- coated fabric in the tire. Tire man‐ DOT : XXXX XXXX OOOO ufacturers also must indicate the ma‐ Speed The front part of the DOT means a terials in the tire, which include steel, Rating Maximum Speed plant code number, tire size and tread nylon, polyester, and others. The letter Symbol pattern and the last four numbers indi‐ "R" means radial ply construction; the cate week and year manufactured. S 180 km/h (112 mph) letter "D" means diagonal or bias ply For example: T 190 km/h (118 mph) construction; and the letter "B" means belted-bias ply construction.
8-34
5. Maximum permissible inflation Tread wear WARNING pressure The tread wear grade is a comparative This number is the greatest amount of rating based on the wear rate of the The traction grade assigned to this air pressure that should be put in the tire when tested under controlled con‐ tire is based on straightahead brak‐ tire. Do not exceed the maximum per‐ ditions on a specified government test ing traction tests, and does not in‐ missible inflation pressure. Refer to the course. For example, a tire graded 150 clude acceleration, cornering, hydro‐ Tire and Loading Information label for would wear one-and-ahalf times (1½) planing, or peak traction characteris‐ recommended inflation pressure. as well on the government course as a tics. tire graded 100. 6. Maximum load rating The relative performance of tires de‐ This number indicates the maximum pends upon the actual conditions of Temperature - A, B & C load in kilograms and pounds that can their use, however, and may depart sig‐ The temperature grades are A (the Maintenance be carried by the tire. When replacing nificantly from the norm because of highest), B and C representing the tire’s the tires on the vehicle, always use a variations in driving habits, service resistance to the generation of heat tire that has the same load rating as practices and differences in road char‐ and its ability to dissipate heat when the factory installed tire. acteristics and climate. tested under controlled conditions on a specified indoor laboratory test wheel. 7. Uniform tire quality grading These grades are molded on the side- walls of passenger vehicle tires. The Sustained high temperature can cause Quality grades can be found where ap‐ tires available as standard or optional the material of the tire to degenerate plicable on the tire sidewall between equipment on your vehicles may vary and reduce tire life, and excessive tem‐ 8 tread shoulder and maximum chapter with respect to grade. perature can lead to sudden tire failure. width. Grades B and A represent higher levels For example: Traction - AA, A, B & C of performance on the laboratory test TREADWEAR 200 The traction grades, from highest to wheel than the minimum required by TRACTION AA the law. TEMPERATURE A lowest, are AA, A, B and C. Those grades represent the tires ability to stop on wet pavement as measured under controlled conditions on specified WARNING government test surfaces of asphalt and concrete. A tire marked C may have n Tire temperature poor traction performance. (Continued)
8-35 Maintenance
(Continued) (Continued) (Continued) The temperature grade for this tire low aspect ratio tire is easier to be • It is not easy to recognize the tire is established for a tire that is prop‐ damaged. So, follow the instructions damage with your own eyes. But if erly inflated and not overloaded. Ex‐ below. there is the slightest hint of tire cessive speed, underinflation, or ex‐ - When driving on a rough road or damage, even though you cannot cessive loading, either separately or off road, drive cautiously because see the tire damage with your own in combination, can cause heat build- tires and wheels may be damaged. eyes, have the tire checked or re‐ up and possible sudden tire failure. And after driving, inspect tires and placed because the tire damage This can cause loss of vehicle control wheels. may cause air leakage from the and serious injury or death. - When passing over a pothole, tire. speed bump, manhole or curb • If the tire is damaged by driving on stone, drive slowly so that the a rough road, off road, pothole, Low aspect ratio tire (if tires and wheels are not damaged. manhole, or curb stone, it will not equipped) - If the tire is impacted, inspect the be covered by the warranty. Low aspect ratio tires, whose aspect tire condition or contact a profes‐ • You can find out the tire informa‐ ratio is lower than 50, are provided for sional workshop. Kia recommends tion on the tire sidewall. sporty looks. to visit an authorized Kia dealer/ Because the low aspect ratio tires are service partner. optimized for handling and braking, it may be more uncomfortable to ride in - To prevent damage to the tire, in‐ and there is more noise compare with spect the tire condition and pres‐ normal tires. sure every 3,000 km. (Continued) CAUTION
Because the sidewall of the low as‐ pect ratio tire is shorter than the normal, the wheel and tire of the (Continued)
8-36
FUSES
Right side : Blown A vehicle’s electrical system is protec‐ WARNING ted from electrical overload damage by fuses. n Fuse replacement This vehicle has 2 (or 3) fuse panels, • Never replace a fuse with anything one located in the driver’s side panel but another fuse of the same rat‐ bolster, the other in the motor com‐ ing. partment near the battery. If any of your vehicle’s lights, accesso‐ • A higher capacity fuse could cause ries, or controls do not work, check the damage and possibly a fire. appropriate circuit fuse. If a fuse has • Never install a wire or aluminum blown, the element inside the fuse will foil instead of the proper fuse - Maintenance melt. even as a temporary repair. It may If the electrical system does not work, cause extensive wiring damage first check the driver’s side fuse panel. and a possible fire. Before replacing a blown fuse, discon‐ • Do not arbitrarily modify or add- nect the negative battery cable. Always on electric wiring to the vehicle. replace a blown fuse with one of the same rating. If the replacement fuse blows, this indi‐ 8 cates an electrical problem. Avoid using CAUTION the system involved and immediately consult A professional workshop. Kia Do not use a screwdriver or any oth‐ recommends to consult an authorized er metal object to remove fuses be‐ Kia dealer/service partner. cause it may cause a short circuit Three kinds of fuses are used: blade and damage the system. type for lower amperage rating, car‐ tridge type, and multi fuse for higher amperage ratings.
❈ Left side : Normal
8-37 Maintenance
NOTICE (Continued) (Continued) • Do not remove fuses, relays and battery cap is not securely closed, • When replacing a fuse, turn the ig‐ terminals fastened with bolts or moisture may enter the system and nition “OFF” and turn off switches nuts.The fuses, relays and termi‐ damage the electrical components. of all electrical devices then re‐ nals may not be fastened correctly move battery (-) terminal. which may cause vehicle damage. • The actual fuse/relay panel label • Do not input any other objects ex‐ WARNING may differ from equipped items. cept fuses or relays into fuse/relay terminals such as a screwdriver or n Electrical wiring repairs wiring. It may cause contact fail‐ ure and system malfunction. All electrical repairs should be per‐ WARNING formed by authorized Kia dealer‐ • Do not plug in screwdrivers or af‐ ships using approved Kia parts. Using termarket wiring into the terminal n Electrical Fire other wiring components, especially originally designed for fuse and re‐ when retrofitting multi media or Always ensure replacements fuses lays only. The electrical system theft alarm system, car phone or ra‐ and relays are securely fastened and wiring of the vehicle interior dio may cause vehicle damage and when installed. Failure to do so can may be damaged or burned due to increase the risk of a vehicle fire. result in a vehicle fire. contact failure. • If you directly connect the wire on the taillight or replace the bulb NOTICE CAUTION which is over the regulated capaci‐ ty to install trailers etc., the inner n Remodeling Prohibited • When replacing a blown fuse or re‐ junction block can get burned. lay, make sure the new fuse or re‐ Do not rewire your vehicle in any lay fits tightly into the clips. Fail‐ way as doing so may affect the per‐ ure to tightly install the fuse or re‐ CAUTION formance of several safety features lay may cause damage to the wir‐ in your vehicle. Rewiring your vehicle ing and electric systems. Visually inspect the battery cap to may also void your warranty and (Continued) ensure it is securely closed. If the cause you to be responsible for any (Continued) (Continued)
8-38
(Continued) Inner panel fuse replacement subsequent vehicle damage which may result.
NOTICE
n Window tinting precaution Window tint (especially metallic film) might cause communication errors Maintenance or poor radio reception, and mal‐ functioning automatic lighting sys‐ 3. Pull the suspected fuse straight tem due to reflections from the mir‐ 1. Turn the ignition switch and all oth‐ out. Use the removal tool provided ror tint inside the vehicle. The solu‐ er switches off. on the motor compartment fuse tion used might also leak into the panel cover. 2. Open the fuse panel cover. electronic components, causing mal‐ If the switch is located in the “OFF” 4. Check the removed fuse; replace it functions or damage. position, a caution indicator will be if it is blown. 8 displayed in the cluster. Spare fuses are provided in the mo‐ To identify the location of a specific tor compartment fuse panel. fuse, please refer to the inside of the fuse panel cover and the de‐ 5. Push in a new fuse of the same scription list in this section. rating, and make sure it fits tightly in the clips.
If it fits loosely, consult a professional workshop. Kia recommends to consult an authorized Kia dealer/service part‐ ner.
8-39 Maintenance
If you do not have a spare, use a fuse Fuse switch of the same rating from a circuit you CAUTION may not need for operating the vehicle, such as the power outlet fuse. • Put all switches in ON when driv‐ If the head lamp, turn signal lamp, stop ing. signal lamp, fog lamp, DRL, tail lamp, • If the vehicle remains idle for over HMSL do not work and the fuses are 1 month, put all switches in OFF to OK, check the fuse panel in the motor prevent the batteries from being compartment. If a fuse is blown, it discharged. must be replaced. • Excluding long-term parking for over 1 month, the contact points of switches may wear out upon NOTICE extensive use. Please refrain from excessive use of switches. If the headlamp, fog lamp, turn sig‐ nal lamp, or tail lamp malfunction even without any problem to the Motor compartment fuse lamps, have the vehicle checked by a Always set the fuse switch to the ON position before using the vehicle. replacement professional workshop. Kia recom‐ If you move the switch to the OFF posi‐ mends to consult an authorized Kia tion, some items such as audio and dig‐ dealer/service partner. ital clock must be reset and transmitter (or smart key) may not work properly. When the switch is Off, the caution in‐ dicator will be displayed on the instru‐ ment cluster.
8-40
1. Turn the ignition switch and all oth‐ Multi fuse Main fuse er switches off. 2. Remove the fuse panel cover by pressing the tab and pulling the cover up. 3. Check the removed fuse; replace it if it is blown. To remove or insert the fuse, use the fuse puller in the motor compartment fuse panel. 4. Push in a new fuse of the same rating, and make sure it fits tightly Maintenance in the clips. If it fits loosely, consult an authorized Kia dealer.
CAUTION NOTICE NOTICE Always securely install the fuse pan‐ el cover in the motor compartment 8 to protect against electrical failure Do not disassemble nor assemble Do not disassemble nor assemble which may occur from water con‐ the multi fuse when it is secured the main fuse when it is secured tact. Listen for the audible clicking with nuts and bolts. Incorrect or par‐ with nuts and bolts. Incorrect or par‐ sound to ensure fuse panel cover is tial assembly torque may cause a tial assembly torque may cause a securely fastened. fire. Have the vehicle checked by a fire. Have the vehicle checked by a professional workshop. Kia recom‐ professional workshop. Kia recom‐ mends to consult an authorized Kia mends to consult an authorized Kia dealer/service partner. dealer/service partner.
8-41 Maintenance
NOTICE Fuse/relay panel description Inner fuse panel The electronic system may not function correctly even when the motor compartment and internal fuse box’s individual fuses are not disconnected. In such case the cause of the problem may be disconnec‐ tion of the main fuse (BFT type), which is located inside the positive battery terminal (+) cap. Since the main fuse is designed more intricately than other parts, have the vehicle checked by a pro‐ fessional workshop. Kia recommends to consult an authorized Kia dealer/ service partner. Inside the fuse/relay panel covers, you can find the fuse/relay label describing fuse/relay name and capacity. CAUTION
Visually inspect the battery cap to NOTICE ensure it is securely closed. If the battery cap is not securely closed, Not all fuse panel descriptions in this moisture may enter the system and manual may be applicable to your damage the electrical components. vehicle. It is accurate at the time of printing. When you inspect the fuse panel in your vehicle, refer to the fuse panel label.
8-42
Driver’s side fuse panel Maintenance
8
8-43 Maintenance
Instrument panel (Driver’s side fuse panel)
Fuse Name Symbol Fuse rat‐ Circuit Protected ing Crash Pad Switch, ECM (Electro Chromic Mirror), Audio / Video &Navigation Head Unit, Head Lamp Leveling Device Actuator LH/RH, Front Seat Warmer Control Module, Rear MODULE 5 10A Seat Warmer Control Module, Auto Head Lamp Leveling Device Module, Front Air Ven‐ tilation Seat Control Module, Amp Crash Pad Switch, MFC Module, AEB Module, Blind Spot Detection, Radar Left Handle MODULE 4 10A side/Right Handle side, VESS, Console Upper EXTN (STR'G WHEEL HEATED) INTERIOR Luggage Lamp, Front Vanity Lamp LH/RH, Room Lamp, Overhead Console Lamp, Rain 10A LAMP Sensor, Wireless Charger A/BAG 15A ACU (Airbag Control Unit), ODS E-SHIFTER 1 10A Console Upper EXTN (SBW) IG 1 25A PCB Block (FUSE- IEB2, EPCU2) CLUSTER 10A Cluster MODULE 3 10A BCM (Body Control Module), Driver/Passenger Door Module, Stop Lamp Switch Fuel Filler Door & Battery Charge Switch, Cluster, Charger Indicator, Air Conditioner IG3 2 10A Control Module, Audio/Video & Navigation Head Unit, Audio, IG3, PTC Heater, Charge Control Module MEMORY 2 7.5A VESS, BATT_COOL_EXV
A/BAG IND 7.5A Cluster, Air Conditioner Control Module
START 7.5A EPCU, Smart Key Control Module
8-44
Fuse Name Symbol Fuse rat‐ Circuit Protected ing O/S MIRROR, Power Outlet Relay, Amp, BCM (Body Control Module), Wireless Charge MODULE 2 10A Unit, USB/Charge Unit, Smart Key Control Module, Adio Unit BUTTON 7.5A Smart Key Control Module START3 Driver/Passenger Door Module, IMS (Driver Integrated memory system Module), Clus‐ MEMORY 1 10A ter, Air Conditioner Control Module, ECM (Electro Chromic Mirror), Auto Light & Photo Sensor, BCM (Body Control Module), Active Air Flap Unit
MULTI MEDIA 15A Audio / Video & Navigation Head Unit, Keyboard Maintenance E-SHIFTER 2 10A SBW Control Unit IG3 1 20A IG3_1 Relay MDPS 7.5A MDPS Unit TAIL GATE 10A Tail Gate Relay BUTTON 15A Smart Key Control Module 8 START1 Front Seat Warmer Control Module/ Front Air Ventilation Seat Control Module, Rear MODULE 7 7.5A Seat Warmer Control Module, AC Inverter Module WIPER (REAR) 15A Motor Room Junction Block (Rear Wiper Relay), Rear Wiper Motor HEATED 15A BCM (Body Control Module) STEERING SUNROOF 20A Sunroof Motor Power Window Right Handle side Relay, Passenger Safety Power Window Module P/WINDOW RH 25A (LHD), Driver Safety Power Window Module (RHD)
8-45 Maintenance
Fuse Name Symbol Fuse rat‐ Circuit Protected ing Power Window Left Handle side Relay, Driver Safety Power Window Module (LHD), P/WINDOW LH 25A Passenger Safety Power Window Module (RHD) BUTTON START 7.5A Start/Stop Button Switch, Smart Key Control Module 2 BRAKE SWITCH 7.5A Stop Lamp Switch, Smart Key Control Module CHARGER 10A Charge Control Module, Charger Lock/Unlock Relay, C_C_LAMP A/CON 7.5A Air Conditioner Control Module, Ionizer WASHER 15A Multifunction Switch S/HEATER 25A Front Seat Warmer Control Module (FRT) P/SEAT (DRV) 30A Driver Seat Manual Switch, Driver Integrated memory system Module AMP 30A AMP Hazard Switch, OBD, Driver Smart Key Outside Handle, Passenger Smart Key Outside MODULE 1 10A Handle, Driver Door Module, Passenger Door Module, Mood Lamp, O/S MIRR FOLDING/ UNFOLDING RLY DOOR LOCK 20A Door Lock/Unlock Relay, ICM Relay Box (Dead Lock Relay) BCM (Body Control Module), Wiper Motor, Engine Room Junction Block (Front Wiper WIPER2 (FRT) 10A (Low) Relay) MODULE 6 7.5A BCM (Body Control Module), Smart Key Control Module, RR HTD, RR HTD RLY S/HEATER 25A Rear Seat Warmer Control Module (REAR)
8-46
Fuse Name Symbol Fuse rat‐ Circuit Protected ing HEATED MIR‐ 10A Driver/Passenger Power Outside Mirror, Air Conditioner Control Module ROR
WIPER1 (FRT) 30A Wiper Motor, Motor Room Junction Block (Front Wiper (Low) Relay)
Maintenance
8
8-47 Maintenance
Motor compartment fuse panel
8-48
Battery terminal cover Maintenance
8
8-49 Maintenance
Motor room compartment fuse panel Fuse Name Symbol Fuse Rating Circuit Protected PCB-Block (Fuse - EPCU1, BMS, B/ALARM HORN, HORN, B+ 5 60A Relay - MAIN) IGPM (Fuse - S/HEATER (REAR), ARISU (4CH), IPS (2CH), B+ 2 60A IPS (2CH)) IGPM (ARISU (4CH), IPS (2CH), IPS (2CH), IPS (2CH), IPS B+ 3 60A (1CH)) IGPM (Fuse - TAIL GATE, SUNROOF, P/WINDOW RH, P/ B+ 4 50A WINDOW LH, S/HEATER (FRT), P/SEAT (DRV), AMP, IG3_1, CHARGER MULTI COOLING FAN 1 60A Cooling Fan Relay FUSE BLOWER 40A Blower Relay IG 1 40A Button Start #2 (IG1) Relay, Button Start #1 (ACC) Relay IG 2 40A Button Start #3 (IG2) Relay MDPS 80A MDPS Unit IEB 3 60A IDB_MTR+2 IEB 4 60A IDB_MTR+1 REAR HEATED 50A Rear Defogger Relay IEB 1 40A IDB Unit, OBD MULTI Fuse - Power Outlet 1, AC Inverter Module, Head FUSE MAIN 150A Lamp(high), Rear Wiper
8-50
Fuse Name Symbol Fuse Rating Circuit Protected POWER OUTLET 3 20A P/OUTLET Relay POWER OUTLET 2 20A P/OUTLET Relay OBC 10A OBC Unit AMS 10A Battery SNSR EWP 10A Electric Water Pump (Battery), Electric Water Pump (PE) Instrument Panel Junction Block (Fuse -BUTTON B+ 1 40A START1, BUTTON START2, BRAKE SWITCH, MODULE1, DOOR LOCK, Leak Current Autocut Device) Maintenance E-SHIFTER 1 E-SHIFTER 1 10A E-SHIFTER Relay FUSE E-SHIFTER 2 E-SHIFTER 2 10A E-SHIFTER Relay REAR WIPER 15A Rear Wiper Relay HEAD LAMP HI 10A H/LAMP HI Relay INVERTER 30A AC Inverter Module 8 POWER OUTLET 1 40A Power Outlet Relay B/UP LAMP 10A B/UP LAMP Relay IG3_2 10A OBC Unit IG3_3 10A Cooling Fan Relay, E-Compressor, Blow Relay, EPCU
8-51 Maintenance
Fuse Name Symbol Fuse Rating Circuit Protected BMS Unit, Active Air Flap Unit, 3 WAY_VALVE(RH/LH), IG3_4 10A B/UP LP Relay IG3_1 15A IG3_1 Relay EPCU 1 10A EPCU
FUSE BMS 15A BMS Unit HORN 20A Horn Relay IEB 2 10A IDB Unit, Multipurpose Check Connector EPCU 2 10A EPCU B/ALARM HORN 10A Burglar Alarm Horn Relay
Relay Symbol Relay Name Type Button Start #2 (IG1) Relay MICRO E-SHIFTER Relay MICRO Rear Wiper Relay MICRO
Button Start #3 (IG2) Relay MICRO B/UP Lamp Relay MICRO Button Start #1 (ACC) Relay MICRO
Cooling Fan Relay MINI
Rear Defogger Relay MINI
8-52
Symbol Relay Name Type Blower Relay MICRO HEAD LAMP HI Relay MICRO Power Outlet Relay MICRO Maintenance
8
8-53 Maintenance
LIGHT BULBS
Bulb replacement precaution WARNING CAUTION Please prepare bulbs with appropriate standards in case of emergencies. Re‐ Be sure to replace the burnedout • If unauthentic parts or substan‐ fer to “Bulb Wattage” on page 9-06. bulb with one of the same wattage dard lights are used when chang‐ When changing bulbs and sorts, first rating. Otherwise, it may cause ex‐ ing lights, it may lead to fuse dis‐ turn off the vehicle at a safe place, tensive wiring damage and possible connection and malfunction, and firmly apply the side brake and take fire. other wiring damages. out the battery's negative (-) terminal. • Do not install extra lamps or LED to the vehicle. If supplementary WARNING CAUTION lights are installed, it may lead to lamp malfunction and flickering of n Working on the lights If you don't have necessary tools, the lights. In addition, the fuse box the correct bulbs and the expertise, and other writing may be dam‐ Prior to working on the light, firmly consult a professional workshop. Kia aged. apply the parking brake, ensure that recommends to consult an author‐ the ignition switch is turned to the ized Kia dealer/service partner. In • Lamp part malfunction due to net- LOCK position and turn off the lights many cases, it is difficult to replace work failure to avoid sudden movement of the vehicle light bulbs because other vehicle and burning your fingers or parts of the vehicle must be re‐ The headlamp, taillight, and fog light receiving an electric shock. moved before you can get to the may lit up when the head lamp bulb. This is especially true if you switch is turned ON, and not light up have to remove the headlight as‐ when the taillight or for light switch Use only the bulbs of the specified wat‐ is turned ON. This may be cause by tage. sembly to get to the bulb(s). Remov‐ ing/ installing the headlight assem‐ network failure or vehicle electrical bly can result in damage to the vehi‐ control system malfunction. If there cle. is a problem, have the system serv‐ iced by a professional workshop. Kia recommends to visit an authorized Kia dealer/service partner.
8-54
• Lamp part malfunction due to electri‐ cal control system stabilization (Continued) NOTICE A normally functioning lamp may • It is normal for an operating lamp flicker momentarily. This momentary may blink temporarily. Since this You can find moisture inside the lens occurrence is due to stabilization unc‐ occurrence is due stabilization of lamps after a car wash or driving tion of the vehicle's electrical on con‐ function of the vehicle’s electronic in the rain. It is a natural event trol system. If the lamp soon returns caused by the temperature differ‐ to normal, the vehicle does not re‐ control device, if the lamp lights up normally after temporary blinking, ence between the inside and the quire service. outside of the lamp and does not However, if the lamp goes out after there is no problem in the vehicle. However, if the lamp continues to mean a problem with its functions. he momentary flickering, or the flick‐ The moisture inside the lamp would
ering continues, have the system blink several times or turn off Maintenance disappear if you drive the vehicle serviced by a professional workshop. completely, there may be an error Kia recommends to visit an author‐ in the vehicle’s electronic control with the headlamp turned on, how‐ ized Kia dealer/service partner. device. In this case, have the vehi‐ ever, the level at which the moisture cle checked by a professional is removed may differ depending on workshop immediately. Kia recom‐ the size / location / condition of the NOTICE mends to visit an authorized Kia lamp. If the moisture continues to dealer/service partner. stay inside the lamp, Kia recom‐ • If the light bulb or lamp connector mends visiting an authorized Kia 8 is removed from an operating dealer/service partner. lamp activated by electricity, the fuse box’s electronic device may NOTICE scan it as a malfunction. There‐ fore, a lamp malfunction history After an accident or after the head‐ may be recorded in Diagnostic light assembly is reinstalled, have Trouble Code (DTC) in the fuse the headlight aiming adjusted by a box. professional workshop. Kia recom‐ mends to visit an authorized Kia (Continued) dealer/service partner.
8-55 Maintenance
Light bulb position (Front) Light bulb position (Rear)
1. Headlamp (Low/High) (Bulb type) 2. Front turn signal lamp (Bulb type) 3. Headlamp (Low/High) (LED type) 4. Headlamp (Low) (LED type) 5. Front turn signal lamp (LED type) 6. Daytime running lamp (LED type) / Position lamp (LED type) 7. Front fog lamp (Bulb type)
8-56
4. Rear fog lamp (LED type)/Back up Headlamp (low / high) (LED lamp (Bulb type) type) bulb replacement 5. License plate lamp (Bulb type) 6. High mounted stop lamp (LED type)
Light bulb position (Side) Maintenance
If the Headlamp (Low/High) (LED type) (1) does not operate, have your vehicle 8 checked by a professional workshop. Kia recommends to visit an authorized Kia dealer/service partner. 1. Side repeater lamp (LED type)
1. Tail lamp (LED type) 2. Stop lamp (LED type) 3. Rear turn signal lamp (Bulb type)
8-57 Maintenance
Front turn signal lamp (LED Headlamp (High/Low beam) bulb 5. Install a new bulb-socket assembly in the headlamp assembly by align‐ type) bulb replacement replacement ing the tabs on the bulb-socket with the slots in the headlamp as‐ sembly. Push the bulb-socket into the headlamp assembly and turn the bulb-socket clockwise. 6. Install the headlamp bulb cover by turning it clockwise.
Headlamp bulb
If the Front turn signal lamp (LED type) 1. Open the hood. (1) does not operate, have your vehicle 2. Remove the headlamp bulb cover checked by a professional workshop. by turning it counterclockwise. Kia recommends to visit an authorized Kia dealer/service partner. 3. Disconnect the headlamp bulb socket-connector. 4. Remove the bulb-socket from the headlamp assembly by turning the bulb-socket counterclockwise until the tabs on the bulb-socket align with the slots on the headlamp as‐ sembly.
8-58
Front turn signal lamp (Bulb 4. Insert a new bulb by inserting it in‐ WARNING to the bulb-socket and rotating it type) bulb replacement until it locks into place. n Halogen bulbs 5. Install the socket in the headlamp • Halogen bulbs contain pressurized assembly by aligning the tabs on gas that will produce flying pieces the bulb-socket with the slots in of glass if broken. the assembly. Push the bulb-sock‐ • Always handle them carefully, and et into the headlamp assembly and avoid scratches and abrasions. If turn the socket clockwise. the bulbs are lit, avoid contact with liquids. Never touch the glass with bare hands. Residual oil may Maintenance cause the bulb to overheat and burst when lit. A bulb should be operated only when installed in a headlight. • If a bulb becomes damaged or cracked, replace it immediately 1. Open the hood. and carefully dispose of it. 8 • Wear eye protection when chang‐ 2. Remove the dust cover (A) from ing a bulb. Allow the bulb to cool the headlamp assembly then bulb- down before handling it. socket by turning the counterclock‐ wise until the tabs on the bulb- socket align with the slots on the headlamp assembly. 3. Remove the bulb from the bulb- socket by pressing it in and rotat‐ ing it counterclockwise until the tabs on the bulb align with the slots in the bulb-socket. Pull the bulb out of the bulb-socket.
8-59 Maintenance
Daytime running lamp/Position A skilled technician should check or re‐ Rear turn signal lamp (Bulb pair the daytime running lamp/position lamp (LED type) bulb lamp (LED type), for it may damage re‐ type) bulb replacement replacement lated parts of the vehicle. Front fog lamp (Bulb type) bulb replacement
1. Open the tailgate. 2. Open the service cover. If the daytime running lamp/position 3. Loosen the light assembly retaining lamp (LED type) (1) does not operate, screws with a cross-tip screwdriv‐ have your vehicle checked by a profes‐ er. sional workshop. Kia recommends to If the front fog lamp (Bulb type) (1) visit an authorized Kia dealer/service does not operate, have your vehicle partner. checked by a professional workshop. The LED lamp cannot be replaced as a Kia recommends to visit an authorized single component because it is an inte‐ Kia dealer/service partner. grated unit. The LED lamp has to be re‐ placed with the unit.
8-60
6. Remove the socket from the as‐ Stop and tail lamp (LED type) sembly by turning the socket coun‐ terclockwise until the tabs on the bulb replacement socket align with the slots on the assembly. 7. Remove the bulb from the socket by pressing it in and rotating it counterclockwise until the tabs on the bulb align with the slots in the socket. Pull the bulb out of the socket. Maintenance 8. Insert a new bulb by inserting it in‐ to the socket and rotating it until it 4. Remove the rear combination lamp locks into place. assembly from the body of the ve‐ hicle. 9. Install the socket in the assembly by aligning the tabs on the socket 5. Disconnect the rear combination with the slots in the assembly. lamp connector. Push the socket into the assembly If the stop and tail lamp (LED type) (1) and turn the socket clockwise. does not operate, have your vehicle 8 10. Install the rear combination lamp checked by a professional workshop. assembly to the body of the vehi‐ Kia recommends to visit an authorized cle. Kia dealer/service partner. The LED lamp cannot be replaced as a 11. Install the service cover. single component because it is an inte‐ grated unit. The LED lamp has to be re‐ placed with the unit. A skilled technician should check or re‐ pair the stop and tail lamp (LED type), for it may damage related parts of the vehicle.
8-61 Maintenance
Rear fog lamp (LED type) bulb Back-up lamp (Bulb type) bulb High mounted stop lamp (LED replacement replacement type) bulb replacement
If the rear fog lamp (LED type) does If the Back-up lamp does not operate, If the high mounted stop lamp (LED) not operate, have your vehicle checked have your vehicle checked by a profes‐ does not operate, have your vehicle by a professional workshop. Kia recom‐ sional workshop. Kia recommends to checked by a professional workshop. mends to visit an authorized Kia dealer/ visit an authorized Kia dealer/service Kia recommends to visit an authorized service partner. partner. Kia dealer/service partner. The LED lamp cannot be replaced as a single component because it is an inte‐ grated unit. The LED lamp has to be re‐ placed with the unit. A skilled technician should check or re‐ pair the rear fog lamp (LED type), for it may damage related parts of the vehi‐ cle.
8-62
License plate lamp (Bulb type) 1. Using a flat-blade screwdriver, gen‐ Side repeater lamp (LED type) tly pry the lens cover from lamp bulb replacement housing. bulb replacement 2. Remove the socket from the as‐ sembly by turning the socket coun‐ terclockwise until the tabs on the socket align with the slots on the assembly. 3. Remove the bulb from bulb-socket by pulling it out.
4. Insert a new bulb by inserting it in‐ Maintenance to the bulb-socket. 5. Install the socket in the assembly by aligning the tabs on the socket with the slots in the assembly. Push the socket into the assembly and turn the socket clockwise. If the side repeater Lamp (LED type) 6. Align the lens cover tabs with the does not operate, have your vehicle 8 lamp housing notches and snap the checked by a professional workshop. lens into place. Kia recommends to visit an authorized Kia dealer/service partner.
8-63 Maintenance
Side repeater lamp (bulb type) 6. Reassemble the socket and the 4. Align the lens cover tabs with the bulb Replacement lens part. lamp housing notches and snap the 7. Connect the bulb electrical connec‐ lens into place. tor. 8. Reinstall the lamp assembly to the CAUTION body of the vehicle. Be careful not to dirty or damage Map lamp (Bulb type) bulb the lens, lens tab, and plastic hous‐ ings. replacement
1. Remove the lamp assembly from the vehicle by prying the lens and pulling the assembly out. 2. Disconnect the bulb electrical con‐ nector. 3. Separate the socket and the lens parts by turning the socket coun‐ terclockwise until the tabs on the 1. Using a flat-blade screwdriver, gen‐ socket align with the slots on the tly pry the lens cover from lamp lens part. housing. 4. Remove the bulb by pulling it 2. Remove the bulb by pulling it straight out. straight out. 5. Insert a new bulb in the socket. 3. Install a new bulb in the socket.
8-64
Map lamp (LED type) bulb Vanity mirror lamp (Bulb type) 3. Install a new bulb in the socket. replacement bulb replacement 4. Install the lamp assembly to interi‐ or.
CAUTION
Be careful not to dirty or damage the lens, lens tab, and plastic hous‐ ings. Maintenance Room lamp (Bulb type) bulb replacement
If the Map lamp (LED type) (1) does not operate, have your vehicle checked by a WARNING 8 professional workshop. Kia recom‐ mends to visit an authorized Kia dealer/ Prior to working on the Interior service partner. lamps, ensure that the “OFF” button is depressed to avoid burning your fingers or receiving an electric shock.
1. Using a flat-blade screwdriver, gen‐ tly pry the lamp assembly from in‐ terior. 2. Remove the bulb by pulling it straight out.
8-65 Maintenance
WARNING Room lamp (LED type) bulb Tailgate room lamp (Bulb type) replacement bulb replacement Prior to working on the Interior lamps, ensure that the “OFF” button is depressed to avoid burning your fingers or receiving an electric shock.
1. Using a flat-blade screwdriver, gen‐ tly pry the lens cover from lamp housing. 2. Remove the bulb by pulling it straight out. 3. Install a new bulb in the socket. 4. Align the lens cover tabs with the lamp housing notches and snap the lens into place. If the Room lamp (LED type) (1) does 1. Using a flat-blade screwdriver, gen‐ not operate, have your vehicle checked tly pry the lens cover from lamp CAUTION by a professional workshop. Kia recom‐ housing. mends to visit an authorized Kia dealer/ 2. Remove the bulb by pulling it Be careful not to dirty or damage service partner. straight out. the lens, lens tab, and plastic hous‐ 3. Install a new bulb in the socket. ings. 4. Align the lens cover tabs with the lamp housing notches and snap the lens into place.
8-66
Headlamp and front fog lamp 1. Inflate the tires to the specified CAUTION pressure and remove any loads aiming (for Europe) from the vehicle except the driver, Be careful not to dirty or damage Headlamp aiming spare tire, and tools. the lens, lens tab, and plastic hous‐ ings. 2. The vehicle should be placed on a flat floor. 3. Draw vertical lines (Vertical lines NOTICE passing through respective head lamp centers) and a horizontal line (Horizontal line passing through If the LED lamp does not operate,
center of head lamps) on the Maintenance have your vehicle checked by a pro‐ screen. fessional workshop. Kia recommends to visit an authorized Kia dealer/ 4. With the head lamp and battery in service partner. normal condition, aim the head lamps so the brightest portion falls on the horizontal and vertical lines. 5. To aim the low and high beams left or right, turn the driver (1) clock‐ wise or counterclockwise. To aim 8 the low and high beams up or down, turn the driver (2) clockwise or counterclockwise.
8-67 Maintenance
Front fog lamp aiming
The front fog lamp can be aimed as the same manner of the head lamps aim‐ ing. With the front fog lamps and battery normal condition, aim the front fog lamps. To aim the front fog lamp up or down, turn the driver clockwise or counter‐ clockwise.
8-68
Aiming point Maintenance
8
* A: Screen
8-69 Maintenance
Unit: mm (in) Head lamp (Halogen) Head lamp (LED type) Distance between Distance between Ground Height Ground Height Vehicle condition lamps lamps Low beam High beam Low beam High beam Low beam High beam Low beam High beam H1 H2 W1 W2 H1' H2' W1' W2' 1,404 1,404 1,384 1,384 Without driver 847 (33.4) 847 (33.4) 851 (33.5) 851 (33.5) (55.3) (55.3) (54.5) (54.5) 1,404 1,404 1,384 1,384 With driver 842 (33.2) 842 (33.2) 846 (33.3) 846 (33.3) (55.3) (55.3) (54.5) (54.5)
Front Fog lamp (Bulb type) Vehicle condition Ground Height Distance between lamps H3 W3 Without driver 569 (22.4) 1,548 (61.0) With driver 564 (22.2) 1,548 (61.0)
8-70
Head lamp low beam (LHD) Maintenance
8
A: Vertical line of the left head lamp (low) bulb center 8-71 Maintenance
B: Vertical line of the right head lamp (low) bulb center C: Horizontal line of head lamp (low) bulb center D: Cut – Off line E: Car Axis F: Ground
1. Turn the low beam on without driver aboard. 2. The cut-off line should be projected in the cut-off line shown in the picture. 3. When aiming the low beam, vertical aiming should be adjusted after adjusting the horizontal aiming. 4. If head lamp leveling device is equipped, adjust the head lamp leveling device switch with 0 positions.
8-72
Head lamp low beam (RHD) Maintenance
8
A: Vertical line of the left head lamp (low) bulb center 8-73 Maintenance
B: Vertical line of the right head lamp (low) bulb center C: Horizontal line of head lamp (low) bulb center D: Cut – Off line E: Car Axis F: Ground
1. Turn the low beam on without driver aboard. 2. The cut-off line should be projected in the cut-off line shown in the picture. 3. When aiming the low beam, vertical aiming should be adjusted after adjusting the horizontal aiming. 4. If head lamp leveling device is equipped, adjust the head lamp leveling device switch with 0 positions.
8-74
Front fog light Maintenance
8
A: Vertical line of the left fog lamp bulb center B: Vertical line of the right fog lamp bulb center C: Horizontal line of fog lamp (low) bulb center D: Cut – Off line E: Car Axis F: Upper limit G: Ground
8-75 Maintenance
1. Turn the front fog lamp on without the driver aboard. 2. The cut-off line should be projected in the allowable range (shaded region).
8-76
APPEARANCE CARE
After washing, rinse the vehicle thor‐ Exterior care (Continued) Exterior general caution oughly with lukewarm or cold water. Do not allow soap to dry on the finish. It is very important to follow the label they have been affected by water. If directions when using any chemical braking performance is impaired, dry cleaner or polish. Read all warning and the brakes by applying them lightly CAUTION while maintaining a slow forward caution statements that appear on the speed. label. • Do not use strong soap, chemical Finish maintenance detergents or hot water, and do not wash the vehicle in direct sun‐ High-pressure washing Washing light or when the body of the vehi‐ cle is warm. • When using high-pressure washers, Maintenance To help protect your vehicle’s finish make sure to maintain sufficient dis‐ from rust and deterioration, wash it • Be careful when washing the side tance from the vehicle. thoroughly and frequently at least once windows of your vehicle. Especial‐ Insufficient clearance or excessive a month with lukewarm or cold water. ly, with high-pressure water, wa‐ pressure can lead to component If you use your vehicle for off-road ter may leak through the windows damage or water penetration. driving, you should wash it after each and wet the interior. off-road trip. Pay special attention to • Do not spray the camera, sensors or • To prevent damage to the plastic its surrounding area directly with a the removal of any accumulation of parts and lamps, do not clean with salt, dirt, mud, and other foreign mate‐ high pressure washer. Shock applied 8 chemical solvents or strong deter‐ from high pressure water may cause rials. Ensure drain holes in the lower gents. edges of the doors and rocker panels the device to not operate normally. are kept clean. • Do not bring the nozzle tip close to Insects, tar, tree sap, bird droppings, in‐ WARNING boots (rubber or plastic covers) or dustrial pollution and similar deposits connectors as they may be damaged can damage your vehicle’s finish if not if they come into contact with high removed immediately. n Wet brakes pressure water. Even prompt washing with plain water After washing the vehicle, test the may not completely remove all these brakes while driving slowly to see if deposits. A mild soap, safe for use on painted (Continued) surfaces, may be used.
8-77 Maintenance
(Continued) (Continued) • To prevent damage to the charging • Do not use steel wool, abrasive door, make sure to close and lock cleaners, or strong detergents the vehicle doors when washing containing highly alkaline or caus‐ (high-pressure washing, automatic tic agents on chrome-plated or car washing, etc.) the vehicle. anodized aluminum parts. This may result in damage to the pro‐ tective coating and cause discolor‐ Waxing ation or paint deterioration. Wax the vehicle when water will no lon‐ ger bead on the paint. Finish damage repair Always wash and dry the vehicle before Deep scratches or stone chips in the waxing. Use a good quality liquid or painted surface must be repaired paste wax, and follow the manufactur‐ CAUTION promptly. Exposed metal will quickly er’s instructions. Wax all metal trim to rust and may develop into a major re‐ protect it and to maintain its luster. pair expense. • Water washing in the motor com‐ Removing oil, tar, and similar materials partment including high pressure with a spot remover will usually strip water washing may cause the fail‐ the wax from the finish. Be sure to re- NOTICE ure of electrical circuits located in wax these areas even if the rest of the the motor compartment. vehicle does not yet need waxing. If your vehicle is damaged and re‐ • Never allow water or other liquids to come in contact with electrical/ quires any metal repair or replace‐ electronic components and air duct CAUTION ment, be sure the body shop applies inside the vehicle as this may anti-corrosion materials to the parts damage them. • Wiping dust or dirt off the body repaired or replaced. (Continued) with a dry cloth will scratch the finish. (Continued) Bright-metal maintenance • To remove road tar and insects, use a tar remover, not a scraper or other sharp object.
8-78
•T o protect the surfaces of bright- Thoroughly flush the vehicle underbody • Clean the wheel when it has cooled. metal parts from corrosion, apply a and wheel openings with lukewarm or • Use only a mild soap or neutral deter‐ coating of wax or chrome preserva‐ cold water once a month, after off- gent, and rinse thoroughly with wa‐ tive and rub to a high luster. road driving and at the end of each ter. Also, be sure to clean the wheels • During winter weather or in coastal winter. Pay special attention to these after driving on salted roads. This areas, cover the bright metal parts areas because it is difficult to see all helps prevent corrosion. with a heavier coating of wax or the mud and dirt. It will do more harm than good to wet down the road grime • Avoid washing the wheels with high- preservative. If necessary, coat the speed car wash brushes. parts with non-corrosive petroleum without removing it. The lower edges jelly or other protective compound. of the doors, rocker panels, and frame • Do not use any alkaline or acid deter‐ members have drain holes that should gent. It may damage and corrode the
not clog with dirt; trapped water in Maintenance Underbody maintenance aluminum wheels coated with a clear these areas can cause rusting. protective finish. Corrosive materials used for ice and snow removal and dust control may collect on the underbody. If these ma‐ WARNING Corrosion protection terials are not removed, accelerated Protecting your vehicle from corrosion rusting can occur on underbody parts After washing the vehicle, test the such as the fuel lines, frame, floor pan By using the most advanced design and brakes while driving slowly to see if construction practices to combat corro‐ and exhaust system, even though they they have been affected by water. If have been treated with rust protection. sion, we produce vehicles of the highest 8 braking performance is impaired, dry quality. However, this is only part of the brakes by applying them lightly the job. To achieve the long-term cor‐ while maintaining a slow forward rosion resistance your vehicle can deliv‐ speed. er, the owner's cooperation and assis‐ tance is also required. Aluminum wheel maintenance Common causes of corrosion The aluminum wheels are coated with a clear protective finish. The most common causes of corrosion • Do not use any abrasive cleaner, pol‐ on your vehicle are: ishing compound, solvent, or wire • Road salt, dirt and moisture that is brushes on aluminum wheels. They allowed to accumulate underneath may scratch or damage the finish. the vehicle.
8-79 Maintenance
• Removal of paint or protective coat‐ High temperatures can also accelerate • When cleaning underneath the car, ings by stones, gravel, abrasion or corrosion of parts that are not properly give particular attention to the com‐ minor scrapes and dents which leave ventilated so the moisture can be dis‐ ponents under the fenders and other unprotected metal exposed to corro‐ persed. areas that are hidden from view. Do a sion. For all these reasons, it is particularly thorough job; just dampening the ac‐ important to keep your vehicle clean cumulated mud rather than washing and free of mud or accumulations of it away will accelerate corrosion rath‐ High-corrosion areas other materials. This applies not only to er than prevent it. Water under high If you live in an area where your vehicle the visible surfaces but particularly to pressure and steam are particularly is regularly exposed to corrosive mate‐ the underside of the vehicle. effective in removing accumulated rials, corrosion protection is particularly mud and corrosive materials. important. Some of the common cau‐ To help prevent corrosion ses of accelerated corrosion are road • When cleaning lower door panels, You can help prevent corrosion from rocker panels and frame members, salts, dust control chemicals, ocean air getting started by observing the fol‐ and industrial pollution. be sure that drain holes are kept lowing: open so that moisture can escape Moisture breeds corrosion nKeep your car clean and not be trapped inside to acceler‐ ate corrosion. Moisture creates the conditions in The best way to prevent corrosion is to which corrosion is most likely to occur. keep your car clean and free of corro‐ For example, corrosion is accelerated sive materials. Attention to the under‐ nKeep your garage dry by high humidity, particularly when side of the car is particularly important. Don't park your vehicle in a damp, poor‐ temperatures are just above freezing. • If you live in a high-corrosion area — ly ventilated garage. This creates a fa‐ In such conditions, the corrosive mate‐ where road salts are used, near the vorable environment for corrosion. This rial is kept in contact with the vehicle’s ocean, areas with industrial pollution, is particularly true if you wash your ve‐ surface by moisture that evaporate acid rain, etc.—, you should take ex‐ hicle in the garage or drive it into the slowly. tra care to prevent corrosion. In win‐ garage when it is still wet or covered Mud is particularly corrosive because it ter, hose off the underside of your with snow, ice or mud. Even a heated dries slowly and holds moisture in con‐ car at least once a month and be sure garage can contribute to corrosion un‐ tact with the vehicle. Although the mud to clean the underside thoroughly less it is well ventilated so moisture is appears to be dry, it can still retain when winter is over. dispersed. moisture and promote corrosion.
8-80
nKeep paint and trim in good condi‐ Interior care Taking care of leather seats tion Interior general precautions • Vacuum the seat periodically to re‐ Scratches or chips in the finish should Prevent chemicals such as perfume, move dust and sand on the seat. be covered with "touch-up" paint as cosmetic oil, sun cream, hand cleaner, It will prevent abrasion or damage of soon as possible to reduce the possibili‐ and air freshener from contacting the the leather and maintain its quality. ty of corrosion. If bare metal is showing interior parts because they may cause • Wipe the natural leather seat cover through, the attention of a qualified damage or discoloration. If they do con‐ often with dry or soft cloth. body and paint shop is recommended. tact the interior parts, wipe them off Bird droppings : Bird droppings are immediately. • Sufficient use of a leather protective highly corrosive and may damage pain‐ See the instructions that follow for the may prevent abrasion of the cover ted surfaces in just a few hours. Al‐ proper way to clean vinyl. and helps maintain the color. ways remove bird droppings as soon as Be sure to read the instructions and Maintenance possible. consult a specialist when using leath‐ er coating or protective agents. nDon't neglect the interior CAUTION • Leather with bright colors (beige, Moisture can collect under the floor Never allow water or other liquids to cream beige) is easily contaminated mats and carpeting and cause corro‐ come in contact with electrical/elec‐ and clear in appearance. Clean the sion. Check under the mats periodically tronic components inside the vehicle seats frequently. to be sure the carpeting is dry. Use as this may damage them. particular care if you carry fertilizers, • Avoid wiping with wet cloth. It may 8 cleaning materials or chemicals in the cause the surface to crack. vehicle. These should be carried only in proper CAUTION Cleaning the leather seats containers and any spills or leaks • Remove all contaminations instantly. When cleaning leather products should be cleaned up, flushed with Refer to instructions below for re‐ clean water and thoroughly dried. (steering wheel, seats etc.), use neutral detergents or low alcohol moval of each contaminant. content solutions. If you use high al‐ • Cosmetic products (sunscreen, foun‐ cohol content solutions or acid/alka‐ dation, etc.) line detergents, the color of the leather may fade or the surface may get stripped off.
8-81 Maintenance
- Apply cleansing cream on a cloth Velcro closures on clothing or sharp ob‐ and wipe the contaminated point. jects may cause snagging or scratches CAUTION Wipe off the cream with a wet on the surface of the seats. Make sure cloth and remove water with a dry not to rub such objects against the sur‐ Using anything but recommended cloth. face. cleaners and procedures may affect the fabric’s appearance and fire-re‐ • Beverages (coffee, soft drink, etc.) Cleaning the upholstery and sistant properties. - Apply a small amount of neutral detergent and wipe until contami‐ interior trim nations do not smear. Vinyl Cleaning the lap/shoulder belt • Oil Remove dust and loose dirt from vinyl webbing - Remove oil instantly with absorba‐ with a whisk broom or vacuum cleaner. Clean the belt webbing with any mild ble cloth and wipe with stain re‐ Clean vinyl surfaces with a vinyl clean‐ soap solution recommended for clean‐ mover for natural leather only. er. ing upholstery or carpet. Follow the in‐ structions provided with the soap. Do • Chewing gum Fabric not bleach or re-dye the webbing be‐ - Harden the gum with ice and re‐ cause this may weaken it. move gradually. Remove dust and loose dirt from fabric with a whisk broom or vacuum cleaner. Clean with a mild soap solution recom‐ Cleaning the interior window glass Fabric seat cover (If equipped) mended for upholstery or carpets. Re‐ If the interior glass surfaces of the ve‐ Please clean the fabric seats regularly move fresh spots immediately with a hicle become fogged (that is, covered with a vacuum cleaner in consideration fabric spot cleaner. If fresh spots do with an oily, greasy or waxy film), they of fabric material characteristics. If not receive immediate attention, the should be cleaned with a glass cleaner. they are heavily soiled with beverage fabric can be stained and its color can Follow the directions on the glass stains, etc., use a suitable interior be affected. Also, its fire-resistant cleaner container. cleaner.To prevent damage to seat cov‐ properties can be reduced if the mate‐ ers, wipe off the seat covers down to rial is not properly maintained. the seams with a large wiping motion CAUTION and moderate pressure using a soft sponge or microfiber cloth. Do not scrape or scratch the inside of the rear window. This may result (Continued)
8-82
(Continued) in damage of the rear window de‐ froster grid. Maintenance
8
8-83
Specifications & Consumer information
Dimensions...... 9-02 Electric vehicle specifications...... 9-03 Volume and weight...... 9-04 Air conditioning system...... 9-05 Bulb wattage...... 9-06 Tires and wheels...... 9-08 Recommended lubricants and capacities...... 9-10 Vehicle identification number (VIN)...... 9-11 Vehicle certification label...... 9-12 Tire specification and pressure label...... 9-13 Motor number...... 9-14 Air conditioner compressor label...... 9-15 Refrigerant label...... 9-16 Declaration of conformity...... 9-17
9
Specifications & Consumer information
DIMENSIONS
Item Size (mm) Overall length 4,375 Overall width 1,805 Without Roof rack 1,560 Overall height With Roof rack 1,570 Front 215/55R17 1,562 Tread Rear 215/55R17 1,572 Wheelbase 2,700
9-02
ELECTRIC VEHICLE SPECIFICATIONS
Standard (64 kWh) Specifications & Consumer information Motor Battery (Lithium-Ion Polymer) Charger (OBC) Max. Output Max. Torque Capacity Power Output Voltage Max. Output 150 kW 395 Nm 180 Ah 170 kW 356 V 7.2 kW OBC: On-Board Charger
Economic (39.2 kWh) Motor Battery (Lithium-Ion Polymer) Charger (OBC) Max. Output Max. Torque Capacity Power Output Voltage Max. Output 100 kW 395 Nm 120 Ah 113 kW 327 V 7.2 kW
9
9-03 Specifications & Consumer information
VOLUME AND WEIGHT
Gross Vehicle Weight Luggage Volume Standard (64 kWh) Economic (39.2 kWh) Min. Max. 2,230 kg (4,916 lbs) 2,080 kg (4,585 lbs) 15.9 cu ft (451 l) 49.6 cu ft (1,405 l)
9-04
AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM Specifications & Consumer information Items Weight of Volume Classification Without heat pump 650 ± 25 R-1234yf With heat pump 1,000 ± 25 Refrigerant Without heat pump 650 ± 25 R-134a With heat pump 1,000 ± 25 Without heat pump 180 ± 10 Compressor lubricant POE-1 With heat pump 180 ± 10 Please contact a professional workshop for more details. Kia recommends to contact an authorized Kia dealer/service partner.
9
9-05 Specifications & Consumer information
BULB WATTAGE
Light Bulb Wattage (W) Bulb type Headlamps (Low/High) 60 HB3 HL+ Headlamps (Low/High) - LED type* LED LED Bulb type 21/28 PY21W Front turn signal lamps LED type * LED LED Front Front position lamps LED type LED LED Daytime running light LED type * LED LED Front fog lamps Bulb type 51 HB4 Bulb type 5 W5W Side Repeater lamps LED type * LED LED Rear tail lamps (outside) LED LED Rear tail lamps (inside) LED LED Rear t/stop lamps (outside) LED LED Rear fog lamps LED LED Rear Rear turn signal lamps 21 P21W Back-up lamps 16 W16W High mounted stop lamp LED LED License plate lamps 5 W5W * If equipped
9-06
Light Bulb Wattage (W) Bulb type Specifications & Consumer information Bulb type 10 WEDGE Map lamps LED type LED LED Bulb type 10 FESTOON Room lamps LED type * LED LED Interior Vanity mirror lamps 5 FESTOON Bulb type 10 FESTOON Tailgate lamp LED type * LED LED Mood lamp* LED type LED LED * If equipped
9
9-07 Specifications & Consumer information
TIRES AND WHEELS
Inflation pressure [bar (psi, kPa)] Wheel Load Capacity Speed capacity lug nut Normal load Maximum load Wheel torque Item Tire size size [Kgf·m LI *1 Kg SS *2 Km/h Front Rear Front Rear (lbf·ft, N·m)] 11~13 215/55 2.5 (36, 2.6 (38, (79~94, Full size tire 7J x 17 94 670 W 270 2.5 (36, 250) R17 250) 260) 107~127 ) *1 Load Index *2 Speed Symbol
NOTICE
• We recommend that when replacing tires, use the same originally supplied with the vehicles. If not, that affects driving performance. • When driving in high altitude grades, it is natural for the atmospheric pressure to decrease. Therefore, please check the tire pressure and add more air when necessary. Additionally required tire air pressure per km above sea level: 1.5 psi/km
CAUTION
When replacing tires, use the same size originally supplied with the vehicle. (Continued)
9-08
(Continued) Specifications & Consumer information Using tires of a different size can damage the related parts or make it work irregularly.
9
9-09 Specifications & Consumer information
RECOMMENDED LUBRICANTS AND CAPACITIES
To help achieve proper vehicle performance and durability, use only lubricants of the proper quality. These lubricants and fluids are recommended for use in your vehicle. Lubricant Volume Classification 70W, API GL-4, Reduction gear fluid 1.0 ~ 1.1 l TGO-9(MS517-14) Without heat pump 12.5 ~ 13 l Standard (64 kWh) With heat pump 13 ~ 13.4 l Designated coolant wa‐ Coolant Without heat pump 10.3 ~ 10.7 l ter for electric vehicles. Economic (39.2 kWh) With heat pump 10.7 ~ 11.2 l FMVSS116 DOT-3 or Brake fluid Required amount DOT-4
9-10
VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER (VIN) Specifications & Consumer information
The vehicle identification number (VIN) The VIN is also on a plate attached to is the number used in registering your the top of the dashboard. The number vehicle and in all legal matters pertain‐ on the plate can easily be seen through ing to its ownership, etc. the windshield from outside. The number is punched on the floor un‐ der the right-hand front seat. To check the number, open the cover. 9
9-11 Specifications & Consumer information
VEHICLE CERTIFICATION LABEL
The vehicle certification label attached on the driver’s (or front passenger’s) side center pillar gives the vehicle iden‐ tification number (VIN).
9-12
TIRE SPECIFICATION AND PRESSURE LABEL Specifications & Consumer information
The tires supplied on your new vehicle are chosen to provide the best per‐ formance for normal driving. The tire label located on the driver's side center pillar gives the tire pres‐ sures recommended for your vehicle. 9
9-13 Specifications & Consumer information
MOTOR NUMBER
The motor number is stamped on the motor block as shown in the drawing. The motor number can be seen from under the vehicle.
9-14
AIR CONDITIONER COMPRESSOR LABEL Specifications & Consumer information
A compressor label informs you the type of compressor your vehicle is equipped with such as model, supplier part number, production number, re‐ frigerant (1) and refrigerant oil (2).
9
9-15 Specifications & Consumer information
REFRIGERANT LABEL
The refrigerant label is located on the underside of the hood.
9-16
DECLARATION OF CONFORMITY Specifications & Consumer information
The radio frequency components of the vehicle comply with requirements and other relevant provisions of Directive 1995/5/EC. Further information including the man‐ ufacturer's declaration of conformity is available on Kia web site as follows; http://www.kia-hotline.com 9
9-17
Appendix
Зимно шофиране (ВЕРСИЯ НА БЪЛГАРСКИ)...... 10-02 Условия на сняг или лед...... 10-02 Поставяне на вериги...... 10-03 VETRARAKSTUR (ÍSLENSK ÚTGÁFA)...... 10-05 Aðstæður í snjó eða hálku...... 10-05 Uppsetning á keðjum...... 10-06
10
Appendix
ЗИМНО ШОФИРАНЕ (ВЕРСИЯ НА БЪЛГАРСКИ)
Тежките метеорологични условия през При намаляване на скоростта Зимни гуми зимата водят до по-голямо износване използвайте автомобилната спирачка Ако монтирате зимни гуми на вашия и други проблеми. За да сведете до възможно най-много. Внезапното автомобил, уверете се, че това са минимум проблемите при зимно използване на спирачки по снежна и радиални гуми със същия размер и шофиране, трябва да следвате тези заледена настилка може да доведе до товароносимост като оригиналните предложения: подхлъзване. Необходимо е да гуми. Монтирайте зимни гуми и на спазвате достатъчно голяма дистанция четирите колела, за да балансирате Условия на сняг или лед между автомобила, който се движи управляемостта на автомобила при За да шофирате вашия автомобил в пред вас, и вашия автомобил. Освен всякакви метеорологични условия. дълбок сняг, може да е необходимо това натискайте спирачката леко. Имайте предвид, че сцеплението, използването на зимни гуми или Трябва да се има предвид, че което осигуряват зимните гуми при поставянето на вериги за сняг на поставянето на вериги за сняг върху суха настилка, може да не е толкова вашите гуми. Ако са ви нужни зимни гумите ще осигури по-голяма високо като това на оригиналните гуми, необходимо е да изберете задвижваща сила, но няма да гуми на автомобила ви. Трябва да такива, които са еднакви по размер и предотврати страничното занасяне. шофирате внимателно, дори когато тип с оригиналните гуми. Ако не го пътищата са чисти. Попитайте направите, това може да повлияе търговеца на гуми за препоръки във негативно върху сигурността и СЪОБЩЕНИЕ връзка с максималната скорост. управляемостта на вашия автомобил. Освен това шофирането с превишена Веригите за гуми не са позволени скорост, бързото ускоряване, от закона във всички държави. ПРЕДУПРЕЖДЕНИЕ внезапното използване на спирачки и Проверете законите на държавата, рязкото завиване могат да бъдат много преди да сложите вериги за гуми. n Размер на зимните гуми опасни. Зимните гуми трябва да са еднакви по размер и тип със стандартните гуми на автомобила. В противен случай сигурността и управляе‐ мостта на вашия автомобил могат да бъдат повлияни негативно.
10-02
Не поставяйте гуми с шипове преди Вериги за гуми Когато използвате вериги за гуми, първо да проверите за възможни поставяйте ги само върху предните ограничения за използването на гуми. такива в местните, щатските и общинските разпоредби. ВНИМАНИЕ
Винаги проверявайте дали правил‐ но сте монтирали веригите след приблизително 0,5 до 1 км шофи‐ ране, за да се уверите, че монтажът е безопасен. Стегнете или монти‐ райте отново веригите, ако са хла‐ бави.
Поставяне на вериги Тъй като страничните стени на При поставяне на AutoSock (текстилни
радиалните гуми са по-тънки, те могат вериги за сняг) следвайте Appendix да се повредят при монтирането на инструкциите на производителя и ги някои типове вериги за гуми върху монтирайте възможно най-плътно. тях. Поради това се препоръчва Шофирайте бавно (с по-малко от 30 използване на зимни гуми, вместо км/ч) с поставените вериги. вериги за сняг. Не монтирайте вериги Ако чуете, че веригите се допират до за гуми на автомобили, оборудвани с каросерията или шасито, спрете и ги алуминиеви джанти – веригите за сняг затегнете. Ако все още се допират, 10 могат да повредят джантите. Ако намалете скоростта, докато спрат. трябва да бъдат използвани вериги за Махнете веригите веднага щом сняг, използвайте AutoSock (текстилни започнете да шофирате по изчистени вериги за сняг). Повреди по вашия пътища. автомобил, предизвикани от използването на неподходящи вериги за сняг, не се покриват от гаранцията на производителя на автомобила ви.
10-03 Appendix
ПРЕДУПРЕЖДЕНИЕ (Продължено) • Шофирайте внимателно и избяг‐ n Монтиране на вериги вайте неравности, дупки, остри При монтиране на вериги за сняг завои и други опасности на пъти‐ паркирайте автомобила на нивото щата, които могат да доведат до на земята, далеч от пътното движе‐ отскачане на автомобила. ние. Включете аварийните светлини • Избягвайте остри завои или бло‐ на автомобила и поставете преду‐ киране на колелата при спиране. предителен светлоотразителен триъгълник зад него, ако имате та‐ къв. Винаги оставяйте автомобила на P (паркиране), използвайте ръч‐ ВНИМАНИЕ ната спирачка и изключвайте авто‐ мобила, преди да поставите вериги‐ • Вериги, които са с неправилен те за сняг. размер или са неправилно поста‐ вени, могат да повредят спирач‐ ните маркучи, окачването, каро‐ серията и джантите на вашия ав‐ ПРЕДУПРЕЖДЕНИЕ томобил. n • Спрете да шофирате и стегнете Вериги за гуми наново веригите всеки път, кога‐ • Използването на вериги може да то чуете, че се удрят в автомоби‐ повлияе негативно на управляе‐ ла. мостта на автомобила. • Не превишавайте 30 км/ч или препоръчаното от производителя на вериги ограничение на ско‐ ростта – което от двете е по-ни‐ ско. (Продължено)
10-04
VETRARAKSTUR (ÍSLENSK ÚTGÁFA)
Alvarlegar veðuraðstæður að vetri til leiða til meira slits og annarra vanda‐ TILKYNNING (framhald) mála. Til að lágmarka vandamál í akstri Snjóhjólbarðar ættu að vera af jafng‐ að vetri til ættir þú að fylgja eftirfaran‐ Snjókeðjur eru ekki löglegar í öllum ildri stærð og tegund og venjulegir di uppástungum: löndum. Athugaðu landslög áður en hjólbarðar ökutækisins. Að öðrum snjókeðjur eru settar á. kosti kann það að hafa óhagstæð Aðstæður í snjó eða hálku áhrif á akstureiginleika ökutækisins. Til að geta ekið ökutækinu þínu í djú‐ pum snjó kann að vera nauðsynlegt að Snjóhjólbarðar nota snjóhjólbarða eða setja snjókeðjur Ef þú setur snjóhjólbarða undir ökutæ‐ Settu ekki neglda hjólbarða undir án á hjólin. Ef þörf er á snjóhjólbörðum er kið þitt skaltu ganga úr skugga um að þess að athuga fyrst staðbundnar re‐ nauðsynlegt að velja hjólbarða sem eru þeir séu þverbandahjólbarðar af sömu glugerðir ríkis og bæja vegna mögulegra jafngildir upprunalegu hjólbörðunum að stærð og á sama álagssviði og uppruna‐ takmarkana á notkun þeirra. stærð og tegund. Misbrestur á að gera legu hjólbarðarnir. Settu snjóhjólbarða á svo kann að hafa óhagstæð áhrif á ör‐ öll fjögur hjólin til að jafna út akstursei‐ yggi og aksturseiginleika ökutækisins ginleika ökutækisins við allar þíns. veðuraðstæður. Hafðu í huga að gripið Ennfremur kunna hraðakstur, snögg sem snjóhjólbarðar veita á þurrum ve‐ Appendix hröðun, skyndileg beiting hemla og gum kann að vera minna en hjólbarðan‐ krappar beygjur hugsanlega að reynast na sem ökutækið var upphaflega búið. mjög hættuleg iðja. Þú ættir að aka varlega, jafnvel þegar Meðan á hraðaminnkun stendur skal vegurinn er auður. Athugaðu með nota hemla ökutækisins til hins ýtrasta. ráðleggingar um hámarkshraða hjá hjól‐ Skyndileg beiting hemla á snævi þök‐ barðasalanum. tum eða ísuðum vegum kann að valda 10 því að bíllinn renni til. Þú þarft að halda hæfilegri fjarlægð frá ökutækjunum VIÐVÖRUN fyrir framan þitt ökutæki. Beittu einnig hemlunum varlega. Taka ætti fram að n Stærð snjóhjólbarða uppsetning snjókeðja á hjólbarðana vei‐ (framhald) tir meiri aksturskraft en kemur ekki í veg fyrir hliðarskrik.
10-05 Appendix
Snjókeðjur VARÚÐ (framhald) umferð. Kveiktu á blikkandi hættulj‐ Athugaðu alltaf uppsetningu og rétta ósum ökutækisins og settu neyðar‐ festingu keðja eftir að hafa ekið um viðvörunarþrihyrning fyrir aftan öku‐ það bil 0,5 til 1 km til að tryggja tækið, ef til staðar. Settu ökutækið örugga festingu. Hertu keðjurnar eða alltaf í P (Leggja), settu stöðuhemil‐ settu þær upp aftur ef þær eru inn á og slökktu á ökutækinu áður en lausar. þú setur upp snjókeðjur.
Uppsetning á keðjum Þegar þú setur upp AutoSock VIÐVÖRUN (snjókeðjur úr dúk) skaltu fylgja leiðbei‐ ningum framleiðandans og festa þær n Snjókeðjur eins þétt og mögulegt er. Aktu hægt • Notkun keðja kann að hafa óhag‐ (innan við 30 km/klst.) með uppsettar stæð áhrif á aksturseiginleika öku‐ Þar sem hliðar þverbandahjólbarða eru keðjur. tækisins. þynnri kunna þeir að skemmast ef su‐ Ef þú heyrir keðjurnar snerta yfirbyg‐ gingu eða undirvagn skaltu stöðva og • Farðu ekki umfram 30 km/klst., mar tegundir af snjókeðjum eru festar eða ráðlögð hraðatakmörk fram‐ við þá. Þar af leiðandi er mælt með not‐ herða þær. Ef þær snerta enn skaltu hægja á þar til það hættir. Fjarlægðu leiðanda keðjanna, hvort sem er kun snjóhjólbarða í stað snjókeðja. Ekki lægra. skal setja keðjur á ökutæki sem búin keðjurnar um leið og þú byrjar að aka á eru álfelgum; snjókeðjur kunna að valda hreinsuðum vegum. • Aktu varlega og forðastu ójöfnur, skemmdum á felgunum. Ef þörf er á að holur, krappar beygjur og aðrar nota snjókeðjur skal nota AutoSock hættur á veginum sem kunna að (snjókeðjur úr dúk). Skemmdir á ökutæ‐ VIÐVÖRUN valda því að ökutækið skoppi. kinu þínu af völdum rangrar notkunar • Forðastu krappar beygjur og læs‐ snjókeðja falla ekki undir ábyrgð fram‐ n Keðjur festar á ingu hjóla við hemlun. leiðandans. Þegar þú festir snjókeðjur á skaltu Þegar snjókeðjur eru notaðar skal leggja ökutækinu á jafnsléttu fjarri aðeins setja þær upp á hjólbörðunum að (framhald) framan.
10-06
VARÚÐ
• Keðjur sem eru af rangri stærð eða rangt settar upp kunna að skemma hemlaleiðslur ökutæki‐ sins, fjöðrun, yfirbyggingu og hjól. • Stöðvaðu ferð og hertu keðjurnar aftur hvenær sem þú heyrir þær slást í ökutækið. Appendix
10
10-07
Alphabetical index
A Automatic climate control system...... 5-110 Air ventilation seat...... 5-128 Advanced smart cruise control system Anti-lock brake system (ABS)...... 6-34 Limitations of the system...... 6-21 Appearance care...... 8-77 Air bag - Supplemental restraint system...... 4-41 Exterior care...... 8-77 Air bag warning label...... 4-62 Interior care...... 8-81 Armed stage...... 5-10 Air bag warning light...... 4-44 Ashtray...... 5-124 Air bag-supplemental restraint system AUTO HOLD...... 6-31 Side air bag...... 4-54 Air bags Auto light...... 5-89 Air bag inflation and non-inflation conditions...... 4-59 Automatic climate control system...... 5-110 Air bag warning label...... 4-62 Automatic heating and air conditioning...... 5-111 Air bag warning light...... 4-44 Climate control air filter...... 8-21 Curtain air bag...... 4-56 Driver's and passenger's front air bag...... 4-49 B Inflation conditions...... 4-59 Inflation conditions (Air bags)...... 4-59 Battery...... 8-25 Operation...... 4-42 Battery information...... 1-02 Passenger's front air bag ON/OFF switch...... 4-51 SRS care...... 4-60 Battery replacement...... 5-07 SRS components and functions...... 4-46 Battery saver function...... 5-88 Air cleaner (Kappa 1.0L T-GDI) Before driving...... 6-04 Filter replacement...... 8-21 Blind-Spot Collision Warning (BCW)...... 6-68 Air conditioner compressor label...... 9-15 Bonnet: see "Hood"...... 5-24 Air conditioning...... 5-105 Brake fluid...... 8-19 Air conditioning system...... 5-110,9-05
Alphabetical index I-1 Alphabetical index
Brake system...... 6-24 Charge indicator lamp for electric vehicle...... 1-16 Anti-lock brake system (ABS)...... 6-34 Charge types for electric vehicles AUTO HOLD...... 6-31 Charging information...... 1-13 Electronic parking brake (EPB)...... 6-26 Charging time information...... 1-14 Electronic stability control (ESC)...... 6-36 Charging connector lock...... 1-17 Emergency Stop Signal (ESS)...... 6-41 Charging door Hill-start assist control (HAC)...... 6-40 Power brakes...... 6-24 Charging door...... 5-38 Vehicle stability management (VSM)...... 6-39 Charging electric vehicle (AC charge)...... 1-21 Bulb replacement...... 8-54 Charging electric vehicle (DC charge)...... 1-28 Bulb wattage...... 9-06 Charging electric vehicle (trickle charge)...... 1-32 Charging information...... 1-13 C Charging time information...... 1-14 Child restraint system...... 4-30 Capacities (Lubricants)...... 9-10 Installing a Child Restraint System (CRS)...... 4-32 Care of seat belts...... 4-28 ISOFIX anchorage and top-tether anchorage Care (ISOFIX anchorage system) for children...... 4-33 Care of seat belts...... 4-28 Selecting a Child Restraint System (CRS)...... 4-30 Exterior care...... 8-77 Climate control air filter...... 5-107,8-21 Interior care...... 8-81 Climate control system...... 5-105 SRS care...... 4-60 Air conditioning...... 5-105 Tire care...... 8-28 System operation...... 5-105 Cargo security screen...... 5-135 Combined cluster: see "Instrument cluster"...... 5-39 Center console storage...... 5-122 Coolant...... 8-18 Central door lock switch...... 5-14 Cruise control (CC)...... 6-88 Chains - tire...... 6-129 Cruise control system
I-2 Alphabetical index Alphabetical index
Cruise control switch...... 6-89 Door locks...... 5-12 To cancel cruise control...... 6-90 Central door lock switch...... 5-14 To decrease the cruising speed...... 6-90 Door lock/unlock features...... 5-15 To increase cruise control set speed...... 6-90 From inside the vehicle...... 5-13 To resume cruising speed at more than ap‐ From outside the vehicle...... 5-12 proximately 30 km/h...... 6-91 Drinks holder: see "Cup holder"...... 5-124 To set cruise control speed...... 6-89 Drive mode integrated control system...... 6-43 To temporarily accelerate with the cruise control on...... 6-90 Drive mode...... 6-43 Cup holder...... 5-124 Driver Attention Warning (DAW)...... 6-84 Curtain air bag...... 4-56 Driver position memory system...... 4-10 Driver's and passenger's front air bag...... 4-49 D Driving at night...... 6-126 Driving in flooded areas...... 6-126 Dashboard: see "Instrument cluster"...... 5-39 Driving in the rain...... 6-126 Day/night rearview mirror...... 5-34 Driving off-road...... 6-126 Declaration of conformity...... 9-17 Defogging (windshield)...... 5-119 E Defroster (rear window)...... 5-104 Defroster Electric power steering...... 5-30 Climate control system...... 5-105 Electric vehicle specifications...... 9-03 Dimensions...... 9-02 Electrochromic mirror (ECM)...... 5-35 Disarmed stage...... 5-11 Electronic parking brake (EPB)...... 6-26 Displays: see "Instrument cluster"...... 5-39 Electronic stability control (ESC)...... 6-36 Door lock/unlock features...... 5-15 Emergency starting...... 7-05 Jump starting...... 7-05
Alphabetical index I-3 Alphabetical index
Push starting...... 7-06 Fog light (rear)...... 5-92 Emergency Stop Signal (ESS)...... 6-41 Folding the outside rearview mirror...... 5-37 Emergency tailgate safety release...... 5-17 Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) Emergency towing...... 7-22 (camera+radar type) Emergency while driving...... 7-03 System setting and activation...... 6-46 Engine compartment...... 3-07,8-03 Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) (sen‐ sor fusion)...... 6-46 Engine start/stop button Forward/reverse parking distance warning PDW).... 5-82 Illuminated POWER button...... 6-05 POWER button position...... 6-05 Front seat adjustment (manual)...... 4-05 Starting the vehicle...... 6-07 Front seat adjustment (power)...... 4-06 Turing off the Vehicle...... 6-08 Fuse switch...... 8-40 Engine will not start...... 7-04 Fuses...... 8-37 Explanation of scheduled maintenance items...... 8-17 Fuse switch...... 8-40 Exterior care...... 8-77 Fuse/relay panel description...... 8-42 Exterior features...... 5-137 Inner fuse panel...... 8-42 Roof rack...... 5-137 Instrument panel fuse...... 8-39 Exterior overview (Front)...... 3-02 Main fuse...... 8-41 Multi fuse...... 8-41 F G Floor mat anchor(s)...... 5-133,5-134 Gauges...... 5-42 Fluid Glove box...... 5-122 Brake fluid...... 8-19 Washer fluid...... 8-20 Fog light (front)...... 5-91
I-4 Alphabetical index Alphabetical index
H Inner fuse panel...... 8-42 Inside rearview mirror...... 5-34 Hazard warning flasher...... 7-02 Instrument cluster...... 5-39 Hazardous driving conditions...... 6-124 Gauges...... 5-42 Headlight (Headlamp) escort function...... 5-88 Indicator lights...... 5-75 Instrument cluster control...... 5-40 Headlight bulb replacement...... 8-54 LCD display control...... 5-40,5-47,5-60 Headlight position...... 5-89 Trip computer...... 5-60 Headrest (for rear seat)...... 4-14 Trip modes...... 5-60 Headrest (front)...... 4-07 User settings mode...... 5-50 Heated steering wheel...... 5-32 Warning and indicator lights...... 5-70 Warning lights...... 5-70 Heater Instrument panel fuse...... 8-39 Automatic climate control system...... 5-111 Instrument panel overview...... 3-05 High beam operation...... 5-90 Intelligent speed limit warning (ILSW) Highway driving...... 6-126 ISLW activation/deactivation...... 6-80 Hill-start assist control (HAC)...... 6-40 Intelligent Speed Limit Warning (ISLW) Hood...... 5-24 Display...... 6-81 Horn...... 5-32 Interior care...... 8-81 How to use this manual...... 2-02 Interior features...... 5-124 Air ventilation seat...... 5-128 I Ashtray...... 5-124 Cargo security screen...... 5-135 If you have a flat tire (with tire mobility kit)...... 7-12 Cup holder...... 5-124 Illuminated POWER button...... 6-05 Floor mat anchor(s)...... 5-133,5-134 Indicator lights...... 5-75 Luggage net holder...... 5-135
Alphabetical index I-5 Alphabetical index
Power outlet...... 5-129 Lane Following Assist (LFA)...... 6-111 Sunvisor...... 5-126 Lane keeping assist (LKA)...... 6-61 USB charger...... 5-130,5-132 Lap/shoulder belt...... 4-21 Wireless smart phone charger...... 5-131 Interior lamp AUTO turn off function...... 5-100 LCD display control...... 5-40,5-47,5-60 Interior light...... 5-100 LCD display messages...... 5-63 Interior lamp AUTO turn off function...... 5-100 LCD display modes...... 5-48 Map lamp...... 5-100 LCD display...... 5-60 Room lamp...... 5-101 Indicator lights...... 5-75 Tailgate room lamp...... 5-101 LCD display messages...... 5-63 Vanity mirror lamp...... 5-102 LCD display modes...... 5-48 Interior overview...... 3-04 Trip computer...... 5-60 ISOFIX system...... 4-33 Trip computer mode...... 5-49 Trip modes...... 5-60 J User settings mode...... 5-50 Warning and indicator lights...... 5-70 Jump starting...... 7-05 Warning lights...... 5-70 Light bulbs...... 8-54 L Lighting...... 5-88 Battery saver function...... 5-88 Label Front fog light...... 5-91 Air bag warning label...... 4-62 Headlight (Headlamp) escort function...... 5-88 Air conditioner compressor label...... 9-15 Headlight position...... 5-89 Refrigerant label...... 9-16 High beam operation...... 5-90 Tire sidewall labeling...... 8-33 Parking light position...... 5-89 Tire specification and pressure label...... 9-13 Rear fog light...... 5-92 Vehicle certification label...... 9-12 Turn signals...... 5-91
I-6 Alphabetical index Alphabetical index
Lubricants and capacities...... 9-10 O Luggage box...... 5-123 Luggage net holder...... 5-135 Odometer...... 5-44 Operation of Reverse Parking Distance Warning system M Type of warning sound...... 5-79 Outside rearview mirror...... 5-35 Main fuse...... 8-41 Outside temperature gauge...... 5-45 Maintenance services...... 8-04 Maintenance P Explanation of scheduled maintenance items...... 8-17 Maintenance services...... 8-04 Panorama sunroof Tire maintenance...... 8-33 Sliding the sunroof...... 5-27 Manual climate control system Sunroof open warning...... 5-29 Air conditioning...... 5-116 Parking assist system Climate control air filter...... 5-107 Types of warning indicator and sound...... 5-84 Map lamp...... 5-100 Parking light position...... 5-89 Mirrors...... 5-34 Passenger's front air bag ON/OFF switch...... 4-51 Day/night rearview mirror...... 5-34 Power brakes...... 6-24 Electrochromic mirror (ECM)...... 5-35 Power button...... 6-05 Folding the outside rearview mirror...... 5-37 Inside rearview mirror...... 5-34 POWER button position...... 6-05 Outside rearview mirror...... 5-35 Power outlet...... 5-129 Remote control...... 5-36 Power window lock button...... 5-22 Motor number...... 9-14 Pre-tensioner seat belt...... 4-24 Multi fuse...... 8-41 Precautions (seat belt)...... 4-26
Alphabetical index I-7 Alphabetical index
Push starting...... 7-06 Rocking the vehicle...... 6-125 Roof rack...... 5-137 R Room lamp...... 5-101 Rotation (Tire)...... 8-30 Rear Cross-traffic Collision Warning (RCCW)...... 6-117 Rear seat...... 4-11 S Rear view monitor Rear view monitor...... 5-78 Safety precautions for electric vehicle...... 1-59 Rear window defroster...... 5-104 Seat belt restraint system...... 4-16 Recommended cold tire inflation pressures ...... 8-28 Seat belts...... 4-16 Recommended lubricants and capacities...... 9-10 Care of seat belts...... 4-28 Reducing the risk of a rollover...... 6-124 Lap/shoulder belt...... 4-21 Reduction gear...... 6-09 Pre-tensioner seat belt...... 4-24 Precautions...... 4-26 Refrigerant label...... 9-16 Seat belt restraint system...... 4-16 Regenerative braking system...... 6-16 Stowing the rear seat belt...... 4-22 Remote control (outside rear view mirror)...... 5-36 Seatback pocket...... 4-10 Replacement light bulb...... 8-54 Seats...... 4-02 Resetting the sunroof...... 5-29 Driver position memory system...... 4-10 Reverse Parking Distance Warning...... 5-79 Front seat adjustment (manual)...... 4-05 Front seat adjustment (power)...... 4-06 Reverse parking distance warning (PDW) system Headrest (for rear seat)...... 4-14 Non-operational conditions of Reverse Park‐ Headrest (front)...... 4-07 ing Distance Warning system...... 5-80 Rear seat...... 4-11 Reverse Parking Distance Warning system...... 5-80 Seatback pocket...... 4-10 Road warning...... 7-02 Sliding the sunroof...... 5-27
I-8 Alphabetical index Alphabetical index
Smart Cruise Control (SCC) system...... 6-92 Speed limit control system Smart Cruise Control (SCC) To set speed limit...... 6-77 Detecting Sensor (Front View Camera / Speed Limit Information Function (SLIF)...... 6-80 Front Radar)...... 6-102 Driver's attention...... 6-83 Smart cruise control with Stop & Go system Operation...... 6-80 Limitations of the system...... 6-105 Speedometer...... 5-42 To convert to cruise control mode...... 6-104 SRS care...... 4-60 Vehicle to vehicle distance setting...... 6-98 SRS components and functions...... 4-46 Smart key operations...... 5-06 Starting difficulties, see engine will not start...... 7-04 Smart key precautions...... 5-06 Starting the vehicle...... 6-07 Smart key State of Charge (SOC) gauge for high voltage Smart key...... 5-04 battery...... 5-43 Smart key operations...... 5-06 Steering wheel Smart regeneration system (if equipped with smart cruise control system)...... 6-18 Electric power steering...... 5-30 Heated steering wheel...... 5-32 Smooth cornering...... 6-126 Horn...... 5-32 Snow tires...... 6-128 Tilt and telescopic steering...... 5-31 Special driving conditions...... 6-124 Storage compartment...... 5-122 Driving at night...... 6-126 Center console storage...... 5-122 Driving in flooded areas...... 6-126 Glove box...... 5-122 Driving in the rain...... 6-126 Luggage box...... 5-123 Driving off-road...... 6-126 Sunglass holder...... 5-123 Hazardous driving conditions...... 6-124 Stowing the rear seat belt...... 4-22 Highway driving...... 6-126 Sunglass holder...... 5-123 Rocking the vehicle...... 6-125 Sunroof...... 5-26 Smooth cornering...... 6-126
Alphabetical index I-9 Alphabetical index
Resetting the sunroof...... 5-29 Tire pressure monitoring system...... 7-07 Sunshade...... 5-28 Tire rotation...... 8-30 Tilting the sunroof...... 5-28 Tire specification and pressure label...... 9-13 Sunroof open warning...... 5-29 Tires and wheels...... 8-28,9-08 Sunshade...... 5-28 Low aspect ratio tire...... 8-36 Sunvisor...... 5-126 Recommended cold tire inflation pressures...... 8-28 System operation...... 5-105 Tire care...... 8-28 System setting and activation...... 6-46 Tire maintenance...... 8-33 Tire replacement...... 8-31 T Tire rotation...... 8-30 Tire sidewall labeling...... 8-33 Tailgate...... 5-16 Tire traction...... 8-33 Emergency tailgate safety release...... 5-17 Wheel alignment and tire balance...... 8-31 Non-power tailgate closing...... 5-17 Wheel replacement...... 8-32 Non-power tailgate opening...... 5-16 Towing...... 7-20 Tailgate room lamp...... 5-101 Emergency towing...... 7-22 Theft-alarm stage...... 5-10 Removable towing hook...... 7-21 Trip computer...... 5-60 Theft-alarm system...... 5-10 Trip computer mode...... 5-49 Armed stage...... 5-10 Disarmed stage...... 5-11 Trip modes...... 5-60 Theft-alarm stage...... 5-10 Turing off the Vehicle...... 6-08 Tilt and telescopic steering...... 5-31 Turn signals...... 5-91 Tilting the sunroof...... 5-28 Tire care...... 8-28 U Tire chains...... 6-129 USB charger...... 5-130,5-132
I-10 Alphabetical index Alphabetical index
User settings mode...... 5-50 Winter driving...... 6-128 Snow tires...... 6-128 V Tire chains...... 6-129 Wiper blades...... 8-22 Vanity mirror lamp...... 5-102 Wipers and washers...... 5-96 Vehicle certification label...... 9-12 Windshield washers...... 5-98 Vehicle handling instructions...... 2-03 Wireless smart phone charger...... 5-131 Vehicle identification number (VIN)...... 9-11 Vehicle stability management (VSM)...... 6-39 Vehicle weight...... 6-132 Volume and weight...... 9-04 W
Warning and indicator lights...... 5-70 Warning lights...... 5-70 Washer fluid...... 8-20 Welcome system...... 5-103 Wheel alignment and tire balance...... 8-31 Wheel replacement...... 8-32 Windows...... 5-19 Power window lock button...... 5-22 Windshield defrosting and defogging...... 5-119 Windshield washers...... 5-98
Alphabetical index I-11